Samyutta-Nikaya of the Sutta-Pitaka, Part IV. Salayatana-Vagga. Based on the edition by L. Feer, London : Pali Text Society 1894 Input by the Dhammakaya Foundation, Thailand, 1989-1996 [GRETIL-Version vom 4.9.2014] NOTICE This file is (C) Copyright the Pali Text Society and the Dhammakaya Foundation, 2015. This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International License. These files are provided by courtesy of the Pali Text Society for scholarly purposes only. In principle they represent a digital edition (without revision or correction) of the printed editions of the complete set of Pali canonical texts published by the PTS. While they have been subject to a process of checking, it should not be assumed that there is no divergence from the printed editions and it is strongly recommended that they are checked against the printed editions before quoting. STRUCTURE OF REFERENCES (added): SN_n.n(n),n.n = Saüyutta-Nikāya_division.GLOBAL SN-book number(INTERNAL book number in THIS division of the SN),chapter.section #<...># = BOLD %<...>% = ITALICS \<...>\ = REDLINE ___________________________________________________________________ THIS TEXT FILE IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY! COPYRIGHT AND TERMS OF USAGE AS FOR SOURCE FILE. Text converted to Classical Sanskrit Extended (CSX) encoding: description character =ASCII long a ā 224 long A â 226 long i ã 227 long I ä 228 long u å 229 long U æ 230 vocalic r į 231 vocalic R č 232 long vocalic r é 233 vocalic l ë 235 long vocalic l í 237 velar n ī 239 velar N đ 240 palatal n ¤ 164 palatal N Ĩ 165 retroflex t ņ 241 retroflex T ō 242 retroflex d ķ 243 retroflex D ô 244 retroflex n õ 245 retroflex N ö 246 palatal s ÷ 247 palatal S ø 248 retroflex s ų 249 retroflex S ú 250 anusvara ü 252 capital anusvara ũ 253 visarga ū 254 long e š 185 long o ē 186 l underbar × 215 r underbar Ÿ 159 n underbar ­ 173 k underbar É 201 t underbar  194 Other characters of the CSX encoding table are not included. Unless indicated otherwise, accents have been dropped in order to facilitate word search. For a comprehensive list of CSX and other GRETIL encodings and formats see: http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdiac.pdf and http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdias.pdf For further information see: http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil.htm ___________________________________________________________________ Saüyutta-Nikāya Vol. IV #<[page 001]># %< 1>% Saüyutta-Nikāya #< DIVISION IV Saëāyatana-vaggo># Namo tassa Bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa || || #< BOOK I SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTAM (XXXV)># #< SECTION I MæLAPAĨĨâSA># #< CHAPTER I ANICCA-VAGGO PATHAMO># #< SN_4,35(1).1 (1) Aniccam1; ajjhattam># 1 Evaü me sutaü || ekaü samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaü viharati Jetavane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || || 2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhå āmantesi Bhikkhaveti || || Bhadante ti te bhikkhå Bhagavato paccassosuü || || 3 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaü || yad aniccaü taü dukkhaü || yaü dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā taü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbam || || 4 Sotam aniccaü || yad aniccaü || la || 5 Ghānam aniccaü || yad aniccaü || la || 6 Jivhā aniccā || yad aniccam- -sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || || 7-8 Kāyo anicco || Mano anicco || yad aniccam taü dukkhaü || yaü dukkham tad anattā || yad anattā taü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || || #<[page 002]># %<2 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 1. 9>% 9 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmimpi nibbindati || sotasmimpi- || ghānasmimpi- || jivhāya pi- || kāyasmim pi- || manasmim pi nibbindati || nibbindaü virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || Vimuttasmiü vimuttamhãti ¤āõam hoti || || Khãõā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü kataü karaõãyaü nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).2 (2) Dukkham1; ajjhattam># 3 Cakkhum bhikkhave dukkhaü || yaü dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā taü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti Evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || || 4-7 Sotaü dukkhaü || || Ghānam dukkhaü || || Jivhā dukkhaü || || Kāyo dukkho || 8 Mano dukkho || yam dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā taü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti Evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || || 9 Evam passaü ||pe|| nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).3 (3) Anattā; ajjhattam># 3 Cakkhum bhikkhave anattā || yad anattā taü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || || 4-7 Sotam anattā || || Ghānam anattā || || Jivhā anattā || Kāyo anattā || 8 Mano anattā || yad anattā taü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti Evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || || 9 Evam passaü || la || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).4 (4) Aniccam; bāhiram># 3 Råpā bhikkhave aniccā || yad aniccaü taü dukkhaü || yaü dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā tam Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti Evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü #<[page 003]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || 4-7 Saddā || Gandhā || Rasā || Phoņņhabbā || 8 Dhammā aniccā || yad aniccaü taü dukkhaü || yaü dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā taü Netam mama neso hamasmi na meso attāti Evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || || 9 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako råpesu pi nibbindati || Saddesu pi- || Gandhesu pi- || Rasesu pi- || Phoņņhabbesu pi- || Dhammesu pi nibbindati || nibbindaü virajjati virāgā vimuccati || Vimuttasmim vimuttamhãti ¤āõaü hoti || || Khãõā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü kataü karaõãyaü nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).5 (5) Dukkham; bāhiram># 3 Råpā bhikkhave dukkhā || yaü dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā taü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti Evam etaü yathābhåtam sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || || 4-7 Saddā || Gandhā || Rasā || Phoņņhabbā || 8 Dhammā dukkhā || yad dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā taü Netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti Evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || || 9 Evam passaü || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).6 (6) Anattā2; bāhiram># 3 Råpā bhikkhave anattā || yad anattā taü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti Evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || 4-7 Saddā || Gandhā || Rasā || Phoņņhabbā || 8 Dhammā anattā || yad anattā taü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti Evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || || 9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātāti || || #<[page 004]># %<4 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 7. 3>% #< SN_4,35(1).7 (7) Aniccam3; ajjhattam># 3 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccam atãtānāgataü || ko pana vādo paccuppannassa || || Evam passaü bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atãtasmim pi cakkhusmim anapekho hoti || anāgataü cakkhuü nābhinandati || paccuppannassa cakkhussa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paņipanno hoti || || 4-5 Sotam aniccaü || Ghānam aniccaü || 6 Jivhā aniccā atãtānāgatā || ko pana vādo paccuppannāya || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atãtāya jivhāya anapekho hoti || anāgatam jivham nābhinandati || paccuppannāya jivhāya nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya patipanno hotãti || || 7 Kāyo anicco || pa || 8 Mano anicco atãtānāgato || ko pana vādo paccuppannassa || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atãtasmiü manasmiü anapekho hoti || anāgatam manaü nābhinandati || paccuppannassa manassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya patipanno hotãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).8 (8) Dukkham3; ajjhattam># 3-7 Cakkhum bhikkhave dukkham atãtānāgataü ko pana vādo paccuppannassa || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atãtasmiü cakkhusmiü anapekho hoti || anāgataü cakkhuü nābhinandati || paccuppannassa cakkhussa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paņipanno hoti || pe || || 8 Mano dukkho atãtānāgato || ko pana vādo paccuppannassa || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atãtasmiü cakkhusmiü anapekho hoti || anāgataü cakkhuü nābhinandati || paccuppannassa manassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paņipanno hotãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).9 (9) Anattā3; ajjhattam># 3 Cakkhum bhikkhave anattā atãtānāgataü || ko pana vādo paccuppannassa || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atãtasmiü cakkhusmim anapekho hoti #<[page 005]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || anāgatam cakkhum nābhinandati || paccuppannassa cakkhussa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paņipanno hoti || pe || || 6-7 Jivhā anattā atãtānāgatā || ko pana vādo paccuppannāya || pe || paņipanno hoti || || Kāyo anattā || || 8 Mano anattā atãtānagato || ko pana vādo paccuppannassa || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atãtasmiü manasmiü anapekho hoti || anāgatam manaü nābhinandati || paccuppannassa manassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paņipanno hotãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).10 (10) Aniccam4 bāhiram># 3 Råpā bhikkhave aniccā atãtānāgatā || ko pana vādo paccuppannānaü || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atãtesu råpesu anapekho hoti || anāgate råpe nābhinandati || paccuppannānaü råpānaü nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paņipanno hoti || || 4-7 Saddā || Gandhā || Rasā || phoņņhabbā || 8 Dhammā aniccā atãtānāgatā || ko pana vādo paccuppannānaü || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atãtesu dhammesu anapekho hoti || anāgate dhamme nābhinandati || paccuppannānam dhammānaü nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paņipanno hotãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).11 (11) Dukkham4 bāhiram># 3 Råpā bhikkhave dukkhā atãtānāgatā || ko pana vādo paccuppannānaü || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atãtesu råpesu anapekho hoti || anāgate råpe nābhinandati || paccuppannānaü råpānaü nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paņipanno hoti || || #<[page 006]># %<6 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 11. 4>% 4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || || 8 Dhammā dukkhā atãtānāgatā || ko pana vādo paccuppannānaü || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atãtesu dhammesu anapekho hoti || anāgate dhamme nabhinandati || paccuppannānam dhammānaü nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paņipanno hotãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).12 (12) Anattā4; bāhiram># 3 Rupā bhikkhave anattā atãtānāgatā || ko pana vādo paccuppannānaü || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atãtesu råpesu anapekho hoti || anāgate råpe nābhinandati || paccuppannānaü råpānaü nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paņipanno hoti || || 4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || 8 Dhammā anattā atãtānāgatā || ko pana vādo paccuppannānaü || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako atãtesu dhammesu anapekho hoti || anāgate dhamme nābhinandati || paccuppannānaü dhammānaü nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paņipanno hotãti || || Aniccavaggo pathamo || || Tassuddānaü || || Aniccaü Dukkham Anattā ca || || tayo ajjhattabāhirā || || Yad aniccena tayo vuttā || te te ajjhattabāhirā ti || || #< CHAPTER II YAMAKA-VAGGO DUTIYO># #< SN_4,35(1).13 (1) Sambodhena1># 1 Sāvatthi || || 2 Pubbe me bhikkhave sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato etad ahosi #<[page 007]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Ko nu kho cakkhussa assādo || ko ādãnavo || kiü nissaraõaü || Ko sotassa || pe || Ko ghānassa || Ko jivhāya: Ko kāyassa || Ko manassa assādo || ko ādinavo || kiü nissaraõan ti || || 3-5 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || || Yaü kho cakkhuü paņicca uppajjati sukhaü somanassam || ayam cakkhussa assādo || || Yaü cakkhum aniccaü dukkhaü viparināmadhammaü || ayaü cakkhussa ādãnavo || || Yo cakkhusmiü chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaü || idam cakkhussa nissaraõaü || pe || 6-7 Yaü jivham paņicca uppajjati sukhaü somanassam || ayaü jivhāya assādo || || Yaü jivhā aniccā dukkhā vipariõāmadhammā || ayaü jivhāya ādãnavo || || Yo jivhāya chandaragavinayo chandarāgapahānaü || idaü jivhāya nissaraõaü || la || 8 Yaü manam paņicca uppajjati sukhaü somanassam ayam manassa assādo || || Yam mano anicco dukkho vipariõāmadhammo || ayam manassa ādãnavo || Yo manasmiü chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaü || idaü manassa nissaraõaü || || 9 Yāva kãva¤cāham bhikkhave imesaü channam ajjhattikānam āyatanānam evam assādaü ca assādato ādãnavaü ca ādãnavato nissaraõaü ca nissaraõato yathābhåtaü nābbha¤¤āsiü || neva tāvāham bhikkhave sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaõabrāhmaõiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraü sammāsambodhim abhisambuddho ti pacca¤¤āsiü || || 10 Yato ca kho ham bhikkhave imesaü channam ajjhattikānam āyatanānam evam assādam assādato ādãnavaü ca ādãnavato nissaraõaü ca nissaranato yathābhåtam abbha¤¤āsiü || athāham bhikkhave sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaõabrāhmaniyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraü sammāsambodhim abhisambuddhoti pacca¤¤āsiü || || #<[page 008]># %<8 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 13. 11>% 11 Ĩāõaü ca me dassanam udapādi || Akuppā me cetovimutti ayam antimā jati natthidāni punabbhavoti || || #< SN_4,35(1).14 (2) Sambodhena2># 2 Pubbe me bhikkhave sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato etad ahosi || || Ko nu kho råpānam assādo || ko ādãnavo || kiü nissaraõaü || ko saddānaü || la || || Ko gandhānaü || || Ko rasānaü || || Ko poņņhabbānaü || || Ko dhammānam assādo || ko ādãnavo || kim nissaraõanti || || 3 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || || Yaü kho råpe paņicca uppajjati sukhaü somanassam || ayaü rupānam assādo || || Yaü råpā aniccā dukkhā vipariõāmadhammā || ayaü dhammānam ādãnavo || || Yo råpesu chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaü idam råpānaü nissaraõaü || || 4-7 Yaü Sadde || Gandhe || Rase || Phoņņhabbe || || 8 Dhamme paņicca uppajjati sukhaü somanassaü ayam assādo || || Yaü dhammānam aniccā dukkhā vipariõāmaddhammā || ayaü dhammānam ādãnavo || Yo dhammesu chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaü || idam dhammānaü nissaraõaü || || 9-10 Yāva kãva¤cāham bhikkhave imesaü channam bāhirānam āyatanānam evam assādaü ca assādato ādãnavaü ca ādãnavato nissaraõaü ca nissaraõato yathābhåtaü nābbha¤¤āsiü || pe || abbha¤¤āsiü || || 11 Ĩāõa¤ca pana me dassanam udapādi || Akuppā me cetovimutti ayam antimā jāti natthidāni punabbhavoti || || #< SN_4,35(1).15 (3) Assādena1># 2 Cakkhussāham bhikkhave assādapariyesanam acariü || yo cakkhussa assādo tad ajjhagamaü || yāvatā cakkhussa assādo pa¤¤āya me so sudiņņho || || Cakkhussāham bhikkhave ādãnavapariyesanam acariü #<[page 009]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || yo cakkhussa ādãnavo tad ajjhagamaü ||yāvatā cakkhussa ādãnavo pa¤¤āya me so sudiņņho || || Cakkhussāham bhikkhave nissaraõapariyesanam acariü || yam cakkhussa nissaraõaü tad ajjhagamaü || yāvatā cakkhussa nissaraõam pa¤¤āya me taü sudiņņhaü || || 3-4 Sotassāham bhikkhave || || Ghānassāham bhikkhave || || 5 Jivhāyāham bhikkhave assādapariyesanam acariü || yo jivhāya assādo tad ajjhagamaü || yāvatā jivhāya assādo pa¤¤āya me so sudiņņho || || Jivhāyāham bhikkhave ādãnavapariyesanam acariü || yo jivhāya ādãnavo tad ajjhagamaü || yāvatā jivhāya ādãnavo pa¤¤āya me so sudiņņho || || Jivhāyāham bhikkhave nissaraõapariyesanam acariü || yaü jivhāya nissaraõaü tad ajjhagamaü || yāvatā jivhāya nissaraõam pa¤¤āya me taü sudiņņhaü || || 6 Kāyassa || pe || 7 Manassāham bhikkhave assādapariyesanam acariü || Yo manassa assādo tad ajjhagamaü || yāvatā manassa assādo pa¤¤āya me so sudiņņho || || Manassāham bhikkhave ādãnavapariyesanam acariü || yo manassa ādãnavo tad ajjhagamaü || yāvatā manassa ādãnavo pa¤¤āya me so sudiņņho || || Manassāham bhikkhave nissaraõapariyesanam acariü || yam manassa nissaraõaü tad ajjhagamaü || yāvatā manassa nissaraõam pa¤¤āya me taü sudiņņham || || 8-9 Yāva kiva¤cāham bhikkhave imesaü channam ajjhattikānam āyatanānam assādaü ca assādato ādãnavaü ca ādãnato nissaraõaü ca nissaraõato yathābåtaü nābbha¤¤āsiü || pe || abbha¤¤āsim || || 10 Ĩāõa¤ca pana me dassanam udapādi || Akuppā me cetovimutti ayam antimā jāti natthidāni punabbhavo ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).16 (4) Assādena2># 2 Rupānāham bhikkhave assādapariyesanam acariü || yo råpānam assādo tad ajjhagamaü || yāvatā råpānam assādo pa¤¤āya me so sudiņņho || || Råpānāham bhikkhave ādãnavapariyesanam acariü #<[page 010]># %<10 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 16. 3>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || yo råpānam ādãnavo tad ajjhagamaü || yāvatā råpānam ādãnavo pa¤¤āya me so sudiņņho || || Rupānāham bhikkhave nissaraõapariyesanam acariü || yaü råpānaü nissaraõaü tad ajjhagamaü || yāvatā råpānaü nissaraõam pa¤¤āya me taü sudiņņhaü || || 3-6 Pe || || 7 Dhammānāham bhikkhave assādapariyesanam acariü || yo dhammānam assādo tad ajjhagamaü || yā yāvatā dhammānam assādo pa¤¤āya meso sudiņņho || || Dhammānāham bhikkhave ādãnavapariyesanam acariü || yo dhammānam ādãnavo tad ajjhagamaü || yāvatā dhammānam ādãnavo pa¤¤āya me so sudiņņho || || Dhammānāham bhikkhave nissaraõapariyesanam acariü || yaü dhammānaü nissaraõaü tad ajjhagamaü || yāvatā dhammānaü nissaraõam pa¤¤āya me tam sudiņņhaü || || 8-9 Yāva kiva¤cāham bhikkhave imesaü channam bāhãrānam āyatanānam assāda¤ca assādato ādãnava¤ca ādãnavato nissaraõa¤ca nissarānato yathābhåtaü nābbha¤¤āsiü || pe || abbha¤¤āsiü || || 10 Ĩāõa¤ca pana me dassanam udapādi || Akuppā me cetovimutti ayam antimā jāti natthidāni punabbhavo ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).17 (5) No cetena1># 2 No cedam bhikkhave cakkhussa assādo abhavissa || na yidaü sattā cakkhusmiü sārajjeyyuü || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi cakkhussa assādo tasmā sattā cakkhusmiü sārajjanti || || 3 No cedam bhikkhave cakkhussa ādãnavo abhavissa || nayidam sattā cakkhusmiü nibbindeyyuü || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi cakkhussa ādãnavo tasmā sattā cakkhusmiü nibbindanti || || 4 No cedam bhikkhave cakkhussa nissaraõam abhavissa || na yidaü sattā cakkhusmā nissareyyuü || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi cakkhussa nissaraõaü tasmā sattā cakkhusmā nissaranti || || 5-7 No cedam bhikkhave sotassa assādo abhavissa || #<[page 011]># %% 8-10 No cedam bhikkhave ghānassa ādãnavo abhavissa || 11 No cedam bhikkhave jivhāya assādo abhavissa || nayidaü sattā jivhāya sārajjeyyuü || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi jivhāya assādo tasmā sattā jivhāya sārajjanti || || 12 No cedam bhikkhave jivhāya ādãnavo abhavissa || na yidaü sattā jivhāya nibbindeyyuü || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi jivhāya ādãnavo tasmā sattā jivhāya nibbindanti || || 13 No cedam bhikkhave jivhāya nissaraõam abhavissa || na yidam sattā jivhāya nissareyyuü || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi jivhāya nissaraõaü tasmā sattā jivhāya nissaranti || || 14-16 No cedam bhikkhave kāyassa assādo abhavissa || || 17 No cedam bhikkhave manassa assādo abhavissa || na yidaü sattā manasmiü sārajjeyyuü || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi manassa assādo tasmā sattā manasmiü sārajjanti || || 18 No cedam bhikkhave manassa ādãnavo abhavissa || na yidaü sattā manasmiü nibbindeyyuü || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi manassa ādãnavo tasmā sattā manasmiü nibbindanti || || 19 No cedam bhikkhave manassa nissaraõaü abhavissa || nayidam sattā manasmā nissareyyuü || ||Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi manassa nissaraõaü tasmā sattā manasmā nissaranti || || 20 Yāva kãva¤ca bhikkhave sattā imesaü channam ajjhattikānam āyatanānam assāda¤ca assādato ādãnava¤ca ādãnavato nissaraõa¤ca nissaraõato yathābhåtam nābbha¤¤āsuü || neva tāva bhikkhave sattā sadevakā lokā sabrahmakā sassamaõabrāhmaõiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya nissaņā visaüyuttā vippamuttā vimariyādikatena cetasā vihariüsu || || 21 Yato ca kho bhikkhave sattā imesaü channam ajjhattikānam āyatanānam assāda¤ca assādato ādãnava¤ca ādãnavato õissaraõa¤ca nissaraõato yathābhåtam abha¤¤āsuü #<[page 012]># %<12 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 18. 2>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || atha kho bhikkhave sattā sadevakā lokā samārakā sabrahmakā sassamaõabrāhmaõiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya nissaņā visaüyuttā vimariyādikatena cetasā viharantãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).18 (6) No cetena2># 2 No cedam bhikkhave råpānam assādo abhavissa || nayidaü sattā råpesu sārajjeyyuü || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi råpānam assādo tasmā sattā råpesu sārajjanti || || 3 No cedam bhikkhave råpānam ādãnavo abhavissa || nayidaü sattā råpesu nibbindeyyuü || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi råpānam ādãnavo tasmā sattā råpesu nibbindanti || || 4 No cedam bhikkhave råpānam nissaraõam abhavissa || nayidam sattā råpehi nissareyyuü || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi råpāõaü nissaraõaü tasmā sattā råpehi nissaranti || || 5-7 No cedam bhikkhave Saddānaü || || 8-10 Gandhānaü || || 11-13 Rasānaü || 14-16 Phoņņhabbānaü || || 17 Dhammānam assādo abhavissa || nayidaü sattā dhammesu sārajjeyyuü || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi dhammānam assādo tasmā sattā dhammesu sārajjanti || || 18 No cedam bhikkhave dhammānam ādãnavo abhavissa || nayidaü sattā dhammesu nibbindeyyuü || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi dhammānam ādãnavo tasmā sattā dhammesu nibbindanti || || 19 No cedam bhikkhave dhammānaü nissaraõam abhavissa || na yidaü sattā dhammehi nissareyyuü || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi dhammānaü nissaraõaü tasmā sattā dhammehi nissaranti || || 20 Yāva kãva¤ca bhikkhave sattā imesaü channam bāhirānam āyatanānam assāda¤ ca assādato ādãnava¤ca ādãnavato nissaraõa¤ ca nissaraõato yathābhåtaü nābbha¤¤aüsu #<[page 013]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || neva tāva bhikkhave sattā sadevakā lokā samārakā sabrahmakā sassamaõabrāhmaõiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya nissaņā visaüyuttā vippamuttā vimariyādikatena cetasā vihariüsu || || 21 Yato ca kho bhikkhave sattā imesaü channam bāhirānam āyatanānam assāda¤ca assādato ādãnava¤ca adãnavato || pa || yathabhåtam abbha¤¤aüsu || atha kho bhikkhave sattā sadevakā lokā samārakā sabrahmakā sassamaõabrāhmaõiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya nissaņā visaüyuttā vippamuttā vimariyādikatena cetasā viharantã ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).19 (7) Abhinandena1># 2 Yo bhikkhave cakkhum abhinandati dukkhaü so abhinandati || yo dukkham abhinandati Aparimutto so dukkhasmāti vadāmã || pe || Yo jivham abhinandati dukkhaü so abhinandati || yo dukkham abhinandati Aparimutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || || Yo manam abhinandati dukkhaü so abhinandati || yo dukkham abhinandati Aparimutto so dukkhasmāti vadāmi || || 3 yo ca kho bhikkhave cakkhuü nābhinandati dukkhaü so nābhinandati || yo dukkhaü nābhinandati Parimutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || || Yo jivhaü nābhinandati dukkhaü so nābhinandati || yo dukkhaü nābhinandati Parimutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || || Yo manaü nābhinandati dukkhaü so nābhinandati || yo dukkhaü nābhinandati Parimutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmã ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).20 (8) Abhinandena2># 2 Yo bhikkhave råpe abhinandati dukkhaü so abhinandati || yo dukkham abhinandati Aparimutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || || Yo sadde || gandhe || rase || phoņņhabbe || dhamme abhinandati dukkhaü so abhinandati || yo dukkham abhinandati Aparimutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || || #<[page 014]># %<14 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 20. 3>% 3 Yo ca kho bhikkhave råpe nābhinandati dukkhaü so nābhinandati || yo dukkhaü nābhinandati Parimutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || || Yo sadde || gandhe || rase || phoņņhabbe || dhamme nābhinandati dukkhaü so nābhinandati || yo dukkhaü nābhinandati Parimutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmã ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).21 (9) Uppādena1># 2 Yo bhikkhave cakkhussa uppādo ņhiti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo || dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaü ņhiti jarāmara nassa pātubhāvo || || 3-4 Yo sotassa || la || Yo ghānassa || 5-6 Yo jivhāya || Yo kāyassa || || 7 Yo manassa uppādo ņhiti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo || dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaü ņhiti jarāmaraõassa pātubhāvo || || 8 Yo ca kho bhikkhave cakkhussa nirodho våpasamo atthagamo || dukkhasseso nirodho rogānaü våpasamo jarāmaraõassa atthagamo || || 9-13 Yo sotassa || Yo manassa nirodho våpasamo atthagamo dukkhasseso nirodho rogānam våpasamo jarāmaraõassa atthagamo ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).22 (10) Uppādena2># 2 Yo bhikkhave råpānam uppādo ņhiti abhinibbatti pātubhavo || dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaü ņhiti jarāmaraõassa pātubhāvo || || 3-4 Yo saddānaü || Yo gandhānaü || 5-6 Yo rasānaü || Yo poņņhabbānaü || 7 Yo dhammānam uppādo ņhiti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaü ņhiti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaü ņhiti jarāmaraõassa pātubhāvo || || 8 Yo ca kho bhikkhave råpānaü nirodho våpasamo atthagamo dukkhasseso nirodho rogānaü nirodho våpasamo maraõassa atthagamo || || 9-12 Yo saddānaü || Yo gandhānaü || yo rasānaü || Yo poņņhabbānaü || #<[page 015]># %% 13 Yo dhammānaü nirodho våpasamo atthagamo || dukkhasseso nirodho rogānaü våpasamo jarāmaraõassa atthagamo ti || || Yamakavaggo dutiyo || || Tassuddānaü || || Sambodhena duve vuttā || Assādena apare dve || No cetena dve vuttā || Abhinandena apare dve || Uppādena dve vuttā || Vaggo tena pavuccatāti || || #< CHAPTER III SABBA-VAGGO TATIYO># #< SN_4,35(1).23 (1) Sabba># 1 Sāvatthi -- Tatra -- voca -- 2 Sabbaü vo bhikkhave dessissāmi || tam suõātha || || 3 Ki¤ca bhikkhave sabbaü || || Cakkhuü ceva råpā ca || Sota¤ca saddā ca || Ghāna¤ca gandhā ca || Jivhā rasā ca || Kāyo ca phoņņhabbā ca || Mano ca dhammā ca || || Idam vuccati bhikkhave sabbaü || || 4 Yo bhikkhave evam vadeyya || Aham etaü sabbam paccakkhāya a¤¤aü sabbam pa¤¤āpessāmãti || tassa vācāvatthur evassa || puņņho ca na sampāpeyya || uttari¤ca vighātaü āpajjeyya || || Tam kissa hetu || yathā tam bhikkhave avisayasminti || || #< SN_4,35(1).24 (2) Pahāna1># 2 Sabbappahānāya vo bhikkhave dhammaü desissāmi || taü suõātha || || 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave sabbappahānāya dhammo || || 4-6 Cakkhum bhikkhave pahātabbaü || råpā pahātabbā || cakkhuvi¤¤āõam pahātabbaü || cakkhusamphasso pahātabbo #<[page 016]># %<16 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 24. 7>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Yam pidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkam asukhaü vā || tam pi pahātabbam || pe || || 7-8 Jivhā pahātabbā || Rasā pahātabbā || jivhāvi¤¤āõam pahātabbaü || jivhāsamphasso pahātabbo || yam pidaü jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi pahātabbaü || ||pe|| || 9 Mano pahātabbo || dhammā pahātabbā || manovi¤¤āõam pahātabbaü || manosamphasso pahātabbo || yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukham vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukham vā || tam pi pahātabbaü || || 10 Ayaü kho bhikkhave sabbappahānāya dhammo ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).25 (3) Pahāna2># 2 Sabbam abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahānāya vo bhikkhave dhammaü desissāmi || taü sunātha || || 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave sabbam abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahānāya dhammo || || 4-6 Cakkhum bhikkhave abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahātabbaü || råpā abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahātabbā || cakkhuvi¤¤āõam abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahātabbaü || cakkhusamphasso abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahātabbo || Yam pidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati veddayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahātabbam || pe || 7-8 jivhā abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahātabbā || rasā abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahātabbā || jivhāvi¤¤āõaü abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahātabbaü || jivhāsamphasso abhi¤¤a pari¤¤ā pahātabbo || yam pidam jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkham vā adukkham asukhaü vā tam pi abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahātabbam || pe || 9 mano abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahātabbo || dhammā abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahātabbā #<[page 017]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || manovi¤¤āõam abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahātabbaü || manosamphasso abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahātabbo || Yam pidaü manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahātabbaü || || 10 Ayam kho bhikkhave sabbam abhi¤¤ā pari¤¤ā pahānāya dhammo ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).26 (4) Parijānāna1># 2 Sabbam bhikkhave anabhijānaü aparijānaü avirājayaü appajahaü abhabbo dukkhakkhavyāya || || 3 Ki¤ca bhikkhave sabbam anabhijānaü aparijānaü avirājayaü appajahaü abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || || 4-6 Cakkhum bhikkhave anabhijānaü aparijānaü avirājayaü appajahaü abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || råpe anabhijānaü aparijānaü avirājayaü appajahaü abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü || la || cakkhusamphassaü || la || Yam pidaü cakkhusamphassa || la || dukkhakkhayāya || || pe || || 7-8 Jivham anabhijānaü aparijānaü avirājayaü appajahaü abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || rase || la || jivhāvi¤¤āõam || pe || jivhāsamphassaü || la || Yam pidam jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukham vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi anabhijānaü aparijānaü avirājayaü appajahaü abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || || Kāyaü || || 9 Manam anabhijānaü aparijānaü avirājayaü appajahaü abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || dhamme || manovi¤¤āõam || manosamphassaü || la || yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi anabhijānaü aparijānaü avirājayaü appajahaü abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || || 10 Idaü kho bhikkhave sabbam anabhijānaü aparijānaü avirājayaü appajahaü abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || || 11 Sabba¤ca kho bhikkhave abhijānaü parijānaü virājayaü pajaham bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || || #<[page 018]># %<18 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 26. 12>% 12 Ki¤ca bhikkhave sabbam abhijānam parijānaü virājayaü pajaham bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || || 13-15 Cakkhum bhikkhave abhijānaü parijānaü virājayaü pajahaü bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || råpe abhijānaüobhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || cakkhuvi¤¤āõam abhijānaüobhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || Cakkhusamphassam abhijānaüobhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || Yaü pidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkham vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi abhijānaü parijānaü virājayam pajahaü bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || pe || || 16-17 Jivham abhijānaü parijānaü virājayaü pajahaü bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || rase || la || jivhāvi¤¤āõaü || jivhāsamphassaü || la || Yam pidam jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam pi abhijānaü virājayaü pajahaü bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || || Kāyam || || 18 Manam abhijānaü parijānaü virājayaü pajahaü bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || dhamme || manovi¤¤āõaü || manosamphassam || la || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi abhijānaü parijānaü virājayaü pajahaü bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || || 19 Idaü kho bhikkhave sabbam abhijānaü parijānam virājayam pajahaü bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyāti || || #< SN_4,35(1).27 (5) Parijānāna2># 2 Sabbam bhikkhave anabhijānaü aparijānaü avirājayaü appajahaü abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || || 3 Ki¤ca bhikkhave sabbam anabhijānam aparijānaü avirājayaü appajahaü abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || || 4-6 Yaü ca kho cakkhu ye ca råpā ya¤ca cakkhuvi¤¤āõam ye ca cakkhuvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā || pe || || #<[page 019]># %% 7-8 Yā ca jivhā ye ca rasā ya¤ca jivhāvi¤¤āõaü ye ca jivhāvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā || pe || || 9 Yo ca kāyo ye ca poņņhabbā ya¤ca kāyavi¤¤āõaü ye ca kāyavi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā || || 10 Yo ca mano ye ca dhammā ya¤ca manovi¤¤āõam ye ca manovi¤¤aõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā || || 11 Idaü kho bhikkhave sabbam anabhijānaü aparijānaü avirājayaü appajahaü abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || || 12 Sabbam ca kho bhikkhave abhijānaü parijānam virājayaü pajahaü bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || || Ki¤ca bhikkhave sabbam abhijānaü parijānaü virājayaü pajahaü bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || || 13-15 Ya¤ca bhikkhave cakkhum ye ca råpā ya¤ca cakkhuvi¤¤āõam ye ca cakkhuvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā || pe || || 16-17 Yā ca jivhā ye ca rasā ya¤ca jivhāvi¤¤āõaü ye ca jivhāvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā || pe || || 18 Yo ca mano ye ca dhammā yaü ca manovi¤¤āõaü ye ca manovi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā || || 19 Idaü kho bhikkhave sabbam abhijānaü parijānaü virājayaü pajahaü bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyā ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).28 (6) âdittam># 1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Gayāyaü viharati Gayāsãse saddhim bhikkhusahassena || || 2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhå āmantesi || || Sabbaü bhikkhave ādittaü || Ki¤ca bhikkhave sabbam ādittaü || || 3-5 Cakkhum bhikkhave ādittam || råpā ādittā || cakkhuvi¤¤āõam ādittaü || cakkhusamphasso āditto || yam pidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam pi ādittaü || || Kena ādittaü || || Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaü || jātiyā jarāya maraõena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi || pe || 6-7 Jivhā ādittā || rasā ādittā || jivhāvi¤¤āõam ādittaü || #<[page 020]># %<20 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 28. 8>% jivhāsamphasso āditto || yam pidaü jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā tam pi ādittaü || || Kena ādittam || Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittam || jātiyā jarāya maraõena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi uyāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi || pe || || 8 Mano āditto dhammā ādittā manovi¤¤āõam ādittaü manosamphasso āditto || yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā tam pi ādittaü || || Kena ādittam || || Pāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaü jātiyā jarāya maraõena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyasehi ādittanti vadāmi || || 9 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || råpesu pi nibbindati || cakkhuvi¤¤āne pi nibbindati || cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati || yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukham vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukham vā tasmim pi nibbindati || la || yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā upajjati vedayitaü- -tasmim pi nibbindati || nibbindaü virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || vimuttasmiü vimuttamhãti ¤ānaü hoti || || Khãõā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü kataü karaõãyaü nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātã ti || || 10 Idam avoca Bhagavā attamanā te bhikkhå Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinandunti || || 11 Imasmiü ca pana veyyākaraõasmiü bha¤¤amāne tassa bhikkhusahassassa anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciüsåti || || #< SN_4,35(1).29 (7) Andhabhåtam># 1 Evam me sutam || Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veëuvane Kalandakanivāpe || || 2 Tatra kho Bhagavā Bhikkhå āmantesi || Sabbam bhikkhave andhabhåtam || || #<[page 021]># %% Ki¤ca bhikkhave andhabhåtaü || || 3-5 Cakkhu bhikkhave andhabhåtaü || råpā andhabhåtā || cakkhuvi¤¤āõam andhabhåtam || cakkhusamphasso andhabhåto || yam pidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā upajjati vedayitaü sukkhaü vā bukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā tam pi andhabhåtam || || Kena andhabhåtam || || Jātiyā jarāya maraõena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyasehi andhabhåtan ti vadāmi || la || 6 Jivhā andhabhåtā rasā andhabhåtā jivhāvi¤¤āõam andhabhåtam jivhāsamphasso andhabhåto || yam pidam jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā tam pi andhabhåtaü || || Kena andhabhåtaü || || Jātiyā jarāya- -upāyāsehi andhabhåtanti vadāmi || la || 7 Kāyo andhabhåto || || 8 Mano andhabhåto || dhammā andhabhåtā || manovi¤¤āõam andhabhåtam || manosamphasso andhabhåto || yampidam manosamphassa paccayā appajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā tam pi andhabhåtaü || || Kena andhabhåtam || || Jātiyā jarāya- -upāyāsehi andhabhåtanti vadāmi || || 9 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || råpesu pi nibbindati || cakkhuvi¤¤āõe pi nibbindati || cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati || pe || Yampidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā tasmim pi nibbindati || nibbindaü virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || vimuttasmiü vimuttamhãti ¤āõaü hoti || || Khãnā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü kataü karanãyaü nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).30 (8) Sāruppa># 2 Sabbama¤¤itasamugghātasāruppaü vo bhikkhave paņipadaü desissāmi #<[page 022]># %<22 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA (XXXV. 30. 3>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || tam suõātha suõāhukam manasi karotha bhāsissāmãti || || 3 Katamā ca bhikkhave sabbama¤¤itasmugghāta sāruppā paņipadā || || 4-6 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhuü na ma¤¤ati cakkhusmiü na ma¤¤ati cakkhuto na ma¤¤ati Cakkhu meti na ma¤¤ati || || Råpe na ma¤¤ati råpesu na ma¤¤ati råpato na ma¤¤ati Råpā meti na ma¤¤ati || || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü na ma¤¤ati cakkhuvi¤¤āõasmiü na ma¤¤ati cakkhuvi¤¤āõato na ma¤¤ati Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam me ti na ma¤¤ati || || Cakkhusamphassaü na ma¤¤ati cakkhusamphassasmiü na ma¤¤ati cakkhusamphassato na ma¤¤ati Cakkhusamphasso me ti na ma¤¤ati || || Yam pidaü cakkhusaüphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi na ma¤¤ati tasmim pi na ma¤¤ati tato pi na ma¤¤ati Tam me ti na ma¤¤ati || || pe || 7-8 Jivhaü na ma¤¤ati jivhāya na ma¤¤ati jivhato na ma¤¤ati Jivhā me ti na ma¤¤ati || || Rase na ma¤¤ati rasesu-rasato na ma¤¤ati Rasā me ti na ma¤¤ati || || Jivhā vi¤¤ānaü na ma¤¤ati jivhi¤¤āõasmiü na ma¤¤atijivhāvi¤¤āõato na ma¤¤ati Jivhāvi¤¤āõam me ti na ma¤¤ati || || Jivhāsamphassaü na ma¤¤ati jivhāsamphassasmiü na ma¤¤ati jivhāsamphassato na ma¤¤ati Jivhāsamphasso me ti na ma¤¤ati || || Yampidaü jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi na ma¤¤ati tasmim pi na ma¤¤ati tato pi na ma¤¤ati Tam me ti na ma¤¤ati || || pe || 9 Manaü na ma¤¤ati manasmiü na ma¤¤ati manato na ma¤¤ati Mano me ti na ma¤¤ati || || Dhamme na ma¤¤ati dhammesu na ma¤¤ati dhammato na ma¤¤ati Dhammā me ti na ma¤¤ati || || Manovi¤¤āõam na ma¤¤ati manovi¤¤āõasmiü na ma¤¤ati manovi¤¤āõato na ma¤¤ati Manovi¤¤āõam me ti na ma¤¤ati || || Manosamphassaü na ma¤¤ati manosamphassasmiü na ma¤¤ati manosamphassato na ma¤¤ati Manosamphasso me ti na ma¤¤ati #<[page 023]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā upajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi na ma¤¤ati tasmim pi na ma¤¤ati tato pi na ma¤¤ati Tam me ti na ma¤¤ati || || 10 Sabbaü na ma¤¤ati sabbasmiü na ma¤¤ati sabbato na ma¤¤ati Sabbaü me na ma¤¤ati || || 11 So evam ama¤¤amāno na ki¤ci loke upādiyati || anupādiyaü na paritassati aparitassaü paccatta¤¤eva parinibbāyati || Khãõājāti vusitam brahmacariyaü kataü karaõãyaü nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātã ti || || 12 Ayaü kho bhikkhave sabbama¤¤itasamugghātasāruppā paņipadā ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).31 (9) Sappāya1># 2 Sabbama¤¤itasamugghātasappāyaü vo bhikkhave paņipadaü desissāmi taü suõātha || || 3 Katamā ca sā bhikkhave sabbama¤¤itasamugghātasappāyā paņipadā || || 4-6 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhuü na ma¤¤ati cakkhusmiü na ma¤¤ati cakkhuto na ma¤¤ati Cakkhu me ti na ma¤¤ati || || råpe na ma¤¤ati || pe || || cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü na ma¤¤ati || || cakkhusamphassaü na ma¤¤ati || || Yam pidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam pi na ma¤¤ati Tam me ti na ma¤¤ati || || Yaü hi bhikkhave ma¤¤ati yasmiü ma¤¤ati yato ma¤¤ati yam Me ti ma¤¤ati || tato taü hoti a¤¤athā || a¤¤athābhāvã bhavasatto loko bhavam evābhinandati || || pe || || 7-8 Jivhaü na ma¤¤ati jivhāya na ma¤¤ati jivhāto na ma¤¤ati Jivhā me ti na ma¤¤ati || || rase na ma¤¤ati || jivhāvi¤¤āõam na ma¤¤ati || jivhāsamphassaü na ma¤¤ati || || Yam pidaü jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā #<[page 024]># %<24 SAėâYATANA-SAMYUTTA (XXXV. 31. 9>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || tam pi na ma¤¤ati tasmim pi na ma¤¤ati tato pi na ma¤¤ati Tam me ti na ma¤¤ati || || Yaü hi bhikkhave ma¤¤ati yasmiü ma¤¤ati yato ma¤¤ati yam Me ti ma¤¤ati || tato taü hoti a¤¤athā || a¤¤athābhāvã bhavasatto loko bhavam evābhinandati || || pe || || 9 Manaü na ma¤¤ati manasmiü na ma¤¤ati manato na ma¤¤ati Mano me ti na ma¤¤ati || dhamme || mano vi¤¤āõam || manosamphassam || || Yam pidam -Tam me ti na ma¤¤ati || || Yaü hi bhikkhave ma¤¤ati || yasmim ma¤¤ati || yato ma¤¤ati || yam Me ti ma¤¤ati || tato taü hoti a¤¤athā || a¤¤athābhāvã bhavasatto loko bhavam evābhinandati || || 10 Yāvatā bhikkhave khandhadhātu āyatanaü tam pi na ma¤¤ati tasmim pi na ma¤¤ati tato pi na ma¤¤ati Tam me ti na ma¤¤ati || so evaü na ma¤¤amāno na ki¤ci loke upādiyati anupādiyaü na paritassati aparitassaü paccatta¤¤eva parinibbāyati || || Khãõā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü kataü karaõãyaü nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti || || 11 Ayaü kho sā bhikkhave sabbama¤¤itasamugghātasappāyā paņipadā ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).32 (10) Sappāya2># 2 Sabbama¤¤itasamugghātasappāyaü vo bhikkhave paņipadaü desissāmi taü suõātha || || 3 Katamā ca sa bhikkhave sabbama¤¤itasamugghātasappāyā paņipadā || || 4-6 Taü kim ma¤¤atha bhikkhave cakkhu niccaü vā aniccaü vā ti || || Aniccaü bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vāti || #<[page 025]># %% Dukkham bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkham viparināmadhammaü kallaü nu taü samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || || No hetam bhante || || Råpā || la || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü || || Cakkusamphasso nicco vā anicco vā ti || || Anicco bhante || || Yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi niccaü vā aniccaü vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || || Yam panāniccam dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vā ti || || Dukkham bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammaü kallaü nu tam anupassituü Etam mama eso hamasmi eso me attāti || || No hetam bhante ||pe|| || 7-8 Jivhā niccā aniccā vā ti || || Aniccā bhante || la || Rasā || Jivhāvi¤¤āõaü || || Jivhāsamphasso || la || Yam pidaü jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi niccaü vā aniccaü vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || la || || 9 Mano ||dhammā || pa || manovi¤¤āõaü || mano samphasso nicco vā anicco vā ti || || Anicco bhante || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi niccam aniccaü vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || Yam panāniccam dukkham vā taü sukhaü vā ti || Dukkham bhante || || Yam panāniccam dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammaü kallaü nu taü samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || No hetam bhante || || #<[page 026]># %<26 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 32. 10>% 10 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati råpesu pi nibbindati cakkhuvi¤¤āõe pi nibbindati || || Yam pidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā tasmim pi nibbindati || || pe || || Jivhāya pi nibbindati || rasesu pi || la || Yam pidaü jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā tasmim pi nibbindati manasmim pi nibbindati || dhammesu pi nibbindati || manovi¤¤āõe pi nibbindati manosamphasse pi nibbindati || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tasmim pi nibbindati nibbindaü virajjati virāgā vimuccati vimuttasmiü vimuttam iti ¤āõaü hoti || || khãõā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü kataü karaõiyaü nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti ti || || 11 Ayaü kho sā bhikkhave sabbama¤¤itasamugghātasappāyā paņipadā ti || || Sabbavaggo tatiyo || || Tassuddānam || || Sabbaü ca dve pi pahānā || || Parijānā apare duve || âdittam andhabhåtaü ca || Sāruppā dve ca sappāyā || Vaggo tena pavuccati || || #< CHAPTER IV JâTIDHAMMA-VAGGOCATUTTHO|| || ># #< SN_4,35(1).33 (1) Jāti># 1 Sāvatthi || || Te Tatra kho || || 2 Sabbam bhikkhave jātidhammaü || ki¤ca bhikkhave sabbaü jātidhammaü || || #<[page 027]># %% 3-5 Cakkhum bhikkhave jātidhammaü || || Råpā jātidhammā || || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam jātidhammaü || || Cakkhusamphasso jātidhammo || || Yam pidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi jātidhammam ||pe|| || 6 Jivhā || || Rasā || || Jivhāvi¤¤āõaü || || Jivhāsamphasso || || Yaü pidaü jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi jātidhammaü || || pe || || 7 Kāyo ||pe|| || 8 Mano jātidhammo || || Dhammā jātidhammā || || Manovi¤¤āõaü jātidhammaü || || Manosamphasso jātidhammo || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü va adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi jātidhammaü || || 9 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || pe || nāparam itthattāyati pajānātã ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).34 (2) Jarā># Sabbam bhikkhave jarādhammaü || || #< SN_4,35(1).35 (3) Vyādhi># Sabbam bhikkhave vyādhidhammaü || || #< SN_4,35(1).36 (4) Maraõa># Sabbam bhikkhave maraõadhammaü || || #< SN_4,35(1).37 (5) Soko># Sabbam bhikkhave sokadhammaü || || #< SN_4,35(1).38 (6) Saükilesa># Sabbam bhikkhave saükilesadhammaü || || #<[page 028]># %<28 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 39>% #< SN_4,35(1).39 (7) Khaya># Sabbam bhikkhave khayadhammaü || || #< SN_4,35(1).40 (8) Vaya># Sabbam bhikkhave vayadhammaü || || #< SN_4,35(1).41 (9) Samudaya># Sabbam bhikkhave samudayadhammaü || || #< SN_4,35(1).42 (10) Nirodha># Sabbam bhikkhave nirodhadhammaü || || Jātidhammavaggo catuttho || || Tassuddānaü || || Jāti Jarā Vyādhi Maraõaü || Soko ca Saīkileso ca || Khaya -- Vaya -- Samudayam || Nirodhadhammena te dasā ti || || #< CHAPTER V ANICCA-VAGGO PAĨCAMO># Sāvatthi || Tatra kho || || #< SN_4,35(1).43 (1) Aniccam># Sabbam bhikkhave aniccam || || #< SN_4,35(1).44 (2) Dukkham># Sabbam bhikkhave dukkhaü || || #< SN_4,35(1).45 (3) Anattā># Sabbam bhikkhave anattā || #<[page 029]># %% #< SN_4,35(1).46 (4) Abhi¤¤eyyam># Sabbam bhikkhave abhi¤¤eyyaü || || #< SN_4,35(1).47 (5) Pari¤¤eyyam># Sabbam bhikkhave pari¤¤eyyaü || || #< SN_4,35(1).48 (6) Pahātabbam># Sabbam bhikkhave pahātabbaü || || #< SN_4,35(1).49 (7) Sacchikātabbam># Sabbam bhikkhave sacchikātabbaü || || #< SN_4,35(1).50 (8) Abhi¤¤āpari¤¤eyyam># Sabbam bhikkhave abhi¤¤āpari¤¤eyyaü || || #< SN_4,35(1).51 (9) Upaddutam># Sabbam bhikkhave upaddutaü || || #< SN_4,35(1).52 (10) Upassaņņhaü># 2 Sabbam bhikkhave upassaņņhaü || Ki¤ca bhikkhave upassaņņhaü || || 3-5 Cakkhu bhikkhave upassaņņham || || Råpā upassaņņhā || || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam upassaņņhaü || || Cakkhusamphasso upassaņņho || || Yam pidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi upassaņņham || la || 5 Jivhā upassāņņhā || || Rasā upassaņņhā || || Jivhāvi¤¤āõam upassaņņhaü || || Jivhāsamphasso upassaņņho || || Yam pidam jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi upassaņņhaü || || 6 Kāyo upassaņņho || || 7 Mano upassaņņho || || Dhammā upassaņņhā || || Manovi¤¤āõam upassaņņhaü || || Manosamphasso upassaņņho || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā #<[page 030]># %<30 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 52. 8>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || tam pi upassaņņhaü || || 8 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati ||pe|| nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || Aniccavaggo pa¤camo || || Tassa uddānam || || Aniccaü Dukkham Anattā || Abhi¤¤eyyaü Pari¤¤eyyaü || || Pahātabbaü Sacchikātabbaü || Abhi¤¤ātam pari¤¤eyyaü || Upaddutaü Upassaņņham || Vaggo tena pavuccatãti || || Saëāyatanavagge Pa¤¤āsako pathamo || || Tassuddānam || || Sutavaggam ca No cetam || Sabbam vaggaü Janānica || Aniccavaggena pa¤¤āsaü || Pa¤camo tena pavuccatãti || || PAĨĨâSAKO DUTIYO #< CHAPTER I AVIJJâ-VAGGO PATHAMO># Sāvatthi || la10 || #< SN_4,35(1).53 (1) Avijjā># 2 Atha kho a¤¤ataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || #<[page 031]># %% 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kathan nu kho bhante jānato katham passato avijjā pahiyyati vijjā uppajjatãti || || 4 Cakkhuü kho bhikkhu aniccato jānato passato avijjā pahiyyati vijjā uppajjatãti || || Råpe aniccato jānato passato avijjā pahiyyati vijjā uppajjati || || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam || || Cakkhusamphassaü || || Yam pidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi aniccato jānato passato avijjā pahiyyati vijjā uppajjati || || 5-8 Sotaü || || Ghānaü || || Jivhaü || || Kāyaü || || 9 Manam aniccato jānato passato avijjā pahiyyati vijjā uppajjati || || Dhamme || || Manovi¤¤āõaü || || Manosamphassaü || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukham vā || tam pi aniccato jānato passato avijjā pahiyyati vijjā uppajjati || || 10 Evaü kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato avijjā pahiyyati vijjā uppajjatãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).54 (2) Samyojanā1># 3 Kathaü nu kho bhante jānato katham passato samyojanā pahiyyantãti || || 4-9 Cakkhuü kho bhikkhu aniccato jānato passato saüyojanā pahiyyanti || || Råpe || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü || || Cakkhusamphassaü || || pe || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tampi aniccato jānato passato saüyojanā pahiyyanti || || 10 Evaü kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato saüyojanā pahiyyantãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).55 (3) Samyojanā2># 3 Kathaü nu kho bhante jānato katham passato saüyojanā samugghātam gacchantãti || || 4-9 Cakkhuü kho bhikkhu anattato jānato passato samyojanā samugghātaü gacchanti #<[page 032]># %<32 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 55. 10>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Råpe anattato || || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam anattato || || Cakkhusamphassam anattato || || pe || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi anattato jānato passato samyojanā samugghātaü gacchanti || || 10 Evaü kho bhikkhave jānato evam passato saüyojanā samugghātam gacchantãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).56-57 (4-5) Asavā1-2># 3-10 Kathaü nu kho bhante jānato katham passato āsavā pahiyyantãti || la || || âsavā samugghātaü gacchantãti || la || || #< SN_4,35(1).58-59 (6-7) Anusayā1-2># 3 Kathaü- -anusayā pahiyyantãti || la || || -anusayā samugghātam gacchantãti || || 4 Cakkhuü kho bhikkhave anattato jānato passato anusayā samugghātaü gacchanti || 5-8 Sotam || Ghānaü || Jivhaü || Kāyaü || 9 Manaü || || Dhamme || || Manovi¤¤āõaü || Manosamphassaü || || Yampidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi anattato jānato passato anusayā samugghātaü gacchanti || || 10 Evaü kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato anusayā samugghāņam gacchantãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).60 (8) Pari¤¤ā># 2 Sabbupādānapari¤¤āya vo bhikkhave dhammaü desissāmi taü suõātha || || 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave sabbupādānapari¤¤āya dhammo || || 4 Cakkhu¤ca paņicca råpe ca uppajjati cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü || tiõõaü saīgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || || Evampassaü bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmimpi nibbindati #<[page 033]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || råpesu pi nibbindati || cakkhuvi¤¤āõe pi nibbindati || cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaü virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || Vimokkhā pari¤¤ātam me upādānanti pajānāti || || 5-8 Sotaü ca paņicca sadde ca uppajjati || Ghānaü ca paņicca gandheca || Jivhaü ca paņicca rase ca || || Kāyaü ca paņicca phoņņhabbe ca || || 9 Manam ca paņicca dhamme ca uppajjati manovi¤¤āõaü || tiõõaü saīgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako manasmim pi nibbindati || dhammesu pi nibbindati || manovi¤¤āõe pi nibbindati || manosamphasse pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaü virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || Vimokkhā pari¤¤ātam me upādānanti pajānāti || || 10 Ayaü kho bhikkhave sabbupādānapari¤¤āya dhammoti || || #< SN_4,35(1).61 (9) Pariyādinnaü1># 2 Sabbupādānapariyādānāya vo bhikkhave dhammaü desissāmi || taü suõātha || || 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave sabbupādānapariyādānāya dhammo || || 4-6 Cakkhu¤ca paņicca råpe ca uppajjati cakkhuvi¤¤āõam || tiõõaü saīgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || || Evam passaü bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || råpesu pi nibbindati || cakkhuvi¤¤āõe pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaü virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || Vimokkhā pariyādinnam me upādānanti pajānāti || pe || || 7-8 Jivhaü ca paņicca rase ca uppajjati jivhāvi¤¤āõam || la || 9 Manaü ca paņicca dhamme ca uppajjati manovi¤¤āõaü || tiõõaü saīgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || || Evam passaü bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako manasmim pi nibbindati || dhammesu pi nibbindati || manovi¤¤āõe pi nibbindati #<[page 034]># %<34 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 61. 10>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || manosamphasse pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaü virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || Vimokkhā pariyādinnam me upādānanti pajānāti || || 10 Ayaü kho bhikkhave sabbupādānapariyādānāya dhammoti || || #< SN_4,35(1).62 (10) Pariyādinnam2># 2 Sabbupādānapariyādānāya vo bhikkhave dhammam desissāmi || taü suõātha || || 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave sabbupādānapariyādānāya dhammo || 4 Taü kim ma¤¤atha bhikkhave cakkhuü niccaü vā aniccam vā ti || Aniccam bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vā ti || || Dukkham bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammaü kallaü nu taü samanupassituü Etam mama eso hamasmi eso me attāti || || No hetam bhante || || Rupā || la || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü || || Cakkhusamphasso || || Yam pidaü cakkhusampassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü-niccaü vā aniccaü vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || || 5-8 Sotam || Ghānam || Jivhā || Kāyo || || 9 Mano || dhammā || manovi¤¤āõaü || manosamphasso || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi niccaü vā aniccaü vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vā ti || Dukkham bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammaü kallaü nu taü samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || || No hetam bhante || || #<[page 035]># %% 10 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || råpesu pi nibbindati || cakkhuvi¤¤āõe pi nibbindati || cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati || || Yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tasmim pi nibbindati || la || Jivhāya pi nibbindati || rasesu pi nibbindati || jivhāvi¤¤āõe pi || jivhāsamphasse pi || || Yam pidam jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati || la || Manasmim pi nibbindati || manovi¤¤āõe pi nibbindati || manosamphasse pi nibbindati || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tasmim pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaü virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || Vimuttasmim vimuttam iti ¤āõaü hoti || || Khãõā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü kataü karaõãyam || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti || || 11 Ayaü kho bhikkhave sabbupādānapariyādānāya dhammoti || || Avijjāvaggo pathamo || || Tassuddānam || || Avijjā Samyojanā dve || âsavena dve vuttā || Anusayā apare dve || Pari¤¤ā dve Pariyādinnaü || || Vaggo tena pavuccatãti || || #< CHAPTER II MIGAJâLAVAGGO DUTIYO># #< SN_4,35(1).63 (1) Migajālena1># 1 Sāvatthinidānam || || 2 Atha kho āyasmā Migajālo yena Bhagavā || la || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Migajālo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ekavihārã ekavihārãti bhante vuccati || #<[page 036]># %<36 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 68. 4>% kittāvatā nu kho bhante ekavihārã hoti || kittāvatā ca pana Sadutiyavihārã hoti || || 4 Santi kho Migajāla cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Ta¤ce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhati || tassa tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiņņhato uppajjati nandi || nandiyā sati sārāgo hoti || Sārāge sati saüyogo hoti || nandisaüyojanasaüyutto kho Migajāla bhikkhu sadutiyavihārãti vuccati || 5-6 || la || 7-8 Santi kho Migajāla jivhāvi¤¤eyyā rasā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || ta¤ce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhato || tassa tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiņņhato uppajjati nandi || nandiyā sati sārāgo hoti || Sārāge sati saüyogo hoti || nandisaüyojanasaüyutto kho Migajāla bhikkhu sadutiyavihārãti vuccati || || la || 9 Santi kho Migajāla manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || ta¤ce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhati || tassa tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiņņhato uppajjati nandi || nandiyā sati sārāgo hoti sārāge sati saüyogo hoti nandisaüyojanasaüyutto kho Migajāla bhikkhu sadutiyavihārãti vuccati || || 10 Evaüvihārãca Migajāla bhikkhu ki¤cāpi ara¤¤e vanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paņisevati appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhaseyyakāni paņisallāõasāruppāni || atha kho sadutiyavihārãti vuccati || 11 Tam kissa hetu || || Taõhā hissa dutiyā sāssa apahãnā || tasmā sadutiyavihārãti vuccati || || 12-14 Santi ca kho Migajāla cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantāmanāpāpiyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || ta¤ce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nā ajjhosāya tiņņhati || tassa tam anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiņņhato nandi nirujjhati || nandiyā asati sārāgo na hoti || sārāge asati saüyogo na hoti #<[page 037]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || nandisaüyojanavisaüyutto kho Migajāla bhikkhu ekavihārãti vuccati || la || 15-16 Santi kho Migajāla jivhāvi¤¤eyyā rasā || la || 17 Santi kho Migajāla manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Ta¤ce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiņņhati || tassa tam anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiņņhato nandi nirujjhati || nandiyā asati sārāgo na hoti || sārāge asati saüyogo na hoti || nandisaüyojanavisaüyutto kho Migajāla bhikkhu ekavihārãti vuccati || || 18 Evaüvihārã ca Migajāla bhikkhu ki¤cāpi gāmante viharati ākiõõe bhikkhåhi bhikkhunãhi upāsakehi upāsikāhi rājåhi rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi || atha kho ekavihārãti vuccati || || 19 Tam kissa hetu || || Taõhā hissa dutiyā sāssa pahãnā tasmā ekavihārãti vuccatãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).64 (2) Migajāla># 2 Atha kho āyasmā Migajālo yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || pe || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Migajālo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saükhittena dhammaü desetu || yam aham dhammaü sutvā eko våpakaņņho appamatto ātāpã pahitatto vihareyyanti || || 4-6 Santi kho Migajāla cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Ta¤ce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhati || tassa tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiņņhato uppajjati nandi || nandisamudayā dukkhasamudayo Migajālāti vadāmi || la || 7-8 Santi kho Migajāla jivhāvi¤¤eyyā rasā || la || || 9 Santi kho Migajāla manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Ta¤ce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhati || tassa tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiņņhato uppajjati nandi #<[page 038]># %<38 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 64. 10>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || nandisamudavā dukkhasamudayo Migājalāti vadāmi || || 10-12 Santi kho Migajāla cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Ta¤ce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiņņhati || tassa tam anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiņņhato nandi nirujjhati || nandinirodhā dukkhanirodho Migajālāti vadāmi || || 13-14 Santi kho Migajāla jivhāvi¤¤eyyā rasā iņņhā kantā || pe || 15 Santi kho Migajāla manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Ta¤ce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiņņhati || tassa taü anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiņņhato nandi nirujjhati || nandinirodhā dukkhanirodho Migajālāti vadāmãti || || 16 Atha kho āyasmā Migajālo Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā uņņhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiõaü katvā pakkāmi || || 17 Atha kho āyasmā Migajālo eko våpakaņņho appamatto ātāpã pahitatto viharanto na cirasseva yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajanti || tad anuttaram brahmacariyapariyosānaü diņņheva dhamme sayam abhi¤¤ā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi || || Khãõā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü kataü karaõãya nāparam itthattāyāti abbha¤¤asi || || 18 A¤¤ataro va panāyasmā Migajālo arahataü ahosãti || #< SN_4,35(1).65 (3) Samiddhi (1)># 1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veëuvane Kalandakanivāpe || || 2-3 Atha kho āyasmā Samiddhi yena Bhagavā || pa || Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Māro Māroti vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante {Māro} vā assa Mārapa¤¤atti vā ti || || 4 Yattha kho Samiddhi atthi cakkhum atthi råpā atthi cakkhuvi¤¤āõam atthi cakkhuvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā #<[page 039]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || atthi tattha Māro vā Mārapa¤¤atti vā || || 5-6 Atthi sotaü- atthi ghānam- || 7-8 Atthi jivhā atthi rasā atthi jivhāvi¤¤āõam atthi jivhāvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā || atthi tattha Māro vā Mārapa¤¤atti vā || || Atthi kāyo || || 9 Atthi mano atthi dhammā atthi manovi¤¤āõam atthi manovi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā || atthi tattha Māro vā Mārapa¤¤atti vā || || 10-12 Yattha ca kho Samiddhi natthi cakkhu natthi råpā natthi cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü natthi cakkhuvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā || natthi tattha Māro vā Mārapa¤¤atti vā || la || 13-14 Natthi jivhā natthi rasā natthi jivhāvi¤¤āõaü natthi jivhāvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā || natthi tattha Māro vā Mārapa¤¤atti vā || la || 15 Natthi mano natthi dhammā natthi manovi¤¤āõaü natthi manovi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā || natthi tattha Māro vā Mārapa¤¤atti vā ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).66 (4) Samiddhi2># 3-15 Satto satto ti bhante vuccati || Kittāvatā nu kho bhante satto vā assa sattapa¤¤atti vā ti || la || #< SN_4,35(1).67 (5) Samiddhi3># 3-15 Dukkhaü dukkhanti bhante vuccati || Kittāvatā nu kho bhante dukkhaü vā assa dukkhapa¤¤atti vā ti || la || #< SN_4,35(1).68 (6) Samiddhi4># 3 Loko lokoti bhante vuccati || Kittāvatā nu kho bhante loko vā assa lokapa¤¤atti vā ti || || 4-9 Yattha kho Samiddhi atthi cakkhum atthi råpā atthi cakkhuvi¤¤āõam atthi cakkhuvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā || atthi tattha loko vā lokapa¤¤atti vā || || la || || #<[page 040]># %<40 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 68. 10>% Atthi mano atthi dhammā atthi manovi¤¤āõaü atthi manovi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā || atthi tattha loko vā lokapa¤¤atti vā || || 10-15 Yattha ca kho Samiddhi natthi cakkhu natthi råpā natthi cakkhuvi¤¤āõam natthi cakkhuvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā || natthi tattha loko vā lokapa¤¤atti vā || || la || || natthi jivhā natthi rasā || pe || natthi mano natthi dhammā natthi manovi¤¤āõaü natthi manovi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbā dhammā || natthi tattha loko vā lokapa¤¤atti vā ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).69 (7) Upasena># 1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca Upaseno Rājagahe viharanti sãtavane sappasoõķikapabbhāre || || 2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Upasenassa kāye āsãviso patito hoti || || 3 Atha kho āyasmā Upaseno bhikkhå āmantesi || || Etha me āvuso imaü kāyam ma¤cakam āropetvā bahiddhā nãharatha purāyam kāyo idheva vikirati seyyathāpi bhåsamuņņhãti || || 4 Evaü vutte āyasmā Sāriputto āyasmantam Upasenam etad avoca || || Na kho pana mayam passāma āyasmato Upasenassa kāyassa vā a¤¤athattam indriyānaü vā vipariõāmaü || || 5 Atha panāyasmā Upaseno evam āha || || Etha me āvuso imaü kāyam ma¤cakam āropetvā bahiddhā nãharatha purāyam kāyo idheva vikirati seyyathāpi bhåsamuņņhãti || || 6 Yassa nuna āvuso Sāriputta evam assa Ahaü cakkhunti Mama cakkhunti vā || la || Ahaü jivhā ti vā Mama jivhāti vā || || Aham mano ti vā Mama manoti vā || tassa āvuso Sariputta siyā kāyassa vā a¤¤athattam indriyānaü vā pariõāmo || || Mayha¤ca kho āvuso Sāriputta na evaü hoti #<[page 041]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || Ahaü cakkhunti vā Mama cakkhunti vā || la || Ahaü jivhāti vā Mama jivhāti va || || Ahaü manoti vā Mama manoti vā || tassa mayham āvuso Sāriputta kiü kāyassa vā a¤¤athattam bhavissati indriyānaü vā vipariõāmoti || || 7 Tathā hi panāyasmato Upasenassa dãgharattam ahaükāra-mamaükāra-mānānusayā susamåhatā || tasmā āyasmato Upasenassa na evaü hoti || Ahaü cakkhunti vā Mama cakkhunti vā || || Ahaü jivhāti vā Mama jivhāti vā || || Aham mano ti vā Mama mano ti vā || || 8 Atha kho te bhikkhå āyasmato Upasenassa kāyam ma¤cakam āropetvā bahiddhā nãhariüsu || || 9 Atha kho āyasmato Upasenassa kāyo tattheva vikiri seyyathāpi bhåsamuņņhã ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).70 (8) Upavāna># 2 Atha kho āyasmā Upavāno yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || pe || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Upavāno Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sandiņņhiko dhammo sandiņņhiko dhammoti bhante vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante sandiņņhiko dhammo ti || akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaü veditabbaü vi¤¤åhãti || || 4 Idha pana Upavāõa bhikkhu cakkhunā råpaü disvā råpapaņisaüvedã ca hoti {råparāgapaņisaüvedã} ca || santaü ca ajjhattaü råpesu rāgam Atthi me ajjhattam råpesu rāgo ti pajānāti || || Yantaü Upavāna bhikkhu cakkhunā råpaü disvā {råpapaņisaüvedã} ca hoti {råparāgapaņisaüvedã} ca || santaü ca ajjhattaü råpesu rāgam Atthi me ajjhattam råpesu rāgo ti pajānāti || evam pi kho Upavāna sandiņņhiko dhammo hoti akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaü veditabbo vi¤¤åhãti || || #<[page 042]># %<42 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA XXXV. 70. 5>% 5-6 Puna ca param Upavāna bhikkhu || la || 7-8 Jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā rasapaņisaüvedã ca hoti rasarāgapaņisaüvedã ca || santaü ca ajjhattaü rasesu rāgaü Atthi me ajjhattaü rasesu rāgo ti pajānāti || || Yantam Upavāna bhikkhu jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā {rasapaņisaüvedã} ca hoti rasarāgapaņisaüvedã ca || santaü ca ajjhattaü rasesu rāgaü. Atthi me ajjhattaü rasesu rāgoti pajānāti || evam pi kho Upavāna sandiņņhiko dhammo hoti akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaü veditabbo vi¤¤åhãti || la || || 9 Puna ca param Upavāna bhikkhu manasā dhammaü vi¤¤āya dhammapaņisaüvedã ca hoti dhammarāgapaņisaüvedã ca || santaü ca ajjhattam dhammesu rāgam Atthi me ajjhattaü dhammesu rāgo ti pajānāti || || Yantam Upavāna bhikkhu manasā dhammaü vi¤¤āya dhammapaņisaüvedã ca hoti dhammarāgapaņisaüvedi ca || santaü ca ajjhattam dhammesu rāgam Atthi me ajjhattaü dhammesu rāgoti pajānāti || evampi kho Upavāna sandiņņhiko hoti || la || paccattaü veditabbo vi¤¤åhãti || || 10 Idha panā Upavāna bhikkhu cakkhunā råpaü disvā råpapaņisaüvedã hi kho hoti no ca råparāgapaņisaüvedã || asantaü ca ajjhattaü råpesu rāgaü Natthi me ajjhattaü råpesu rāgo ti pajānāti || || Yan tam Upavāna Bhikkhu cakkhunā råpaü disvā råpapaņisaüvedã hi kho hoti no ca {råparāgapaņisaüvedã} || asantaü ca ajjhattaü råpesu rāgaü Natthi me ajjhattaü råpesu rāgo ti pajānāti || evam pi kho Upavaõa sandiņņhiko dhammo hoti akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaü veditabbo vi¤¤åhãti || || 11-14 Puna ca param Upavāna bhikkhu sotena saddaü || ghānena gandhaü || jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā rasapaņisaüvedã hi kho hoti no ca rasarāgapaņisaüvedã || asantaü ca ajjhattaü rasesu rāgaü Natthi me ajjhattaü rasesu rāgoti pajānāti || la || #<[page 043]># %% 15 Puna ca param Upavāna bhikkhu manasā dhammaü vi¤¤āya dhammapaņisaüvedã hi kho hoti || no ca dhammarāgapaņisaüvedã || asantaü ca ajjhattam dhammesu rāgaü Natthi me ajjhattaü dhammesu rāgo ti pajānāti || || Yantam Upavāna bhikkhu manasā dhammaü vi¤¤āya {dhammapaņisaüvedã} hi kho hoti || no ca dhammarāgapaņisaüvedã || asantaü ca ajjhattaü dhammesu rāgam Natthi me ajjhattaü dhammesu rāgoti pajānāti || evaü kho Upavāna sandiņņhiko dhammo hoti kāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaü veditabbo vi¤¤åhãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).71 (9) Chaphassāyatanikā1># 2 Yo hi koci bhikkhave bhikkhu channam phassāyatanānaü samudaya¤ ca atthagama¤ ca assāda¤ ca ādãnava¤ ca nissaraõa¤ ca yathābhåtaü nappajānāti || avusitaü tena brahmacariyaü ārakā so imasmā dhammavinayā ti || || 3 Evaü vutte a¤¤ataro bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Etthāham bhante anassāsiü || aha¤hi bhante channam phassāyatanānaü samudaya¤ ca atthagama¤ ca assāda¤ ca ādãnava¤ ca nissaraõa¤ ca yathābhåtaü nappajānāmãti || || 4-6 Taü kiü ma¤¤asi bhikkhu || || Cakkhum etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti samanupassassã ti || || No hetam bhante || || Sādhu bhikkhu ettha ca te bhikkhu Cakkhu netaü mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya sudiņņham bhavissati || esevanto dukkhassa || la || || 7-8 Jivhā etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti samanupassasi || || No hetam bhante || || Sādhu bhikkhu ettha ca te bhikkhu Jivhā netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya sudiņņhaü bhavissati || esevanto dukkhassa || la || || 9 Manam- -esevanto dukkhassā ti || || #<[page 044]># %<44 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 72. 2>% #< SN_4,35(1).72 (10) Chaphassayātanikā2># 2 Yo hi koci bhikkhave bhikkhu channam phassāyatanānaü samudāya¤ ca atthagama¤ ca assāda¤ ca ādãnava¤ ca nissaraõa¤ ca yathābhåtaü nappajānāti || avusitaü tena brahmacariyam ārakā so imasmā dhammavinayāti || || 3 Evaü vutte a¤¤ataro bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Etthāham bhante anassāsiü || aha¤hi bhante channam phassāyatanānaü samudaya¤ ca atthagama¤ca assāda¤ca ādãnava¤ca nissaraõa¤ca yathābhåtaü nappajānāmãti || || 4-6 Taü kim ma¤¤asi bhikkhu Cakkhuü netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti samanupassasãti || || Evam bhante || || Sādhu bhikkhu || ettha ca te bhikkhu Cakkhu netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti evam etaü yathābhåtam sammappa¤¤āya sudiņņhaü bhavissati || evan te etaü pathamam phassāyatanam pahãnam bhavissati āyatim apunabbhavāya || la || || 7-8 Jivhā netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti samanupassasãti || || Evam bhante || || Sādhu bhikkhu || ettha ca te bhikkhu Jivhā netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya sudiņņham bhavissati || evante etam catuttham phassāyatanam pahãnam bhavissati āyatim apunabbhavāya || || pa || || 9 Manaü netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti samanupassasãti || || Evam bhante || || Sādhu bhikkhu || ettha ca te bhikkhu Mano netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya sudiņņham bhavissati || evam te etaü chaņņham phassāyatanam pahãnam bhavissati āyatim apunabbhavāyāti || || #< SN_4,35(1).73 (11) Chaphassāyatanikā3># 2 Yo hi koci bhikkhave bhikkhu channam phassāyatanānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca assāda¤ca ādãnava¤ca nissaraõa¤ca yathābhåtam nappajānāti #<[page 045]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || avusitam tena brahmacariyam ārakā so imasmā dhammavinayā ti || || 3 Evaü vutte a¤¤ataro bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Etthāham bhante anassāsiü || aha¤hi bhante channam phassayātanānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca assāda¤ca ādãnava¤ca nissaraõa¤ca yathābhåtaü nappajānāmãti || || 4 Taü kim ma¤¤asi bhikkhu || cakkhuü niccaü vā aniccaü vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || || Yaü panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vā ti || || Dukkham bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammaü kallan nu taü samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || || No etam bhante || || 5-8 Sotam || Ghānam || Jivhā || Kāyo || 9 Mano nicco vā anicco vā ti || || Anicco bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vā ti || || Dukkham bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammaü kallan nu taü samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || || No hetam bhante Evam passam bhikkhu sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || manasmim pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaü virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || vimuttasmiü vimuttam iti ¤āõaü hoti || || Khãõā jāti vusitaü brahmacariyaü kataü karaõãyam nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || Migajālavaggo dutiyo || || Tassa uddānaü || || Migajālena dve vuttā || Cattāro ca Samiddhinā || Upaseno Upavāõo ca || Chaphassāyatanikā tayo ti || || #<[page 046]># %<46 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 74. 1>% #< CHAPTER III GILâNAVAGGO TATIYO># #< SN_4,35(1).74 (1) Gilāna1># 1 Sāvatthi nidānaü || || 2 Atha kho a¤¤ataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || la || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Amukasmim bhante vihāre a¤¤ataro bhikkhu navo appa¤¤āto ābādhiko dukkhito bāëhagilāno || sādhu bhante Bhagavā yena so bhikkhu tenupasaīkamatu anukampam upādāyāti || || 4 Atha kho Bhagavā navakavāda¤ca sutvā gilānavāda¤ca appa¤¤āto bhikkhåti iti viditvā yena so bhikkhu tenupasaīkami || || 5 Addasā kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantaü dårato va āgacchantaü || disvāna ma¤cake sama¤copi || || 6 Atha kho Bhagavā tam bhikkhum etad avoca || || alam āgacchantaü || disvāna ma¤cake sama¤capi || santimāni āsanāni pa¤¤attāni tatthāhaü nisãdissāmãti || Nisãdi Bhagavā pa¤¤atte āsane || || 7 Nisajja kho Bhagavā tam bhikkhum etad avoca || || Kacci te bhikkhu khamanãyaü || kacci yāpanãyaü || kacci dukkhā vedanā paņikkamanti no atikkamanti || patikammosānam pa¤¤āyati no abhikkamoti || || Na me bhante khamanãyaü na yāpanãyaü || bāëhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti no paņikkamanti || abhikkamosānam pa¤¤āyati no paņikkamoti || || 8 Kacci te bhikkhu na ki¤ci kukkuccaü na koci vippaņisāroti || || Taggha me bhante anappakaü kukkuccam anappako vippaņisāroti || || #<[page 047]># %% 9 Kacci pana tvaü attā sãlato na upavadatãti || || No hetam bhante || || 10 No ce kira tvam bhikkhu attā sãlato upavadati || atha bhikkhu {kismiü} ca te kukkuccam ko ca vippaņisāroti || || Na khvāham bhante sãlavisuddhattham Bhagavatā dhammaü desitam ājānāmãti || || 11 No ce kira tvam bhikkhu sãlavisuddhattham mayā dhammaü desitaü ājānāsi || atha kimatthaü carahi tvam bhikkhu mayā dhammaü desitam ājānāsãti || Rāgavirāgatthaü khvāham bhante Bhagavatā dhammaü desitam ājānāmãti || || 12 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || Sādhu kho tvam bhikkhu rāgavirāgattham mayā dhammaü desitam ājānāsi || rāgavirāgattho hi bhikkhu mayā dhammo desito || || 13 Taü kim ma¤¤asi bhikkhu cakkhum niccaü aniccaü vāti || Aniccam bhante || la || Sotaü || Ghānam || Jivhā || Kāyo || Mano nicco vā anicco vā ti || || Anicco bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā sukhaü vā ti || || Dukkham bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü viparināmadhammaü kallan nu taü samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || || No hetam bhante || || 14 Evam passam bhikkhu sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || 15 Idam avoca Bhagavā || attamano so bhikkhu Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinandi || imasmiü ca pana veyyākaraõasmiü bha¤¤amāne tassa bhikkhuno virajaü vãtamalaü dhammacakkhum udapādi || || Yaü ki¤ci samudayadhammaü sabbantaü nirodhadhammanti || || #< SN_4,35(1).75 (2) Gilāna2># 1-10 [Exacky the same as in the preceding Sutta] No ce kira tvam bhikkhu sãlavisuddhattham mayā dhammam desitam ājānāsi #<[page 048]># %<48 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 75. 11>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || atha kimatthaü carahi tvam bhikkhu mayā dhammaü desitam ajānāsãti || || Anupādāparinibbāõatthaü khvāham bhante Bhagavatā dhammaü desitaü ājānāmãti || || 12 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || sādhu kho pana tvam bhikkhu anupādāparinibbāõattham mayā dhammaü desitam ājānāsi || anupādāparinibbānattho hi bhikkhu mayā dhammo desito || || 13-14 [As in the preceding] 15 Idam avoca Bhagavā || || Attamano so bhikkhu Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinandi || imasmi¤ca pana veyyākaraõasmim bha¤¤amāne tassa bhikkhussa anupādāya āsavehi cittaü vimuccatãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).76 (3) Rādha1># 2 Atha kho āyasmā Rādho || la || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saükhittena dhammaü desetu || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavato dhammaü sutvā eko våpakaņņho appamattako ātāpã pahitatto vihareyyanti || || 4 Yaü kho Rādha aniccaü tatra te chando pahātabbo || || 5-7 Ki¤ca Rādha aniccaü || || Cakkhuü kho Rādha aniccam || tatra te chando pahātabbo || || Råpā aniccā || || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam || || Cakkhusamphasso || || Yampidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi aniccam tatra te chando pahatabbo || la || || 8-9 Jivhā || Kāyo || || 10 Mano anicco tatra te chando pahātabbo || dhammā || manovi¤¤āõaü || manosamphasso || Yampidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi aniccaü tatra te chando pahātabbo || #<[page 049]># %% 11 Yaü kho Rādha aniccaü tatra te chando pahātabbo ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).77 (4) Rādha2># 4 Yaü kho Rādha dukkhaü tatra te chando pahātabbo || || 5-10 Ki¤ca Rādha dukkhaü || || Cakkhu kho Rādha dukkhaü || tatra te chando pahātabbo || || Råpā || || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü || || Cakkhusamphasso || pe || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi dukkhaü || tatra te chando pahātabbo || || 11 Yaü kho Rādha dukkhaü tatra te chando pahātabboti || || #< SN_4,35(1).78 (5) Rādha3># 4 Yo kho Rādha anattā || tatra te chando pahātabbo || || 5-9 Ko ca Rādha anattā || Cakkhuü kho Rādha anattā || tatra te chando pahātabbo || || Råpā || || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü || || Cakkhusamphasso || || Yampidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā || la || || 10 Mano anattā || || Dhammā || || Manovi¤¤āõaü || || Manosamphasso || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tampi anattā || tatra te chando pahātabbo || || 11 Yo kho Rādha anattā || tatra te chando pahātabboti || || #< SN_4,35(1).79 (6) Avijjā (1)># 2 Atha kho a¤¤ataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || pe || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Atthi nu kho bhante eko dhammo yassa pahānā bhikkhuno avijjā pahãyati vijjā uppajjatãti || || Atthi kho bhikkhu kho dhammo yassa pahānā bhikkhuno avijjā pahãyati vijjā uppajjatãti || || 4 Katamo pana bhante eko dhammo yassa pahānā bhikkhuno avijjā pahãyati vijjā uppajjatãti || || #<[page 050]># %<50 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 79. 5>% Avijjā kho bhikkhu eko dhammo yassa pahānā bhikkhuno avijjā pahãyati vijjā uppajjatãti || || 5 Katham pana bhante jānato katham passato bhikkhuno avijjā pahãyati vijjā uppajatãti || || 6 Cakkhuü kho bhikkhu aniccato jānato passato bhikkhuno avijjā pahãyati vijjā uppajjatãti || || Råpe || la || Yampidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi aniccato jānato passato bhikkhuno avijjā pahãyati vijjā uppajjati || || 7-11 Jivhā || Mano || || 12 Evaü kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato bhikkhuno avijjā pahãyati vijjā uppajjatãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).80 (7) Avijjā2># 1-5 [As in the preceding] 6 Idha bhikkhu bhikkhuno sutaü hoti Dhammā nālam abhinivesāyāti || || Eva¤ce tam bhikkhu bhikkhuno sutaü hoti Sabbe dhammā nālam abhinivesāyāti || so sabbam dhammam abhijānāti || sabbaü dhammam abhi¤¤āya sabbaü dhammam parijānāti || sabbaü dhammam pari¤¤āya sabbanimittāni a¤¤ato passati || cakkhum a¤¤ato passati || råpe || cakkhuvi¤¤āõam || cakkhusamphassaü || || pe || || yam pidaü mano samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü va || tam pi a¤¤ato passati || || 7 Evaü kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato bhikkhuno avijjā pahãyati vijjā uppajjatãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).81 (8) Bhikkhu># 2 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhå yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkamiüsu || pe || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinnā kho te bhikkhå Bhagavantam etad avocuü #<[page 051]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Idha no bhante a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā amhe evam pucchanti || Kim atthi yam āvuso Samane Gotame brahmacariyam vussatãti || || Evam puņņhā mayam bhante tesam a¤¤atitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam vyākaroma || Dukkhassa kho āvuso pari¤¤attham Bhagavati brahmacariyaü vussatãti || || Kacci mayam bhante evam puņņhā evaü vyākaramānā vuttavādino ve Bhagavato homa || na ca Bhagavantam abhåtena abbhācikkhāma || dhammassa cānudhammaü vyākaroma || na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaü ņhānam āgacchatã ti || || 4 Taggha tumhe bhikkhave evam puņņhā evaü vyākaramānā vuttavādino ceva me hotha || na ca mam abhåtena abbhācikkhatha dhammassa cānudhammaü vyākarotha || na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaü ņhānam āgacchati || Dukkhassa hi bhikkhave pari¤¤attham mayi brahmacariyaü vussati || || 5 Sace pana vo bhikkhave a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā evam puccheyyuü || Katamam pana tam āvuso dukkhaü yassa pari¤¤āya Samaõe Gotame brahmacariyam vussatãti || || Evaü puņņhā tumhe bhikkhave tesam a¤¤atitthiyānaü paribbājakānam evaü vyākareyyātha || || 6-11 Cakkhuü kho āvuso dukkhaü || tassa pari¤¤āya Bhagavati brahmacariyaü vussati || Råpā || la || || Yam pidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjativedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi dukkhaü tassa pari¤¤āya Bhagavati brahmacariyam vussati || || Mano dukkho || la || || Yampidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi dukkhaü tassa pari¤¤āya Bhagavati brahmacariyaü vussati || || Idaü kho tam āvuso dukkhaü || tassa pari¤¤āya Bhagavati brahmacariyam vussati || || #<[page 052]># %<52 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 81. 12>% 12 Evam puņņhā tumhe bhikkhave tesam a¤¤atitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam vyākareyyāthāti || || #< SN_4,35(1).82 (9) Loko># 2 Atha kho a¤¤ataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā || la || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Loko loko ti bhante vuccati || || Kittāvatā nu kho bhante loko ti vuccatãti || || Lujjatãti kho bhikkhu tasmā loko ti vuccati || || Ki¤ca lujjati || || 4-9 Cakkhu kho bhikkhu lujjati || || Råpā lujjanti || || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü lujjati || || Cakkhusamphasso lujjati || pe || || Yam pidaü manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhaü asukhaü vā || tam pi lujjati || || 10 Lujjatãti kho bhikkhu tasmā lokoti vuccatãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).83 (10) Phagguno># 2 Atha kho āyasmā Phagguno || la || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Phagguno Bhagavantam etad avoca || || 4-6 Atthi nu kho bhante taü cakkhuü yena cakkhunā atãte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapa¤ce chinnavaņume pariyādiõõavaņņe sabbadukkhavãtivatte pa¤¤āpayamāno pa¤¤āpeyya || la || || 7-8 Atthi nu kho bhante sā jivhā yāya jivhāya atãte buddhe parinibbute || la || pa¤¤āpeyya || la || || 9 Atthi nu kho bhante mano || yena manena atãte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapa¤ce chinnavaņume pariyādiõõavaņņe sabbadukkhavãtivatte pa¤¤āpayamāno pa¤¤āpeyyāti || || 10-12 Natthi kho tam Phagguna cakkhuü yena cakkhunā atãte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapa¤ce chinnavaņume pariyādiõõavaņņe sabbadukkhavãtivatte pa¤¤āpayamāno pa¤¤āpeyya || la || || 13-14 Natthi kho sā Phagguna jivhā yāya jivhāya atãte buddhe parinibbute || pe || pa¤¤āpeyya || la || || #<[page 053]># %% 15 Natthi kho so Phagguna mano yena manena atãte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapa¤ce chinnavaņume pariyādiõõavaņņe sabbadukkhavãtivatte pa¤¤āpayamāno pa¤¤āpeyyāti || || Gilānavaggo tatiyo || Tassa uddānaü || || Gilānena dve vuttā || Rādhena apare tayo || Avijjāya ca dve vuttā || Bhikkhu Loko Phagguno ti || || #< CHAPTER IV CHANNAVAGGO CATUTTHO># #< SN_4,35(1).84 (1) Paloka># 2 Atha kho āyasmā ânando yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || pe || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā ânando Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Loko loko ti bhante vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante loko ti vuccatã ti || || 4 Yaü kho ânanda palokadhammam ayaü vuccati ariyassa vinaye loko || || Ki¤ca ânanda palokadhammaü || || 5-7 Cakkhuü kho ânanda palokadhammaü || || Råpā palokadhammā || || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü palokadhammaü || || Cakkhusamphasso palokadhammo || || Yampidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā || la || tam pidam palokadhammam || || la || 8-9 Jivhā palokadhammā || || Rasā palokadhammā || || Jivhāvi¤¤āõam palokadhammaü || Jivhāsamphasso palokadhammo || || Yam pidam jivhāsamphassapaccayā || la || || 10 Mano palokadhammo || || Dhammā palokadhammā || || Manovi¤¤āõaü palokadhammaü || || Manosamphasso palokadhammo || || Yampidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi palokadhammaü || || 11 Yaü kho ânanda palokadhammam ayaü vuccati ariyassa vinaye lokoti || || #<[page 054]># %<54 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 85. 2>% #< SN_4,35(1).85 (2) Su¤¤a># 2-3 Atha kho āyasmā ânando || la || Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Su¤¤o loko su¤¤o loko ti bhante vuccati || Kittāvatā nu kho bhante su¤¤o loko ti vuccati || || 4 Yasmā ca kho ânanda su¤¤am attena vā attaniyena vā || tasmā Su¤¤o loko ti vuccati || || Ki¤ca ânanda su¤¤am attena vā attaniyena vā || || 5-10 Cakkhuü kho ânanda su¤¤aü attena vā attaniyena vā || || Råpā su¤¤ā attena vā attaniyena vā || || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü su¤¤am attena vā attaniyena vā || || Cakkhusamphasso su¤¤o attena vā attaniyena vā || pe || || Yampidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi su¤¤am attena vā attaniyena vā || || 11 Yasmā ca kho ânanda su¤¤am attena va attaniyena vā || tasmā Su¤¤o loko ti vuccatã ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).86 (3) Saīkhitta># 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā ânando || la || Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saükhittena dhammaü desetu || yam aham Bhagavato dhammaü sutvā eko vupakaņņho appamatto ātāpã pahitatto vihareyyan ti || || 4-6 Taü kim ma¤¤asi ânanda || || Cakkhuü niccaü vā aniccaü vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vā ti || || Dukkham bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammaü kallan nu tam samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || || No hetam bhante || || Råpā niccā vā aniccā vā ti || || Aniccā bhante || || pe || || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü || pe || Yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedāyitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā #<[page 055]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || tam pi niccaü vā aniccaü vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || || Yam panāniccam dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vā ti || || Dukkham bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammaü kallan nu taü samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || || No hetam bhante || || 7-9 Jivhā niccā vā aniccā vā ti || Aniccā bhante || || la || Jivhāvi¤¤āõaü || || Jivhāsamphasso || la || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi niccaü vā aniccaü vā ti || Aniccam bhante || || Yam panāniccam dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vā ti || || Dukkham bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõamadhammaü kallan nu taü samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || || No hetam bhante || || 10 Evam passam ânanda sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || la || cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati || pe || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tasmim pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaü virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || Vimuttasmiü vimuttam iti ¤āõaü hoti || || Khãõā jāti vusitaü brahmacariyaü kataü karanãyaü nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).87 (4) Channa># 1 Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veëuvane Kalandakanivāpe || || 2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca Mahā-Cundo āyasmā ca Channo Gijjhakåņe pabbate viharanti || || 3 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Channo ābādhiko hoti dukkhito bāëhagilāno || || 4 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto sāyaõhasamayam paņisallānā vuņņhito yenāyasmā Mahā-Cundo tenupasaīkami #<[page 056]># %<56 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 87. 5>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Cundam etad avoca || || âyāmāvuso Cunda yenāyasmā Channo tenupasaīkamissāma gilānapucchakā ti || || Evam āvuso ti kho āyasmā Mahā-Cundo āyasmato Sāriputtassa paccassosi || || 5 Atha kho āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca Mahā-Cundo yenāyasmā Channo tenupasaīkamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā pa¤¤atte āsane nisãdiüsu || || 6 Nisajja kho āyasmā Sāriputto āyasmantaü Channam etad avoca || || Kacci te āvuso Channa khamanãyaü kacci yāpanãyaü kacci dukkhā vedanā paņikkamanti no abhikkamanti || patikkamo sānam pa¤¤āyati no abhikkamo ti || || 7 Na me āvuso Sāriputta khamanãyaü na yāpanãyaü || bāëhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti no paņikkamanti || abhikkhamo sānam pa¤¤āyati no paņikkamo ti || || 8 Seyyathāpi āvuso balavā puriso tiõhena sikharena muddhānam abhimattheyya || evam eva kho āvuso adhimattā vātā muddhānam upahananti || || Na me āvuso khamanãyaü na yāpanãyam || pe || no paņikkamo ti || || 9 Seyyathāpi āvuso balavā puriso daëhena varattakhaõķena sãse sãsaveņhaü dadeyya || evam eva kho āvuso adhimattā me sãse vedanā || || Na me āvuso khamanãyaü na yāpanãyaü || pe || no patikkamo ti || || 10 Seyyathāpi āvuso dakkho goghātako vā goghātakantevāsã vā tiõhena govikantanena kucchiü parikanteyya || evam eva kho me āvuso adhimattā vātā kucchim parikantanti || || Na me āvuso khamanãyaü || pe || no paņikkamo ti || || 11 Seyyathāpi avuso dve balavanto purisā dubbalataram purisaü nānābāhāsu gāhetvā aīgārakāsuyā santāpeyyuü samparitāpeyyuü #<[page 057]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || evam eva kho me āvuso adhimatto kāyasmiü dāho || || Na me āvuso khamanãyaü na yāpanãyaü || bāëhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti na paņikkamanti || abhikkamo sānam pa¤¤āyati no paņikkamo ti || || 12 Sattham āvuso Sāriputta āharissāmi nāvakaīkhāmi jãvitunti || || 13 Mā āyasmā Channo sattham āharesi || || yāpetāyasmā Channo yāpentam mayam āyasmantaü Channaü icchāma || || Sace āyasmato Channassa natthi sappāyāni bhojanāni || aham āyasmato Channassa sappāyāni bhojanāni pariyesissāmi || || Sace āyasmato Channassa natthi sappāyāni bhesajjāni || aham āyasmato Channassa sappāyāni bhesajjāni pariyesissāmi || || Sace āyasmato Channassa natthi patiråpā upaņņhākā || aham āyasmantaü Channam upaņņhahissāmi || || Mā āyasmā Channo sattham āharesi || yāpetāyasmā Channo yāpentam mayam āyasmantaü Channam icchāmā ti || || 14 Na me āvuso Sāriputta natthi sappāyāni bhojananāni atthi me sappāyāni bhojanāni || na pi me natthi sappāyāni bhesajjāni atthi me sappāyāni bhesajjāni || na pi me natthi patiråpā upaņņhākā atthi me patiråpā upaņņhākā || || Api ca me āvuso satthā pariciõõo dãgharattaü manāpeneva no amanāpena || etaü hi āvuso sāvakassa patiråpaü || || Yam satthāram paricareyya manāpeneva no amanāpena tam anupavajjam Channo bhikkhu sattham āharissatãti evam etam āvuso Sāriputta dhārehã ti || || 15 Puccheyyāma mayam āyasmantam Channam ki¤cid eva desaü sace āyasmā Channo okāsam karoti pa¤hassa veyyākaraõāyā ti || || #<[page 058]># %<58 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 87. 16>% Pucchāvuso Sāriputta sutvā vedissāmāti || || 16 Cakkhum āvuso Channa cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü cakkhuvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbe dhamme Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti samanupassasi || Sotam || Ghānam || || Jivham āvuso Channa jivhāvi¤¤āõaü jivhāvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbe dhamme Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti samanupassasi || Kāyam || Manam āvuso Channa manovi¤¤āõam manovi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbe dhamme Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti samanupassasãti || || 17 Cakkhum āvuso Sāriputta cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü cakkhuvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbe dhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti samanupassāmi || Sotam || Ghānam || Jivham āvuso Sāriputta jivhāvi¤¤āõam jivhāvi¤¤āõa vi¤¤ātabbe dhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti samanupassāmi || Kāyam || Manam āvuso Sāriputta manovi¤¤āõam manovi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbe dhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti samanupassāmã ti || || 18 Cakkhusmim āvuso Channa cakkhuvi¤¤āõe cakkhuvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbesu dhammesu kiü disvā kim abhi¤¤āya cakkhuü cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü cakkhuvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbedhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti samanupassasi || Sotasmim || Ghānasmim || Jivhāya āvuso Channa jivhavi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbesu dhammesu kiü disvā kim abhi¤¤āya jivhaü jivhāvi¤¤āõaü jivhāvi¤¤ātabbe dhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti samanupassasi || Kāyasmim āvuso || Manasmim āvuso Channa manovi¤¤āõe manovi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbesu dhammesu kiü disvā kim abhi¤¤āya manam manovi¤¤āõe manovi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbe dhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi nameso attāti samanupassasã ti || || 19 Cakkhusmim āvuso Sāriputta cakkhuvi¤¤āõe cakkhuvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbesu dhammesu nirodham disvā nirodham abhi¤¤āya cakkhu cakkhuvi¤¤āõam cakkhuvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbe dhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti samanupassāmi || Sotasmiü || Ghānasmiü || Jivhāya āvuso Sāriputta jivhāvi¤¤āõe jivhāvi¤¤āõaü jivhāvi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbe dhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti samanupassāmi #<[page 059]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || Kāyasmim || Manasmim āvuso Sāriputta manovi¤¤āõe manovi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbesu dhammesu nirodhaü disvā nirodham abhi¤¤āya manam manovi¤¤āõam manovi¤¤āõavi¤¤ātabbe dhamme Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti samanupassāmãti || || 20 Evaü vutte āyasmā Mahā-Cundo āyasmantaü Channam etad avoca || || Tasmā ti ha āvuso Channa idam pi tassa Bhagavato sāsanam niccakappaü sādhukam manasi kātabbaü || || Nissitassa calitam anissitassa calitaü natthi || calite asati passaddhi hoti || passaddhiyā sati nati na hoti || natiyā asati agatigati na hoti || agatigatiyā asati cutupapāto na hoti || cutupapāte asati nevidha na huraü na ubhayam antarena esevānto dukkhassāti || || 21 Atha kho āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca Mahā-Cundo āyasmantaü Channam iminā ovādena ovāditvā uņņhāyasanā pakkamiüsu || || 22 Atha kho āyasmā Channo acirapakkantesu tesu āyasmantesu sattham āharesi || || 23 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 24 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Sāriputto Bhagavantam etad avoca || || âyasmatā bhante Channena sattham āharitaü || tassa kā gati ko abhisamparāyo ti || || Nanu te Sāriputta Channena bhikkhunā sammukhā yeva anupavajjatā vyākatā ti || || 25 Atthi bhante Pubbavijjhanam nāma Vajjigāmo || tatthāyasmato Channassa mittakulāni suhajjakulāni upavajjakulānãti || || 26 Honti hete Sāriputta Channassa bhikkhuno mittakulāni suhajjakulāni upavajjakulāni || na kho panāham Sāriputta ettāvatā Sa-upavajjo ti vadāmi #<[page 060]># %<60 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 88. 2>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Yo kho Sāriputta ta¤ ca kāyaü nikkhipati a¤¤a¤ca kāyam upādiyati || tam ahaü Sa-upavajjo ti vadāmi || tam Channassa bhikkhuno natthi || || Anupavajjaü Channena bhikkhunā sattham āharitanti evam etam Sāriputta dhārehãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).88 (5) Puõõa># 2 Atha kho āyasmā Puõõo yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā || pe || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Puõõo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saükhittena dhammaü desetu || yam aham Bhagavato dhammaü sutvā eko våpakaņņho appamatto ātāpã pahitatto vihareyyanti || || 4 Santi kho Puõõā cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || ta¤ce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhati || tassa tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiņņhato uppajjati nandi || nandisamudayā dukkhasamudayo Puõõāti vadāmi || || Santi kho Puõõa sotavi¤¤eyyā saddā || || Ghānavi¤¤eyyā gandhā || || Jivhāvi¤¤eyyā rasā || || Kāyavi¤¤eyyā phoņņhabbā || || Santi kho Puõõa manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || ta¤ce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhati || tassa tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiņņhato uppajjati nandi || nandisamudayā dukkhasamudayo Puõõāti vadāmi || 5 Santi ca kho Puõõa cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmåpasaühita rajanãyā || ta¤ce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiņņhati || tassa tam anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiņņhato nirujjhati nandi || nandinirodhā dukkhanirodho Puõõāti vadāmi || pe || || Santi kho Puõõa manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || ta¤ce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiņņhati #<[page 061]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || tassa tam anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiņņhato nirujjhati nandi || nandinirodhā dukkhanirodho Puõõāti vadāmi || || 6 Iminā tvam Puõõa mayā saīkhittena ovādena ovādito katamasmiü janapade viharissasãti || || Atthi bhante Sunāparanto nāma janapado tatthāham viharissāmãti || || 7 Caõķā kho Puõõa Sunāparantakā manussā pharusā kho Puõõa Sunāparantakā manussā || sace tvam Puõõa Sunāparantakā manussā akkosissanti paribhāsissanti tatra te Puõõa kinti bhavissatã ti || || Sace mam bhante Sunāparantakā manussā akkosissanti paribhāsissanti tatra me evam bhavissati || Bhaddakā vatime Sunāparantakā manussā subhaddakā vatime Sunāparantakā manussā || yam maü nayime pāõinā pahāraü dentãti || evam ettha Bhagavā bhavissati evam ettha Sugata bhavissatãti || || 8 Sace pana te Puõõa Sunāparantakā manussā pāõinā pahāram dassanti tatra pana te Puõõa kinti bhavissatãti || || Sace mam bhante Sunāparantakā manussā pāõinā pahāraü dassanti tatra me evam bhavissati || Bhaddakā vatime Sunāparantakā manussā subhaddakā vatime Sunāparantakā manussā || yam maü na yime leķķunā pahāraü dentãti || Evam ettha bhagavā bhavissati evam ettha Sugata bhavissatã ti || || 9 Sace pana te Puõõa Sunāparantakā manussā leķķunā pahāraü dassanti tatra pana te Puõõa kinti bhavissatãti || || Sace me bhante Sunāparantakā manussā leķķunā pahāraü dassanti tatra me evam bhavissati || Bhaddakā vatime Sunāparantakā manussā subhaddakā vatime Sunāparantakā manussā || Yam maü na yime daõķena pahāraü dentãti #<[page 062]># %<62 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 88. 10>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || Evam ettha Bhagavā bhavissati evam ettha Sugata bhavissatãti || || 10 Sace pana te Puõõa Sunāparantakā manussā daõķena pahāram dassanti tatra pana te Puõõa kinti bhavissatãti || || Sace me bhante Sunāparantakā manussā daõķena pahāram dassanti tatra me evam bhavissati || Bhaddakā vatime Sunāparantakā manussā subhaddakā vatime Sunāparantakā manussā || yam maü na yime satthena pahāraü dentãti evam ettha Bhagavā bhavissati evam ettha Sugata bhavissatãti || || 11 Sace pana te Puõõa Sunāparantakā satthena pahāraü dassanti tatra pana te Puõõa Kinti bhavissatãti || || Sace me bhante Sunāparantakāmanussāsatthena pahāraü dassanti tatra me evam bhavissati || Bhaddakā vatime Sunāparantakā manussā subhaddakā vatime Sunāparantakā manussā || yam maü na yime tiõhena satthena jãvitā voropentãti evam ettha Bhagavā bhavissati evam ettha Sugata bhavissatãti || || 12 Sace pana tvam Puõõa Sunāparantakā manussā tiõhena satthena jãvitā voropessanti tatra pana te Puõõa kinti bhavissatãti || || Sace mam bhante Sunāparantakā manussā tiõhena satthena jãvitā voropessanti tatra me evam bhavissati || Santi kho tassa Bhagavato sāvakā kāyena ca jãvitena ca aņņhiyamānā harāyamānā jigucchamānā satthahārakam pariyesanti || tam me idaü apariyiņņha¤¤eva satthahārakam laddhanti evam ettha Bhagavā bhavissati evam ettha Sugata bhavissatãti || || 13 Sādhu sādhu Puõõa sakkhasi kho tvam iminā damåpasamena samannāgato Sunāparantakasmiü janapade vatthuü || yassadāni tvam Puõõa kālam ma¤¤asãti || || 14 Atha kho āyasmā Puõõo Bhagavato vacanam abhinanditvā anumoditvā uņņhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiõaü katvā senāsanaü saüsāmetvā pattacãvaram ādāya yena Sunāparanto janapado #<[page 063]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || tena cārikam pakkāmi || || Anupubbena cārikaü caramāno yena Sunāparanto janapado tad avasari || tatra sudam āyasmā Puõõo Sunāparantasmiü janapade viharati || || 15 Atha kho āyasmā Puõõo teneva antaravassena pa¤camattāni upāsakasatāni paņipādesi || teneva antaravassena tisso vijjā sacchākāsi || teneva anataravassena parinibbāyi || || 16 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhå yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkamiüsu || pe || || 17 Ekam antaü nisinnā kho te bhikkhå Bhagavantam etad avocuü || || Yo so bhante Puõõo nāma kulaputto Bhagavatā saükhittena ovādena ovādito so kālaü kato || tassa kā gati ko abhisamparāyo ti || || Paõķito bhikkhave Puõõo kulaputto ahosi || paccapādi dhammassa cānudhammam na ca maü dhammādhikaraõaü vihesesi || || Parinibbuto bhikkhave Puõõo kulaputtoti || || #< SN_4,35(1).89 (6) Bāhiyo># 2 Atha kho āyasmā Bāhiyo yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || la || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Bāhiyo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saīkhittena dhammaü desetu || yam aham Bhagavato dhammaü sutvā eko våpakaņņho appamatto ātāpã pāhitatto vihareyyan ti || || 4-8 Taü kim ma¤¤asi Bāhiya cakkhuü niccaü vā aniccaü vāti || || Aniccam bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukkaü vāti || || Dukkhaü bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü viparināmadhammaü kallaü nu taü samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || || #<[page 064]># %<64 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [(XXXV. 89. 9>% No hetam bhante || || Råpā niccā vā aniccā vāti || || Aniccā bhante Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam || || Cakkhusamphasso || la || || 9 Yam idam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukham vā || tam pi niccaü vā aniccaü vāti || || Aniccam bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vāti || || Dukkham bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü viparināmadhammaü kallan nu tam anupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || || No hetam bhante || || 10 Evam passaü Bāhiya sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi || råpesu pi || cakkhuvi¤¤āõe pi || cakkhusamphasse pi || pe || yampidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukkhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tasmim pi nibbindati || nibbindaü virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || Vimuttasmim pã vimuttam iti ¤āõaü hoti || || Khãõā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü kataü karaõãyaü nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || 11 Atha kho āyasmā Bāhiyo Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā uņņhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiõaü katvā pakkāmi || || 12 Atha kho āyasmā Bāhiyo eko vupakaņņho appamatto ātāpã pahitatto viharanto na cirasseva yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajanti || tadanuttaram brahmacariyapariyosānaü diņņheva dhamme sayam abhi¤¤āya sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi || || Khãõā jāti vusitam brahmacariyam kataü karaõãyaü nāparam itthattāyāti abbha¤¤āsi || || 13 A¤¤ataro ca panāyasmā Bāhiyo arahataü ahosãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).90 (7) Eja1># 2 Ejā bhikkhave rogo ejā gaõķo ejā sallaü || tasmā ti ha bhikkhave tathāgato anejo viharati vãtasallo || || #<[page 065]># %% 3 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave bhikkhu ce pi ākaīkheyya anejo vihareyya vãtasalloti || 4 Cakkhuü na ma¤¤eyya cakkhusmiü na ma¤¤eyya cakkhuto na ma¤¤eyya Cakkhu me ti na ma¤¤eyya || || Råpe na ma¤¤eyya || råpesu na ma¤¤eyya || råpato na ma¤¤eyya || Råpā me ati na ma¤¤eyya || || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü na ma¤¤eyya cakkhuvi¤¤āõasmiü na ma¤¤eyya cakkhuvi¤¤āõato na ma¤¤eyya Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam me ti na ma¤¤eyya || || Cakkhusamphassaü na ma¤¤eyya cakkhusamphassasmiü na ma¤¤eyya cakkhusamphassato na ma¤¤eyya Cakkhusamphasso me ti na ma¤¤eyya || || Yampidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitam sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi na ma¤¤eyya tasmim pi na ma¤¤eyya tato pi na ma¤¤eyya Tam me ti na ma¤¤eyya || || 5-6 Sotaü na ma¤¤eyya || || Ghānaü na ma¤¤eyya || || 7 Jivhaü na ma¤¤eya || Jivhā na ma¤¤eyya || Jivhāto na ma¤¤eyya || Jivhā me ti na ma¤¤eyya || || Rase na ma¤¤eyya || pe || Jivhāvi¤¤āõaü na ma¤¤eyya || Jivhāsamphassaü na ma¤¤eyya || || Yampidaü jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi na ma¤¤eyya tasmim pi na ma¤¤eyya tato pi na ma¤¤eyya Tam me ti na ma¤¤eyya || || 8 Kāyaü na ma¤¤eyya || || 9 Manaü na ma¤¤eyya manasmiü na ma¤¤eya manato na ma¤¤eyya Mano me ti na ma¤¤eyya || || Dhamme na ma¤¤eyya || || Manovi¤¤āõaü || || Manosamphassaü || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati || vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi na ma¤¤eyya tasmim pi na ma¤¤eyya tato pi na ma¤¤eyya tam me ti na ma¤¤eyya || || 10 Sabbaü na ma¤¤eyya || sabbasmiü na ma¤¤eyya || sabbato na ma¤¤eyya || Sabbam me ti na ma¤¤eyya || || 11 So evam ama¤¤amāno na ki¤ci pi loke upādiyati || anupādiyaü na paritassati || aparitassaü paccatta¤¤eva parinibbāyati #<[page 066]># %<66 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 91. 2>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Khãõā jāti vusitam brahmacariyam kataü karaõãyaü nāparam itthāyāti pajānātãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).91 (8) Eja2># 2 Ejā bhikkhave rogo ejā gaõķo ejā sallaü || tasmā ti ha bhikkhave tathāgato anejo viharati vãtasallo || || 3 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave bhikkhu ākaīkheyya anejo vihareyya vãtasallo ti || || 4-6 Cakkhuü na ma¤¤eyya || cakkhusmiü na ma¤¤eyya cakkhuto na ma¤¤eyya || Cakkhu me ti na ma¤¤eyya || || Råpe na ma¤¤eyya || || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü || || Cakkhusamphassaü || || Yam pidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi na ma¤¤eyya tato pi na ma¤¤eyya Tam me ti na ma¤¤eyya || || Yaü hi bhikkhave ma¤¤ati yasmim ma¤¤ati yato ma¤¤ati yam Me ti ma¤¤ati || tato taü hoti a¤¤athā || a¤¤athābhāvã bhavasatto loko bhavam evābhinandati || pe || 7-8 Jivhaü na ma¤¤eyya jivhāya na ma¤¤eyya jivhato na ma¤¤eyya Jivhā me ti na ma¤¤eyya || || Rase na ma¤¤ati || || Jivhāvi¤¤āõaü || || Jivhāsamphassaü || || Yam pidaü jivhā samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi na ma¤¤eyya tasmim pi na ma¤¤eyya tato pi na ma¤¤eyya Tam me ti na ma¤¤eyya || || Yaü hi bhikkhave ma¤¤ati yasmiü ma¤¤ati yato ma¤¤ati yam Me ti ma¤¤ati || tato taü hoti a¤¤athā a¤¤athābhāvã bhavasatto loko bhavam evābhinandati || pe || || 9 Manaü na ma¤¤eyya manasmiü na ma¤¤eyya manato na ma¤¤eyya Mano me ti na ma¤¤eyya || || Dhamme || || Manovi¤¤āõaü || || Manosamphassaü || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi na ma¤¤eyya tasmim pi na ma¤¤eyya Tam me ti na ma¤¤eyya || || Yaü hi bhikkhave ma¤¤ati tasmim ma¤¤ati || #<[page 067]># %% yato ma¤¤ati yam Me ti ma¤¤ati tato taü hoti a¤¤athā || a¤¤athābhāvã bhavasatto loko bhavam evābhinandati || || 10 Yāvatā bhikkhave khandhā dhātu āyatanā || tam pi na ma¤¤eyya tasmim pi na ma¤¤eyya tato pi na ma¤¤eyya Tam me ti na ma¤¤eyya || so evam ama¤¤amāno na ki¤ci loko upādiyati || anupādiyaü na paritassati || aparitassaü paccatta¤¤eva parinibbāyati || || Khãõā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü kataü karaõãyaü nāparam itthattāyā ti pajanātãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).92 (9) Dvayam1># 2 Dvayaü vo bhikkhave desissāmi || taü suõātha || || Ki¤ci bhikkhave dvayaü || || 3 Cakkhu¤ca råpā ca || Sota¤ceva saddā ca || Ghāna¤ceva gandhā ca || Jivhā ca rasā ca || Kāyo ca phoņņhabbā ca || Mano ca dhammā ca || || Idaü vuccati bhikkhave dvayaü || || 4 Yo bhikkhave evaü vadeyya Aham etaü dvayam paccakkhāya a¤¤aü dvayam pa¤¤āpessāmãti || tassa vācāvatthukam evassa puņņho ca na sampāyeyya || uttari¤ca vighātam āpajjeyya || || 5 Taü kissa hetu || yathā tam bhikkhave avisayasminti || || #< SN_4,35(1).93 (10) Dvayam2># 2 Dvayam bhikkhave paņicca vi¤¤āõaü sambhoti || || Katha¤ca bhikkhave dvayam paņicca vi¤¤āõaü sambhoti || || 3 Cakkhu¤ca paņicca råpe ca uppajjati cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü || || Cakkhu aniccam vipariõāmi a¤¤athābhāvi || #<[page 068]># %<68 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 93. 4>% råpā aniccā vipariõāmino a¤¤athābhāvino Itthetaü dvayaü cala¤ceva vyaya¤ca aniccaü vipariõāmi a¤¤athābhāvi || cakkhuvi¤¤āõam aniccaü vipariõāmi a¤¤athābhāvi || || Yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo cakkhuvi¤¤āõassa uppādāya || so pi hetu so pi paccayo anicco vipariõāmã a¤¤athābhāvã || aniccaü kho pana bhikkhave paccayam paņicca uppannaü cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü || kuto niccam bhavissati || || Yā kho bhikkhave imesam tiõõam dhammānaü saīgati sannipāto samavāyo || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave cakkhusamphasso || cakkhusamphasso pi anicco vipariõāmã a¤¤athābhāvã || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo cakkhusamphassassa uppādāya so pi hetu so pi paccayo anicco vipariõāmã a¤¤athābhavã || aniccaü kho pana bhikkhave paccayam paņicca uppanno cakkhusamphasso kuto nicco bhavissati || Phuņņho bhikkhave vedeti phuņņho ceteti phuņņho sa¤jānāti || itthete pi dhammā calā ceva vyayā ca aniccā vipariõāmino a¤¤athābhāvino || || 4 Sota¤ ca paticca saddecuppajjati sotavi¤¤āõaü || pe || || 5 Ghāna¤ca paņicca gandhe cuppajjati ghānavi¤¤āõaü || pe || || 6 Jivha¤ca paņicca rase ca uppajjati jivhāvi¤¤āõam || jivhā aniccā vipariõāmã a¤¤athābhāvã || rasā aniccā vipariõāmino a¤¤athābhāvino || itthetaü dvayaü cala¤ceva vyaya¤ceva aniccaü vipariõāmi a¤¤athābhāvi || jivhāvi¤¤āõam aniccaü vipariõāmi a¤¤athābhāvi || || Yo pi hetu yo paccayo jivhāvi¤¤āõassa uppādāya || so pi hetu so pi paccayo anicco vipariõāmã a¤¤athābhāvã || aniccaü kho pana bhikkhave paņicca uppannaü jivhāvi¤¤ānaü kuto niccam bhavissati || || Yā kho bhikkhave imesam tiõõaü dhammānaü saīgati sannipāto samavāyo || ayaü vuccati jivhāsamphasso || jivhāphasso pi anicco vipariõāmã a¤¤athābāvã || || Yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo jivhasamphassassa uppādāya || so pi hetu so pi paccayo anicco vipariõāmã a¤¤athābhāvã || #<[page 069]># %% aniccam kho pana bhikkhave paccayam paņicca uppanno jivhāsamphasso kuto nicco bhavissati || || Phuņņho bhikkhave vedeti phuņņho ceteti phuņņho sa¤jānāti || iņņhete pi dhammā calā ceva vyayā aniccā vipariõāmino a¤¤athābhāvino || || 7 Kāya¤ca paņicca phoņņhabbe cuppajjati kāyavi¤¤āõaü || || 8 Mana¤ca paņicca dhamme ca uppajjati manovi¤¤āõam || mano anicco vipariõāmã a¤¤athābhāvã || dhammā aniccā vipariõāmino a¤¤athābhāvino || itthetaü dvayaü cala¤ceva vyaya¤ca aniccaü vipariõāmi a¤¤athābhāvi || manovi¤¤āõam aniccaü vipariõāmi a¤¤athābhāvã || || Yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo manovi¤¤āõassa uppādāya || so pi hetu so pi paccayo anicco vipariõāmã a¤¤athābhāvã || aniccaü kho pana bhikkhave paccayam paņicca uppannam manovi¤¤āõaü kuto niccaü bhavissati || || Yā kho bhikkhave imesaü tiõõaü dhammānaü saīgati sannipāto samavāyo || ayaü vuccati manosamphasso || mano samphasso pi anicco vipariõāmã a¤¤athābhāvã || || Yo pi hetu yo pi accayo manosamphassa uppādāya || so pi hetu so pi paccayo anicco vipariõāmã a¤¤athābhāvã || Aniccaü kho pana bhikkhave paccayam paņicca uppanno manosamphasso kuto nicco bhavissati || || Phuņņho bhikkhave vedeti phuņņho ceteti phuņņho sa¤jānāti || itthete pi dhammā calā ceva vyayā ca aniccā vipariõāmino a¤¤athābhāvino || || 9 Evaü kho bhikkhave dvayam paņicca vi¤¤āõam sambhotãti || || Channavaggo catuttho || || Tassuddānaü || || Paloka Su¤¤o Saükhittam || Channo Puõõo ca Bāhiyo || || Ejeneva ca dve vuttā || Dvayehi apare dve ti || || #<[page 070]># %<70 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA (XXXV. 94. 2>% #< CHAPTER V SAėAVAGGO PAĨCAMO># #< SN_4,35(1).94 (1) Saügayha1># 2 Cha yime bhikkhave phassāyatanā adantā aguttā arakkhitā asaüvutā dukkhādhivāhā honti || || Katame cha || || 3-5 Cakkhuü bhikkhave phassāyatanam adantam aguttam arakkhitam asaüvutaü dukkhādhivāhaü hoti || la || || 6-7 Jivhā bhikkhave phassāyatanam adantam aguttam arakkhitam asaüvutam dukkhādhivāhaü hoti || la || || 8 Mano bhikkhave phassāyatanam adantam aguttam arakkhitam asaüvutam dukkhādhivāhaü hoti || || 9 Ime kho bhikkhave cha phassāyatanā adantā aguttā arakkhitā asaüvutā dukkhādhivāhā honti || || 10 Cha yime bhikkhave phassāyatanā sudantā suguttā surakkhitā susaüvutā sukhādhivāhā honti || || Katame cha || || 11-13 Cakkhuü bhikkhave phassāyatanaü sudantaü suguttaü surakkhitaü susaüvutaü sukhādhivāhaü hoti || la || || 14-15 Jivhā bhikkhave phassāyatanaü sudantaü suguttaü surakkhitaü susaüvutaü sukhādhivāhaü hoti || la || || 16 Mano bhikkhave phassāyatanaü sudantaü suguttaü surakkhitaü susaüvutaü sukhādhivāhaü hoti || || 17 Ime kho bhikkhave cha phassāyatanā sudantā suguttā surakkhitā susaüvutā sukhādhivāhā hontãti || || 18 Idam avoca Bhagavā || pe || etad avoca satthā || || Chaëeva phassāyatanāni bhikkhavo || asaüvuto yattha dukkhahaü nigacchati || tesa¤ ca ye {saüvaraõam} avediüsu || saddhādutiyā viharantānavassutā || || Disvāna råpāni manoramāni || atho pi disvā amanoramāni || manorame rāgapathaü vinodaye || nacappiyam me ti manaü padosaye || || #<[page 071]># %% Sadda¤ca sutvā dutiyam piyāppiyaü || piyamhi sadde na samucchito siyā || athappiye dosagataü vinodaye || na cappiyam me ti manam padosaye || || Gandha¤ca ghātvā surabhim manoramaü || atho pi ghātvā asucim akantiyaü || akantiyasmim paņighaü vinodaye || Chandānunãto na ca kantiye siyā || || Rasa¤ ca bhotvā sādita¤ ca sādu¤ ca || atho pi bhotvāna asādum ekadā || sāduü rasaü nājjhosāya bhu¤jati || Virodhaü asādåsu no padaü saye || || Phassena phuņņho na sukhena majje || dukkhena phuņņho pi na sampavedhe || phassadvayaü sukhadukkhe upekho || anānuruddho aviruddha kenaci || || Papa¤casa¤¤ā itarãtarā narā || papa¤cayantā upayanti sa¤¤ino || manomayam gehasita¤ca sabbaü || panujja nekkhammasitam irãyati || || Evam mano chassu yadā subhāvito || phuņņhassa cittaü na vikampate kvaci || te rāgadose abhibhuyya bhikkhavo || bhavattha jātimaraõassa pāragā ti || || #<[page 072]># %<72 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 95. 2>% #< SN_4,35(1).95 (2) Saügayha2># 2 Atha kho āyasmā Mālukyaputto yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || pe || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Mālukyaputto Bhagavantam etad avoca || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saükhittena dhammaü desetu || yam aham Bhagavato dhammaü sutvā eko våpakaņņho appamatto ātāpi pahitatto vihareyyanti || || 4 Ettha dāni Mālukyaputta kiü dahare bhikkhå vakkhāma || yatrahi nāma tvam bhikkhu jiõõo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayo anuppatto saükhittena ovādaü yācasãti || || 5 Ki¤cāpaham bhante jiõõo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayo anuppatto desetu me bhante Bhagavā saükhittena dhammaü desetu Sugato saükhittena dhammaü || appevanāmahaü Bhagavato bhāsitassa attham ājāneyyaü || appevanāmaham Bhagavato bhāsitassa dāyādo assanti || || 6 Tam kim ma¤¤asi Mālukyaputta || || Ye te cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā adiņņhā adiņņhapubbā na ca passasi || na ca te hoti Passeyyanti || atthi te tattha chando vā rāgo vā pemaü vāti || || No hetam bhante || || 7 Ye te sotavi¤¤eyyā saddā assutā assutāpabbā na ca suõāsi || na ca te hoti Suõeyyanti || atthi te tattha chando vā rāgo vā pemanti || || No hetam bhante || || 8 Ye te ghānavi¤¤eyyā ganadhā aghāyitā aghāyitapubbā na ca ghāyasi || na ca te hoti Ghāyeyyanti || atthi te tattha || la || || 9 Ye te jivhāvi¤¤eyyā rasā asāyitā asāyitapubbā na ca sāyasi || na ca te hoti Sāyeyyanti || atthi te tattha || la || || 10 Yetekāyavi¤¤eyyā phoņņhabbā asamphuņņhā asampuņņhapubbā na ca phusasi || na ca te hoti Phuseyyanti || atthi te tattha || la || || #<[page 073]># %% 11 Ye te manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā avi¤¤ātā avi¤¤ātapubbā na ca vijānāsi || na ca te hoti vijāneyyanti || atthi te tattha chando vā rāgo vā pemaü vāti || || No hetam bhante || || 12 Ettha ca te Mālukyaputta diņņha-suta-muta-vi¤¤ātabbesu dhammesu diņņhe diņņhamattaü bhavissati || sute sutamattam bhavissati || mute mutamattam bhavissati || vi¤¤āte vi¤¤ātamuttam bhavissati || || 13 Yato kho te Mālukyaputta diņņha-suta-muta-vi¤¤ātabbesu dhammesu diņņhe diņņhamattam bhavissati || sute sutamattam bhavissati || mute mutamattam bhavissati || vi¤¤āte vi¤¤ātamattam bhavissati || tato tvam Mālukyaputta na tena || || Yato tvam Mālukyaputta na tena || tato tvam Mālukyaputta na tattha || || Yato tvam Mālukyaputta na tattha || tato tvam Mālukyaputta nevidha na huram na ubhayamantarena || esevanto dukkhassāti || || 14 Imassa khvāham bhante Bhagavatā saükhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāmi || || Råpaü disvā sati muņņhā || piyanimittam manasi karoto || sārattacitto vedeti || ta¤ca ajjhosa tiņņhati || || Tassa vaķķhanti vedanā || anekā råpasambhavā || abhijjhā ca vihesā ca || cittam assu paha¤¤ati || || Evam ācinato dukkhaü || ārā nibbānaü vuccati || || Saddaü sutvā sati muņņhā || piyanimittam manasi karoto || sārattacitto vedeti || ta¤ca ajjhosa tiņņhati || || Tassa vaķķhanti vedanā || anekā saddasambhavā || abhijjhā ca vihesā ca || cittam assu paha¤¤ati || || Evam ācinato dukkhaü || ārā nibbānaü vuccati || || #<[page 074]># %<74 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 95. 14>% Gandhaü ghātvā sati muņņhā || piyanimittam manasi karoto || sārattacitto vedeti || ta¤ca ajjhosa tiņņhati || || Tassa vaķķhanti vedanā || anekā gandhasambhavā || abhijjhā ca vihesā ca || cittam assu paha¤¤ati || Evam ācinato dukkhaü || ārā nibbānaü vuccati || || Rasam bhotvā sati muņņhā || piyanimittam manasi karoto || sārattacitto vedeti || ta¤ca ajjhosa tiņņhati || || Tassa vaķķhanti vedanā || anekā rasasambhavā || la || ārā nibbānaü vuccati || || Phassam phussa sati muņņhā || piyanimittam manasi karoto || sārattacitto vedeti || ta¤ca ajjhosa tiņņhati || || Tassa vaķķhanti vedanā || anekā phassasambhavā || la || ārā nibbānaü vuccati || || Dhammaü ¤atvā sati muņņhā || piyanimittaü manasi karoto || sārattacitto vedeti || ta¤ca ajjhosa tiņņhati || Tassa vaķķhanti vedanā || anekā dhammasambhavā || abhijjhā ca vihesā ca || cittam assu paha¤¤ati || Evam ācinato dukkham || ārā nibbānam vuccati || || Na so rajjati råpesu || råpaü disvā patissato || virattacitto vedeti || ta¤ca nājjhosa tiņņhati || || Yathāssa passato råpaü || sevato cāpi vedanaü || khãyati no pacãyati || evaü so carati sato || || Evam apacinato dukkhaü || santike nibbānaü vuccati || || Na so rajjati saddesu || saddaü sutvā patissato || virattacitto vedeti || ta¤ca nājjhosa tiņņhati || || Yathāssa suõato saddaü || sevato cāpi vedanaü || khãyati no pacãyati || evam so carati sato || Evam apacinato dukkhaü || santike nibbānaüvuccati || || #<[page 075]># %% Na so rajjati gandhesu || gandhaü ghātvā patissato || virattacitto vedeti || ta¤ca na cājjhosa tiņņhati || || Yathāssa ghāyato gandhaü || secato cāpi vedanaü || khãyati no pacãyati || evaü so carati sato || || Evam apacinato dukkhaü || santike nibbāna vuccati || || Na so rajjati rasesu || rasam bhotvā patissato || virattacitto vedeti || ta¤ca nājjhosa tiņņhati || || Yathāssa sāyato rasaü || sevato cāpi vedanaü || || pa || santike nibbānaü vuccati || || Na so rajjati phassesu || phassamphussa patissato || virattacitto vedeti || taü ca nājjhosa tiņņhati || || Yathāssa phusato phassaü || sevato cāpi vedanaü || || pa || santike nibbānaü vuccati || || Na so rajjati dhammesu || dhammaü ¤atvā patissato || virattacitto vedeti || ta¤ca nājjhosa tiņņhati || Yathāssa vijānato dhammaü || sevato cāpi vedanaü || khãyati no pacãyati || {evaü} so carati sato || || Evam apacinato dukkhaü || santike nibbānaü vuccatã ti || || Imassa kho ham bhante Bhagavatā saükhittena bhāsitassa evaü vitthārena attham ājānāmãti || || 15 Sādhu sādhu Mālukyaputta || sādhu kho tvam Mālukyaputta mayā saükhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsi || || Råpaü disvā sati muņņhā || piyanimittam manasi karoto || sārattacitto vedeti || ta¤ca ajjhosa tiņņhati || Tassa vaķķhanti vedanā || anekā råpasambhavā || abhijjhā ca vihesā ca || cittam assu paha¤¤ati || Evam ācinato dukkham || ārā nibbānaü vuccati || || || pe || #<[page 076]># %<76 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 95. 16>% Na so rajjati dhammesu || dhammaü ¤atvā patissato || virattacitto vedeti || taü ca nājjhosa tiņņhati || || Yathāssa vijānato dhammaü || sevato cāpi vedanaü || khãyati no pacãyati || evaü so carati sato || Evam apacinato dukkhaü || santike nibbānaü vuccatãti || || Imassa kho Mālukyaputta mayā saükhittena bhāsitassa evaü vitthārena attho daņņhabboti || || 16 Atha kho āyasmā Mālukyaputto Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā uņņhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiõaü katvā pakkāmi || || 17 Atha kho āyasmā Mālukyaputto eko våpakaņņho appamatto ātāpã pahitatto viharanto na cirasseva yassatthāya kulaputtā sammad eva agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajjanti tadanuttaram brahmacariyapariyosānaü diņņheva dhamme sayam abhi¤¤ā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi || || Khãõā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü kataü karaõãyam || nāparam itthattāyāti abbha¤¤āsi || || 18 A¤¤ataro ca panāyasmā Mālukyaputto arahataü ahosãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).96 (3) Parihānam># 2 Parihānadhamma¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi aparihānadhamma¤ca cha ca abhibhāyatanāni || || 3 Katha¤ca bhikkhave parihānadhammo hoti || 4-6 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhuno cakkhunā råpaü disvā uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaīkappā saüyojaniyā || || Taü ce bhikkhu adhivāseti na pajahati na vinodeti na vyantikaroti na anabhāvam gameti || veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Parihāyāmi kusalehi dhammehi || parihānaü hetaü vuttam Bhagavāti || || la || || 7-8 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno jivhāya rasam sāyitvā uppajjati || pa || || 9 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno manasā dhammaü vi¤¤āya uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaīkappā saüyojaniyā #<[page 077]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Taü ce bhikkhu adhivāseti napajahati na vinodeti na vyantikaroti na anabhāvaügameti || veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā parihāyāmi kusalehi dhammehi || parihānaü hetam vuttam Bhagavatā ti || || 10 Evaü kho bhikkhave parihānadhammo hoti || || 11 Katha¤ca bhikkhave aparihānadhammo hoti || || 12-14 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhuno cakkhunā råpaü disvā uppajjanti pāpakā akusala dhammā sarasaīkappā saüyojaniyā || || Taü ce bhikkhave bhikkhu nādhivaseti pajahati vinodati vyantikaroti anabhāvaü gameti || veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Na parihāyāmi kusalehi dhammehi || aparihānaü hetaü vuttam Bhagavatāti || || la || || 15-16 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā uppajjanti || la || || 17 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno manasā dhammaü vi¤¤āya uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaīkappa saüyojaniyā || || Taü ce bhikkhave bhikkhu nādhivaseti pajahati vinodeti vyantikaroti anabhāvaü gameti || veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Na parihāyāmi kusalehi dhammehi || aparihānaü hetaü vuttam Bhagavatāti || || 18 Evam kho bhikkhave aparihānadhammo hoti || || 19 Katamāni ca bhikkhave cha abhibhāyatanāni || || 20-24 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhuno cakkhunā råpaü disvā nuppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaīkappā saüyojaniyā || || Veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Abhibhåtam etam āyatanaü || abhibhāyatanaü hetam vuttam Bhagavatā ti || || gha || || 25 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno manasā dhammaü vi¤¤āya nuppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaīkappā saüyojaniyā || || veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Abhibhåtam etam āyatanaü || abhibhāyatanaü hetaü vuttam Bhagavatā ti || || 26 Imāni vuccanti bhikkhu cha abhibhāyatanānãti || || #<[page 078]># %<78 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 97. 1>% #< SN_4,35(1).97 (4) Pamādavihārã># 1 Sāvatthi nidānam || pa || 2 Pamādavihāriü ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi appamādavihariü ca || taü suõātha || || 3 Kathaü ca bhikkhave pamādavihārã hoti || || 4-6 Cakkhundriyam {asaüvutassa} bhikkhave viharato cittaü vyāsi¤cati cakkhuvi¤¤eyyesu råpesu || tassa vyāsittacittassa pāmujjaü na hoti || pāmujje asati pãti na hoti || pãtiyā asati passaddhi na hoti || passaddhiyā asati dukkhaü viharati || dukkhino cittaü na samādhiyati || asamāhite citte dhammā na pātubhavanti || dhammānam apātubhāvā pamādavihārã tveva saīkhaü gacchati || la || || 7-8 Jivhindriyam asaüvutassa bhikkhave viharato cittaü vyāsi¤cati jivhāvi¤¤eyyesu rasesu || tassa vyāsittacittassa || la || pamādavihārã tveva saīkhaü gacchati || la || || 9 Manindriyam asaüvutassa bhikkhave viharato cittaü vyāsi¤cati manovi¤¤eyyesu dhammesu || tassa vyāsittacittassa pāmujjaü na hoti || pāmujje asati pãti na hoti || pãtiyā asati passaddhi na hoti || passaddhiyā asati dukkhaü viharati || dukkhino cittaü na samādhiyati || asamāhite citte dhammā na pātubhavanti dhammānam apātubhāvā pamādavihārã tveva saīkhaü gacchati || 10 Evaü kho bhikkhave pamādavihārã hoti || || 11 Kathaü ca bhikkhave appamādavihārã hoti || || 12-14 Cakkhundriyaü saüvutassa bhikkhave viharato cittaü na vyāsi¤cati cakkhuvi¤¤eyyesu råpesu || || Tassa avyasittacittassa pāmujjaü jāyati || pamuditassa pãti jāyati || pãtimanassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaü vediyati || sukhino cittaü samādhiyati || samahite citte dhammā pātubhavanti #<[page 079]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || dhammānam pātubhāvā appamādavihārã tveva saīkhaü gacchati || la || || 15-16 Jivhindriyaü saüvutassa bhikkhave viharato cittaü na vyāsi¤cati || la || appamādavihārã tveva saīkhaü gacchati || || Kāyindriya- || || 17 Manindriyaü saüvutassa bhikkhave viharato cittaü na vyāsi¤cati manovi¤¤eyyesu dhammesu tassa avyāsittācittassa pāmujjaü jāyati || pamuditassa pãti jāyati || pãtimanassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaü vediyati || sukhino cittaü samādhiyati || samāhite citte dhammā pātubhavanti || dhammānam pātubhāvā appamādavihārã tveva saīkhaü gacchati || || 18 Evaü kho bhikkhave appamādavihārã hotãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).98 (5) Saüvara># 2 Saüvara¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi asaüvara¤ca || taü suõātha || || 3 Katha¤ca bhikkhave asaüvaro hoti || || 4-6 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Taü ce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhati || veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Parihāyāmi kusalehi dhammehi || parihānaü hetaü vuttam Bhagavatā ti || la || || 7-8 Santi bhikkhave jivhāvi¤¤eyyā rasā || la || 9 Santi bhikkhave manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Taü ce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhati || veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Parihāyāmi kusalehi dhammehi || parihānam hetaü vuttam Bhagavatāti || || 10 Evaü kho bhikkhave asaüvaro hoti || || 11 Katha¤ca bhikkhave saüvaro hoti || || 12-14 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Taü ce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiņņhati || veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Na parihāyāmi kusalehi dhammehi #<[page 080]># %<80 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 98. 15>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || aparihānaü hetaü vuttam Bhagavatāti || || 15-16 Santi bhikkhave jivhāvi¤¤eyyā rasā || la || || 17 Santi bhikkhave manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Taü ce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiņņhati || veditabbam etam bhikkhave bhikkhunā Na parihāyāmi kusalehi dhammehi || aparihānaü hetaü vuttam Bhagavatāti || || 18 Evaü kho bhikkhave saüvaro hotãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).99 (6) Samādhi># 2 Samādhim bhikkhave bhāvetha || samāhito bhikkhave bhikkhu yathābhåtam pajānāti || || 3 Ki¤ca yathābhåtam pajānāti || || 4-8 Cakkhum aniccan ti yathābhåtam pajānāti || || Råpā aniccā ti yathābhåtam pajānāti || || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam aniccanti yathābhåtam pajānāti || || Cakkhusamphasso anicco ti yathābhåtam pajānāti || || Yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi aniccaü yathābhåtam pajānāti || || la || || 9 Mano anicco ti yathābhåtam pajānāti || || Dhammā || || Mano vi¤¤āõaü || || Manosamphasso || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi aniccan ti yathābhåtam pajānāti || || 10 Samādhim bhikkhave bhāvetha || samāhito bhikkhave bhikkhu yathābhåtam pajānātã ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).100 (7) Paņisallāõa># 2 Paņisallāõam bhikkhave yogam āpajjatha || patisallãõo bhikkhave bhikkhu yathābhåtam pajānāti || || 3 Ki¤ca yathābhåtam pajānāti || || 4-9 Cakkhum aniccanti yathābhåtam pajānāti || || Råpā aniccāti yathābhåtam pajānāti #<[page 081]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam aniccanti yathābhåtam pajānāti || || Cakkhusamphasso anicco ti yathābhåtam pajānāti || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi aniccan ti yathābhåtam pajānāti || || 10 Paņisallāõam bhikkhave yogam āpajjatha || paņisallāno bhikkhave bhikkhu yathābhåtam pajānātãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).101 (8) Natumhāka1># 2 Yam pi bhikkhave na tumhākaü tam pajahatha || taü vo pahãnaü hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || 3 Ki¤ca bhikkhave na tumhākaü || || 4-6 Cakkhum bhikkhave na tumhākaü || tam pajahatha || taü vo pahãnaü hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Rupā na tumhākaü || te pajahatha || te vo pahãnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissanti || || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam na tumhākaü tam pajāhatha || taü vo pahãnaü hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Cakkhusamphasso na tumhākaü || tam pajahatha || so vo pahãno hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Yam pidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi na tumhākaü tam pajahatha || taü vo pahãnaü hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || la || || 7-8 Jivhā na tumhākam || tam pajahatha || sā vo pahãnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Rasā na tumhākaü te pajahatha || te vo pahãnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissanti || || Jivhāvi¤¤āõam na tumhākaü tam pajahatha || taü vo pahãnaü hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Jivhāsamphasso na tumhākaü tam pajahatha || so vo pahãno hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Yam pidaü jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā #<[page 082]># %<82 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 101. 9>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || tam pi na tumhākaü tam pajahatha || taü vo pahãnaü hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || la || || 9 Mano na tumhākaü tam pajahatha || so vo pahãno hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Dhammā na tumhākaü te pajahatha || te vo pahãnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissanti || || Manovi¤¤āõaü na tumhākam tam pajahatha || taü vo pahãnaü hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Manosamphasso na tumhākaü tam pajahatha || so vo pahãno hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi na tumhākaü tam pajahatha || taü vo pahãnam hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || 10 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave yam imasmiü Jetavane tiõakaņņhasākhāpalāsaü taü jano hareyya vā ķaheyya vā yathāpaccayaü vā kareyya || api nu tumhākam evam assa Amhe jano harati vā ķahati vā yathāpaccayaü vā karotã ti || || No hetam bhante || || Taü kissa hetu || || Na hi no hetam bhante attā vā attaniyaü vā ti || || 11-16 Evam eva kho bhikkhave cakkhu na tumhākaü tam pajahatha || taü vo pahãnam hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Råpā na tumhākaü || pe || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam || || Cakkhusamphasso || || pa || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || tam pi na tumhākaü tam pajahatha || taü vo pahãnaü hitāya sukhāya bhavissatãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).102 (9) Natumhākam2># [The same as 2-9 of the preceding Sutta] 4 #<[page 083]># %% #< SN_4,35(1).103 (10) Uddako># 2 Uddako sudam bhikkhave Rāmaputto evaü vācam bhāsati || || Idaü jātu vedagå || idaü jātu sabbaji || idaü jātu palikhitaü gaõķamålam palikhaõãti || || Taü kho panetam bhikkhave Uddako Rāmaputto avedagå yeva samāno Vedagusmãti bhāsati || asabbajã yeva samāno Sabbajismãti bhāsati || apalikhitaü yeva gaõķamålam palikhitam me gaõķamålan ti bhāsati || || 3 Idha kho tam bhikkhave bhikkhu sammā vadamāno vadeyya || || Idaü jātuvedagå idaü jātu sabbaji || idaü jātu palikhataü gaõķamålam palikhaõãti || || 4 Katha¤ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu vedagå hoti || || Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhu channam phassāyatanānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca assāda¤ca assāda¤ca nissaraõa¤ca yathābhåtam pajānāti || evaü kho bhikkhave bhikkhu vedagå hoti || || 5 Katha¤ca bhikkhave bhikkhu sabbaji hoti || || Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhu channam phassāyatanānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca assāda¤ca ādãnava¤ca nissaraõa¤ca yathābhåtam viditvā anupādā vimutto hoti || evaü kho bhikkhave bhikkhu sabbaji hoti || || 6 Katha¤ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu apalikhitaü gaõķamålam palikhitaü hoti || || Gaõķo ti kho bhikkhave imassetaü cātumahābhåtikassa kāyassa adhivacanaü mātāpettikasambhavassa odanakummāsupacayassa aniccucchādanaparimaddanabhedanaviddhaüsanadhammassa || || Gaõķamålan ti bhikkhave taõhāyetam adhivacanaü || || Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno taõhā pahãnā hoti || ucchinnamålā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādadhammā #<[page 084]># %<84 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 103. 7>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || evaü kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno apalikhataü gaõķamålam palikhitaü hoti || || 7 Uddako sudam bhikkhave Rāmaputto evaü vācam bhāsati || || Idaü jātu vedagå idaü jātu sabbaji || idaü jātu palikhitaü gaõķamålam palikhaõã ti || || Taü kho panetam bhikkhave Uddako Rāmaputto avedagå yeva samāno Vedagåsmãti bhāsati || asabbajã yeva samāno Sabbajãsmãti bhāsati || apalikhitaü yeva gaõķamålam Palikhitam me gaõķamålanti bhāsati || || 8 Idha kho tam bhikkhave bhikkhu sammāvadamāno vadeyya || || Idaü jātu vedagå idaü jātu sabbaji || idaü jātu palikhitaü gaõķamålaü palikhaõã ti || || Saëavaggo pa¤camo || || Tassuddānam || || Dve Saīgayhā Parihānaü || Pamādavihārã ca Saüvaro || Samādhi Patisallāna || Dve Natumhākena Uddako ti || || Dutiyapa¤¤āsake vagguddānaü || || Avijjā Migajālaü ca || Gilānaü Channam catutthakaü || Saëāvaggena pa¤¤āsaü || Dutiyo pa¤¤āsako ayan ti || || Pathamaka-sataü || || #<[page 085]># %% PAĨĨâSAũ TATIYAũ #< CHAPTER I YOGAKKHEMIVAGGO PATHAMO># #< SN_4,35(1).104 (1) Yogakkhemi># 2 Yogakkhemãpariyāyaü vo bhikkhave dhammapariyāyaü desissāmi || taü suõātha || || 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave yogakkhemipariyāyo || || 4-8 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā manāpā pãyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Te Tathāgatassa pahãnā ucchinnamålā tālavatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādadhammā || tesa¤ca pahānāya akkhāsi yogaü || tasmā Tathāgato yogakkhemãti vuccati || || la || || 9 Santi bhikkhave manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā kantā manāpā pãyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajaniyā || || Te Tathāgatassa pahãnā ucchimamålā tālavatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppāda dhammā || tesa¤ca pahānāya akkhāsi yogaü || tasmā Tathāgato yogakkhemãti vuccati || || 10 Ayaü kho bhikkhave yogakkhemipariyāyo dhammapariyāyoti || || #< SN_4,35(1).105 (2) Upādāya># 2 Kismiü nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya uppajjati ajjhattaü sukhaü dukkhanti || || 3 Bhagavaü målakā no bhante dhammā || || 4 Cakkhusmiü vo bhikkhave sati cakkhuü upādāya uppajjati ajjhattaü sukhaü dukkhaü || la || Manasmiü sati manam upādāya uppajjati ajjhattaü sukhaü dukkhaü || || 5 Tam kim ma¤¤atha bhikkhave cakkhuü niccaü vā aniccaü vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vā ti || || Dukkham bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya uppajjeyya ajjhattaü sukhaü dukkhanti || || No hetam bhante || || 6 Sotaü niccaü vā aniccaü vā ti || || 7 Ghānaü niccaü vā aniccaü vā ti || || #<[page 086]># %<86 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 105. 8>% 8-9 Jivhā niccā vā aniccā vā ti || || Kāyo || || 10 Mano nicco vā anicco vā ti || || Anicco bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vā ti || || Dukkhaü bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya uppajjeyya ajjhattaü sukhaü dukkhanti || || No hetam bhante || || 11 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || la || manasmim pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaü virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || Vimuttasmiü vimuttam iti ¤āõam hoti || || Khãõā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü kataü karaõãyaü nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).106 (3) Dukkha># 2 Dukkhassa bhikkhave samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca desissāmi || taü suõātha || || 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave dukkhassa samudayo || 4-9 Cakkhu¤ ca paņicca råpe ca uppajjati cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü || tiõõaü saīgati phasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || vedanāpaccayā taõhā || ayaü dukkhassa samudayo || Sota¤ ca paņicca || || Ghāna¤ ca paņicca || || Jivha¤ ca paņicca || || Kāya¤ ca paņicca || || Mana¤ ca paņicca dhamme ca uppajjati manovi¤¤āõaü || tiõõaü saīgati phasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || vedanāpaccayā taõhā || || Ayam kho bhikkhave dukkhassa samudayo. 10 Katamo ca bhikkhave dukkhassa atthagamo || 11 Cakkhuü ca paņicca råpe ca uppajjati cakkhuvi¤¤āõam || tiõõaü saīgati phasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || vedanāpaccayā taõhā || tassāyeva taõhāya asesavirāganirodhā bhavanirodho || bhavanirodhā jātinirodho || jātinirodhā jarāmaraõaü sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ayaü dukkhassa atthagamo || || 12-13 Sota¤ ca paņicca || || Ghāna¤ca paņicca || || 14-15 Jivha¤ca paņicca rase ca uppajjati jivhāvi¤¤āõaü || la || Kāya¤ ca paņicca || || #<[page 087]># %% 16 Manam paņicca dhamme ca uppajjati manovi¤¤āõam || tiõõaü saīgati phasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || vedanāpaccayā taõhā || tassāyeva taõhāya asesavirāganirodhā upādānanirodho || upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho bhavanirodhā jātinirodho || jātinirodhā jarāmaraõaü sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || || Ayam kho bhikkhave dukkhassa atthagamo ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).107 (4) Loko># 2 Lokassa bhikkhave samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ ca desissāmi || taü suõātha || || 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave lokassa samudayo || || 4 Cakkhu¤ca paņicca råpe ca uppajjati cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü || tiõõam saīgati phasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || vedanāpaccayā taõhā || taõhāpaccayā upādānaü || upādānapaccayā bhavo || bhavapaccayā jāti || jātipaccayā jarāmaraõaü sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti || ayam lokassa samudayo || 4-7 Sota¤ ca paņicca || || Ghāna¤ ca paņicca || || Jivha¤ ca paņicca || || Kāya¤ ca paņicca || || 8 Mana¤ ca paņicca dhamme ca uppajjati manovi¤¤āõaü || tiõõaü saīgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || vedanāpaccayā taõhā || tanhāpaccayā upādānaü || upādānapaccayā bhavo || bhavapaccayājāti || jātipaccayā jarāmaraõaü sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti || ayaü kho bhikkhave lokassa samudayo || || 9 Katamo ca bhikkhave lokassa atthagamo || || 10-15 Cakkhu¤ca paņicca råpe ca upajjati cakkhuvi¤¤ānaü || tiõõaü saīgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || vedanāpaccayā taõhā || tassāyeva taõhāya asesavirāganirodhā upādānanirodho || pe || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || || 16 Ayaü kho bhikkhave lokassa atthagamoti || || #<[page 088]># %<88 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 108. 2>% #< SN_4,35(1).108 (5) Seyyo># 2 Kismiü nu kho bhikkhave sati kiü upādāya kiü abhinivissa Seyyoham asmã ti vā hoti || Sadiso ham asmã ti vā hoti || Hãnohamasmã ti vā hotã ti || || 3 Bhagavaü målakā no bhante dhammā || pe || || 4-9 Cakkhusmiü kho bhikkhave sati cakkhum upādāya cakkhum abhinivissa Seyyo ham asmã ti vā hoti || Sadãso ham asmã ti vā hoti Hãno ham asmã ti vā hoti || pa || Manasmiü sati manam upādāya manam abhinivissa Seyyo ham asmã ti vā hoti || Sadiso ham asmã ti vā hoti || Hãno ham asmã ti vā hoti || || 10 Taü kim ma¤¤atha bhikkhave || Cakkhuü niccaü vā aniccaü vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā sukhaü vā ti || || Dukkham bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammaü api nu tam anupādāya Seyyo ham asmãti vā assa Sadiso ham asmãti vā assa Hãno ham asmãti vā assāti || || No hetam bhante 11 Sotaü niccaü vā aniccaü vā ti || || 12 Ghānaü niccam vā aniccā vā ti || || 13 Jivhā niccā vā aniccā vā ti || || 14 Kāyo nicco vā anicco vā ti || || 15 Mano nicco vā anicco vā ti || || Anicco bhante || || Yam panāniccam dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vā ti || || Dukkham bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya Seyyo hamasmãti va assa Sadiso ham asnå ti vā assa Hãno ham asmãti assā ti || || No hetam bhante || || 16 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || la || manasmim pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaü virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti || || #<[page 089]># %% #< SN_4,35(1).109 (6) Saüyojana># 2 Saüyojaniye ca bhikkhave dhamme desissāmi saüyojana¤ ca || taü suõātha || || 3 Katame ca bhikkhave saüyojaniyā dhammā katama¤ ca saüyojanaü || || 4-9 Cakkhum bhikkhave saüyojaniyo dhammo || yo tattha chandarāgo || tam tattha saüyojamaü || || la || Jivhā saüyojaniyo dhammo || || Mano saüyojaniyo dhammo || yo tattha chandarāgo taü tattha saüyojanaü || || 10 Ime vuccanti bhikkhave saüyojaniyā dhammā idaü saüyojananti || || #< SN_4,35(1).110 (7) Upādānam># 2 Upādāniye ca bhikkhave dhamme desissāmi upādāna¤ ca || taü suõātha || || 3 Katame ca bhikkhave upādāniyā dhammā katama¤ ca upādānaü || || 4-9 Cakkhum bhikkhave upādāniyo dhammo || yo tattha chandarāgo taü tattha upādānaü || pa || || Jivhā upādāniyo dhammo || la || || Mano upādāniyo dhammo || yo tattha chandarāgo taü tattha upādānaü || || 10 Ime vuccanti bhikkhave upādāniyā dhammā idam upādānanti || || #< SN_4,35(1).111 (8) Pajānam1># 2-7 Cakkhum bhikkhave anabhijānaü aparijānaü avirājayaü appajahaü abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || Sotaü || Ghānam || Jivhaü || Kāyam || Manam anabhijānaü aparijānaü avirājayaü appajahaü abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || 8-13 Cakkhu¤ ca kho bhikkhave abhijānam parijānaü virājayam pajaham bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || Sotaü || Ghānaü || Jivhaü || Kāyam || Manam abhijānam parijānaü virājayaü pajaham bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyāti || || #<[page 090]># %<90 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 112. 2>% #< SN_4,35(1).112 (9) Pajānam2># 2-7 Råpe bhikkhāve ānabhijānaü aparijānam avirājayam appajaham abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || || Sadde || Gandhe || Rase || Phoņņhabbe || Dhamme anabhijānam aparijānam avirājayam appajaham abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || || 8-13 Råpe ca kho bhikkhave abhijānam parijānaü virājayam pajahaü bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || || Sadde || Gandhe || Rase || Phoņņhabbe || Dhamme abhijānam parijānaü virājayam pajaham bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyāti || || #< SN_4,35(1).113 (10) Upassuti># 1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Ĩātike viharati Gi¤jakāvasathe || || 2 Atha kho Bhagavā rahogato patisallãõo imam dhammapariyāyam abhāsi || || 3 Cakkhu¤ca paņicca råpe ca uppajjati cakkhuvi¤¤āõam || tiõõaü saīgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || vedanāpaccayā taõhā || tanhāpaccayā upādānaü || pe || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || || 4-7 Sota¤ca paņicca || Ghāna¤ca paņicca || Jivha¤ca paņicca || Kāya¤ca paņicca || || 8 Mana¤ca paņicca dhamme ca uppajjati manovi¤¤āõaü || tiõõaü saīgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || vedanāpaccayā taõhā || taõhāpaccayā upādānaü || pe || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti || || 9 Cakkhu¤ca paņicca råpe ca uppajjati cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü || tiõõaü saīgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || vedanāpaccayā taõhā || tassāyeva taõhāya asesavirāganirodhā upādānanirodho || pe || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakhandhassa nirodho hoti || || 10-13 Sota¤ca paticca || || Ghāna¤ca paņicca || || Jivha¤ca paņicca || || Kāya¤ca paņicca || || 14 Mana¤ca paņicca dhamme ca upajjati manovi¤¤āõam || tiõõaü saīgatiphasso || phassapaccayā vedanā || vedanāpaccayā taõhā || tassāyeva taõhāya asesavirāganirodhā upādānanirodho || pe || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotãti || || #<[page 091]># %% 15 Tena kho pana samayena a¤¤ataro bhikkhu Bhagavato upassuti ņhito hoti || || 16 Addasā kho Bhagavā tam bhikkhum upassutiü thitaü || || 17 Disvāna tam bhikkhum etad avoca || || Assosi tvam bhikkhu imaü dhammapariyāyanti || || Evam bhante || || Uggaõhāhi tvam bhikkhu imaü dhammapariyāyaü || pariyāpuõāhi tvam bhikkhu imaü dhammapariyāyaü || dhārehi tvam bhikkhu imaü dhammapariyāyaü || atthasaühito yam bhikkhu dhammapariyāyo ādibrahmacariyakoti || || Yogakkhemivaggo pathamo || || Tassuddānam || || Yogakkhemi Upādāya || Dukkhaü loko ca Seyyo ca || || Saüyojanam Upādānaü || Dve Pajānaü Upassutãti || || #< CHAPTER II LOKAKâMAGUöAVAGGO DUTIYO># #< SN_4,35(1).114 (1) Mārapāsa1># 2-7 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Ta¤ce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhati || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu āvāsagato Mārassa Mārassa vasaügato || || Paņimukkassa Mārapāso baddho so Mārabandhanena yathākāmakaraõãyo pāpimato || pa || Santi bhikkhave manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãya || || Ta¤ce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhati ayaü vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu āvāsagato Mārassa Mārassa vasaügato || || #<[page 092]># %<92 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 114. 8>% Paņimukkassa Mārapāso baddho so Mārabandhanena yathākāmakaraõãyo pāpimato || || 8-13 Santi ca kho bhikkhave cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Ta¤ce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati na ajjhosāya tiņņhati || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu na āvāsagato Mārassa na Mārassa vasaügato || || Ummukkassa Mārapāso mutto so Mārabandhanena na yathākāmakaraõãyo pāpimato || la || Santi bhikkhave manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Ta¤ce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati na ajjhosāya tiņņhati || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave na āvāsagato Mārassa na Mārassa vasaügato || || Ummukkassa Mārapāso mutto so Mārabandhanena na yathākāmakaraõãyo pāpimatoti || || #< SN_4,35(1).115 (2) Mārapāsa2># 2-7 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Ta¤ce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhati || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu baddho cakkhuvi¤¤eyyesa råpesu āvāsagato Mārassa Mārassa vasaügato yathākāmakaraõãyo pāpimato || pa || || Santi bhikkhave manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā || pe || ajjhosāya tiņņhati || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu baddho manovi¤¤eyyesu dhammesu āvāsagato Mārassa Mārassa vasaügato yathākāmakaraõãyo pāpimato || || 8-13 Santi ca kho bhikkhave cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā- -rajaniyā || || Ta¤ce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivādati na ajjhosāya tiņņhati || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu mutto cakkhuvi¤¤eyyehi råpehi na āvāsagato Mārassa na Mārassa vasaügato || na yathākāmakaraõãyo pāpimato || pa || || Santi bhikkhave jivhāvi¤¤eyyā rasā || pa || || Santi bhikkhave manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā- -rajanãyā || || #<[page 093]># %% Ta¤ce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati na ajjhosāya tiņņhati || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu mutto manovi¤¤eyyehi dhammehi na āvāsagato Mārassa na Mārassa vasaügato na yathākāmakaraõãyo pāpimato ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).116 (3) Lokakāmaguõa1># 2 Nāham bhikkhave gamanena lokassa antaü ¤ātayyaü daņņhayyaü pattayyan ti vadāmi || na ca panāham bhikkhave apatvā lokassa antam dukkhassa antakiriyaü vadāmãti || || Idam vatvā Bhagavā uņņhāyāsanā vihāram pāvisi || || 3 Atha kho tesam bhikkhånam acirapakkantassa Bhagavato etad ahosi || || Idaü kho no āvuso Bhagavā saīkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uņņhāyāsanā vihāram paviņņho || Nāham bhikkhave gamanena lokassa antaü ¤ātayyaü daņņhayyam pattayyam ti vadāmi || na ca panāham bhikkhave apatvā lokassa antam dukkhassa antakiriyaü vadāmãti || || Ko nu kho imassa Bhagavatā saīkhittena uddesassa uddiņņhassa vitthārena atthaü vibhajjeyyāti || || 4 Atha kho tesam bhikkhånam etad ahosi || || Ayaü kho āyasmā ânanda satthu ceva saüvaõõito sambhāvito ca vi¤¤ånaü sabrahmacārãnaü || pahoti ca āyasmā ânando imassa Bhagavatā saīkhittena uddesassa uddiņņhassa vitthārena atthaü vibhajituü || yaü nåna mayaü yenāyasmā ânando tenupasaīkameyyāma || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam ânandam etam attham paņipuccheyyāmāti || || 5 Atha kho te bhikkhå yenāyasmā ânando tenupasaīkamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā āyasmatā ânandena saddhiü sammodiüsu || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārāõãyam vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdiüsu || || 6 Ekam antaü nisinnā kho te bhikkhå āyasmantam ânandam etad avocuü #<[page 094]># %<94 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 116. 7>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || Idaü kho no āvuso ânanda Bhagavā saīkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uņņhāyāsanā vihāram paviņņho || Nāham bhikkhave gamanena lokassa antaü ¤ātayyam daņņhayyam pattayyan ti vadāmi || na ca panāham bhikkhave apatvā lokassa antam dukkhassa antakiriyam vadāmãti || || Tesam no āvuso acirapakkantassa Bhagavato etad ahosi || || Idaü kho no āvuso Bhagavā saīkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uņņhāyāsanā vihāram paviņņho || Nāham bhikkhave gamaõena lokassa antam ¤ātayyaü daņņhayyam pattayyanti vadāmi || na ca panāham bhikkhave apatvā lokassa antaü dukkhassa antakiriyaü vadāmã ti || ko nu kho imassa Bhagavatā saīkhittena uddesassa uddiņņhassa vitthārena attham avibhattassa vitthārena atthaü vibhajeyyāti || || Tesaü no āvuso amhākam etad ahosi || || Ayaü kho āvuso āyasmā ânando satthu ceva saüvaõõito sambhāvito ca vi¤¤ånaü sabrahmacārãnaü || pahoti cāyasmā ânando imassa Bhagavatā saīkhittena uddesassa uddiņņhassa vitthārena attham avibhattassa vitthārena atthaü vibhajituü || yaü nuna mayaü yenāyasmā ânando tenupasaīkameyyāma || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam ânandam etam attham paņipuccheyyāmāti || || Vibhajatāyasmā ânando ti || || 7 Seyyathāpi āvuso puriso sāratthiko sāragavesã sārapariyesanaü caramāno rukkhassa tiņņhato sāravato atikkammeva målam atikkamma khandhaü sākhāpalāse sāram pariyesitabbam ma¤¤eyya evam sampadam idam āyasmantānaü satthari sammukhãbhåte tam Bhagavantam atisitvā amhe etam attham paņipucchitabbam ma¤¤etha || || So āvuso Bhagavā jānaü jānāti passaü passati || cakkhubhåto ¤āõabhåto dhammabhåto brahmabhåto vattā pavattā atthassa ninnetā amatassa dātā dhammassāmã tathāgato || || So ceva panetassa kālo ahosi yam Bhagavantaü yeva etam attham paņipuccheyyātha #<[page 095]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || yathā vo Bhagavā vyākareyya tathā taü dhāreyyathā ti || || 8 Addhāvuso ânanda Bhagavā jānaü jānāti passam passati || cakkhubhåto ¤āõabhåto dhammabhåto brahmabhåto vattā pavattā atthassa ninnetā amatassa dātā dhammassāmã tathāgato || so ceva kālo ahosi yam Bhagavantaü yeva etam attham paņipuccheyyāma || yathā no Bhagavā vyākareyya tathā naü dhāreyyāma || || Api cāyasmā ânando satthu ceva saüvaõõito sambhāvito ca vi¤¤ånaü sabrahmacārãnaü || pahoti cāyasmā ânando imassa Bhagavatā saīkhittena uddesassa uddiņņhassa vitthārena attham avibhattassa vitthārena atthaü vibhajituü || vibhajatāyasmā ânando agaruü karitvā ti || || 9 Tena hāvuso suõātha sādhukam manasi karotha bhāsissāmãti || || Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhå āyasmato ânandassa paccassossuü || || 10 âyasmā ânando etad avoca || || Yaü kho vo āvuso Bhagavā saīkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena atthaü avibhajitvā uņņhāyāsanā vihāram paviņņho || Nāham bhikkhave gamanena lokassa antaü ¤ātayyam daņņhayyam pattayyanti vadāmi || na ca panāham bhikkhave apatvā lokassa antam dukkhassa antakiriyam vadāmã ti || imassa khvāham āvuso Bhagavatā saīkhittena uddesassa uddiņņhassa vitthāreõa attham avibhattassa vitthāreõa evam ājānāmi || || 11 Yena kho āvuso lokasmiü lokasa¤¤ã hoti lokamānã ayam vuccati ariyassa vinaye loko || || Kena cāvuso lokasmiü lokasa¤¤ã hoti lokamānã || Cakkhunā kho āvuso lokasmiü lokasa¤¤ã hoti lokamānã || Sotena kho avuso || pe || Ghānena kho āvuso || Jivhāya kho āvuso lokasmiü lokasa¤¤ã hoti lokamānã || Kāyena kho āvuso || Manena kho āvuso lokasmiü lokasa¤¤ã hoti lokamānã || || Yena kho āvuso lokasmiü lokasa¤¤ã hoti lokamānã || ayaü vuccati ariyassa vinaye loko || || #<[page 096]># %<96 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 116. 12>% 12 Yaü kho vo āvuso Bhagavā saīkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uņņhāyāsanā vihāram paviņņho || Nāham bhikkhave gamanena lokassa antaü ¤ātayyam daņņhayyam pattayanti vadāmi || na ca panāham bhikkhave apatvā lokassa antaü dukkhassa antakiriyaü vadāmãti || imassa khvāham āvuso Bhagavatā saīkhittena uddesassa uddiņņhassa vitthārena attham avibhattassa evaü vitthārena attham ājānāmi || ākaīkhamānā ca pana tumhe āyasmanto Bhagavanta¤¤eva upasaīkamitvā etam attham paņipuccheyyātha || yathā vo Bhagavā vyākaroti tathā naü dhāreyyāthā ti || || Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhå āyasmato ânandassa paņissutvā uņņhāyāsanā yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdiüsu || || 13 Ekam antaü nisinnā kho ti bhikkhå Bhagavantam etad avocuü || || Yaü kho pana bhante Bhagavā saīkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uņņhāyāsanā vihāram paviņņho || Nāham bhikkhave gamanena lokassa antaü ¤ātayyam daņņhayyaü pattayyanti vadāmi || na ca panāham bhikkhave apatvā lokassa antaü dukkhassa antakiriyaü vadāmãti || tesaü no bhante amhākam acirapakkhantassa Bhagavato etad ahosi || || Idaü kho no āvuso Bhagavā saīkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uņņhāyāsanā vihāram paviņņho || Nāham bhikkhave gamanena lokassa antaü ¤ātayyaü daņņhayyam pattayanti vadāmi || na ca panāham bhikkhave apatvā lokassa antam dukkhassa antakiriyaü vadāmãti || ko nu kho imassa Bhagavatā saīkhittena uddesassa uddiņņhassa vitthārena attham avibhattassa vitthārena atthaü vibhajjeyyāti || 14 Tesaü no bhante amhākam etad ahosi || || Ayaü kho āyasmā ânando satthuceva {saüvaõõito} sambhāvito ca vi¤¤ånaü sabrahmacārãnaü #<[page 097]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || pahoti cāyasmā ânando imassa Bhagavatā saīkhittena uddesassa uddiņņhassa vitthārena attham avibhattassa vitthārena atthaü vibhajituü || Yannåna mayaü yenāyasmā ânando tenupasaīkameyyāma || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam ânandam etam attham paņipuccheyyāmāti || || Atha kho mayam bhante yenāyasmā ânando tenupasaīkamimha || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam ânandam etam attham paņipucchimha || || 15 Tesaü no bhante āyasmatā ânandena imehi ākārehi imehi padehi imehi vya¤janehi attho vibhatto ti || || Paõķito bhikkhave ânando mahāpa¤¤o bhikkhave ânando || maü ce pi tumhe bhikkhave etam attham paņipuccheyyātha aham pi ca tam evam eva vyākareyyaü yathā tam ânandena vyākataü || || Eso ceva tassa attho evaü ca dhāreyyāthā ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).117 (4) Lokakāmaguõa2># 2 Pubbe me bhikkhave sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato etad ahosi || || Ye me pa¤cakāmaguõā cetaso samphuņņhapubbā atãtā niruddhā vipariõatā || tatra me cittam bahulaü gaccheyya paccuppannesu vā appaü vā anāgatesu || || Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || Ye me pa¤cakāmaguõā cetaso samphuņņhapubbā atãtā niruddhā vipariõatā || tatra me attaråpena appamādo saticetaso ārakkho karaõãyo || || 3 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave tumhākam pi ye te pa¤cakāmaguõā cetaso samphuņņhapubbā atãtā niruddhā vipariõatā || tatra vo cittam bahulaü gacchamānaü gaccheyya paccuppannesu vā appaü vā anāgatesu || || Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave tumhākaü pi ye vo pa¤cakāmaguõā cetaso sampuņņhapubbā atãtā niruddhā viparinatā tatra vo attaråpehi appamādo saticetaso ārakkho karaõãyo #<[page 098]># %<98 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 117. 4>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || 4 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave ye āyatane veditabbe || || Yattha cakkhuü ca nirujjhati råpasa¤¤āca virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe || pa || Yattha jivhā ca nirujjhati rasasa¤¤ā ca virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe || || Yattha mano ca nirujjhati dhammasa¤¤ā ca virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe ye āyatane veditabbe ti || || 5 Idam vatvā Bhagavā uņņhāyasanā vihāram pāvãsi || || 6 Atha kho tesam bhikkhånam acirapakkantassa Bhagavato etad ahosi || || Idaü kho no āvuso Bhagavā saīkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uņņhāyāsanā vihāram paviņņho || || Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave ye āyatane veditabbe || Yattha cakkhu¤ca nirujjhati råpasa¤¤ā ca virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe || pe || Yattha jivhānirujjhati rasasa¤¤ā ca virajjati āyatane veditabbe || || Yattha mano ca nirujjhati dhammasa¤¤ā ca virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe || ko nu kho imassa Bhagavatā saīkhittena uddesassa uddiņņhassa vitthārena attham avibhittassa vitthāresna atthaü vibhajjeyyāti || || 7 Atha kho tesam bhikkhånam etad ahosi || Ayaü kho āyasmā ânando satthuceva saüvaõõito sambhāvito ca vi¤¤ånaü sabrahmacārãnaü || pahoti cāyasmā ânando imassa Bhagavatā saīkhittena uddesassa uddiņņhassa vitthārena attham avibhatassa vitthārena atthaü vibhajituü || Yaü nåna mayam yenāyasmā ânando tenupasaīkameyyāma || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam etam attham paņipucchayyāmāti || || 8 Atha kho te bhikkhå yenāyasmā ânando tenupasaīkamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā āyasmatā ânandena saddhiü sammodiüsu #<[page 099]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || sammodanãyaü kathaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisidiüsu || || 9 Ekam antaü nisinnā kho te bhikkhå āyasmantam ânandam etad avocuü || || Idaü kho no āvuso ânanda Bhagavā saīkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uņņhāyāsanā vihāram paviņņho || Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave ye āyatane veditabbe || yattha cakkhu¤ca nirujjhati råpasa¤¤ā ca nirujjhati || ye āyatane veditabbe || pe || yattha mano ca nirujjhati dhammasa¤¤ā ca nirujjhati ye āyatane veditabbe || ye āyatane veditabbe ti || || Tesaü no avuso amhākam acirapakkantassa Bhagavato etad ahosi || Idaü kho no āvuso Bhagavā sakhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uņņhāyāsanā vihāram paviņņho || Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave ye āyatane veditabbe || yattha cakkhu¤ca nirujjhati råpasa¤¤ā ca nirujjhati ye āyatane vaditabbe || pe || yattha mano ca nirujjati dhammasa¤¤ā ca nirujjati ye āyatane veditabbeti || Ko nu kho imassa Bhagavatā saīkhittena uddesassa uddiņņhassa || pe || vihārena atthaü vibhajjeyyāti || || Tesaü no āvuso amhākam etad ahosi || Ayaü kho āyasamā ânando satthu ceva saüvaõõito sambhāvito ca vi¤¤ånaü sabrahmacārãnaü || pahoti cāyasmā ânando imassa Bhagavatā saīkhittena uddesassa uddiņņhassa vitthārena attham avibhattassa vitthārena atthaü vibhajituü || || Yaü nåna mayaü yenāyasmā ânando tenupasaīkameyyāma || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam ânandam etam attham paņipuccheyyāmāti || vibhajatāyasmā ânando ti || || 10-11 Seyyathāpi āvuso puriso sāratthiko sāragavesã sārapariyesanaü caramāno mahato rukkhassa || la || vibhajatāyasmā ânando agaruü karitvāti || || 12 Tena āvuso suõātha sādhukam manasi karotha bhāsissāmãti || || #<[page 100]># %<100 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 117. 13>% Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhå āyasmato ânandassa paccassosuü || || 13 âyasmā ânando avoca || || Yaü kho avuso Bhagavā saīkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uņņhāyāsanā vihāram paviņņho || Tasmāti ha bhikkhave ye āyatane veditabbe || yattha cakkhu¤ca nirujjati råpasa¤¤ā ca virajjati || ye āyatane veditabbe || la || yattha mano ca nirujjhati dhammasa¤¤ā ca virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe || ye āyatane veditabbe ti || imassa khvāham āvuso Bhagavatā saīkhittena uddesassa uddiņņhassa vittharena attham avibhattassa evaü vitthārena attham ājānāmi || || Saëāyatananirodhaü kho āvuso Bhagavatā sandhāya bhāsitaü || tasmāti ha bhikkhave ye āyatane veditabbe || yattha cakkhu¤ca nirujjhati råpasa¤¤āca virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe || pe || yattha mano ca nirujjhati dhammasa¤¤ā ca virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe || ye āyatane veditabbe ti || || 14 Imassa khvāham āvuso Bhagavatā saīkhittena uddesassa uddiņņhassa vitthārena attham avibhattassa evam vitthārena attham ājānāmi || ākaīkhamānā ca pana tumhe āyasmanto Bhagavanta¤¤eva upasaīkamitvā etam attham paņipuccheyyātha || yathā vo Bhagavā vyākaroti tathā naü dhāreyyathā ti || || Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhå āyasmato ânandassa paņissutvā uņņhāyāsanā yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkamiüsu upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdimsu || || 15 Ekam antaü nisinnā kho te bhikkhå Bhagavantam etad avocuü || Yaü kho no bhante Bhagavā saīkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uņņhāyāsanā vihāram paviņņho || Tasmā tiha bhikkhave ye āyatane veditabbe || yattha cakkhu¤ca nirujjhati råpasa¤¤ā ca virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe || pe || yattha mano ca nirujjhati dhammasa¤¤ā ca virajjati ye āyatane veditabbe ye āyatane veditabbe ti || || Tesaü no bhante amhākam acirapakkantassa Bhagavato etad ahosi || Idaü kho no āvuso Bhagavā saīkhittena uddesam uddisitvā vitthārena attham avibhajitvā uņņhāyāsanā vihāram paviņņho #<[page 101]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || Tasmāti ha bhikkhave pe āyatane veditabbe || yattha cakkhu ca nirujjhati råpasa¤¤ā ca nirujjhati ye āyatane veditabbe || yattha mano ca nirujjhati dhammasa¤¤ā ca nirujjhati ye āyatane veditabbe ye āyatane veditabbe ti || || Ko nu kho imassa Bhagavatā saīkhittena uddesassa uddiņņhassa vitthārena attham avibhattassa vitthārena atthaü vibhajeyyāti || 16 Tesaü no bhante amhākam etad ahosi || ayaü kho āyasmā ânando satthu ceva saüvaõõito sambhāvito ca vi¤¤ånam sabrahmacārãnaü || pahoti cāyasmā ânando imassa Bhagavatā saīkhittena uddesassa uddiņņhassa vitthārena attham avibhattassa vitthārena atthaü vibhajitum || yannåna mayaü yenāyasmā ânando tenupasaīkameyyāma || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam ânandam etam attham paņipuccheyyāmāti || || 17 Atha kho mayam bhante yenāyasmā ânando tenupasaīkamimha || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam ânandam etam attham paņipucchimha || tesaü no bhante āyasmatā ânandena imehi ākārehi imehi padehi imehi vya¤janehi attho vibhatto ti || || Paõķito bhikkhave ânando mahāpa¤¤o bhikkhave ânando || ma¤ce pi tumhe bhikkhave etam attham paņipuccheyyātha aham pi tam evam eva vyākareyyaü yathā pi tam ânandena vyākatam || Eso ceva tassa attho eva¤ca naü dhāreyyāthāti || || #< SN_4,35(1).118 (5) Sakka># 1 Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjhakåņe pabbate || || 2 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam atthāsi || || 3 Ekam antaü ņhito kho Sakko devānam indo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme no parinibbāyanti #<[page 102]># %<102 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 118. 4>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || Ko pana bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme parinibbāyantãti || || 4 Santi kho devānam inda cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Ta¤ce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhati || tassa tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiņņhato tannissitaü vi¤¤āõaü hoti tadupādānaü || Saupādāno devānam inda bhikkhu no parinibbāyati || || 5-8 Santi kho devānam inda Sota- || Ghāna- || Jivhāvi¤¤eyya rasā- || gha || Kāya- || || 9 Santi kho devānam inda manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā-rajanãyā || || Ta¤ce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhati tassa tam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiņņhato tannissitaü vi¤¤āõaü hoti tadupādānaü || Saupādāno devānam inda bhikkhu no parinibbāyati || || 10 Ayaü kho devānam inda hetu ayam paccayo || yenam-idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme no parinibbāyanti || || 11-16 Santi ca kho devānam inda cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || || Ta¤ce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati na ajjhosāya tiņņhati || tassa tam anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiņņhato na taü nissitaü vi¤¤āõaü hoti na tadupādānam || Anupādāno devānaminda bhikkhu parinibbāyati || || Santi kho devānam inda jivhāvi¤¤eyyā rasā || la || Santi kho devānam inda manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā- -rajanãyā || || Ta¤ce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiņņhati || tassa tam anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiņņhato na taü nissitaü vi¤¤āõaü hoti na tadupādānam || Anupādāno devānam inda bhikkhu parinibbāyati || || 17 Ayaü kho devānam inda hetu ayam paccayo yenam-idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme parinibbāyantãti || || #<[page 103]># %% #< SN_4,35(1).119 (6) Pa¤casikha># 1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjhakåņe pabbate || 2 Atha kho Pa¤casikho Gandhabbaputto yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aņņhāsi || || 3 Ekam antam ņhito kho Pa¤casikho Gandhabbaputto Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme no paribbāyanti || ko pana bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme parinibbāyanti || || 4-16 Santi kho Pa¤casikha cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā || || (yathā purimakaü suttantaü vitthāretabbo) || || 17 Ayaü kho Pa¤casikha hetu ayam paccayo || yena-midhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme parinibbāyantãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).120 (7) Sāriputta># 1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā Sāriputto Sāvatthiyaü viharati Jetavane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || || 2 Atha kho a¤¤ataro bhikkhu yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmatā Sāriputtena saddhiü sammodi || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho so bhikkhu āyasmantaü Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Saddhivihāriko āvuso Sāriputta bhikkhu sikkham paccakkhāya hãnāyāvatto ti || || 4 Evam etam āvuso hoti indriyesu aguttadvārassa bhojane amatta¤¤åno jāgariyam ananuyuttassa || so vatāvuso bhikkhu indriyesu aguttadvāro bhojane amatta¤¤u jāgariyam ananuyutto yāvajãvam paripuõõam parisuddham brahmacariyaü santānessātãti netaü ņhānaü vijjati #<[page 104]># %<104 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 120. 5>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || 5 So vatāvuso bhikkhu indriyesu guttadvāro bhojane matta¤¤å jāgariyam anuyutto yāvajãvaü paripuõõam parisuddham brahmacariyam santānessatãti ņhānam etaü vijjati || 6 Kathaü cāvuso indriyesu guttadvāro hoti || || Idhāvuso bhikkhu cakkhunā råpaü disvā na nimittaggāhã hoti nānuvya¤janaggāhã || yatodhikaraõam enam cakkhundriyam asaüvutaü viharantam abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāsaveyyuü || tassa saüvarāya paņipajjati || rakkhati cakkhundriyaü cakkhundriye saüvaram āpajjati || || Sotena saddaü sutvā || || Ghānena gandhaü ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā || Kāyena poņņhabbam phusitvā || || Manasā dhammam vi¤¤āya na nimittaggāhã hoti nānuvya¤janaggāhã || yatodhikaraõam enam manindriyam asaüvutaü viharantaü abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāsaveyyuü || tassa saüvarāya paņipajjati || rakkhati manindriyaü manindriye saüvaram āpajjati || || Evaü kho āvuso indriyesu guttadvāro hoti || || 7 Kathaü cāvuso bhojane matta¤¤å hoti || || Idāvuso bhikkhu paņisaīkhāyoniso āhāram āhāreti || neva davāya na madāya na maõķanāya na vibhåsanāya yāvad eva imassa kāyassa ņhitiyā yāpanāya vihiüsuparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya iti purāõa¤ca vedanam paņihaīkhāmi nava¤ca vedanaü na uppādessāmi yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cā ti || || Evam kho āvuso bhojane matta¤¤å hoti || || 8 Kathaü cāvuso jāgariyam anuyutto hoti || || Idhāvuso bhikkhu divasaü caīkamena nisajjāya āvaraõãyehi dhammehi cittam parisodheti || rattiyā pathamaü yāmaü caīkamena nisajjāya āvaraõåyehi dhammehi cittam parisodheti #<[page 105]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || rattiyā majjhimaü yāmaü dakkhiõena passena sãhaseyyaü kappeti pāde pādam accādhāya sato sampajāno uņņhānasa¤¤am manasikaritvā || rattiyā pacchimaü yāmam paccuņņhāya caīkamena nisajjāya āvaraõãyehi dhammehi cittam parisodheti || || Evam kho āvuso jāgariyam anuyutto hoti || || 9 Tasmā ti āvuso evaü sikkhitabbam Indriyesu guttadvārā bhavissāma bhojane matta¤¤uno jāgariyam anuyuttā ti || || Evam hi te avuso sikkhitabbanti || || #< SN_4,35(1).121 (8) Rāhula># 1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaü viharati Jetavane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || || 2 Atha kho Bhagavato rahogatassa paņisallãnassa evaü cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Paripakkā kho Rāhulassa vimuttiparipācaniyā dhammā || yaü nånāham Rāhulam uttariü āsavānaü khaye vineyyanti || || 3 Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaõhasamayaü nivāsetvā pattacãvaram ādāya Sāvatthiyam piõķāya caritvā pacchābhattam piõķapātapatikkanto āyasmantaü Rāhulam āmantesi || || Gaõhāhi Rāhula nisãdanaü yenandhavanaü tenupasaīkamissāma divāvihārāyāti || || Evam bhante ti kho āyasmā Rāhulo Bhagavato paņissutvā nisãdanam ādāya Bhagavantam piņhito piņhito anubandhi || || 4 Tena kho pana samayena anekāni devatāsahassāni Bhagavantam anubandhāni bhavanti || || Ajja Bhagavā āyasmantaü Rāhulaü uttariü āsavānaü khaye vinessatãti || || 5 Atha kho Bhagavā Andhavanam ajjhogahetvā a¤¤atarasmiü rukkhamåle pa¤¤atte āsane nisãdi || āyasmā pi kho Rāhulo Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || #<[page 106]># %<106 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 121. 6>% Ekam antaü nisinnaü kho āyasmantaü Rāhulam Bhagavā etad avoca || || 6 Taü kim ma¤¤asi Rāhula || Cakkhuü niccaü vā aniccaü vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vāti || || Dukkham bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammaü kallaü nu taü samanupassitum Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || || No hetam bhante || || Råpā niccā vā aniccā vāti || || Aniccā bhante || ||pe|| || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü niccaü vā aniccaü vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || || Cakkhusamphasso nicco vā anicco vā ti || || Anicco bhante || || Yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedanāgatam sa¤¤āgataü saīkhāragatam vi¤¤āõagataü || tam pi niccaü vā aniccaü vāti || || Aniccam bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vāti || || Dukkham bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkham viparināmadhammaü kallaünu taü samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || || No hetam bhante || || 7-8 Sotam || || Ghānaü || || 9 Jivhā niccā vā aniccā vāti || Aniccā bhante || gha || Yam pidaü jivhā samphassapaccayā uppajjati vedanāgataü sa¤¤āgataü saīkhārāgataü vi¤¤āõagataü tampi niccaü vā aniccaü vāti || || Aniccam bhante || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammaü kallaünu taü samanupassituü Etaü mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || || No hetam bhante || || 10 Kāyo || || 11 Mano nicco vā anicco vāti || || Anicco bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vāti || || Dukkham bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõamadhammam kallaü nu taü samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti #<[page 107]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || No hetam bhante || || Dhammā niccā vā aniccā vāti || || Aniccā bhante || pe || || Manovi¤¤āõam || || Manosamphasso || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedanāgatam sa¤¤āgataü saīkhāragataü vi¤¤āõagatam || tam pi niccam vā aniccaü vāti || || Aniccam bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vāti || || Dukkham bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammam kallan nu taü samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || || No hetam bhante || || 12 Evam passaü Rāhula sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmimpi nibbindati råpesu pi nibbindati cakkhuvi¤¤āõe pi nibbindati cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati || yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedanāgataü sa¤¤āgataü saīkhāragataü vi¤¤āõagataü tasmim pi nibbindati || pa || Jivhāya pi- -nibbindati || || Kāyasmim pi nibbindati || Manasmim pi nibbindati dhammesu pi nibbindati manovi¤¤āõe pi nibbindati manosamphasse pi nibbindati || yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedanāgataü sa¤¤āgataü saīkhāragataü vi¤¤āõagatam || tasmim pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaü virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || Vimuttasmiü vimuttamiti ¤āõaü hoti || Khãnā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü kataü karaõãyam nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || 13 Idam avoca Bhagavā || attamano āyasmā Rāhulo Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinandi || imasmiü ca pana veyyākaraõasmiü bha¤¤amāne āyasmato Rāhulassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaü vimucci || anekānaü ca devatāsahassānaü virajaü vãtamalaü dhammacakkhuü udapādi || || Yaü ki¤ci samudayadhammaü sabbantaü nirodhadhammanti || || #< SN_4,35(1).122 (9) Saüyojanam># 1 Saüyojaniye ca bhikkhave dhamme desissāmi saüyojana¤ ca || tam suõātha || || #<[page 108]># %<108 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 122. 2>% 2 Katame ca bhikkhave saüyojaniyā dhammā katamaü saüyojanaü || || 3 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || ime vuccanti bhikkhave saüyojaniyā dhammā || || Yo tattha chandarāgo taü tattha saüyojanaü || || 4-7 Santi bhikkhave sotavi¤¤eyyā saddā || || Ghānavi¤¤eyyā gandhā || || Jivhāvi¤¤eyyā rasā || || Kāyavi¤¤eyyā poņņhabbā || || 8 Santi bhikkhave manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmåpasaühitā rajanãyā || ime vuccanti bhikkhave bhikkhave saüyojaniyā dhammā || || Yo tattha chandarāgo taü tattha saüyojanan ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).123 (10) Upādānam># 1 Upādāniye ca bhikkhave dhamme desissāmi upādāna¤ ca || tam suõātha || || 2 Katame ca bhikkhave upādāniyā dhammā katamam upādānaü || || 3-8 Santi bhikkhave- -ime vuccanti bhikkhave upādāniyā dhammā || || Yo tattha chandarāgo taü tattha upādānan ti || || Lokakāmaguõavaggo dutiyo || || Tassuddānam || || Mārapāsena dve vuttā || || Lokakāmaguõena ca || || Sakko Pa¤casikho ceva || Sāriputto ca Rāhulo || Saüyojanaü Upādānaü || || Vaggo tena pavuccatãti || || #<[page 109]># %% #< CHAPTER III GAHAPATIVAGGO TATIYO># #< SN_4,35(1).124 (1) Vesāli># 1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Vesāliyaü viharati Mahāvane Kuņāgārasālāyaü || || 2 Atha kho Uggo gahapati Vesāliko yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || pe || || 3 Ekam antam nisinno kho Uggo gahapati Vesāliko Bhagavantam etad avoca || || ko nu ko bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme no parinibbāyanti || ko pana bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme parinibbāyantãti || || 4-9 Santi kho gahapati cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā-saupādāno gahapati bhikkhu no parinibbāyati || || 10 Ayaü kho gahapati hetu ayam paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme no parinibbāyanti || || 11-16 Santi kho gahapati cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā rupā iņņhā-anupādāno gahapati bhikkhu parinibbāyati || || 17 Ayaü kho gahapati hetu ayam paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme parinibbāyantãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).125 (2) Vajji># 1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Vajjãsu viharati Hatthigāme || || 2 Atha kho Uggo gahapati Hatthigāmako yena Bhagavā || pe || || 3 Ekam antaü kho Uggo gahapati Hatthigāmako Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme no parinibbāyanti || || Ko pana bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhakacce sattā diņņheva dhamme parinibbāyantãti || || 4-16 Yathā purimasuttantam evaü vitthāretabbaü || pe || || #<[page 110]># %<110 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 125. 17>% 17 Ayaü kho gahapati hetu ayam paccayo || yena-midhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme parinibbāyantãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).126 (3) Nālanda># 1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Nālandāyaü viharati Pāvārikambavane || || 2 Atha kho Upāli gahapati yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || pe || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Upāli gahapati Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-midhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme no parinibbāyanti || || Ko pana bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme parinibbāyantãti || || 4-16 Yathā purimasuttantam evaü vitthāretabbaü || || 17 Ayaü kho gahapati hetu ayam paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme parinibbāyantãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).127 (4) Bhāradvāja># 1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā Piõķolabhāradvājo Kosambiyaü viharati Ghositārāme || || 2 Atha kho rājā Udeno yenāyasmā Piõķolabhāradvājo tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmatā Piõķolabhāradvājena saddhiü sammodi || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārānãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho rājā Udeno āyasmantam Piõķolabhāradvājaü etad avoca || || Ko nu kho Bhāradvāja hetu ko paccayo || yenime daharā bhikkhå suså kālakesā bhadrena yobbanena samannāgatā pathamena vayasā anikãlitāvino kāmesu yāvajãvam paripuõõam parisuddham brahmacariyaü caranti addhāna¤ca āpādentãti || || 4 Vuttaü kho etam Mahārāja tena Bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena || || Etha tumhe bhikkhave mātumattãsu mātucittam upaņņhapetha bhaginãmattãsu bhaginãcittam upaņņhapetha dhãtumattãsu dhãtucittam upaņņhapethāti #<[page 111]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Ayam pi kho Mahārāja hetu ayam paccayo yenime daharā bhikkhå suså kālakesā bhadrena yobbanena samannāgatā pathamena vayasā anikãëitāvino kāmesu yāvajãvam paripuõõam parisuddham brahmacariyaü caranti addhāna¤ca āpādentãti || || 5 Lolaü kho Bhāradvāja cittam appekadā mātumattãsu pi lobhadhammā uppajjanti bhaginãmattãsu pi lobhadhammā uppajjanti bhaginãmattãsu pi lobhadhammā uppajjanti || || Atthi nu kho Bharadvāja a¤¤o ca hetu a¤¤o ca paccayo || yenime daharā bhikkhå suså kālakesā || pe || addhāna¤ca āpādentãti || || 6 Vuttaü kho etam Mahārāja tena Bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena || || Etha tumhe bhikkhave imam eva kāyam uddham pādatalā adho kesamatthakā tacapariyantam påraü nānappakārassa asucino paccavekkhatha || atthi imasmiü kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco maüsaü nahārå aņņhã aņņhimi¤jā vakkaü hadayaü yakanaü kilomakam pihakam papphāsam antam antaguõam udariyaü karãsam pittam semham pubbo lohitam sedo medo assu vasā kheëo siīghāõikā lasikā muttanti || || Ayam pi kho Mahārāja hetu ayam paccayo yenime daharā bhikkhå suså kālakesā || pe || addhānam ca āpādenti || || 7 Ye te bho Bhāradvāja bhikkhå bhāvitakāyā bhāvitasãlā bhāvitacittā bhāvitapa¤¤ā tesaü taü sukaraü hoti || Ye ca kho te bho Bhāradvāja bhikkhå abhāvitakāyā abhāvitasãlā abhāvitacittā abhāvitapa¤¤ā tesaü taü dukkaraü hoti || || Appekadā bho Bhāradvāja asubhato manasi karissāmāti subhato va āgacchati || || Atthi nu kho Bhāradvāja a¤¤o ca kho hetu a¤¤o ca paccayo yenime daharā bhikkhå suså kālakesā #<[page 112]># %<112 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 127. 8>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || pe || addhānaü ca āpadentãti || || 8 Vuttaü kho etam Mahārāja tena Bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena || || Etha tumhe bhikkhave indriyesu guttadvārā viharatha || cakkhunā råpaü disvā mā nimittaggāhino ahuvattha mānuvya¤janaggāhino || yatvādhikaraõam enaü cakkhundriyam asaüvutam viharantam abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāsaveyyuü tassa saüvarāya paņipajjatha || rakkhatha cakkhundriyaü cakkhundriye saüvaram āpajjatha || || Sotena saddaü sutvā || || Ghānena gandhaü ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā || Kāyena phoņņhabbam phusitvā || Manasā dhammaü vi¤¤āya mā nimittagāhino ahuvattha mānuvya¤janaggāhino || yatvādhikaraõam enam manindriyam asaüvutaü viharantam abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāsaveyyuü || tassa {saüvarāya} paņipajjatha || rakkhatha manindriyam manindriye saüvaram āpajjathāti || || Ayaü kho Mahārāja hetu ayam paccayo yenime daharā bhikkhå suså kālakesā || pe || addhānaü ca āpādenãti || || 9 Acchariyam bho Bhāradvāja abbhutam bho Bhāradvāja yāva subhāsitaü cidam bho Bhāradvāja tena Bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena || Esa ceva bho Bhāradvāja hetu esa paccayo yenime daharā bhikkhå suså kāëakesā bhadrena yobbanena samannāgatā pathamena vayasā anikãëitāvino kāmesu yāvajãvam paripuõõam parisuddham brahmacariyaü caranti addhānaü ca āpādenti || || 10 Aham pi bho Bhāradvāja yasmiü samaye arakkhiteneva kāyena arakkhitāya vācāya arakkhitena cittena anupaņņhitāya satiyā asaüvutehi indriyehi antepuraü pavisāmi || ativiya maü tasmiü samaye lobhadhammā parisahanti || yasmi¤ca khvāham bho Bhāradvāja samaye rakkhiteneva kāyena rakkhitāya vācāya rakkhitena cittena upaņņhitāya satiyā saüvutehi indriyehi antepuram pavisāmi #<[page 113]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || na maü tathā tasmiü samaye lobhadhammā parisahanti || || 11 Abhikkantam bho Bhāradvāja abhikkantam bho Bhāradvāja || seyyathāpi bho Bharadvāja nikujjitaü vā ukkujjeyya paņicchannaü vā vivareyya måëhassa vā maggam ācikkheyya andakāre vā telapajjotaü dhāreyya cakkhumanto råpāni dakkhintãti || evam evam bhotā Bhāradvājena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito || || Esāham bho Bhāradvāja tam Bhagavantam saraõaü gacchāmi dhammaü cā bhikkhusaīghaü ca || upāsakam mam bhavaü Bhāradvājo dhāretu ajjatagge pāõupetaü saraõaü gatanti || || #< SN_4,35(1).128 (5) Soõo># 1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veëuvane Kalandakanivāpe || || 2 Atha kho Soõo gahapatiputto yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || pe || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Soõo gahapatiputto Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme no parinibbāyanti || ko pana hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme parinibbāyantãti || || Yathā purimasuttantam evaü vitthāretabbaü || || Ayaü kho Soõa hetu ayam paccayo || yena-m-idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme parinibbāyantãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).129 (6) Ghosita># 1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā ânando Kosambiyaü viharati Ghositārāme || || 2 Atha kho Ghosito gahapati yenāyasmā ânando tenupasaīkami || pe || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Ghosito gahapati āyasmantam ânandam etad avoca || || Dhātunānattaü dhātunānattanti bhante ânanda vuccati #<[page 114]># %<114 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 129. 4>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || kittāvatā nu kho bhante dhātunānattaü vuttam Bhagavatāti || || 4 Saüvijjati kho gahapati cakkhudhāturåpā ca manāpā cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü ca sukhavedaniyam phassam paņicca uppajjati sukhā vedanā || || Saüvijjati kho gahapati cakkhudhāturåpā ca amanāpā cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü ca dukkhavedaniyam phassam paņicca uppajjati dukkhā vedanā || || Saüvijjati kho gahapati cakkhudhāturåpā ca upekhāņņhāniyā cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü ca adukkhamasukhavedaniyam phassam paņicca uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā || || 5 Saüvijjati kho gahapati sotadhātu || || 6 Saüvijjati kho gahapati ghānadhātu || || 7 Saüvijjati kho gahapati jivhādhāturasā ca manāpā jivhāvi¤¤āõaü ca sukhavedaniyam phassam paņicca uppajjati sukhāvedanā || || {Saüvijjati} kho gahapati jivhādhāturasā ca amanāpā jivhāvi¤¤āõaü ca dukkhavedaniyam phassam paņicca uppajjati dukkhā vedanā || || {Saüvijjati} kho gahapati jivhādhāturasā ca upekhāņņhāniyā jivhāvi¤¤āõaü ca adukkhamasukhavedaniyam phassam paņicca uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā || || 8 Kāyadhātu || || 9 {Saüvijjati} kho gahapati manodhātudhammā ca amanāpā manovi¤¤āõam ca dukkhavedaniyam phassam paņicca uppajjati dukkhā vedanā || || Saüvijjati kho gahapati manodhātudhammā ca amanāpā manovi¤¤āõaü ca dukkhavedaniyam phassam paņicca uppajjati dukkhā vedanā || || Saüvijjati kho gahapati manodhātudhammā ca upekhāņņhāniyā manovi¤¤āõa¤ca adukkhamasukhavedaniyam phassam paņicca uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā || || 10 Ettāvatā kho gahapati dhātunānattaü vuttam Bhagavatāti || || #<[page 115]># %% #< SN_4,35(1).130 (7) Haliddako># 1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā Mahā-Kaccāno Avantãsu viharati Kuraraghare pavatte pabbate || || 2 Atha kho Hāliddikāni gahapati yenāyasmā MahāKaccāno tenupasaīkami || pe || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Hāliddikāni gahapati āyasmantam Mahā-Kaccānam etad evoca || || Vuttam idam bhante Bhagavatā Dhātunānattam paņicca uppajjati phassanānattam || phassanānattam paņicca uppajjati vedanānānattanti || || Kathaü nu kho bhante dhātunānattam paņicca uppajjati phassanānattaü || phassanānattam paņicca uppajjati vedanānānattanti || || 4 Idha gahapati bhikkhu cakkhunā råpaü disvā manāpam Itthetanti pajānāti cakkhuvi¤¤āõam sukhavedaniyam || sukhavedaniyam phassam paņicca uppajjati sukhā vedanā || || Cakkhunā ca kho paneva råpaü disvā amanāpam Itthetanti pajānāti cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü dukkhavedaniyaü || dukkhavedaniyam phassam paņicca uppajjati dukkhā vedanā || || Cakkhunā kho paneva råpam disvā upekhāņņhāniyaü Itthetanti pajānāti cakkhuvi¤¤āõam adukkhamasukhavedaniyaü || adukkhamasukhavedaniyam phassam paņicca uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā || || 5-9 Puna ca paraü gahapati sotena saddaü sutvā || || Ghānena gandham ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā || || Kāyena poņņhabbam phusitvā || Manasā dhammaü vi¤¤āya manāpaü Itthetanti pajānāti manovi¤¤āõaü sukhavedaniyaü #<[page 116]># %<116 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 130. 10>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || sukhavedaniyam phassam paņicca uppajjati sukhāvedanā || || Manasā kho paneva dhammaü vi¤¤āya amanāpam Itthetanti pajānāti manovi¤¤āõaü dukkhavedaniyaü || dukkhavedaniyam phassam paticca uppajjati dukkha vedanā || || Manasā kho paneva dhammaü vi¤¤āya upekhāņņhāniyaü Itthetanti pajānāti manovi¤¤āõam adukkhamasukhavedaniyaü || adukkhamasukhavedaniyam phassam paņicca uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā || || 10 Evaü kho gahapati dhātunānattam paņicca uppajjati phassanānattaü || phassanānattam paņicca uppajjati vedanānānattanti || || #< SN_4,35(1).131 (8) Nakulapitā># 1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Bhaggesu viharati Suüsumāragire Bhesakalāvane Migadāye || || 2 Atha kho Nakulapitā gahapati yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Nakulapitā gahapati Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo || yena-m-idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme na parinibbāyanti || || Ko pana bhante hetu ko pana paccayo yena-m-idhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme parinibbāyantãti || || 4-9 Santi kho gahapati cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā- || || 10 Ayam kho gahapati hetu ayam paccayo yena-midhekacce sattā diņņheva-dhamme no parinibbāyanti || || 11-16 Santi kho gahapati cakkhuvinneyyā råpā- || || 17 Ayam kho gahapati hetu ayam paccayo yena-midhekacce sattā diņņheva dhamme parinibbāyantãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).132 (9) Lohicco># 1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā Mahā-Kaccāno Avantãsu viharati Makkarakaņe ara¤¤e kuņikāyaü || || #<[page 117]># %% 2 Atha kho Lohiccassa brāhmaõassa sambahulā antevāsikā kaņņhahārakā māõavakā yenāyasmato Mahā-Kaccānassa ara¤¤akuņikā tenupasaīkamiüsu upasaīkamitvā parito parito kuņikāyam anucaīkamanti anuvicaranti uccāsaddā mahāsaddā kānici kānici selissakāni karonti || || Ime pana muõķakā samaõaka ibbhā kiõhā bandhupādāpaccā imesam bhāratakānaü sakkatā garukatā mānitā påjitā apacitāti || || 3 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kaccāno vihārā nikkhamitvā te māõavake etad avoca || || Mā vo māõavakā saddam akattha dhammaü vo bhāsissāmãti || || Evam vutte te māõavakā tuõhi ahesuü || || 4 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Kaccāno te māõavake gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || || Sãluttamā pubbatarā ahesuü || te brāhmaõā ye purāõaü saranti || guttāni dvārāni surakkhitāni || ahesuü tesaü abhibhuyya kodhaü || || Dhamme ca jhāne ca ratā ahesuü || te brāhmaõā ye purāõaü saranti || ime ca vokkamma jappāmaseti || gottena mattā visamam caranti || || Kodhābhibhåtā puthu-attadaõķā || virajjhamānā tasathāvaresu || aguttadvārassa bhavanti moghā || supineva laddham purisassa vittaü || || #<[page 118]># %<118 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 132. 5>% Anāsakā thaõķilasāyikā ca || pātho sināna¤ca tayo ca vedā || kharājinaü jaņāpaīko || mantā sãlabbataü tapo || || Kuhanā vaīkaü daõķā ca || udakā ca manāni ca || vaõõā ete brāhmaõānaü || katā ki¤cikkhabāvanā || || || Cittaü ca susamāhitaü || vippasannam anāvilaü || akhilaü sabbabhåtesu || so maggo brahmapattiyāti || || || 5 Atha kho te māõavakā kupitā anattamanā yena Lohicco brāhmaõo tenupasaīkamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā Lohiccam brāhmaõam etad avocuü || || Yagghe bhavaü jāneyya samaõo Mahā-Kaccāno brāhmaõānam mante ekaüsena apavadati paņikkosatãti || || Evaü vutte Lohicco brāhmaõo kupito ahosi anattamano || || 6 Atha kho Lohiccassa brāhmaõassa etad ahosi || || Na kho pana me tam patiråpaü yo ham a¤¤adatthu māõavakānaü yeva sutvā samaõam Mahā-Kaccānam akkoseyyaü paribhāseyyaü || yaü nånāham upasaīkamitvā puccheyyanti || || 7 Atha kho Lohicco brāhmaõo tehi mānavakehi saddhiü yenāyasmā Maha-Kaccāno tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmatā Mahā-Kaccanena saddhiü sammodi #<[page 119]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārānãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 8 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Lohicco brāhmaõo āyasmantam Mahā-Kaccānam etad avoca || || âgamaüsu nu khvidha bho Kaccāna amhākaü sambahulā antevāsikā kaņņhahārakā māõavakā ti || || âgamaüsu khvidha te brāhmaõa sambahulā antevāsikā kaņņhaharakā māõavakā ti || || Ahu pana bhoto Kaccānassa tehi māõavakehi saddhiü kocid eva kathāsallāpoti || || Ahu kho me brāhmaõa tehi māõavakehi saddhiü kocid eva kathāsallāpo ti || || Yathā katham pana bhoto Kaccānassa tehi mānavakehi saddhim ahosi kathāsallāpoti || || Evaü kho me brāhmaõa tehi māõavakehi saddhim ahosi kathāsallāpo || || Sãluttamā pubbatarā ahesuü te brāhmaõā ye purāõaü saranti || || pe || Akhilam sabbabhåtesu So maggo brahmapattiyā ti || || Evaü kho me brāhmaõa tehi māõavakehi saddhim ahosi kathāsallāpoti || || 9 Aguttadvāro ti bhavaü Kaccāno āha || Kittāvatā nu kho Kaccāna aguttadvāro hotãti || || 10 Idha brāhmaõa ekacco cakkhunā råpaü disvā piyaråpe råpe adhimuccati || appiyaråpe vyāpajjati || anupaņņhitāya satiyā ca viharati parittacetaso || ta¤ ca cetovimuttim pa¤¤āvimuttim yathābhåtaü nappajānāti #<[page 120]># %<120 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 132. 11>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || yathāssa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā na nirujjhanti || || 11-14 Sotena saddaü sutvā || || Ghānena gandham ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā || || Kāyena phoņņhabbam phusitvā || || 15 Manasā dhammaü vi¤¤āya piyaråpe dhamme adhimuccati || appiyaråpe dhamme vyāpajjati || anupaņņhitāya satiyā ca viharati parittacetaso || ta¤ca cetovimuttim pa¤¤āvimuttiü yathābhåtaü nappajānāti || yathāssa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā na nirujjhanti || || 16 Evaü kho brāhmaõa aguttadvāro hotãti || || 17 Acchariyam bho Kaccāna abbhutam bho Kaccāna yāva¤cidaü bhotā Kaccānena aguttadvāro va samāno aguttadvāro ti akkhāto || || Guttadvāro guttadvāro ti bhavaü Kaccāno āha || kittāvatā nu kho bho Kaccāna guttadvāro hotãti || || 18 Idha brāhmaõa bhikkhu cakkhunā råpaü disvā piyaråpe råpe nādhimuccati || apiyaråpe råpe na vyāpajjati || upaņņhitāya satiyā ca viharati appamāõacetaso || ta¤ca cetovimuttiü pa¤¤āvimuttiü yathābhåtam pajānāti || yathāssa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || || 19-22 Sotena saddam sutvā || || Ghānena gandham ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya rasam sāyitvā || || Kāyena phoņņhabbam phusitvā || || 23 Manasā dhammam vi¤¤āya piyaråpe dhamme nādhimuccati || appiyaråpe na vyāpajjati || upaņņhitāya satiyā ca viharati appamāõacetaso || ta¤ cetovimuttim pa¤¤āvimuttiü yathābhåtam pajānāti || yathāssa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || || 24 Evam kho brāhmaõa guttadvāro hotãti || || 25 Acchariyaü bho Kaccāna abbhutam bho Kaccāna yāva¤cidam bhotā Kaccānena guttadvāro ca samāno guttadvāro akkhāto #<[page 121]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Abhikkantam bho Kaccāna abhikkantam bho Kaccāna seyyathāpi bho Kaccāna nikujjitam vā ukkujjeyya paņicchannaü vā vivareyya måëhassa vā maggam ācikkheyya andhakāre vā telapajjotaü dhāreyya cakkhumanto råpāni dakkhintãti || evam eva bhotā Kaccānena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito || || Esāham bho Kaccāna tam Bhagavantam saraõaü gacchāmi dhamma¤ ca bhikkhusaīgha¤ca || Upāsakam mam bhavam Kaccāno dhāretu ajjatagge pāõupetaü saraõaü gataü || || Yathā ca bhavaü Kaccāno Makkarakaņe upāsakakulāni upasaīkamati || evam evaü Lohiccakulam upasaīkamatu || tattha ye māõavakā vā māõavikā vā bhavantaü Kaccānam abhivādessanti paccupaņņhissanti āsanaü vā udakaü vā dassanti tesaü tam bhavissati dãgharattaü hitāya sukhāyāti || || #< SN_4,35(1).133 (10) Verahaccāni># 1 Ekaü samayaü āyasmā Udāyã Kāmaõķāyaü vihārati Todeyyassa brāhmaõassa Ambavane || || 2 Atha kho Verahaccānigottāya brāhmaõiyā antevāsã maõavako yenāyasmā Udāyã tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmatā Udāyinā saddhiü sammodi || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinnaü kho taü māõavakam āyasmā Udāyã dhammiyā kathāya sandessesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaüsesi || || 4 Atha kho so māõavako āyasmatā Udāyinā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaüsito uņņhāyāsanā yena Verahaccānigottā brāhmaõã tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Verahaccānigottam brāhmaõim etad avoca || || Yagghe bhoti jāneyya samaõo Udāyã dhammaü deseti ādikalyāõam majjhekalyānaü pariyosānakalyānaü sātthaü savya¤janaü kevalaparipuõõam parisuddham brahmacariyam pakāsetãti #<[page 122]># %<122 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA {nu}[XXXV. 135. 5>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || 5 Tena hi tvam māõavaka mama vacanena samaõam Udāyiü nimantehi svātanāya bhattenāti || || Evam hotã ti kho so māõavako Verahaccānigottāya brāhmaõiyā patissutvā yenāyasmā Udāyã tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam Udāyim etad avoca || || Adhivāsetu kira bhavaü Udāyã amhākam ācariyabhariyāya Verahaccānigottāya brāhmaõiyā svātanāya bhattanti || || Adhivāsesi kho āyasmā Udāyi tuõhibhāvena || || 6 Atha kho āyasmā Udāyã tassā rattiyā accayena pubbanhasamayam nivāsetvā pattacãvaram ādāya yena Verahaccānigottāya brāhmaõiyā nivesanaü tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā pa¤¤atte āsane nisãdi || || 7 Atha kho Verahaccānigottā brāhmaõã āyasmantam Udāyiü paõitena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi || || 8 Atha kho Verahaccānigottā brāhmaõã āyasmantam Udāyim bhuttāviü oõitapattapāõiü pādukā ārohitvā ucce āsane nisãditvā sãsam oguõņhitvā āyasmantam Udāyim etad avoca || || Bhaõa samaõa dhammanti || || Bhavissati bhagini samayoti vatvā uņņhāyāsanā pakkāmi || || 9 Dutiyam pi kho so māõavako yenāyasmā Udāyã tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmatā Udāyinā saddhiü sammodi || sammodanãyaü katham sārāõãyam vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || Ekam antaü nisinnaü kho tam māõavakam āyasmā Udāyã dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaüsesi || || 10 Dutiyam pi kho so māõavako āyasmatā Udāyinā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaüsito uņņhāyāsanā yena Verahaccānigottā brāhmaõã tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Verahaccānigottam brāhmaõim etad avoca || || Yagghe bhoti jāneyya samaõo Udāyã dhammaü deseti ādikalyāõam majjhekalyāõam pariyosānakalyāõam sātthaü savya¤janaü kevalaparipuõõam parisuddham brahmacariyam pakāsetãti #<[page 123]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || 11 Evam eva pana tvam māõavaka samaõassa Udāyissa vaõõam bhāsasi || samaõo panudāyã Bhaõa samaõa dhammanti vutto samāno Bhavissati bhagini samayo ti vatvā uņņhāyāsanā vihāram pakkanto ti Tathā hi pana tvam bhoti pādukā ārohitvā ucce āsane nisãditvā sãsam oguõņhitvā etad avoca Bhaõa samaõa dhammanti || dhammagaruno hi te bhavanto dhammagāravāti || || 13 Tena tvam māõavaka mama vacanena samaõam Udāyim nimantehi svāyatanāya bhattenāti || || Evam bhotãti kho so māõavako Verahaccanigottāya brāhmaõiyā paņissutvā yenāyasmā Udāyã tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam Udāyim etad avoca || Adhivāsetu kira bhavaü Udāyi amhākam ācariyabhariyāya Verahaccānigottāya brāhmaõiyā svātanāya bhattanti || || Adhivāsesi kho āyasmā Udāyã tunhibhāvena || || 14 Atha kho āyasmā Udāyã tassā rattiyā accayena pubbanhasamayaü nivāsetvā pattacãvaram ādāya yena Verahaccānigottāya brāhmaõiyā nivesanaü tenupasaīkami || Upasaīkamitvā pa¤¤atte āsane nisãdi || || 15 Atha kho Verahaccānigottā brāhmaõã āyasmantam Udāyim paõitena khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi || || 16 Atha kho Verahaccānigottā brāhmaõã āyasmantam Udāyim bhuttāvim oõãtapattapāõim pādukā orohitvā nãce āsane nisãditvā sãsaü vivaritvā āyasmantam Udāyim etad avoca || Kisminnu kho bhante sati arahanto sukhadukkham pa¤¤āpenti kismim asati arahanto sukhadukkhaü na pa¤¤āpentãti || || 17 Cakkhusmiü kho bhagini sati arahanto sukhadukkham pa¤¤āpenti || Cakkhusmim asati arahanto sukhadukkhaü na pa¤¤apenti #<[page 124]># %<124 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 133. 18>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || la || Jivhāya sati arahanto sukhadukkham pa¤¤āpenti || jivhāya asati arahanto sukhadukkham na pa¤¤apenti || la || || Manasmiü sati arahanto sukhadukkham pa¤¤āpenti || manasmim asati arahanto sukhadukkham na pa¤¤āpentãti || || 18 Evaü vutte Verahaccānigottā brāhmaõã āyasmantam Udāyim etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bhante abhikkantam bhante || seyyathāpi bhante nikujjitaü vā ukkujjeyya paņicchannaü vā vivareyya måëhassa vā maggam ācikkheyya andhakāre vā telapajjotaü dhāreyya cakkhumanto råpāni dakkhintãti || evam eva ayyena Udāyinā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito || || Esāham ayya Udāyi tam Bhagavantaü saraõaü gacchāmi dhamma¤ca bhikkhusaīgha¤ca || upāsikam mam ayyo Udāyã dhāretu ajjatagge pāõupetaü saraõaü gatanti || || Gahapativaggo tatiyo || Tassuddānam || || Vesālã Vajji Nāëandā || Bhāradvāja Sono ca Ghosito || Hālindako Nakulapitā || Lohicco Verahaccānãti || || #< CHAPTER IV DEVADAHAVAGGO CATUTTHO># #< SN_4,35(1).134 (1) Devadahakhaõo># 1 Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Devadahannāma Sakkānam nigame || || 2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhå āmantesi || || Nāham bhikkhave sabbesa¤¤eva bhikkhånaü chasu phassāyatanesu appamādena karaõãyanti vadāmi #<[page 125]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || Na ca panāham bhikkhave sabbesa¤¤eva bhikkhånaü chasu phassāyatanesu nāppamādena karaõãyanti vadāmi || || 3 Ye te bhikkhave bhikkhå arahanto khãõāsavā vusitavanto katakaraõãyā ohitabhārā anuppattasadatthā parikkhiõabhavasaüyojanā sammada¤¤ā vimuttā || tesāham bhikkhave bhikkhånaü chasu phassāyatanesu nāppamādena karaõãyanti vadāmi || || Taü kissa hetu || || 4 Kataü tesam appamādena || abhabbā te pamajjituü || || 5 Ye ca kho te bhikkhave bhikkhå sekhā appattamānasā anuttaraü yogakkhemam patthayamānā viharanti || tesāham bhikkhave bhikkhånaü chasu phassāyatanesu appamādena karaõãyanti vadāmi || || Taü kissa hetu || || 6 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā manoramā pi amanoramā pi || tyāssa phussaphussa cittaü na pariyādāya tiņņhanti || cetaso apariyādānā āraddhaü hoti viriyam asallãnaü || upaņņhitā sati asammuņņhā || passaddho kāyo asāraddho || samāhitaü cittam ekaggaü || || Imaü khvāham bhikkhave appamādaphalaü sampassamāno tesam bhikkhånaü chasu phassāyatanesu appamādena karaõãyanti vadāmi || || 7,8,9,10 Pe || Santi bhikkhave jivhā- kāya- || || 11 Santi bhikkhave manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā manoramā pi amanoramā pi || tyāssa phussaphussa cittaü na pariyādāya tiņņhanti || cetaso apariyādānā āraddhaü hoti viriyam asallãnaü || upaņņhitā sati asammuņņhā || passaddho kāyo asāraddho || samāhitaü cittam ekaggaü || || Imam khvāham bhikkhave appamādaphalam sampassamāno tesam bhikkhånam chasu phassāyatanesu appamādena karaõãyanti vadāmãti || || #<[page 126]># %<126 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 135. 2>% #< SN_4,35(1).135 (2) Saīgayha># 2 Lābhā vo bhikkhave suladdhaü vo bhikkhave khaõo vo paņiladdho brahmacariyavāsāya || || 3 Diņņhā mayā bhikkhave cha phassāyatanikā nāma nirayā || || Tattha yaü ki¤ci cakkhunā råpam passati || aniņņharåpa¤¤eva passati no iņņharåpaü || akantaråpa¤¤eva passati no kantaråpaü || amanāparåpa¤¤eva passati no manāparåpaü || || Yaü ki¤ci sotena saddaü suõāti || || Yaü ki¤ci ghānena gandhaü ghāyati || || Yaü ki¤ci jivhāya rasaü sāyati || || Yaü ki¤ci kāyena phoņņhabbam phusati || || Yaü ki¤ci manasā dhammam vijānāti || aniņņharåpa¤¤e va vijānāti no iņņharåpaü || akantaråpa¤¤eva vijānāti no kantaråpaü || amanāparåpa¤¤eva vijānāti no manāparåpaü || || Lābhā vo bhikkhave suladdhaü vo bhikkhave khaõo vo paņiladdho brahmacariyavāsāya || || 4 Diņņhā mayā bhikkhave cha phassāyatanikā nāma saggā || || Tattha yaü ki¤ci cakkhunā råpaü passati || iņņharåpa¤¤eva passati no aniņņharåpaü || kantaråpa¤¤eva passati no akantaråpaü || manāparåpa¤¤eva passati no amanāparåpaü || gha || Yam ki¤ci jivhāya sāyati || la || || Yaü ki¤ci manasā dhammaü vijānāti || iņņharåpa¤¤eva vijānāti no aniņņharåpaü || kantaråpa¤¤eva vijānāti no akantaråpaü || manāparåpa¤¤eva vijānāti no amānaråpaü || || Lābhā vo bhikkhave suladdhaü vo bhikkhave khaõo vo paņiladdho brahmacariyavāsāyāti || || #< SN_4,35(1).136 (3) Agayha># 2 Råpārāmā bhikkhave devamanussā råpasamuditā || råpavipariõāmavirāganirodhā dukkhaü bhikkhave devamanussā viharanti || || Saddārāmā || || Gandhārāmā || || Rasārāmā || || Phoņņhabbārāmā || Dhammārāmā bhikkhave devamanussā dhammaratā dhammasamuditā #<[page 127]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || dhammavipariõāmavirāganirodhā dukkhaü bhikkhave devamanussā viharanti || || 3 Tathāgato ca kho bhikkhave arahaü sammāsambuddho råpānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca assāda¤ca ādãnava¤ca nissaraõa¤ca yathābhåtaü viditvā na råpārāmo na råparato na råpasamudito || råpavipariõāmavirāganirodhā sukhaü bhikkhave Tathāgato viharati || || Saddānaü || || Gandhānaü || || Rasānaü || || Phoņņhabbānaü || || Dhammānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca assāda¤ca ādãnava¤ca nissaraõa¤ca yathābhåtaü viditvā na dhammārāmo na dhammarato na dhammasamudito dhammavipariõāmavirāganirodhā sukhobhikkhave tathāgato viharatãti || || 4 Idam avoca Bhagavā || idaü vatvā Sugato athāparam pi etad avoca satthā || || Råpā saddā gandhā rasā || phassā dhammā ca kevalā || || iņņhā kantā manāpā ca || yāvatatthãti vuccati || || Sadevakassa lokassa || ete vo sukhasammatā || Yattha cete nirujjhanti || taü tesaü dukkhasammataü || || Sukhaü diņņham ariyehi || sakkā yassa nirodhanaü || paccanãkam idaü hoti || sabbalokena dassanam || || Yam pare sukhato āhu || tad ariyā āhu dukkhato || yam pare dukkhato āhu || tad ariyā sukhato vidå || || Phassadhammaü durājānaü || sammuëhettha aviddasu || nivutānaü tamo hoti || andhakāro apassataü || || #<[page 128]># %<128 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 136. 5>% Sata¤ca vivaņaü hoti || āloko passatam idha || santikena vijānanti || mahādhammassa kovidā || || Bhavarāgaparetehi || bhavasotānusāribhi || Māradheyyānupannehi || nāyam dhammo susambud dho || || Ko nu a¤¤atra-m-ariyehi || padaü sambuddham arahati || Yam padaü sammada¤¤āya || parinibbanti anāsavāti ||8 || 5 Råpārāmā bhikkhave devamanussā råparatā råpasamuditā || råpaviparināmavirāganirodhā dukkhā bhikkhave devamanussā viharanti || || Saddārāmā || || Gandhārāmā || || Rasārāmā || || Phoņņhabbārāmā || || Dhammārāmā bhikkhave devamanussā dhammaratā dhammasamuditā || dhammapariõāmavirāganirodhā dukkhā bhikkhave devamanussā viharanti || || 6 Tathāgato ca bhikkhave arahaü sammāsambuddho råpānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca assāda¤ca ādinava¤ca nissaraõa¤ca yathābhåtaü viditvā na råpārāmo na råparato na råpasamudito || råpavipariõāmavirāganirodhā sukho bhikkhave tathāgato viharati || || Saddānaü || || Gandhānam || || Rasānaü || || Phoņņhabbānaü || || Dhammānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca assāda¤ca ādãnava¤ca nissaraõa¤ca yathābhåtaü viditvā na dhammārāmo na dhammarato na dhammasamudito || dhammavipariõāmavirāganirodhā sukho bhikkhave Tathāgato viharatãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).137 (4) Palāsinā1># 2 Yam bhikkhave na tumhākaü tam pajahatha || taü vo pahãnam hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Ki¤ca bhikkhave na tumhākam || || 3-8 Cakkhum bhikkhave na tumhākaü tam pajahatha || taü vo pahãnaü hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || la || || Jivhā na tumhākam tam pajahatha #<[page 129]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || sā vo pahãnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || la || || Mano na tumhākaü tam pajahatha || So vo pahãno hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || 9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave yam imasmiü Jetavane tiõakaņņhasākhāpalāsam taü jano hareyya vā ķaheyya vā yathāpaccayaü vā kareyya api nu tumhākam evam assa Amhe jano harati vā ķahati vā yathāpaccayam vā karotãti || || No hetam bhante || || Tam kissa hetu || || Na hi no etam bhante attā vā attaniyaü vā ti || || 10 Evam eva vo kho bhikkhave cakkhuü na tumhākaü tam pajahatha || taü vo pahãnaü hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || Sotaü || || Ghānaü || Jivhā || pe || Mano na tumhākaü tam pajahatha || so vo pahãno hitāya sukhāya bhavissatãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).138 (5) Palāsinā2># 2 Yam bhikkhave na tumhākaü tam pajahatha || taü vo pahãnaü hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || || Ki¤ca bhikkhave na tumhākam || || 3-8 Råpā bhikkhave na tumhākaü te pajahatha || te vo pahãnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissanti || || Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || || Dhammā na tumhākaü te pajahatha || || te vo pahãnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissanti || || 9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave yam imasmiü Jetavane tiõakaņņhaü || la || 10 Evam eva kho bhikkhave råpā na tumhākaü te pajahatha || te vo pahãnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissanti || || Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || || Dhammā na tumhākaü te pajahatha || te vo pahãnā hitāya sukhāya bhavissantãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).139 (6) Hetunā ajjhatta1># 3 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaü || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo cakkhussa uppādāya so pi anicco || aniccasambhåtam bhikkhave cakkhuü kuto niccam bhavissati || || #<[page 130]># %<130 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 139. 4>% 4-5 Sotaü || || Ghānaü || || 6-7 Jivhā aniccā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo jivhāya uppādāya so pi anicco || aniccasambhåtā bhikkhave jivhā kuto niccā bhavissati || la || || 8 Mano anicco || yo pi bhikkhave hetu yo pi paccayo manassa uppādāya so pi anicco || aniccasambhåto bhikkhave mano kuto nicco bhavissati || || 9 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || la || || Jivhāya pi nibbindati || la || || Manasmim pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaü virajjati || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).140 (7) Hetunā ajjhatta2># 3-5 Cakkhum bhikkhave dukkhaü || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo cakkhussa uppādāya so pi dukkho || dukkhasambhåtam bhikkhave cakkhuü kuto sukham bhavissati || || Sotaü || || Ghānaü || || 6-7 Jivhā dukkhā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo jivhāya uppādāya kuto sukhā bhavissati || || Kāyo || pe || || 8 Mano dukkho || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo manassa uppādāya so pi dukkho || dukkhasambhåto bhikkhave mano kuto sukho bhavissati || || 9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).141 (8) Hetunā ajjhatta3># 3-5 Cakkhum bhikkhave anattā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo cakkhussa uppādāya so pi anattā || anattasambhåtam bhikkhave cakkhuü kuto attā bhavissati || || la || || 6-7 Jivhā anattā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo jivhāya uppādāya so pi anattā || anattasambhåtā bhikkhave jivhā kuto attā bhavissati || || Kāyo || || 8 Mano anattā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo manassa uppādāya so pi anattā #<[page 131]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || anattasambhåto bhikkhave mano kuto attā bhavissati || || 9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).142 (9) Hetunā bāhira1># 3 Råpā bhikkhave aniccā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo råpānam uppādāya so pi anicco || aniccasambhåtā bhikkhave råpā kuto niccā bhavissanti || || 4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Poņņhabbā || || 8 Dhammā aniccā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo dhammānam uppādaya so pi anicco || aniccasambhåtā bhikkhave dhammā kuto niccā bhavissanti || || 9 Evam passam || la || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).143 (10) Hetunā bāhira2># 3 Råpā bhikkhave dukkhā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo rupānam uppādāya so pi dukkho || dukkhasambhåtā bhikkhave råpā kuto sukhā bhavissanti || || 4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || || 8 Dhammā dukkhā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo dhammānam uppādāya so pi dukkho || dukkhasambhåtā bhikkhave dhammā kuto sukhā bhavissanti || || 9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).144 (11) Hetunā bāhira3># 3 Råpā bhikkhave anattā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo rupānam uppādāya so pi anattā || anattasambhåtā bhikkhave råpā kuto attā bhavissanti || || 4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || || 8 Dhammā anattā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo dhammānam uppādāya so pi anattā || anattasambhåtā bhikkhave dhammā kuto attā bhavissanti || || #<[page 132]># %<132 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 144. 9>% 9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || Devadahavaggo catuttho || Tassuddānaü || || Devadahakhaõo Saīgayha || Agayha dve honti Palāsinā || Hetunā pi tayo vuttā || || Duve ajjhatta-bāhirāti || || #< CHAPTER V NAVAPURâöAVAGGO PAĨCAMO># #< SN_4,35(1).145 (1) Kammam># 2 Navapurāõāni bhikkhave kammāni desissāmi kammanirodham kammanirodhagāmini¤ca paņipadaü || tam suõātha sādhukam manasikarotha bhāsissāmãti || || 3 Katamam bhikkhave purāõakammaü || || Cakkhum bhikkhave purāõakammam abhisaīkhatam abhisa¤cetayitaü vedaniyaü daņņhabbam || pa || Jivhā purāõakammam abhisaīkhatā abhisa¤cetayitā vedaniyā daņņhabbā || la || Mano purāõakammaü abhisaīkhato abhisa¤cetayito vedaniyo daņņhabbo || || Idaü vuccati bhikkhave purāõakammaü || || 4 Katama¤ca bhikkhave navakammaü || || Yaü kho bhikkhave etarahi kammaü karoti kāyena vācāya manasā idam vuccati bhikkhave navakammaü || || 5 Katamo ca bhikkhave kammanirodho || || Yo kho bhikkhave kāyakammavacãkamma manokammassa nirodhā vimuttiü phusati #<[page 133]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave kammanirodho || || 6 Katamā ca bhikkhave kammanirodhagāminã paņipadā || || Ayam eva ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo seyyathãdam sammādiņņhi sammāsaīkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājãvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi || || Ayaü vuccati bhikkhave kammanirodhagāminã paņipadā || || 7 Iti kho bhikkhave desitaü vo mayā purāõakammaü || desitaü navakammaü || desito kammanirodho || desitā kammanirodhagāminã paņipadā || || 8 Yaü kho bhikkhave satthārā karaõãyaü sāvakānaü hitesinā anukampakena anukampam upādāya kataü vo tam mayā || || 9 Etāni bhikkhave rukkhamålāni etāni su¤¤āgārāni jhāyatha bhikkhave mā pamādattha mā pacchāvippatisārino ahuvattha || || Ayaü vo amhākam anusāsanãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).146 (2) Sappāya1># 2 Nibbānasappāyaü vo bhikkhave paņipadaü dessissāmi || taü sunātha || pa || || katamā ca sā bhikkhave nibbānasappāyā paņipadā || || 3 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu Cakkhum aniccanti passati || Råpā aniccāti passati || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam aniccanti passati || Cakkhusamphasso aniccoti passati || Yam pidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā passati || tam pi Aniccanti passati || || 4-5 Sotaü || || Ghānaü || || 6-7 Jivhā aniccāti passati || Rasā aniccāti passati || Jivhāvi¤¤āõam aniccanti passati || Jivhāsamphasso aniccoti passati #<[page 134]># %<134 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 146. 8>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || Yam pidaü jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam pi Aniccanti passati || || Kāyo || || 8 Mano aniccoti passati || Dhammā aniccāti passati || Manovi¤¤āõam aniccanti passati || Manosamphasso aniccoti passati || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam pi aniccanti passati || || 9 Ayam kho sā bhikkhave nibbānasappāyā paņipadāti || || #< SN_4,35(1).147 (3) Sappāya2># 2 Nibbānasappāyaü vo bhikkhave paņipadaü desissāmi || tam suõātha || pa || || katamā ca sā bhikkhave nibbānasappāyāpaņipadā || || 3 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu Cakkhuü dukkhanti passati || Råpā dukkhāti passati || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü dukkhanti passati || Cakkhusamphasso dukkhoti passati || Yam pidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā tam pi dukkhanti passati || || 4-7 Sotaü || || Ghānam || || Jivhā dukkhā ti passati || || la || || 8 Mano dukkhoti || Dhammā dukkhā ti || Manovi¤¤ānaü || Manosamphasso || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam pi Dukkhanti passati || || 9 Ayaü kho sā bhikkhave sappāyā paņipadāti || || #< SN_4,35(1).148 (4) Sappāya3># 2 Nibbānasappāyaü vo bhikkhave paņipadaü desissāmi || taü sunātha || la || Katamā ca sā bhikkhave nibbānasappāyā paņipadā || || 3 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu Cakkhum anattā ti passati || Råpā anattā ti passati || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam anattāti passati || Cakkhusamphasso anattā ti passati || Yam pidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü #<[page 135]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || tampi Anattā ti passati || || 4-7 Sotaü || || Ghānaü || || Jivhā anattāti passati || || Kāyo || || 8 Mano anattāti passati || Dhammā anattāti passati || Manovi¤¤āõaü || Manosamphasso || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhum asukhaü vā tam pi anattāti passati || || 9 Ayaü kho sā bhikkhave nibbānasappāyā paņipadāti || || #< SN_4,35(1).149 (5) Sappāya4># 2 Nibbānasappāyaü vo bhikkhave paņipadaü desissāmi || taü suõātha || la || || Katamā ca sā bhikkhave nibbānasappāyā patipadā || || 3 Taü kim ma¤¤atha bhikkhave || cakkhuü niccaü vā aniccaü vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || || Yam panāniccam dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vā ti || || Dukkham bhante || || Yam panāniccam dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammaü kallaü nu tam samanupassitum Etam mama eso hamasmi eso me attāti || || No hetam bhante || || Rupā niccā vā aniccā vāti || || Aniccā bhante || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam || Cakkhusamphasso || la || Yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam pi niccaü vā aniccaü vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammaü kallaü nu tam samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || || No hetam bhante - Sotam || || Ghānam || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || || Mano || || 9 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati råpesu pi nibbindati cakkhuvi¤¤āõe pi nibbindati || Cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati || pe || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tasmim nibbindati #<[page 136]># %<136 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 149. 10>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || nibbindaü virajjati || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || 10 Ayaü kho sā bhikkhave nibbānasappāyā paņipadā ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).150 (6) Antevasi># 3 Anantevāsikam idam bhikkhave brahmacariyaü vussati anācariyakaü || || 4 Santevāsiko bhikkhave bhikkhu sācariyako dukkhaü na phāsuü viharati || Anantevāsiko bhikkhave bhikkhu anācariyako sukham phāsuü viharati || || 5 Kathaü ca bhikkhave bhikkhu santevāsiko sācariyako dukkhaü na phāsuü viharati || || 6 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhuno cakkhunā råpaü disvā uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaīkappā sa¤¤ojaniyā tyassa antovasanti antassa vasanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā ti || tasmā Santevāsiko ti vuccati || || Te naü samudācaranti || samudācaranti nam pāpakā akusalā dhammā ti || tasmā Sācariyako ti vuccati || la || || 7-8 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno sotena saddaü sutvā || ghānena gandhaü ghāyitvā || || 9-10 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaīkappā sa¤¤ojaniyā || pe || || Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno kāyena phoņņhabbam phusitvā || || 11 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno manasā dhammam vi¤¤āya uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaīkappā sa¤¤ojaniyā || tyassa antovasanti antassa vasanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā #<[page 137]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || tasmā Santevāsiko ti vuccati || te naü samudācaranti samudācaranti nam pāpakā akusalā dhammā ti tasmā Sācariyako ti vuccati || || 12 Evaü kho bhikkhave bhikkhu santevāsiko sācariyako dukkhaü na phāsuü viharati || || 13 Kathaü ca bhikkhave bhikkhu anantevāsiko anācariyako sukham phāsuü viharati || || 14 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhuno cakkhunā råpaü disvā na uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaīkappā sa¤¤ojaniyā || tyassa na antovasanti nāssa antovasanti pāpakā akusalā dhammāti tasmā Antevāsiko ti vuccati || || Te na naü samudācaranti na samudācaranti nam pāpakā akusalā dhammā ti tasmā Anācariyako ti vuccati || || 15-18 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno sotena saddaü sutvā || || Ghānena gandhaü ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā || || Kāyena poņņhabbam phusitvā || || 19 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhuno manasā dhammaü vi¤¤āya nuppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaīkappā sa¤¤ojaniyā tyassa na antovasanti nassa antovasanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā ti tasmā Anantevāsiko ti vuccati || || Te na naü samudācaranti na samudācaranti nam pāpakā akusalā dhammāti tasmā Anācariyako ti vuccati || || 20 Evaü kho bhikkhave bhikkhu anantevāsiko anācariyako sukham phāsuü viharati || || Anantevāsikam idam bhikkhave brahmacariyaü vuccati anācariyakaü || || #<[page 138]># %<138 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 150. 21>% 21 Santevāsiko bhikkhave bhikkhu sācariyako dukkhaü na phāsuü viharati || anantevāsiko bhikkhave bhikkhu anācariyako sukham phāsuü viharatãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).151 (7) Kimatthiya># 3 Sace vo bhikkhave a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā evam puccheyyuü || Kim atthi yam āvuso samaõe Gotame brahmacariyaü vussatãti || evam puņņhā tumhe bhikkhave tesam a¤¤atitthiyānam paribbājakānam evaü vyākareyyātha || || 4 Dukkhassa kho āvuso yassa pari¤¤āya Bhagavati brahmacariyaü vussatãti || || 5 Sace pana vo bhikkhave a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā evam puccheyyuü || || Katamam pana tam avuso dukkham yassa pari¤¤āya samaõe Gotame brahmacariyaü vussatãti || evam puņņhā tumhe bhikkhave tesam a¤¤atitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam vyākareyyātha || || 6-11 Cakkhuü kho āvuso dukkhaü tassa pari¤¤āya Bhagavati brahmacariyaü vussati || Råpā dukkhā tesam pari¤¤āya brahmacariyaü vussati || Cakkhusamphasso dukkho tassa pari¤¤āya Bhagavati brahmacariyaü vussati || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā adukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā tam pi dukkhaü || tassa pari¤¤āya Bhagavati brahmacariyaü vussati || || 12 Idaü kho āvuso dukkhaü yassa pari¤¤āya Bhagavati brahmacariyaü vussatãti || || 13 Evam puņņhā tumhe bhikkhave tesam a¤¤atitthiyānam paribbājakānam evaü vyākareyyāthāti || || #< SN_4,35(1).152 (8) Atthi nu kho pariyāyo># 3 Atthi nu kho bhikkhave pariyāyo || yam pariyāyam āgamma bhikkhu a¤¤atreva saddhāya a¤¤atra ruciyā a¤¤atrānussavā a¤¤atrākāraparivitakkā a¤¤atra diņņhinijjhānakhantiyā a¤¤am vyākareyya #<[page 139]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || Khãnā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü kataü karaõãyaü nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātã ti || || 4 Bhagavammålakā no bhante dhammā || pe || || 5 Atthi bhikkhave pariyāyo || yam pariyāyam āgamma bhikkhu a¤¤atreva saddhāya a¤¤atra diņņhinijjhānakhantiyā a¤¤aü vyākareyya || Khãnā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü kataü karaõãyam nāparam itthattāyā ti pajanātãti || || 6 Katamo ca bhikkhave pariyāyo || yam pariyāyam āgamma bhikkhu a¤¤atreva saddhāya || pe || a¤¤atra diņņhinijjhānakhantiyā a¤¤aü vyākaroti Khiõā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || 7 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhunā råpaü disvā santam vā ajjhattaü rāgadosamohaü Atthi me ajjhattaü rāgadosamohoti pajānāti || asantam vā ajjhattaü rāgadosamohaü Natthi me ajjhattam rāgadosamohoti pajānāti || || Yantam bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhunā råpam disvā santam vā ajjhattaü rāgadosamohaü Atthi me ajjhattaü rāgadosamohoti pajānāti || asantaü vā ajjhattam rāgadosamohaü Natthi me ajjhattaü rāgadosamohoti pajānāti || api nu me bhikkhave dhammā saddhāya vā veditabbā ruciyā vā veditabbā anussavena vā veditabbā ākāraparivitakkena vā veditabbā diņņhinijjhānakhantiyā vā veditabbā ti || || No hetam bhante || || Nanu me bhikkhave dhammā pa¤¤āya disvā veditabbā ti || || Evam bhante || || Ayaü kho bhikkhave pariyāyo || yam pariyāyam āgamma bhikkhu a¤¤atreva saddhāya a¤¤atra ruciyā a¤¤atrānussavā a¤¤atrākāraparivitakkā a¤¤atradiņņhinijjhānakhantiyā a¤¤aü vyākaroti Khãõā jati vusitam brahmacariyaü kataü karaõãyaü nāparam itthattāyā ti pajānāti || || 8-11 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhu sotena saddaü sutvā || pe || Ghānena gandhaü ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā || || Kāyena poņņhabbam phusitvā || || #<[page 140]># %<140 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 152. 12>% 12 Puna ca param bhikkhave bhikkhu manasā dhammaü vi¤¤āya santaü vā ajjhattam rāgadosamoham. Atthi me ajjhattaü rāgadosamohoti pajānāti || asantaü vā ajjhattaü rāgadosamohaü Natthi me ajjhattam rāgadosamoho ti pajānāti || || Yam tam bhikkhave bhikkhu manasā dhammaü vi¤¤āya santaü vā ajjhattam rāgadosamohaü Atthi me ajjhattaü rāgadosamohoti pajānāti || asantaü vā ajjhattaü rāgadosamohaü Natthi me ajjhattam rāgadosamoho ti pajānāti || api nu me bhikkhave dhammā saddhāya vā veditabbā || pe || diņņhinijjhānakhantiyā vā veditabbāti || || No hetam bhante || || Nanu me bhikkhave dhammā pa¤¤āya disvā veditabbāti || || Evam bhante || || 13 Ayam pi kho bhikkhave pariyāyo || yam pariyāyam āgamma bhikkhu a¤¤atreva saddhāya a¤¤atra ruciyā a¤¤atrānussavā a¤¤atrākāraparivitakkā a¤¤atra diņņhinijjhānakhantiyā a¤¤aü vyākaroti || Khãõā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü kataü karaõãyaü nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).153 (9) Indriya># 2 Atha kho a¤¤ataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || pe || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || Indriyasampanno indriyasampanno ti vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante indriyasampanno hotãti || || 4 Cakkhundriye ce bhikkhu udayavyayānupassã viharanto cakkhundriye nibbindati || Sotindriye || Ghānindriye || Jivhindriye || Kāyindriye || Manindriye ce bhikkhu udayavyayānupassã viharanto manindriye nibbindati || nibbindaü virajjati || la || Vimutasmi vimuttamhãti ¤ānaü hoti || Khãnā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü || kataü karaõãyaü nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti || || 5 Ettāvatā kho bhikkhu indriyasampannoti || || #<[page 141]># %% #< SN_4,35(1).154 (10) Kathika># 2 Atha kho a¤¤ataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || pe || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Dhammakathiko dhammakathiko ti bhante vuccati kittāvatā nu kho bhante dhammakathiko hotãti || || 4 Cakkhussa ce bhikkhu nibbindāya virāgāya nirodhāya dhammaü deseti || Dhammakathiko bhikkhåti alaü vacanāya || || Cakkhussa ce bhikkhu nibbindāya virāgāya nirodhāya paņipanno hoti || Dhammānudhammapaņipanno bhikkhåti alaü vacanāya || || Cakkhussa ce bhikkhu nibbindā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti || Diņņhadhammanibbānappatto bhikkhåti alaü vacanāya || || 5-8 Sotam || || Ghānaü || || Jivhā || || Kāya || || 9 Manassa ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya dhammaü deseti || Dhammakathiko bhikkhåti alaü vacanāya || || Manassa ce bhikkhu nibbindāya virāgāya nirodhāya paņipanno hoti || Dhammānudhammapaņipanno bhikkhåti alaü vacanāya || || Manassa ce bhikkhu nibbindā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti || Diņņhadhammanibbānappatto bhikkhåti alaü vacanāyāti || || Navapurāõavaggo pa¤camo || || Tassuddānaü || || Kammaü cattāri Sappāyā || Anantevāsi Kimatthiyā || Atthinukhopariyāyo || Indriya-Kathikena te dasāti || || Tatra Vagguddānaü || Yogakkhemi ca Loko ca || Gahapati Devadahena ca || Navapurāõena pa¤¤āsaü || tatiyaü tena vuccatãti || || #<[page 142]># %<142 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 155. 3>% PAĨĨâSAM CATUTTHAM #< CHAPTER I NANDIKKHAYA-VAGGO PATHAMO># #< SN_4,35(1).155 (1) Nandikkhaya1># 3 Aniccaü yeva bhikkhave cakkhuü Aniccanti passati || sāyaü hoti sammādiņņhi || sammāsampassaü nibbindati nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo || || Nandirāgakkhayā cittam suvimuttanti vuccati || || 4-7 Aniccaü yeva bhikkhave bhikkhu sotaü Aniccanti passati || ghānaü Aniccanti passati || jivham Aniccanti passati || kāyam Aniccanti passati || || 8 Aniccaü yeva bhikkhave bhikkhu manaü Aniccanti passati || sāyaü hoti sammādiņņhi || sammāpassaü nibbindati nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo || || Nandirāgakkhayā cittam suvimuttanti vuccatãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).156 (2) Nandikkhaya2># 3 Anicce yeva bhikkhave bhikkhu råpe Aniccā ti passati || sāyaü hoti sammādiņņhi || sammāpassaü nibbindati || nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo || || Nandirāgakkhayā cittaü suvimuttanti vuccati || || 4-8 Anicce yeva bhikkhave sadde || gandhe || rase || phoņņhabbe || dhamme Aniccā ti passati || sāyaü hoti sammādiņņhi || sammāpassaü nibbindati nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo || || Nandirāgakkhayā cittaü suvimuttanti vuccatãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).157 (3) Nandikkhaya3># 3 Cakkhum bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha || cakkhaniccataü ca yathābhåtaü samanupassatha || Cakkhum bhikkhave bhikkhu yoniso manasi karonto cakkhaniccataü ca yathābhåtaü samanupassanto cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || nandikkhayo rāgakkhayo ragakkhayā nandikkhayo || || Nandirāgakkhayā cittaü suvimuttanti vuccati || || #<[page 143]># %% 4-5 Sotam bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha || Ghānaü || || 6 Jivham bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha || jivhāniccataü ca yathābhåtaü samanupassatha || jivham bhikkhave bhikkhu yoniso manasi karotha || jivhāniccataü ca yathābhåtaü samanupassatha || jivham bhikkhave bhikkhu yoniso manasi karonto jivhāniccataü ca yathābhåtaü samanupassanto jivhāya nibbindati || || pe || cittam suvimuttanti vuccati || || 7-8 Kāyam || || Manam bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha || manāniccataü ca yathābhåtam samanupassatha || || Manam bhikkhave bhikkhu yoniso manasi karonto manāniccataü ca yathābhåtaü samanupassanto manasmimpi nibbindati || nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo || nandirāgakkhayā cittaü suvimuttanti vuccatãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).158 (4) Nandikkhaya4># 3 Råpe bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha || råpāniccataü ca yathābhåtaü samanupassatha || || Råpe bhikkhave bhikkhu yoniso manasi karonto råpāniccataü ca yathābhåtaü samanupassanto råpesu pi nibbindati || nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo || || Nandirāgakkhayā cittaü suvimuttanti vuccati || || 4-7 Sadde || || Gandhe || || Poņņhabbe || || Kāye || || 8 Dhamme bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha || dhammāniccataü ca yathābhutaü samanupassatha || || Dhamme bhikkhave bhikkhu yoniso manasi karonto dhammāniccataü ca yathābhåtaü samanupassanto dhammesu pi nibbindati || nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo nandirāgakkhayā cittaü suvimuttanti vuccatãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).159 (5) Jãvakambavane1># 1 Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Jãvakambavane || || 2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhå amantesi Bhikkhavoti || la || || 3 Samādhim bhikkhave bhāvetha || samāhitassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno yathābhåtam okkhāyati #<[page 144]># %<144 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 159. 4>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Ki¤ca yathābhåtam okkhāyati || || 4 Cakkhum aniccanti yathābhåtam okkhāyati || Rupā aniccāti yathābhåtam okkhāyati || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam aniccanti yathābhåtam okkhāyati || Cakkhusamphasso aniccoti yathābhåtam okkhāyati || Yam pidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitam || pe || tam pi Aniccanti yathābhåtam okkhāyati || || 5-8 Sotaü || Ghānaü || Jivhā || Kāyo || || 9 Mano aniccoti yathābhutam okkhāyati || Dhammā aniccāti yathābhåtam okkhāyati || la || Yam pidam mano samphassapaccayā uppajjati sukkhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam pi Aniccanti yathābhåtam okkhāyati || || 10 Samādhim bhikkhave bhāvetha || samāhitassa bhikkhuno yathābhåtam okkhāyatãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).160 (6) Jãvakambavane2># 1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Jãvakambavane || || 2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhå amantesi || la || || 3 Paņisallāõe bhikkhave yogam āpajjatha || paņisallãõassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno yathābhåtam okkhāyati || || Ki¤ca yathābhåtam okkhāyati || || 4 Cakkhu aniccanti yathābhåtam okkhāyati || Råpā aniccāti yathābhåtam okkhāyati || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam aniccanti yathābhåtam okkhāyati || Cakkhusamphasso aniccoti yathābhåtam okkhāyati || Yam pidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā vedayitam || pe || tam pi Aniccanti yathābhåtam okkhāyati || || 5-8 Sotam || || Ghānam || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || || 9 Mano anicco ti yathābhåtam okkhāyati || Dhammā || Manovi¤¤āõaü || Manosamphasso || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitam sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā #<[page 145]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || tam pi Aniccanti yathabhåtam okkhāyati || || 10 Patisallāõe bhikkhave yogam āpajjatha || patisallãõassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno yathabhåtam okkhāyatãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).161 (7) Koņņhiko1># 2 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Koņņhiko yena Bhagavā || pe || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Mahā-Koņņhiko Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saīkhittena dhammaü desetu || yam aham Bhagavato dhammaü sutvā eko våpakaņņho appamatto ātāpã pahitatto vihareyyanti || || Yaü kho Koņņhika aniccaü || tatra te chando pahātabbo || || Ki¤ca Koņņhika aniccaü || || 4 Cakkhuü kho Koņņhika aniccaü tatra te chando pahātabbo || Rupā aniccā tatra te chando pahātabbo || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam aniccaü tatra te chando pahātabbo || Cakkhusamphasso anicco tatra te chando pahātabbo || Yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam pi aniccaü tatra te chando pahātabbo || || 5-6 Sotaü || || Ghānaü || || 7 Jivhā aniccā tatra te chando pahātabbo || Rasā aniccā || Jivhāvi¤¤āõaü || Jivhāsamphasso || Yam pidaü jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam pi aniccaü tatra te chando pahātabbo || || 8-9 Kāyo || || Mano anicco tatra te chando pahātabbo || Dhammā aniccā || Manovi¤¤āõaü aniccaü || manosamphasso || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam pi aniccaü tatra te chando pahātabbo || 10 Yam kho Koņņhika aniccaü tatra te chando pahātabboti || || #<[page 146]># %<146 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 162. 2>% #< SN_4,35(1).162 (8) Koņņhiko2># 2-3 Atha kho || la || vihareyyanti || || Yam kho Koņņhika dukkhaü tatra te chando pahātabbo || || ki¤ca Koņņhika dukkhaü || || 4 Cakkhuü kho Koņņhika dukkhaü tatra te chando pahātabbo || Råpā dukkhā tatra te chando pahātabbo || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü dukkhaü tatra te chando pahātabbo || Cakkhusamphasso dukkho tatra te chando pahātabbo || Yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam pi dukkhaü tatra te chando pahātabbo || || 5-8 Sotaü dukkhaü || || Ghānaü dukkhaü || || Jivhādukkhā || || Kāyo dukkho || || 9 Mano dukkho tatra te chando pahātabbo || pe || Mano samphasso- || || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü- || tam pi dukkhaü tatra te chando pahātabbo || || 10 Yaü kho Koņņhika dukkhaü tatra te chando pahātabbo ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).163 (9) Koņņika3># 2-3 Ekam antaü || la || vihareyyanti || || Yo kho Koņņhika anattā tatra te chando pahātabbo || || Ko ca Koņņhika anattā || || 4 Cakkhuü kho Koņņhika anattā tatra te chando pahātabbo || Råpā anattā tatra te chando pahātabbo || Cakkhuvi¤¤āõam anattā tatra te chando pahātabbo || Cakkhusamphasso anattā tatra te chando pahātabbo || || Yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam pi anattā tatra te chando pahātabbo || la || 5-8 Sotaü || || Ghānaü || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || || 9 Mano anattā tatra te chando pahātabbo || Dhammā anattā || Manovi¤¤āõaü || Manosamphasso || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü #<[page 147]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || pe || tam pi anattā tatra chando pahātabbo || || 10 Yo kho Koņņhika anattā tatra te chando pahātabbo ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).164 (10) Micchādiņņhi># 2 Atha kho a¤¤ataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || pe || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kathaü nu kho bhante jānato katham passato micchādiņņhi pahãyatãti || || 4-9 Cakkhuü kho bhikkhu aniccato jānato passato micchādiņņhi pahãyati || råpe aniccato jānato passato micchādiņņhi pahãyati || cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü aniccato jānato passato micchādiņņhi pahãyati || cakkhusamphassam aniccato jānato passato micchādiņņhi pahãyati || pa || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam pi aniccato jānato passato micchādiņņhi pahãyati || || 10 Evam kho bhikkhave jānato evam passato micchādiņņhi pahãyatãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).165 (11) Sakkāya># 2-3 Etad avoca || || Kathaü nu kho bhante jānato katham passato sakkāyadiņņhi pahãyatãti || || 4-9 Cakkhum kho bhikkhu dukkhato jānato passato sakkāyadiņņhi pahãyati || råpe dukkhato jānato passato sakkāyadiņņhi pahãyati || cakkhuvi¤¤āõaü dukkhato jānato passato sakkāyadiņņhi pahãyati || cakkhusamphassaü dukkhato jānato passato sakkāyadiņņhi pahãyati || la || Yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukkhaü vā || tam pi dukkhato jānato passato sakkāyadiņņhi pahãyati || || 10 Evaü kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato micchādiņņhi pahãyatãti || || #<[page 148]># %<148 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 166. 2>% #< SN_4,35(1).166 (12) Attano># 2-3 Etad avoca || || Kathaü nu kho bhante jānato katham passato attānudiņņhi pahãyatãti || || 4 Cakkhuü kho bhikkhu anattato jānato passato attānudiņņhi pahãyati || råpe anattato jānato passato attānudiņņhi pahãyati || cakkhuvi¤¤āõam anattato jānato passato attānudiņņhi pahãyati || cakkhusamphassam anattato jānato passato attānudiņņhi pahãyati || Yam pidaü cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam pi anattato jānato passato attānudiņņhi pahãyati || 5-8 Sotam || || Ghānaü || || Jivhaü || || Kāyaü || || 9 Manam anattato jānato passato attānudiņņhi pahãyati || dhamme || manovi¤¤āõaü || manosamphassaü || yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || tam pi anattato jānato passato attānudiņņhi pahãyati || 10 Evaü kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato attānudiņņhi pahãyatãti || || Nandikkhayavaggo pathamo || || Tassuddānaü || || Nandikkhayena cattāro || Jãvakambavane duve || Koņņhikena tayo vuttā || Micchā Sakkāya Attano ti || || #< CHAPTER II SAōōHI-PEYYâLAM [VAGGO DUTIYO]># #< SN_4,35(1).167 (1) Chandena (aņņhārasa)1># 3 Yam bhikkhave aniccaü tatra vo chando pahātabbo || ki¤ca bhikkhave aniccaü || || #<[page 149]># %% 4-6 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccam tatra vo chando pahātabbo || || Sotaü || || Ghānam || || 7-8 Jivhā aniccā || || Kāyo anicco || || 9 Mano anicco tatra vo chando pahātabbo || || 10 Yam bhikkhave aniccaü tatra vo chando pahātabbo ti || || (2) Chandena2 3 Yam bhikkhave aniccaü tatra vo rāgo pahātabbo || ki¤ca bhikkhave aniccaü || || 4-6 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaü tatra vo rāgo pahātabbo || || Sotaü || || Ghānam || || 7-8 Jivhā aniccā tatra vo rāgo pahātabbo || || Kāyo anicco Mano anicco tatra vo rāgo pahātabbo || || 10 Yam bhikkhave aniccaü tatra vo rāgo pahātabboti || || (3) Chandena3 3 Yam bhikkhave aniccaü tatra vo chandarāgo pahātabbo || ki¤ca bhikkhave aniccaü || || 4-6 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaü tatra vo chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Sotam aniccaü || || Ghānaü || || 7-8 Jivhā aniccā tatra vo chandarāyo pahātabbo || || Kāyo || || 9 Mano anicco tatra vo chandarāyo pahātabbo || || 10 Yam bhikkhave aniccaü tatra vo chandarāgo pahātabbo ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).168 (4-6) Chandena4,5,6,># 3 Yam bhikkhave dukkhaü tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Ki¤ca bhikkhave dukkhaü || || 4 Cakkhum bhikkhave dukkhaü tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || 5-6 Sotaü dukkhaü || || Ghānam || || 7-8 Jivhā dukkhā || || Kāyo || || 9 Mano dukkho tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || #<[page 150]># %<150 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 168. 10>% 10 Yam bhikkhave dukkhaü tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).169 (7-9) Chandena7,8,9># 3 Yo bhikkhave anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Ki¤ca bhikkhave anattā || || 4 Cakkhum bhikkhave anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || 5-8 Sotaü || || Ghānaü || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || || 9 Mano anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || 10 Yo bhikkhave anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || #< SN_4,35(1).170 (10-12) Chandena10,11,12># 3 Yam bhikkhave aniccaü tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Ki¤ca bhikkhave aniccaü || || 4 Råpā bhikkhave aniccā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || 5-8 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || || 9 Dhammā aniccā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || 10 Yam bhikkhave aniccam tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || #< SN_4,35(1).171 (13-15) Chandena13,14,15># 3 Yam bhikkhave dukkham tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Ki¤ca bhikkhave dukkhaü || || 4 Rupā bhikkhave dukkhā || tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || 5-8 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || || 9 Dhammā dukkhā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || 10 Yam bhikkhave dukkhaü tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo ti || || #<[page 151]># %% #< SN_4,35(1).172 (16-18) Chandena16,17,18># 3 Yo bhikkhave anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Ko ca bhikkhave anattā || || 4 Råpā bhikkhave anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || || 5-8 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || || 9 Dhammā anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || 10 Yo bhikkhave anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).173 (19) Atãtena (nava)1># 3-9 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaü atãtaü || Sotaü || || Ghānaü || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || Mano anicco atãto || || 10 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmim pi nibbindati || sotasmim pi nibbindati || ghānasmim pi nibbindati || jivhāya pi nibbindati || kāyasmiü pi || manasmim pi nibbindati || nibbindaü virajjati virāgā vimuccati Vimuttasmi vimuttamhãti ¤āõaü hoti || Khãõā jāti vusitam brahmacariyam kataü karaõãyaü nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || (20) Atãtena2 3-8 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccam anāgataü || || Sotaü || || Ghānaü || || Jivhā aniccā anāgatā || Kāyo || || Mano anicco anāgato || || 9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || (21) Atãtena3 3-5 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccam paccuppannaü || Sotaü || || Ghānaü || || 6-8 Jivhā aniccā paccuppannā || || Kāyo || || Mano anicco paccuppanno || || 9 Evam passaü || pe || nāparam itthattāyā ti pajānātãti || || #<[page 152]># %<152 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 174. 3>% #< SN_4,35(1).174 (22-24) Atãtena4,5,6># 3-5 Cakkhum bhikkhave dukkham atãtam anāgatam paccuppannaü || || sotam || || Ghānaü || || 6-8 Jivhā dukkhā atãta anāgatā paccuppannā || || Kāyo || || Mano dukkho atãto anāgato paccuppanno || || 9 Evam passaü || pe || nāparam itthattāyati pajānātãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).175 (25-27) Atãtena7,8,9># 3-5 Cakkhum bhikkhave anattā atãtam anāgatam paccuppannaü || || Sotaü || || Ghānaü || || 6-8 Jivhā anattā || Kāyo || Mano atãto anāgato paccuppanno || || 9 Evam passaü || pe || nāparam itthatāyāti pajānātãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).176 (28-30) Atãtena (nava)10,11,12># 3-8 Råpā bhikkhave aniccā atãtā anāgatā paccuppannā || || Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || || Dhammā aniccā anāgatā paccuppannā || || 9 Evam passaü || la || nāparam itthattāyā ti pajānātãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).177 (31-33) Atãtena13,14,15># 3-8 Råpā bhikkhave dukkhā atãtā anāgatā paccuppannā || || Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || || Dhammā dukkhā atãtā anāgatā paccuppannā || || 9 Evam passaü || la || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).178 (34-36) Atãtena16,17,18># 3-8 Råpā bhikkhave anattā atãtā anāgatā paccuppannā || || Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || || Dhammā anattā atãtā anāgatā paccuppannā || || 9 Evam passaü || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).179 (37) Yadanicca (aņņhārasa)1># 3 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccam atãtaü || Yad aniccaü tam dukkhaü #<[page 153]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || yaü dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā tam Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam etaü yathābhåtam sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || || 4-7 Sotam aniccaü || || Ghānam aniccaü || || Jivhā aniccā || || Kāyo anicco || || 8 Mano anicco atãto || yad aniccaü taü dukkhaü || yaü dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā taü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || || Evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || || 9 Evam passaü || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti || || (38) Yadanicca2 3 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaü anāgataü || yad aniccam taü dukkhaü || yaü dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā taü Netam mama neso hamasmi na meso attāti || evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammapa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || || 4-7 Sotam aniccaü || || Ghānam aniccaü || || Jivhā aniccā || || Kāyo || || 8 Mano anicco anāgato || yad aniccaü taü dukkhaü || yaü dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā tam Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || || 9 Evam passaü bhikkhave || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || (39) Yadanicca3 3 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccam paccuppannaü || yad aniccaü taü dukkhaü || yaü dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā taü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || || 4-7 Sotaü || || Ghānaü || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || || 8 Mano anicco paccuppanno || yad aniccaü taü dukkhaü || yaü dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā tam Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || || 9 Evam passaü || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || #<[page 154]># %<154 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 180. 3>% #< SN_4,35(1).180 (40-42) Yadanicca4,5,6># 3 Cakkhum bhikkhave dukkham atãtam anāgatam paccuppannam || yaü dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā taü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || evam etaü yathābhutam sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || || 4-7 Sotaü || || Ghānaü || || Jivhā dukkhā || || Kāyo || || 8 Mano dukkho atãto anāgato paccuppanno || || Yam dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā taü Netam mama Neso ham asmi na meso attāti || evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || || 9 Evam passaü || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).181 (43-45) Yadanicca7,8,9># 3 Cakkhum bhikkhave anattā atãtam anāgatam paccuppannaü || yad anattā taü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam etaü yathābhåtam sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || || 4-7 Sotaü || || Ghānaü || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || || 8 Mano anattā atãto anāgato paccuppanno || Yad anattā taü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || || 9 Evam passaü || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātāti || || #< SN_4,35(1).182 (46-48) Yadanicca10,11,12># 3 Rupā bhikkhave aniccā atãtā anāgatā paccuppannā || Yad aniccaü taü dukkham || Yaü dukkhaü tad anattā taü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammapa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || || 4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || || 8 Dhammā aniccā atãtā anāgatā paccuppannā || yad aniccaü taü dukkhaü yaü dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā taü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || || Evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || || 9 Evam passaü || pa || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || #<[page 155]># %% #< SN_4,35(1).183 (49-51) Yadanicca13,14,15># 3 Råpā bhikkhave dukkhā atãtā anāgatā paccuppannā || yam dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā taü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || Evam etaü yathābhåtam sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || || 4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || || 8 Dhammā dukkhā atãtā anāgatā paccuppannā || yaü dukkhaü tad anattā || yad anattā taü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || || Evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || || 9 Evam passaü || pe || nāparam itthāttāyāti pajānātãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).184 (52-54) Yadanicca16,17,18># 3 Råpā bhikkhave anattā atãtā anāgatā paccuppannā || yad anattā taü Netam mama neso hamasmi na meso attāti || || Evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || || 4-7 Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || || 8 Dhammā anattā atãtā anāgatā paccuppannā || yad anattā taü Netam mama neso hamasmi na meso attāti || Evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü || || 9 Evam passaü || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).185 (55) Ajjhatta (tayo)1># 3-8 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaü || || Sotaü || || Ghānaü || Jivhā || Kāyo || Mano anicco || || 9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pājānātãti || || (56) Ajjhatta2 3-8 Cakkhum bhikkhave dukkhaü || Sotaü || || Ghānaü || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || || Mano dukkho || || 9 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyati pajānātãti || || #<[page 156]># %<156 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 185. 3. 3>% (57) Ajjhatta3 3-8 Cakkhum bhikkhave anattā || || Sotaü || || Ghānaü || || Jivhā || || Kāyo || || Mano dukkho || || 9 Evam passaü || pe || nāparam itthattāyati pajānātãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).186 (58) Bāhira (tayo)1># 3-8 Råpā bhikkhave aniccā || || Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || || Dhammā aniccā || || 9 Evam passaü || pa || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || (59) Bāhira2 3-8 Råpā bhikkhave dukkhā || || Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || || Dhammā dukkhā || || (60) Bāhira3 3-8 Råpā bhikkhave anattā || || Saddā || || Gandhā || || Rasā || || Phoņņhabbā || || Dhammā aniccā || || 9 Evam passam || pa || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || Saņņhi-peyyālaü samattaü || || Tassuddānam || || Chandenaņņhārasā honti || Atãtena ca dve nava || Yadaniccāņņhārasā vuttā || Tayo ajjhatta-bāhirā || Peyyālo saņņhiko vutto || Buddhenādiccabandhunā ti || || Suttantāni saņņhi || || #<[page 157]># %% #< CHAPTER III SAMUDDA-VAGGO TATIYO># #< SN_4,35(1).187 (1) Samuddo1># 2 Samuddo samuddo ti bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano bhāsati || || Neso bhikkhave ariyassa vinaye samuddo || mahā eso bhikkhave udakarāsi mahā udakaõõavo || || 3-5 Cakkhu bhikkhave purisassa samuddo tassa råpamayo vego || yo taü råpamayaü vegaü sahati ayaü vuccati bhikkhave atari cakkhusamuddaü saåmiü sāvaņņaü sagāhaü sarakkhasaü tiõõo pāragato thale tiņņhati brāhmaõo || || la || || 6-7 Jivhā bhikkhave purisassa samuddo tassa rasamayo vego || Yo taü rasamayaü vegaü sahati ayaü vuccati bhikkhave atari jivhāsamuddaü saåmiü sāvaņņaü sagāhaü sarakkhasaü tiõõo pāragato thale tiņņhati brāhmaõo || || la || || 8 Mano bhikkhave purisassa samuddo tassa dhammamayo vego || yo taü dhammavegaü sahati ayaü vuccati bhikkhave atari manosamuddaü saåmiü sāvaņņaü sagāhaü sarakkhasaü tiõõo pāragato thale tiņņhati brāhmaõo ti || || 9 Idam avoca satthā || || Yo imaü samuddaü sagāhaü sarakkhasaü || saåmibhayaü duttaram accatari || So vedagå vusitabrahmacariyo || lokantagå pāragato ti vuccatãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).188 (2) Samudda2># 2 Samuddo samuddoti bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano bhāsati #<[page 158]># %<158 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 188. 3>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || Neso bhikkhave ariyassa vinaye samuddo || mahā eso bhikkhave udakarāsi mahā udakaõõavo || || 3-5 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuvi¤¤eyā råpā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmåpasaühitā rajaniyā || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave ariyassa vinaye samuddo ti || || Etthāyaü sadevako loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaõabrāhmaõãpajā sadevamanussā yebhuyyena samunnā tantā kulakajātā guõaguõikajātā mu¤japabbajabhåtā apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü saüsāraü nātivattanti || || 6-7 Santi bhikkhave jivhāvi¤¤eyyā rasā || la || 8 Santi bhikkhave manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajanãyā || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave ariyassa vinaye samuddo || || Etthāyam sadevako loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaõabrāhmaõã pajā sadevamanussā yebhuyyena samunnā tantā kulakajātā guõaguõikajātā mu¤japabbajabhåtā apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü saüsāraü nātivattantãti #< SN_4,35(1).189 (3) Bālisiko># 2 Yassa rāgo ca doso ca avijjā ca virājitā || so imaü samuddaü sagāhaü sarakkhasaü saåmibhayaü duttaram accatari || || Saīgātiko maccujaho niråpadhi || pahāya dukkham apunabbhavāya || atthaīgato so na pamāõam eti || amohayi maccurājanti bråmãti || || 3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave bāëisiko āmisagataü baëisaü gambhãre udakarahade pakkhipeyya || tam enam a¤¤ataro āmisacakkhu maccho gileyya #<[page 159]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || evaü hi so bhikkhave maccho gilitabaëiso bāëisikassa anayam āpanno vyasanam āpanno yathākāmakaraõãyo bāëisikassa || evam eva kho bhikkhave cha yime baëisā lokasmiü anayāya sattānaü vyābādhāya pāõinaü || || Katame cha || 4-6 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmåpasaühitā rajanãyā || ta¤ ce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhati ayaü vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu gilitabaliso Mārassa anayam āpanno vyasanam āpanno yathākāmakaraõãyo pāpimato || pa || 7-8 Santi bhikkhave jivhāvi¤¤eyyā rasā || pe || || 9 Santi bhikkhave manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā- -rajanãyā || || Ta¤ce bhikkhu abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiņņhati ayaü vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu gilitabaëiso Mārassa anayam āpanno vyasanam āpanno yathakāmakaraõãyo pāpimato || || 10-12 Santi bhikkhave cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmåpasaühitā rajanãyā || || Ta¤ce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiņņhati || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu na gilitabaliso Mārassa || abhedi baëisaü paribhedi baëisam na anayam āpanno na vyasanam āpanno na yathākāmakaraõãyo pāpimato || pa || || 13-14 Santi bhikkhave jivhāvi¤¤eyyā rasā || pe || || 15 Santi bhikkhave manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā iņņhā kantā-rajanãyā || Ta¤ce bhikkhu nābhinandati nābhivādati nājjhosāya tiņņhati ayaü vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu na giëitabaëiso Mārassa || abhedi baëisaü paribhedi baëisaü na anayam āpanno na yathākāmakaraõãyo pāpimato ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).190 (4) Khãrarukkhena># 2-6 Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā cakkhuvi¤¤eyyesu råpesu yo rāgo so atthi #<[page 160]># %<160 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 190. 7>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || yo doso so atthi || yo moho so atthi || yo rāgo so appahãno || yo doso so appahãno || yo moho so appahãno || tassa parittā ce pi cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā cakkhussa āpāthaü āgacchanti pariyādiyantevāssa cittaü || Ko pana vādo adhimattānaü || || Taü kissa hetu || Yo bhikkhave rāgo so atthi || yo doso so atthi yo moho so atthi || yo rāgo so appahãno || yo doso so appahãno || yo moho so appahãno || la || || 7 Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā manovi¤¤eyyesu dhammesu yo rāgo so atthi || yo doso so atthi || yo moho so atthi || yo rāgo so appahãno || yo doso so appahãno || yo moho so appahãno || tassa parittā ce pi manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā manassa āpātham āgacchanti pariyādiyantevāssa cittam || Ko pana vādo adhimattānaü || || Taü kissa hetu || || Yo bhikkhu rāgo so atthi || yo doso so atthi || yo moho so atthi || yo rāgo so appahãno || yo doso so appahãno || yo moho so appahãno || || 8 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave khãrarukkho assattho vā nigrodho vā pilakkho vā udumbaro vā daharo taruõo komārako || tam enam puriso tiõhāya kuņhāriyā yato yato ābhindeyya āgaccheyya khãranti || || Evam bhante || || Taü kissa hetu || || Yaü hi bhante khãraü tam atthãti || || 9 Evam eva kho bhikkhave yassa kassaci bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā cakkhuvi¤¤eyyesu råpesu yo rāgo so atthi || yo doso so atthi || yo moho so atthi || yo rāgo so appahãno || yo doso so appahãno || yo moho so appahãno || tassa parittā ce pi cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā cakkhussa āpātham āgacchanti || pariyādiyantevāssa cittaü || ko pana vādo adhimattānaü || || Tam kissa hetu || yo bhikkhave rāgo so atthi || yo doso so atthi #<[page 161]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || yo moho so atthi || yo rāgo so appahãno || yo doso so appahãno || yo moho so appahãno || || Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā jivhāvi¤¤eyyesu rasesu yo rāgo so atthi || pe || || Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa va bhikkhuniyā vā manovi¤¤eyyesu dhammesu yo rāgo so atthi || yo doso so atthi || yo moho so atthi || yo rāgo so appahãno || yo doso so appahãno || yo moho so appahãno || || Tassa parittā ce pi manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā manassa āpātham āgacchanti pariyādiyantevassa cittaü || ko pana vādo adhimattānam || || Taü kissa hetu || || Yo bhikkhave rāgo so atthi || yo doso so atthi || yo moho so atthi || yo rāgo so appahãno || pe || || 10-12 Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā cakkhuvi¤¤eyyesu råpesu yo rāgo so natthi || yo doso so natthi || yo moho so natthi || yo rāgo so pahãno || yo doso so pahãno || yo moho so pahãno || || Tassa adhimattā ce pi cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā cakkhussa āpātham āgacchanti nevassa cittam pariyādiyanti || ko pana vādo parittānaü || || Taü kissa hetu || yo bhikkhave rāgo so natthi || yo doso so natthi || yo moho so natthi || yo rāgo so pahãno || yo doso so pahãno || yo moho so pahãno || || 13-15 Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa bhikkhuniyā vā jivhāvi¤¤eyyesu || pe || manovi¤¤eyyesu dhammesu yo rāgo so natthi || yo doso so natthi || yo moho so natthi || yo rāgo so pahãno || yo doso so pahãno || yo moho so pahãno || || Tassa adhimattā ce pi manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā manassa āpātham āgacchanti nevassa cittam pariyādiyanti || ko pana vādo parittānaü || || Taü kissa hetu || || Yo bhikkhave rāgo so natthi || yo doso so natthi || yo moho so natthi || yo rāgo so pahãno || yo doso so pahãno || yo moho so pahãno || || 16 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave khãrarukkho assattho vā nigrodho vā pilakkho vā udumbaro vā sukkho koëāpo terovassiko || tam enaü puriso tiõhāya kuņhāriyā yato yato ābhindeyya āgaccheyya āgaccheyya khãran ti || || #<[page 162]># %<162 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 191. 1>% No hetam bhante || || Taü kissa hetu || || Yaü hi bhante khãraü taü natthi || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave yassa kassaci bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā cakkhuvi¤¤eyesu råpesu yo rāgo so natthi || yo doso so natthi || yo moho so natthi || yo rāgo so pahãno || yo doso so pahãno || yo moho so pahãno || Tassa adhimattā ce pi cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā cakkhussa āpātham āgacchanti || nevassa cittam pariyādiyanti || Ko pana vādo parittānaü || || Taü kissa hetu || yo rāgo so natthi || yo doso so natthi || yo moho so natthi || yo rāgo so pahãno || yo doso so pahãno || yo moho so pahãno || la || Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā jivhāvi¤¤eyyesu rāsesu || pe || Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā manovi¤¤eyyesu dhammesu yo rāgo so natthi || yo doso so natthi || yo moho so natthi || yo rāgo so pahãno || yo doso so pahãno || yo moho so pahãno || || Tassa adhimattā ce pi manovi¤¤eyyā dhammā manassa āpātham āgacchanti || nevassa cittam pariyādiyanti || ko pana vādo parittānaü || || Taü kissa hetu || yo rāgo so natthi || yo doso so natthi || yo moho so natthi || Yo rāgo so pahãno || yo doso so pahãno || yo moho so pahãno ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).191 (5) Koņņhiko># 1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca Mahā-Koņņhiko Bārāõasiyaü viharanti Isipatane Migadāye || || 2 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Koņņhiko sāyaõhasamayam paņisallāõā vuņņhito yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmatā Sāriputtena saddhiü sammodi || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārāõãyam vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Mahā-Koņņhiko āyasmantam Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Kinnu kho āvuso Sāriputta cakkhu råpānaü samyojanaü råpā cakkhussa saüyojanaü || Jivhā rasānaü saüyojanaü rasā jivhāya saüyojanaü #<[page 163]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Mano dhammānaü saüyojanaü dhammā manassa saüyojananti || || 4 Na kho āvuso Koņņhika cakkhu råpānaü saüyojanaü na råpā cakkhussa saüyojanaü || ya¤ ca tattha tad ubhayam paticca uppajjati chandarāgo taü tattha saüyojanaü || || Na jivhā rasānaü saüyojanaü na rasā jivhāya saüyojanaü || ya¤ ca tattha tad ubhayam paņicca uppajjati chandarāgo taü tattha saüyojanaü || || Na mano dhammānaü saüyojanaü na dhammā manassa saüyojanaü || ya¤ ca tattha tad ubhayaü paņicca uppajjati chandarāgo taü tattha saüyojanaü || || 5 Seyyathāpi āvuso kāëo ca balivaddo odāto ca balivaddo ekena damena vā yottena vā saüyuttassu || Yo nu kho evaü vadeyya || kālo balivaddo odātassa balivaddassa saüyojanaü || odāto balivaddo kāëassa balivaddassa saüyojananti || sammā nu kho so vadamāno vadeyyāti || || No hetam āvuso || || Na kho āvuso kāëo balivaddo odātassa balivaddassa saüyojanaü || na pi odāto balivaddo kāëassa balivaddassa saüyojanaü || yena ca kho ekena damena vā yottena vā saüyuttā || taü tattha saüyojanaü || || Evam eva kho āvuso na cakkhuråpānaü saüyojanaü na råpā cakkhussa saüyojanaü || ya¤ ca tattha tad ubhayam paņicca uppajjati chandarāgo taü tattha saüyojanaü || pe || Na jivhā rasānam saüyojanaü || la || Na mano dhammānam saüyojanam na dhammā manassa saüyojanaü || ya¤ ca tattha tad ubhayam paņicca uppajjati chandarāgo taü tattha saüyojanaü || || 6 Cakkhu vā āvuso råpānaü saüyojanam abhavissa || råpā vā cakkhussa saüyojanaü || na yidaü brahmacariyavāso pa¤¤āyetha sammādukkhakkhayāya || yasmā ca kho āvuso na cakkhu rupānaü saüyojanaü na råpā cakkhussa samyojanaü #<[page 164]># %<164 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 191. 7>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || ya¤ ca tattha tad ubhayam paņicca uppajjati chandarāgo taü tattha saüyojanaü || tasmā brahmacariyavāso pa¤¤āyati sammādukkhayāya || pa || || Jivhā vā āvuso rasānaü saüyojanam abhavissa || rasā vā jivhāya saüyojanaü || nayidaü brahmacariyavāso pa¤¤āyetha sammādukkhakkhayāya || yasmā ca kho āvuso na jivhā rasānaü samyojanaü || na rasā jivhāya saüyojanaü || ya¤ ca tattha tad ubhayam paņicca uppajjati chandarāgo taü tattha saüyojanaü || tasmā brahmacariyavāso pa¤¤āyati sammādukkhakkhayāya || pa || || Mano vā avuso dhammānaü saüyojanam abhavissa || dhammā vā manassa saüyojanaü || nayidam brahmacariyavāso pa¤¤āyetha sammādukkhakkhayāya || yasmā ca kho āvuso na mano dhammānaü saüyojanaü || na dhammā manassa saüyojanaü || ya¤ ca tattha tad ubhayam paņicca uppajjati chandarāgo taü tattha saüyojanaü || tasmā brahmacariyavāso pa¤¤āyati sammādukkhakkhayāya || || 7 Iminā petam āvuso pariyāyena veditabbaü || yathā na cakkhu råpānaü saüyojanaü || na råpā cakkhussa saüyojanaü || ya¤ ca tattha tad ubhayam paņicca uppajjati chandarāgo taü tattha saüyojanaü || pa || Na jivhārasānaü saüyojanaü || pe || Na mano dhammānaü saüyojanam na dhammā manassa saüyojanaü || ya¤ca tattha tad ubhayam paņicca uppajjati chandarāgo || tam tattha saüyojanaü || || 8 Saüvijjati kho āvuso Bhagavato cakkhu || passati Bhagavā cakkhunā råpaü || chandarāgo Bhagavato natthi || suvimuttacitto Bhagavā || pe || || Saüvijjati kho āvuso Bhagavato jivhā || sāyati Bhagavā jivhāya rasaü || chandarāgo Bhagavato natthi || suvimuttacitto Bhagavā || || Saüvijjati kho āvuso Bhagavato mano || jānāti Bhagavā manasā dhammaü #<[page 165]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || chandarāgo Bhagavato natthi || suvimuttacitto Bhagavā || 9 Iminā kho etam āvuso pariyāyena veditabbaü || yathā na cakkhu rupānaü saüyojanaü na råpā cakkhussa saüyojanaü || ya¤ ca tattha tad ubhayam paņicca uppajjati chandarāgo || taü tattha samyojanaü || || Na sotaü || Na ghānam || || Na jivhā rasānam saüyojanaü na rasā jivhāya saüyojanaü || ya¤ ca tattha tad ubhayaü paņicca uppajjati chandarāgo taü tattha saüyojanam || || Na kāyo || || Na mano dhammānaü saüyojanaü || na dhammā manassa saüyojanaü || ya¤ ca tattha tad ubhayam paņicca uppajjati chandarāgo taü tattha saüyojananti || || #< SN_4,35(1).192 (6) Kāmabhå># 1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā ca ânando āyasmā ca Kāmabhå Kosambiyaü viharanti Ghositārāme || || 2 Atha kho āyasmā Kāmabhå sāyaõhasamayaü paņisallāõā vuņņhito yenāyasmā ânando tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmatā ânandena saddhim sammodi || sammodanãyaü katham sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Kāmabhå āyasmantam ânandam etad avoca || || Kiü nu kho āvuso ânanda cakkhuü rupānam saüyojanaü råpā cakkhussa saüyojanaü || pa || jivhā rasānaü saüyojanaü rasā jivhāya saüyojanam || pa || || mano dhammānam saüyojanaü dhammā manassa saüyojananti || || 4 Na kho āvuso Kāmabhå cakkhu råpānaü saüyojanaü na råpā cakkhussa saüyojanaü || ya¤ca tattha tad ubhayam paņicca uppajjati chandarāgo || taü tattha saüyojanaü || pa || || Na jivhā rasānaü saüyojanaü na rasā jivhāya saüyojanaü || || Na mano dhammānaü saüyojanaü na dhammā manassa saüyojanaü || ya¤ca tattha tad ubhayaü paņicca uppajjati chandarāgo || taü tattha saüyojanaü || || #<[page 166]># %<166 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 192. 5>% 5 Seyyathāpi āvuso kāëo ca balivaddo odāto ca balivaddo ekena dāmena vā yottena vā saüyuttā assu || || Yo nu kho evaü vadeyya || kāëo balivaddo odātassa balivaddassa saüyojanaü odāto balivaddo odātassa balivaddassa saüyojananti || sammā nu kho so vadamāno vadeyyāti || || No hetam āvuso || || Na kho avuso kāëo balivaddo odatassa balivaddassa saüyojanaü na pi odāto balivaddo kāëassa balivaddassa saüyojanaü || yena ca kho te ekena dāmena vā yottena vā saüyuttā || taü tattha saüyojanam || Evam eva kho āvuso na cakkhu rupānaü saüyojanaü || na råpā cakkhussa saüyojanaü || Na jivhā || pa || || Na mano || pa || || ya¤ ca tattha tad ubhayam paņicca uppajjati chandarāgo || taü tattha saüyojananti || || #< SN_4,35(1).193 (7) Udāyã># 1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā ca ânando āyasmā ca Udāyã Kosambiyaü viharanti Ghositārāme || || 2 Atha kho āyasmā Udāyã sāyaõhasamayam paņisallāõā vuņņhito yenāyasmā ânando tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā- -vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Udāyã āyasmantam ânandam etad avoca || Yatheva nu kho āvuso ânanda ayaü kāyo Bhagavatā anekapariyāyena akkhāto vivaņo pakāsito iti pi ayaü kāyo anattāti || sakkā evam evaü vi¤¤āõam pidam ācikkhituü desetum pa¤¤āpetum paņņhapetuü vivarituü vibhajituü uttānãkātum iti pidaü vi¤¤āõam anattā ti || || Yatheva kho āvuso Udāyi ayaü kāyo Bhagavatā anekapariyāyena akkhāto vivaņo pakāsito iti pāyam kāyo anattāti || sakkā evam evaü vi¤¤āõam pi ācikkhituü desetuü pa¤¤āpetum paņņhapetum vivarituü vibhajitum uttānãkātum || iti pidaü vi¤¤āõam anattāti || || 4-6 Cakkhu¤ca āvuso paņicca råpe ca uppajjati cakkhuvi¤¤āõanti || || #<[page 167]># %% Evam āvusoti || || Yo cāvuso hetu yo ca paccayo cakkhuvi¤¤āõassa uppādāya so ca hetu so ca paccayo sabbena sabbaü sabbathā sabbam apariseso nirujjheyya api nu kho cakkhuvi¤¤āõam pa¤¤āyethāti || || No hetam avuso || || Iminā pi kho etam āvuso pariyāyena Bhagavatā akkhātaü vivaņam pakāsitam iti pidaü vi¤¤āõam anattā ti || pa || || 7-8 Jivha¤cāvuso paņicca rase ca uppajjati jivhāvi¤¤āõanti || || Evam āvuso ti || || Yo cāvuso hetu yo ca paccayo jivhāvi¤¤āõassa uppādāya so ca hetu so ca paccayo sabbena sabbaü sabbathā sabbam apariseso nirujjheyya api nu kho jivhāvi¤¤āõam pa¤¤āyethā ti || || No hetam āvuso || || Iminā pi kho etam āvuso pariyāyena Bhagavatā akkhātaü vivaņam pakāsitam iti pidaü vi¤¤āõam anattā ti || pa || || 9 Mana¤cāvuso paņicca dhamme ca uppajjati manovi¤¤āõanti || || Evam āvusoti || || Yo cāvuso hetu yo ca paccayo manovi¤¤āõassa uppādāya || so ca hetu so ca paccayo sabbena sabbaü sabbathā sabbam apariseso nirujjheyya api nu kho manovi¤¤āõam pa¤¤āyethāti || || No hetam āvuso || || Iminā pi kho etam āvuso pariyāyena Bhagavatā akkhātaü vivaņam pakāsitam iti pidaü vi¤¤āõam anattā ti || || 10 Seyyathāpi āvuso puriso sāratthiko sāragavesã sārapariyesanaü caramāno tiõham kuņhārim ādāya vanam paviseyya || so tattha passeyya mahantaü kadalikkhandhaü ujuü navakam akukkukajātaü || tam evam måle chindeyya #<[page 168]># %<168 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 193. 11>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || måle chetvā agge chindeyya || agge chetvā pattavaņņiü vinibbhujjeyya || || So tattha pheggum nādhigaccheyya kuto sāram || || 11 Evam eva kho āvuso bhikkhu chasu phassāyatanesu nevattānaü na attaniyaü samanupassati || so evam asamanupassanto na ki¤ci loke upādiyati || anupādiyaü na paritassati || aparitassaü paccattaü neva parinibbāyati || Khãnā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü kataü karanãyaü nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).194 (8) âdittena># 1 âdittapariyāyaü vo bhikkhave dhammapariyāyaü desissāmi tam suõātha || || Katamo ca so bhikkhave ādittapariyāyo dhammapariyāyo || || 2 Varam bhikkhave tattāya ayosalākāya ādittāya sampajjalitāya sajotibhåtāya cakkhundriyaü sampalimaņņhaü || na tveva cakkhuvi¤¤eyesu råpesu anuvya¤janaso nimittaggāho || || Nimittassādagadhitaü vā bhikkhave vi¤¤āõam tiņņhamānaü tiņņheyya anuvya¤janassādagadhitam vā || tasmiü ce samaye kālaü kareyya ņhānam etaü vijjati || yaü dvinnaü gatãnaü a¤¤ataraü gatiü gaccheyya nirayaü vā tiracchānayoniü vā || || 3 Imaü khvāham bhikkhave ādãnavaü disvā evaü vadāmi || || Varam bhikkhave tiõhena ayosaükunā ādittena sampajjalitena sajotibhåtena sotindriyaü sampalimaņņhaü || na tveva sotavi¤¤eyyesu saddesu anuvya¤janaso nimittaggāho || nimittassādagadhitaü vā bhikkhave vi¤¤āõaü tiņņhamānaü tiņņheyya anuvya¤janassādagadhitaü vā || tasmiü ce samaye kālam kareyya ņhānam etaü vijjati || yaü dvinnaü gatãnam a¤¤ataraü gatiü gaccheyya nirayaü vā tiracchānayoniü vā || || 4 Imaü khvāham bhikkhave ādãnavam disvā evaü vadāmi #<[page 169]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Varam bhikkhave tiõhena nakhacchedanena ādittena sampajjalitena sajotibhåtena ghānindriyaü sampalimaņņhaü || na tveva ghānavi¤¤eyyesu gandhesu anuvya¤janaso nimittaggāho || || Nimittassādagadhitaü vā bhikkhave vi¤¤āõaü tiņņhamānaü tiņņheyya anuvya¤janassādagadhitaü vā || tasmiü ce samaye kālaü kareyya ņhānam etaü vijjati || yaü dvinnaü gatãnaü a¤¤ataraü gatiü gaccheyya nirayaü vā tiracchānayoniü vā || || 5 Imaü khvāham bhikkhave ādãnavaü disvā evaü vadāmi || || Varam bhikkhave tiõhena khurena ādittena sampajjalitena sajotibhåtena jivhindriyaü sampalimaņņhaü na tveva jivhāvi¤¤eyyesu rasesu anuvya¤janaso nimittaggāho || Nimittassādagadhitaü vā bhikkhave vi¤¤āõam tiņņhamānaü tiņņheyya || anuvya¤janassādagadhitaü vā || tasmiü ce samaye kālaü kareyya || ņhānam etaü vijjati || yaü dvinnaü gatãnam a¤¤ataraü gatiü gaccheyya nirayaü vā tiracchānayoniü vā || || 6 Imaü khvāham bhikkhave ādãnavaü disvā evaü vadāmi || Varam bhikkhave tiõhāya sattiyā ādittāya sampajjalitāya sajotibhåtāya kāyindriyaü sampalimaņņhaü || na tveva kāyavi¤¤eyyesu phoņņhabbesu anuvya¤janaso nimittaggāho || || Nimittassādagadhitaü vā bhikkhave vi¤¤āõaü tiņņhamānaü tiņņheyya anuvya¤janassādagadhitaü vā || tasmiü ce samaye kālaü kareyya ņhānam etam vijjati || yaü dvinnaü gatãnam a¤¤ataraü gatiü gaccheyya nirayaü vā tiracchānayoniü vā || || 7 Imaü khvāhaü bhikkhave ādãnavam disvā evam vadāmi || || Varam bhikkhave suttaü || suttaü kho panāham bhikkhave va¤jhaü jãvitānam vadāmi aphalaü jãvitānaü vadāmi momåhaü jãvitānam vadāmi || na tveva tathāråpe vitakke vitakkeyya yathāråpānaü vitakkānaü vasaügato saīgham bhindeyya || || Imam khvāham bhikkhave va¤jhaü jãvitānam ādãnavam disvā evaü vadāmi #<[page 170]># %<170 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 194. 8>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || 8 Tattha bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako iti paņisa¤cikkhati || || Tiņņhatu tāva tattāya ayosalākāya ādittāya sampajjalitāya sajotibhåtāya cakkhundriyaü sampalimaņņhaü || handāham idam eva manasi karomi || Iti cakkhum aniccaü råpā aniccā cakkhuvi¤¤āõam aniccaü || cakkhusamphasso anicco || yam pidam cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā tam pi aniccaü || || 9 Tiņņhatu tāva tiõhena ayosaükunā ādittena sampajjalitena sajotibhåtena sotindriyaü sampalimaņņhaü || handāham idam eva manasi karomi || || Iti sotam aniccaü saddā aniccā sotavi¤¤āõam aniccaü sotasamphasso anicco || yam pidaü sotasamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā tam pi aniccaü || || 10 Tiņņhatu tāva tiõhena nakhacchedanena ādittena sampajjalitena sajotibhåtena ghānindriyaü sampalimaņņhaü || handāham idam eva manasi karomi || Iti ghānam aniccaü gandhā aniccā ghānavi¤¤āõam aniccaü ghānasamphasso anicco || yam pidaü ghānasamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü || la || tam pi aniccaü || || 11 Tiņņhatu tāva tiõhena khurena ādittena sampajjalitena sajotibhåtena jivhindriyaü sampalimaņņhaü || handāham idam eva manasi karomi || || Iti jivhā aniccā rasā aniccā jivhāvi¤¤āõam aniccaü jivhāsamphasso anicco || yam pidam jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü || pe || tam pi aniccaü || || 12 Tiņņhatu tāva tiõhāya sattiyā ādittāya sampajjalitāya sajotibhåtāya kāyindriyaü sampalimaņņham || handāham idam eva manasi karomi || || Iti kāyo anicco phoņņhabbā aniccā kāyavi¤¤āõam aniccaü kāyasamphasso anicco #<[page 171]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || Yam pidaü kāyasamphassapaccayā || pe || tam pi aniccaü || || 13 Tiņņhatu tāva suttaü || handāham idam eva manasi karomi || || Iti mano anicco dhammā aniccā manovi¤¤āõam aniccaü manosamphasso anicco || yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā tam pi aniccaü || || 14 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako {cakkhusmiü} nibbindati råpesu nibbindati cakkhuvi¤¤āõe pi nibbindati cakkhusamphasse pi nibbindati || pe || yam pidam manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaü sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā tasmim pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaü virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || Vimuttasmiü vimuttamhãti ¤āõaü hoti || || Khãõā jāti vusitam brahmacariyam kataü karanãyaü nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātãti || || 15 Ayaü kho bhikkhave ādittapariyāyo dhammapariyāyo ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).195 (9) Hatthapādupamā1># 1 Hatthesu bhikkhave sati ādānanikkhepanaü pa¤¤āyati || pādesu sati abhikkamapatikkamo pa¤¤āyati || pabbesu sati sammi¤janapasāraõam pa¤¤āyati || kucchismiü sati jighacchā pipāsā pa¤¤āyati || || 2 Evam eva kho bhikkhave cakkhusmiü sati cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati ajjhattam sukhaü dukkham || pe || jivhāya sati jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati ajjhattaü sukhaü dukkham || pa || manasmiü sati manosāmphassapaccayā uppajjati ajjhattaü sukhaü dukkhaü || || 3 Hatthesu bhikkhave asati ādānanikkhepanaü na pa¤¤āyati || pādesu asati abhikkamapaņikkamo na pa¤¤āyati || pabbesu asati sammi¤janapasāraõaü na pa¤¤āyati || kucchismim asati jighacchā pipāsā na pa¤¤āyāti || 4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave cakkhusmim asati cakkhusamphassapaccayā nuppajjati ajjhattaü sukhaü dukkhaü vā #<[page 172]># %<172 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 196. 1>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || pe || jivhāya asati jivhāsamphassapaccayā nuppajjati || pa || || Manasmim asati manosamphassapaccayā nuppajjati ajjhattaü sukhaü dukkhanti || || #< SN_4,35(1).196 (10) Hatthapādupamā2># 1-4 Hatthesu bhikkhave sati ādānanikkhepanaü hoti || pādesusati- -manosamphassapaccayā nuppajjati ajjhattaü sukhaü dukkhanti || || Samudda-vaggo2 Tassuddānaü3 || || Dve Samuddā Bāëasiko || Khãrarukkhena Koņņhiko || Kāmabhå Udāyã ceva || âdittena ca aņņhamam || Hatthapādupamā duve || || Vaggo tena pavuccatãti || || #< CHAPTER [IV] âSäVISAVAGGO PAĨCAMO># #< SN_4,35(1).197 (1) âsãviso># 1-2 Evam me sutaü || ekaü samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaü || pa || āmantesi || Bhagavā etad avoca || || 3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave cattāro āsãvisā uggatejā ghoravisā || || Atha puriso āgaccheyya jãvitukāmo amaritukāmo sukhakāmo dukkhapaņikulo || tam enam evaü vadeyyuü || || Ime te ambho purisa cattāro āsãvisā uggatejā ghoravisā kālena kālaü vuņņhāpetabbā kālena kālaü nahāpetabbā kālena kālam bhojetabbā kālena kālam pavesetabbā #<[page 173]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || yadā ca kho te ambho purisa imesaü catunnam āsãvisānam uggatejānaü ghoravisānam a¤¤ataro vā a¤¤ataro vā kuppissati || tato tvam ambho purisa maraõam vā nigacchissasi maraõamattaü vā dukkhaü || yan te ambho purisa karaõãyaü taü karohãti || || 4 Atha kho so bhikkhave puriso bhãto catunnam āsãvisānam uggatejānaü ghoravisānaü yena vā tena vā palāyetha || tam enam vadeyyuü || || Ime te ambho purisa pa¤cavadhakā paccatthikā piņņhito piņņhito anubaddhā yattheva nam passissāma tattheva jãvitāvoropessāmāti || yan te ambho purisa karaõãyaü taü karohãti || || 5 Atha kho so bhikkhave puriso bhãto catunnam āsãvisānam uggatejānaü ghoravisānam bhãto pa¤cannaü vadhakānaü paccatthikānaü yena vā tena vā palāyetha || tam enam evaü vadeyyuü || || Ayan te ambho purisa chaņņho antaracaro vadhako ukkhittāsiko piņņhito piņņhito anubaddho yattheva nam passissāmi tattheva siro pātessāmãti || yan te ambo purisa karaõãyaü taü karohãti || || 6 Atha kho so bhikkhave puriso bhãto catunnam āsãvisānam uggatejānaü ghoravisānam bhãto pa¤cannam vadhakānam paccatthikānam bhãto chaņņhassa antaracarassa vadhakassa ukkhittāsikassa yena vā tena vā palāyetha || so passeyya su¤¤aü gāmaü ya¤¤ayad evaü gharaü paviseyya rittaka¤¤eva paviseyya tucchaka¤¤eva paviseyya su¤¤aka¤¤eva paviseyya || ya¤¤ayadeva bhājanam parimaseyya tucchaka¤¤eva parimaseyya su¤¤aka¤¤eva parimaseyya || tam enam evam vadeyyuü || || Idāni ambho purisa imam su¤¤agāmaü corā gāmaghātakā vadhissanti || yan te ambho purisa karaõãyaü taü karohãti || || #<[page 174]># %<174 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 197. 7>% 7 Atha kho so bhikkhave puriso bhãto catunnam āsãvisānam uggatejānaü ghoravisānam bhãto pa¤cannaü vadhakānam paccatthikānam bhãto chaņņhassa antaracarassa vadhakassa ukkhittāsikassa bhãto corānaü gāmaghātakānaü yena va tena vā palāyetha || || So passeyya mahantam udakaõõavam orimantãram sāsaīkaü sappaņibhayam pārimantãraü khemam appaņibhayaü na cassa nāvā santāraõã uttārasetuvā apārāpāraügamanāya || || 8 Atha kho so bhikkhave tassa purisassa evam assa Ayaü kho mahā udakaõõavo orimantãram sāsaīkaü sappaņibhayam pārimantãraü khemam appaņibhayaü natthica nāvā santāranã uttārasetu vā aparāpāraügamanāya || || Yam nånāhaü tiõakaņņha-sākhā-palāsaü saīkaķķhitvā kullam bandhitvā taü kullaü nissāya hatthehi ca pādehi ca vāyamamāno sotthinā pāram gaccheyyan ti || || 9 Atha kho so bhikkhave puriso tiõa-kaņņha-sākhā-palāsam saükaķķhitvā kullam bandhitvā taü kullaü nissāya hatthehi ca pādehi ca vāyamamāno sotthinā pāraü gaccheyya || || tiõõo pāraīgato thale titthati brāhmaõo || || 10 Upamā kho myāyam bhikkhave katā atthassa vi¤¤āpanāya ayaü cettha attho || || 11 Cattāro āsãvisā uggatejā ghoravisā ti kho bhikkhave catunnetam mahābhåtānam adhivacanaü || pathavãdhātuyā āpodhātuyā tejodhātuyā vāyodhātuyā || 12 Pa¤cavadhakā paccatthikā ti kho bhikkhave pa¤cannetam upādānakkhandhānam adhivacanam seyyathãdaü råpupādānakkhandhassa vedanupādānakkhandhassa sa¤¤upādānakkhandhassa saīkhārupādānakkhandhassa vi¤¤ānupādānakkhandhassa || || 13 Chaņņho antaracaro vadhako ukkhittāsiko ti kho bhikkhave nandirāgassetam adhivacanaü || || 14 Su¤¤o gāmo ti kho bhikkhave channam ajjhattikānam adhivacanaü || cakkhuto ce pi nam bhikkhave paõķito vyatto medhāvã upaparikkhati rittaka¤¤eva khāyati tucchaka¤¤eva khāyati su¤¤aka¤¤eva khāyati #<[page 175]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || pa || jivhato ce pi nam bhikkhave || pa || manato ce pi nam bhikkhave paõķito vyatto medhāvã upaparikkhati rittaka¤¤eva khāyati tucchaka¤¤eva khāyati su¤¤aka¤¤eva khāyati || || 15 Corā gāmaghātakā ti kho bhikkhave channam bāhirānam āyatanānam adhivacanaü || cakkhu bhikkhave ha¤¤ati manāpāmanāpesu råpesu || sotam bhikkhave || la || ghānam bhikkhave || pa || jivhā bhikkhave ha¤¤ati manāpāmanāpesu rasesu || kāyo bhikkhave || pa || mano bhikkhave ha¤¤ati manāpāmanāpesu dhammesu || || 16 Mahā udakaõõavo ti kho bhikkhave catunnam oghānam adhivacanaü || kāmoghassa bhavoghassa diņņhoghassa avijjoghassa || || 17 Orimaü tãraü sāsaīkaü sappaņibhayan ti kho bhikkhave sakkāyassetam adhivacanam || || 18 Pārimaü tãraü khemam appaņibhayan ti kho bhikkhave nibbānassetam adhivacanaü || || 19 Kullan ti kho bhikkhave ariyassetam aņņhaīgikassa maggassa adhivacanaü || seyyathãdam sammādiņņhiyā pa || sammāsamādhissa || || 20 Hatthehi ca pādehi ca vāyāmo ti kho bhikkhave viriyārambhassetam adhivacanaü || || 21 Tiõõo pāraīgato thale tiņņhati brāhmaõo ti kho bhikkhave arahato etam adhivacanan ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).198 (2) Rato># 3 Tãhi bhikkhave dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diņņheva dhamme sukhasomanassabahulo viharati || yoni cassa āraddhā hoti āsavānam khayāya || || Katamehi tãhi || Indriyesu guttadvāro hoti || bhojane matta¤¤u jāgariyam anuyutto || || #<[page 176]># %<176 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 198. 4>% 4 Katha¤ca bhikkhave bhikkhu indriyesu guttadvāro hoti || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhunā råpaü disvā na nimittagāhã hoti nānuvya¤janaggāhã || yatvādhikaraõam enaü cakkhundriyam asaüvutam viharantam abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuü || tassa saüvarāya paņipajjati rakkhati cakkhundriyaü cakkhundriye saüvaram āpajjati || || Sotena saddam sutvā || || Ghānena gandhaü ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā || || Kāyena phoņņhabbam phusitvā || || Manasā dhammaü vi¤¤āya na nimittaggāhã hoti || yatvādhikaraõam enam manindriyam asaüvutaü viharantam abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuü || tassa {saüvarāya} paņipajjati rakkhati manindriyam manindriye {saüvaram} āpajjati || 5 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave subhåmiyaü cātumahāpathe āja¤¤aratho yutto assa odhasatapatodo tam enaü dakkho yoggācariyo assadammasārathi abhiråhitvā vāmena hatthena rasmiyo gahetvā dakkhiõena hatthena patodam gahetvā yenicchakam yadicchakam sāreyya pi pacchāsāreyya pi || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave bhikkhu imesaü channam indriyānam ārakkhāya sikkhati || saüyamāya sikkhati || damāya sikkhati upasamāya sikkhati || || Evaü kho bhikkhave bhikkhu indriyesu guttadvāro hoti || || 6 Katha¤ca bhikkhave bhikkhu bhojane matta¤¤u hoti || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu paņisaīkhā yoniso āhāram āhāreti || neva davāya na madāya na maõķanāya na vibhåsanāya yāvad eva imassa kāyassa ņhitiyā yāpanāya vihiüsuparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya || iti purāõa¤ca vedanaü paņihaīkhāmi navaü ca vedanaü na uppādessāmi || yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cāti || || #<[page 177]># %% 7 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso vaõam ālimpeyya yāvad eva ropanatthāya || seyyathā vā pana akkham abbha¤jeyya yāvad eva bhārassa nittharaõatthāya || || Evaü kho bhikkhave bhikkhu paņisaīkhāyoniso āhāram āhāreti || neva davāya na madāya na maõķanāya na vibhåsanāya yāvad eva imassa kāyassa ņhitiyā yāpanāya vihiüsuparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya iti purāõaü ca vedanam paņihaīkhāmi navaü ca vedanaü na uppādessāmi || yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cāti || || Evam kho bhikkhave bhikkhu bhojane matta¤¤u hoti || || 8 Katha¤ca bhikkhave bhikkhu jāgariyam anuyutto hoti || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu divasaü caīkamena nisajjāya āvaraõiyehi dhammehi cittam parisodheti || || Rattiyā pathamaü yāmaü caīkamena nisajjāya āvaraõiyehi dhammehi cittam parisodheti || rattiyā majjhimaü yāmam dakkhiõena passena sãhaseyyam kappeti pāde pādam accādhāya sato sampajāno uņņhānasa¤¤am manasi karitvā || rattiyā pacchimaü yāmam paccuņņhāya caīkamena nisajjāya āvaraõiyehi dhammehi cittam parisodheti || || Evaü kho bhikkhave bhikkhu jāgariyam anuyutto hoti || || 9 Imehi kho bhikkhave bhikkhu tãhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu diņņheva dhamme sukhasomanassabahulo viharati yoni cassa āraddhā hoti āsavānaü khayāyāti || || #< SN_4,35(1).199 (3) Kummo># 3 Bhåtapubbam bhikkhave kummo kacchapo sāyaõhasamayam anunadãtãre gocarapasuto ahosi || siīgālo pi kho bhikkhave sāyaõhasamayam anunadãtãre gocarapasuto ahosi || || 4 Addasā kho bhikkhave kummo kacchapo siīgālam dårato va gocarapasutaü || disvāna soõķipa¤cimāni aīgāni sake kapāle samodahitvā appossukko tuõhãbhåto saükasāyati #<[page 178]># %<178 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 199. 5>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || 5 Siīgalo pi bhikkhave addasā kummaü kacchapam dårato va || disvāna yena kummo kacchapo tenupasaīkami upasaīkamitvā kummaü kacchapam paccupaņņhito ahosi || || Yadāyam kummo kacchapo soõķipa¤cimānam aīgānam a¤¤ataraü vā a¤¤ataraü vā aīgam abhininnāmessati tattheva naü gahetvā uddālitvā khādissāmãti || || 6 Yadā kho bhikkhave kummo kacchapo soõķipa¤cimānam aīgānam a¤¤ataraü vā a¤¤ataraü vā aīgaü na abhininnāmesi || atha siīgālo kummamhā nibbijja pakkāmi otāram alabhamāno || || 7 Evam eva kho bhikkhave tumhe pi Māro pāpimā satatam samitam paccupaņņhito Appevanāmaham imesaü cakkhuto vā otāraü labheyyaü || pa || jivhāto vā otāraü labheyyaü || pa || manato vā otāraü labheyyanti || || 8 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave indriyesu guttadvārā viharatha || || Cakkhunā råpaü disvā mā nimittaggāhino ahuvattha mānuvya¤janaggahino || yatvādhikaraõam enaü cakkhundriyam asaüvutaü viharantam abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuü || tassa saüvarāya paņipajjatha || rakkhatha cakkhundriyam || cakkhundriye saüvaram āpajjatha || || Sotena saddaü sutvā || || Ghānena gandhaü ghāyitvā || || Jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā || || Kāyena phoņņhabbam phusitvā || || Manasā dhammaü vi¤¤āya mā nimittaggāhino ahuvattha mā anuvya¤janaggāhino || yatvādhikaraõam enam manindriyam asaüvutaü viharantam abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuü || tassa {saüvarāya} paņipajjatha || rakkhatha manindriyam || manindriye saüvaram āpajjatha || || Yato tumhe bhikkhave indriyesu guttadvārā viharissatha || atha tumhehi pi Māro pāpimā nibbijja pakkamissati otāram alabhamāno kummamhā va siīgālo ti || || #<[page 179]># %% Kummo va aīgāni sake kapāle || samodaham bhikkhu manovitakko || anissito a¤¤am aheņhayāno || parinibbuto nupavadeyya ki¤ci ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).200 (4) Dārukkhandha1># 1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Kosambiyaü viharati Gaīgāya nadiyā tãre || || 2 Addasā kho Bhagavā mahantaü dārukkhandham Gaīgāya nadiyā sotena vuyhamānaü || disvāna bhikkhå āmantesi || Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave amum mahantaü dārukkhandham Gaīgāya nadiyā sotena vuyhamānanti || || Evam bhante || || 3 Sace kho bhikkhave dārukkhandho na orimantãraü upagacchati na pārimantãram upagacchati || na majjhe saüsãdissati || na thale ussãdissati || na manussagāho bhavissati || na amanussagāho bhavissati || na āvaņņagāho bhavissati || na antopåti bhavissati || evaü hi so bhikkhave dārukkhandho samuddaninno bhavissati samuddapoõo samuddapabbhāro || Taü kissa hetu || samuddaninno bhikkhave Gaīgāya nadiyā soto samuddapoõo samuddapabbhāro || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave sace tumhe pi na orimantãram upagacchatha || na pārimantãram upagacchatha || na majjhe saüsãdissatha || na thale ussãdissatha || na manussagāho hessatha || na amanussagāho hessatha || na āvaņņagāho hessatha || na antopåti bhavissatha || evaü tumhe bhikkhave nibbānaninnā bhavissatha nibbānapoõā nibbānapabbhārā #<[page 180]># %<180 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 200. 4>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Taü kissa hetu || nibbānaninnā bhikkhave sammādiņņhi nibbānapoõā nibbānapabbhārā ti || || 4 Evaü vutte a¤¤ataro bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kiü nu kho bhante orimantãram || Kim pārimantãraü || Ko majjhe saüsãdo || Ko thale ussādo || Ko manussagāho || Ko amanussagāho || Ko āvaņņagāho || Ko antopåtibhavo ti || || 5 Orimantãran ti kho bhikkhu channetam ajjhattikānam āyatanānam adhivacanaü || || 6 Pārimantãran ti kho bhikkhu channaü bāhirānam āyatanānam adhivacanaü || || 7 Majjhe saüsãdo ti kho bhikkhu nandirāgassetam adhivacanaü || || 8 Thale ussādo ti kho bhikkhu asmimānassetam adhivacanaü || || 9 Katamo ca bhikkhu manussagāho || || Idha bhikkhu gihã saüsaņņho viharati || sahanandi sahasokã sukhitesu sukhito dukkhitesu dukkhito uppannesu kiccakaraõãyesu attanā tesu yogam āpajjati || ayam vuccati bhikkhu manussagāho || || 10 Katamo ca bhikkhu amanussagāho || || Idha bhikkhu ekacco ekacco a¤¤ataraü devanikāyam paõidhāya brahmacariyaü carati || imināhaü sãlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi deva¤¤ataro vā ti || ayaü vuccati bhikkhu amanussagāho || || 11 âvaņņagāho ti kho bhikkhu pa¤cannetam kāmaguõānam adhivacanaü || || 12 Katamo ca bhikkhu antopåtibhāvo || || Idha bhikkhu ekacco dussãlo hoti || pāpadhammo asuci saīkassarasamācāro paņichannakammanto assamaõo samaõapaņi¤¤o abrahmacārã brahmacārãpaņi¤¤o antopåti avassuto kasambujāto #<[page 181]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || ayaü vuccati bhikkhu antopåtibhavo ti || 11 Tena kho pana samayena Nando gopālako Bhagavato avidåre ņhito hoti || || 12 Atha kho Nando gopālako Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ahaü kho bhante orimantãram upagacchāmi || na pārimantãram upagacchāmi || na majjhe saüsãdissāmi || na thale ussãdissāmi || na maü manussagāho gahissati || na amanussagāho gahissati || na āvaņņagāho gahissati || na antopåti bhavissāmi || labheyyāham bhante Bhagavato santike pabbajjaü labheyyam upasampadan ti || || 13 Tena hi tvaü Nanda sāmikānaü gāvo niyyādehãti || || Gamissanti bhante gāvo vacchagiddhiniyoti || || Niyyādeheva tvaü Nanda sāmikānaü gāvo ti || || 14 Atha kho Nando gopālako sāmikānaü gāvo niyyādetvā yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Niyyāditā bhante samikānam gāvo labheyyāham bhante Bhagavato santike pabbajjaü labheyyam upasampadan ti || || 15 Alattha kho Nando gopālako Bhagavato santike pabbajjam alattha upasampadaü || aciråpasampanno ca panāyasmā Nando eko våpakaņņho || pe || || 16 A¤¤ataro ca panāyasmā Nando arahaü ahosi || || #< SN_4,35(1).201 (5) Dārukkhandho2># 1 Evam me sutaü || ekaü samayam Bhagavā Kimbilāyaü viharati Gaīgāya nadiyā tire || 2 Addasā kho Bhagavā mahantam dārukkhandhaü Gaīgāya nadiyā sotena vuyhamānaü || disvāna bhikkhå āmantesi || || Passatha no tumhe bhikkhave amum mahantaü dārukkhandhaü Gaīgāya nadiyā sotena vuyhamānan ti #<[page 182]># %<182 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 201. 3>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Evam bhante || || 3 Vitthāretabbaü || pe || || 4 Evaü vutte āyasma Kimbilo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kiü nu kho bhante orimantãram || || Vitthāretabbo || pe || 12 Katamo ca Kimbila antopåtibhāvo || || Idha Kimbila bhikkhu a¤¤ataraü saīkiliņņham āpattim āpanno hoti yathāråpāya āpattiyā vuņņhānam pa¤¤āyati || ayaü vuccati Kimbila antopåtibhāvoti || || #< SN_4,35(1).202 (6) Avassuto># 1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Kapilavatthusmiü Nigrodhārāme || || 2 Tena kho pana samayena Kāpilavatthavānaü Sakyānaü navaü santhāgāram acirakāritaü hoti anajjhāvuņņhaü samaõena vā brāhmaõena vā kenaci vā manussabhåtena || || 3 Atha kho Kāpilavatthavā Sakyā yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdiüsu || || 4 Ekam antaü nisinnā kho Kāpilavatthavā Sakyā Bhagavantam etad avocuü || || Idha bhante Kāpilavatthavānaü Sakyānam navaü santhāgāram acirakāritam anajjhāvutthaü samaõena vā brāhmaõena vā kenaci vā manussabhåtena #<[page 183]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || tam bhante Bhagavā pathamam paribhu¤jatu || Bhagavatā pathamam paribhuttam pacchā Kāpilavatthavā Sakyā paribhu¤jissanti || tad assa Kāpilavatthavānaü Sakyānam dãgharattam hitāya sukhāyāti || Adhivāsesi Bhagavā tuõhibhāvena || || 5 Atha kho Kāpilavatthavā Sakyā Bhagavato {adhivāsanaü} viditvā uņņhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiõaü katvā yena navaü santhāgāraü tenupasaīkamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā sabbasanthariü santhāgāraü santharitvā āsanāni pa¤¤āpetvā udakamaõikam patiņņhāpetvā telappadãpam āropetvā yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam etad avocuü || || Sabbasanthariü santhatam bhante santhāgāram āsanāni pa¤¤attāni udakamaõiko patiņņhāpito || telappadãpo āropito || yassadāni Bhagavā kālam ma¤¤atãti || || 6 Atha kho Bhagavā nivāsetvā pattacãvaram ādāya saddhim bhikkhusaīghena yena navaü santhāgāraü tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā pāde pakkhāletvā santhāgāram pavisitvā majjhimam thambhaü nissāya puratthābhimukho nisãdi || Bhikkhusaīgho pi kho pāde pakkhāletvā santhāgāram pavisitvā pacchimam bhittiü nissāya puratthābhimukho nisãdi Bhagavantaü yeva purakkhatvā || || Kāpilavatthavā pi kho Sakyā pāde pakkhāletvā santhāgāram pavisitvā puratthimam bhittiü nissāya pacchāmukhā nisãdiüsu || Bhagavantaü yeva purakkhatvā || 7 Atha kho Bhagavā Kāpilavatthave Sakye bahudeva rattim dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādāpetvā samuttejitvā sampahaüsetvā uyyojesi || || Abhikkantā kho Gotamā ratti yassa dāni kālam ma¤¤athāti || || #<[page 184]># %<184 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 202. 8>% Evam bhante ti kho Kāpilavatthavā Sakyā Bhagavato paņissutvā uņņhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiõaü katvā pakkamiüsu || || 8 Atha kho Bhagavā acirapakkantesu Kāpilavatthavesu Sakyesu āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam āmantesi || || Vigatathãnamiddho kho Moggalāna bhikkhusaīgho paņibhātu taü Moggalāna bhikkhånaü dhammikathā || piņņhi me āgilāyati tam aham āyamissāmãti || || Evam bhante ti kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno Bhagavato paccassosi || 9 Atha kho Bhagavā catuguõam saīghātim pa¤¤āpetvā dakkhiõena passena sãhaseyyaü kappesi || pāde pādam accādhāya sato sampaja¤o uņņhānasa¤¤am manasi karitvā || || 10 Tatra kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno bhikkhå āmantesi āvuso bhikkhave ti || || âvuso ti kho te bhikkhå āyasmato Mahā-Moggalānassa paccassosuü || || âyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Avassutapariyāyaü ca vo āvuso desissāmi anavassutapariyāyaü ca || taü suõātha sādhukam manasi karotha bhāsissāmãti || || Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhå āyasmato Mahā-Moggalānassa paccassosuü || || âyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || 11 Katham āvuso avassuto hoti || || Idhāvuso bhikkhu cakkhunā råpaü disvā piyaråpe råpe adhimuccati || apiyaråpe råpe vyāpajjati || anupaņņhitakāyasatã viharati parittacetaso || ta¤ca cetovimuttim pa¤¤āvimuttiü yathābhåtam nappajānāti || yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti #<[page 185]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || la || Jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā || pa || Manasā dhammaü vi¤¤āya piyaråpe dhamme adhimuccati apiyaråpe dhamme vyāpajjati || anupaņņhitakāyasati viharati parittacetaso || ta¤ ca cetovimuttim pa¤¤avimuttiü yathā bhuttaü nappajānāti || yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || 12 Ayaü vuccati āvuso bhikkhu avassuto cakkhuvi¤¤eyesu råpesu || gha || avassuto jivhāvi¤¤eyyesu rasesu || pa || avassuto manovi¤¤eyyesu dhammesu || || Evaü vihāriü cāvuso bhikkhuü cakkhuto ce pi naü Māro upasaīkamati labhateva Māro otāram labhati Māro ārammaõam || la || Jivhāto ce pi naü Māro upasaīkamati labhateva Māro otāraü labhati {Māro} ārammaõaü || la || Maõato ce pi nam Māro upasaīkamati labhateva Māro otāram labhati Māro ārammaõaü || || 13 Seyyathāpi āvuso naëāgāraü vā tiõāgāraü vā sukkham kolāpaü terovassikam || puratthimāya ce pi naü disāya puriso ādittāya tiõukkāya upasaīkameyya labhetheva aggi otāraü labhetha aggi ārammaõaü || pacchimāya ce pi disāya puriso ādittāya tiõukkāya upasaīkameyya || la || uttarāya ce pi naü disāya || dakkhiõāya ce pi naü disāya || heņņhimato ce pi naü || uparimato ce pi naü || yato kutoci ce pi nam puriso ādittāya tiõukkāya upasaīkameyya labhetheva aggi otāraü labhetha aggi ārammaõaü || || Evam eva kho āvuso evaü vihāriü bhikkhuü cakkhuto ce pi nam Māro upasaīkamati labhateva Māro otāram labhati Māro ārammaõaü || la || Jivhāto ce pi naü Māro upasaīkamati || Manato ce pi nam Māro upasaīkamati labhateva Māro otāraü labhati Māro ārammaõaü || || 14 Evaü vihāriü cāvuso bhikkhuü råpā adhibhaüsu na bhikkhu råpe adhibhosi || saddā bhikkhum adhibhaüsu na bhikkhu sadde adhibhosi #<[page 186]># %<186 SAėâYATANA-SAMYUTTA [XXXV. 202. 15>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || gandhā bhikkhum adhibhaüsu na bhikkhu gandhe adhibhosi || rasā bhikkhum adhibhaüsu na bhikkhu rase adhibhosi || phoņņhabbā bhikkhum adhibhaüsu na bhikkhu phoņņhabbe adhibhosi || dhammā bhikkhum adhibhaüsu na bhikkhu dhamme adhibhosi || || Ayaü vuccatāvuso bhikkhu råpādhibhåto saddādhibhåto gandhādhibhåto rasādhibhåto phoņņhabbādhibhåto dhammādhibhåto adhibhåto anadhibhå || adhibhaüsu naü pāpakā akusalā dhammā saīkilesikā ponobhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatijarāmaraõiyā || || Evam kho āvuso avassuto hoti || || 15 Kathaü cāvuso anavassuto hoti || || Idhāvuso bhikkhu cakkhunā råpaü disvā piyaråpe råpe nādhimuccati apiyaråpe råpe na vyāpajjati || upaņņhitakāyasati ca viharati appamāõacetaso || ta¤ca cetovimuttim pa¤¤āvimuttiü yathābhåtam pajānāti yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || pa || Jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā || la || Manasā dhammaü vi¤¤āya pãyaråpe dhamme nādhimuccati apãyaråpe dhamme na vyāpajjati || upaņņhitakāyasati ca viharati appamāõacetaso || ta¤ca cetovimuttim pa¤¤āvimuttiü yathābhåtam pajānāti yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || || Ayaü vuccatāvuso bhikkhu anavassuto cakkhuvi¤¤eyyesu råpesu || la || anavassuto manovi¤¤eyyesu dhammesu || Evaü vihāriü cāvuso bhikkhuü cakkhuto ce pi naü Māro upasaīkamati neva labhati Māro otāraü na labhati Māro ārammanaü || pa || Jivhāto ce pi nam Māro upasaīkamati || la || Manato ce pi nam Māro upasaīkamati neva labhati Māro otāram na labhati Māro ārammaõaü || || 16 Seyyathāpi āvuso kuņāgāraü vā kuņāgārasālā vā bahalamattikā addāvalepanā #<[page 187]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || puratthimāya ce pi naü disāya puriso ādittāya tiõukkāya upasaīkameyya neva labhetha aggi otāraü na labhetha aggi ārammaõam || la || pacchimāya ce pi naü || uttarāya ce pi naü || dakkhiõāya ce pi naü || heņņhimato ce pi naü || uparimato ce pi nam || yato kuto ci ce pi nam puriso ādittāya tiõukkāya upasaīkameyya neva labhetha aggi otāram na labhetha aggi ārammaõaü || || Evam eva kho āvuso evaüviharim bhikkhum cakkhuto ce pi nam Māro upasaīkamati neva labhati Māro otāraü na labhati Māro ārammaõam || pe || manato ce pi nam Māro upasaīkamati neva labhati Māro otāraü na labhati Māro ārammaõaü || 17 Evaü vihārã cāvuso bhikkhu råpe adhibhosi na råpā bhikkhum adhibhaüsu || sadde bhikkhu adhibhosi na saddā bhikkhum adhibhaüsu || gandhe bhikkhu adhibhosi na gandho bhikkhum adhibhaüsu || rase bhikkhu adhibhosi na rasā bhikkhum adhibhaüsu || phoņņhabbe bhikkhu adhibhosi na phoņņhabbā bhikkhum adhibhaüsu || dhamme bhikkhu adhibhosi na dhammā bhikkhum adhibhaüsu || || Ayaü vuccatāvuso bhikkhu rupādhibhå saddādhibhå gandhādhibhå rasādhibhå phoņņhabbādhibhå dhammādhibhå adhibhå anadhibhåto || adhibhosi te pāpake akusale dhamme saīkilesike ponobhavike sadare dukkhavipāke āyatijātijarāmaraõiye || || Evam kho āvuso anavassuto hotãti || || 18 Atha kho Bhagavā uņņhahitvā āyasmantam MahāMoggalānam āmantesi || || Sādhu sādhu Moggalāna sādhu kho tvam Moggalāna bhikkhånaü avassutapariyāya¤ca anavassutapariyāya¤ca abhāsãti || || 19 Idam avocāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno || samanu¤¤o satthā ahosi #<[page 188]># %<188 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 203. 3>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || attamanā te bhikkhå āyasmato Mahā-Moggalānassa bhāsitam abhinandiüsu || || #< SN_4,35(1).203 (7) Dukkhadhammā># 3 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhu sabbesa¤¤eva dukkhadhammānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ ca yathābhåtam pajānāti || tathā kho panassa kāmā diņņhā honti yathāssa kāme passato yo kāmesu kāmacchando kāmasneho kāmamucchā kāmapariëāho so nānuseti || || Tathā kho panassa cāro ca vihāro ca anubuddho hoti || yathā carantam abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā nānusavanti || || 4 Katha¤ca bhikkhave bhikkhu sabbesaü yeva dukkhadhammānaü samudaya¤ ca atthagama¤ca yathābhåtam pajānāti || || Iti råpaü iti råpassa samudayo iti råpassa atthagamo || || Iti vedanā || pe || Iti sa¤¤ā || Iti saīkhārā || Iti vi¤¤āõaü iti vi¤¤āõassa samudayo iti vi¤¤āõassa atthagamo ti || || Evaü kho bhikkhave bhikkhu sabbesaü yeva dukkhadhammānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca yathābhåtam pajānāti || || 5 Katha¤ca bhikkhave bhikkhuno kāmā diņņhā honti || yathāssa kāme passato yo kāmesu kāmacchando kāmasneho kāmamucchā kāmapariëāho so nānuseti || || Seyyathāpi bhikkhave aīgārakāsu sādhikaporisā puõõā aīgārānam vãtaccikānam vãtadhåmānaü || atha puriso āgaccheyya jãvitukāmo amaritukāmo sukhakāmo dukkhapaņikulo || tam enaü dve balavanto purisā nānābāhāsu gahetvā tam aīgārakāsum upakaķķheyyuü || so iticiticeva kāyaü sannāmeyya || || Tam kissa hetu || Ĩāta¤hi bhikkhave tassa purisassa hoti #<[page 189]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Imaü khvāham aīgārakāsum papatissāmi || tato nidānaü maraõaü vā gacchāmi maraõamattaü vā dukkhanti || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno aīgārakāsåpamā kāmā diņņhā honti yathāssa kāme passato yo kāmesu kāmacchando kāmasneho kāmamucchā kāmapariëāho so nānuseti || || 6 Katha¤ca bhikkhave bhikkhuno cāro ca vihāro ca anubuddho hoti || yathā carantaü viharantam abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā nānusavanti || || Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso bahukaõņakaü dāyam paviseyya || tassa purato pi kaõņako pacchato pi kaõņako uttarato pi kaõņako dakkhiõato pi kaõņako heņņhato pi kaõņako uparito pi kaõņako || so yato ca abhikkameyya yato ca paņikkameyya Mā maü kaõņako ti || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave yaü loke pãyaråpaü sātaråpaü ayam vuccati ariyassa vinaye kaõņako ti || || 7 Iti viditvā saüvaro ca asaüvaro ca veditabbo || || 8 Kathaü ca bhikkhave asaüvaro hoti || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhunā råpaü disvā piyaråpe råpe adhimuccati || apiyaråpe råpe vyāpajjati || anupaņņhitakāyasatã ca viharati parittacetaso || ta¤ca cetovimuttim pa¤¤āvimuttiü yathābhåtaü na pajānāti yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || la || Jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā || la || Manasā dhammaü vi¤¤āya piyaråpe dhamme adhimuccati || apiyaråpe dhamme vyāpajjati || anupaņņhitakāyasatã ca viharati parittacetaso || ta¤ca cetovimuttim pa¤¤āvimuttiü yathābhåtaü na pajānāti yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || || Evaü kho bhikkhave asaüvaro hoti || || 9 Kathaü ca bhikkhave saüvaro hoti || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhunā råpaü disvā piyaråpe råpe nādhimuccati || apiyaråpe råpe na vyāpajjati || upaņņhitakāyasatã ca viharati appamāõacetaso || ta¤ca cetovimuttim pa¤¤avimuttiü yathābhåtam pajānāti yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti #<[page 190]># %<190 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 203. 10>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || pa || Jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā || pa || Manasā dhammaü vi¤¤āya piyaråpe dhamme nādhimuccati apiyaråpe dhamme na vyāpajjati || upaņņhitakāyasatã ca viharati appamāõacetaso || ta¤ca cetovimuttim pa¤¤avimuttiü yathābhåtam pajānāti yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || || Evaü kho bhikkhave saüvaro hoti || || 10 Tassa ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno evam carato evaü viharato kadāci karahaci satisammosā uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaīkappā saüyojaniyā || dandho bhikkhave satuppādo || atha kho naü khippam eva pajahati vinodeti vyantikaroti anabhāvaü gameti || || Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso divasaü santatte ayokaņāhe dve vā tãõi vā udakaphusitāni nipāteyya || dandho bhikkhave udakaphusitānaü nipāto || atha kho nam khippam eva parikkhayam pariyādānaü gaccheyya || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave tassa ce bhikkhuno evaü viharato kadāci karahaci satisammosā uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā dhammā sarasaīkappā saüyojaniyā || dandho bhikkhave satuppādo || atha kho naü khippam eva pajahati vinodeti vyantikaroti anabhāvaü gameti || || 11 Evaü kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno cāro ca vihāro ca anubuddho hoti || yathā carantaü viharantam abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā nānussavanti || ta¤ce bhikkhave bhikkhum evaü carantam evaü viharantam rājāno vā rājamahāmattā vā mittā vā amaccā vā ¤ātã vā sālohitā vā bhogehi abhihaņņhuü pavāreyyuü Ehi bho puriso kiü te kāsāvā anudahanti || kiü muõķo kapālam anucarasi || ehi hãnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhu¤jassa pu¤¤āni ca karohãti || So vata bhikkhave bhikkhu evaü caranto evaü viharanto sikkham paccakkhāya hãnāyāvattisatãti netaü ņhānaü vijjati || || #<[page 191]># %% 12 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave Gaīgā nadã pācãnaninnā pācãnaponā pācãnapabbhārā || atha mahājanakāyo āgaccheyya kuddālapiņakam ādāya Imaü Gaīgānadim pacchāninnam karissāma pacchāpoõam pacchāpabbhāranti || || Taü kim ma¤¤atha bhikkhave api nu kho so mahājanakāyo Gaīgā nadim pacchāninnaü kareyya pacchāpoõaü pacchāpabbhāranti || || No etam bhante || || Tam kissa hetu || || Gaīgā nadã bhante pācimaninnā pācãnaponā pācãnapabbhārā sā na sukarā pacchāninnaü kātum pacchāpoõam pacchāpabbhāraü || yāvad eva ca pana so mahājanakāyo kilamathassa vighātassa bhāgã assāti || || 13 Evam eva kho bhikkhave ta¤ce bhikkhum evaü carantam evaü viharantam rājāno vā rājamahāmattā vā mittā vā amaccā vā ¤ātã vā sālohitā vā bhogehi abhihaņņhuü pavāreyyuü || Ehambho purisa kiü te ime kāsāvā anudahanti kiü nu muõķo kapālam anucarasi ehi hãnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhu¤jassu pu¤¤āni ca karohãti || so vata bhikkhave bhikkhu evaü caranto evaü viharanto sikkham pacchakkhāya hināyāvattissatãti netaü ņhānaü vijjati || || Taü kissa hetu || yaü hi tam bhikkhave cittaü dãgharattaü vivekaninnaü vivekapoõaü vivekapabbhāraü tathā hãnāyāvattissatãti netaü ņhānaü vijjatãti || || #< SN_4,35(1).204 (8) Kiüsukā># 2 Atha kho a¤¤ataro bhikkhu yena¤¤ataro bhikkhu tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā tam bhikkhum etad avoca || || Kittāvatā nu kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaü suvisuddhaü hotãti || Yato kho āvuso bhikkhu channam phassāyatanānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca yathābhåtam pajānāti #<[page 192]># %<192 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 204. 3>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || ettāvatā kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaü suvisuddhaü hotãti || || 3 Atha kho so bhikkhu asantuņņho tassa bhikkhussa pa¤havyākaraõena yena¤¤ataro bhikkhu tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā tam bhikkhum etad avoca || || Kittāvatā nu kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaü suvisuddhaü hotãti || || Yato kho āvuso bhikkhu pa¤cannam upādānakkhandhānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca yathābhåtam pajānāti || ettāvatā kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaü suvisuddhaü hotãti || || 4 Atha kho so bhikkhu asantuņņho tassa bhikkhussa pa¤havyākaraõena yena¤¤ataro bhikkhu tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā tam bhikkhum etad avoca || || Kittāvatā nu kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaü suvisuddhaü hotãti || || Yato kho āvuso bhikkhu catunnam mahābhåtānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca yathābhåtam pajānāti || la || || 5 Atha kho so bhikkhu asantuņņho- -hotãti || || Yato kho āvuso bhikkhu yaü ki¤ci samudayadhammaü sabban taü nirodhadhamman ti yathābhåtam pajānāti || ettāvatā kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaü suvisuddhaü hotãti || || 6 Atha kho so bhikkhu asantuņņho tassa bhikkhussa pa¤havyākaraõena yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || ekam antaü nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Idhāham bhante yena¤¤ataro bhikkhu tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā tam bhikkhum etad avocaü || Kittāvatā nu kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaü suvisuddhaü hotãti || || Evaü vutte bhante so bhikkhu mam etad avoca || || Yato kho āvuso channam phassāyatanānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca yathābhåtam pajānāti || ettāvatā nu kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaü suvisuddhaü hotãti || || Atha khvāham bhante asantuņņho tassa bhikkhussa pa¤havyākaraõena yena¤¤ataro bhikkhu tenupasaīkami #<[page 193]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || upasaīkamitvā tam bhikkhum etad avocaü || Kittāvatā nu kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaü suvisuddhaü hotãti || || Evaü vutte bhante so bhikkhu mam etad avoca || || Yato kho āvuso bhikkhu pa¤cannam upādānakkhandhānaü || pe || catunnam mahābhåtānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca yathābhåtam pajānāti || pe || yaü ki¤ci samudayadhammaü sabban taü nirodhadhamman ti yathābhåtam pajānāti || ettāvatā kho āvuso bhikkhuno dassanaü suvisuddhaü hotãti || || Atha khvāham bhante asantuņņho tassa bhikkhussa pa¤havyākaraõena yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkamiü || kittāvatā nu kho bhante bhikkhuno suvisuddhaü hotãti || || 7 Seyyathāpi bhikkhu purisassa kiüsuko adiņņhapubbo assa || so yena¤¤ataro puriso kiüsukassa dassāvã tenupasaīkameyya || upasaīkamitvā tam purisam evaü vadeyya Kãdiso bho purisa kiüsuko ti || so evaü vadeyya Kālako kho ambho purisa kiüsuko seyyathāpi jhāmakhāõåti || tena kho pana bhikkhu samayena tādiso vassa kiüsuko yathāpi tassa purisassa dassanaü || || Atha kho so bhikkhu puriso asantuņņho tassa purisassa pa¤havyākaraõena yena¤¤ataro puriso kiüsukassa dassāvã tenupasaīkameyya || upasaīkamitvā tam purisam evaü vadeyya Kãdiso bho purisa kiüsuko ti || || So evaü vadeyya Lohitako kho ambho purisa kiüsuko seyyathāpi maüsapesãti || tena kho pana bhikkhu samayena tādiso vassa kiüsuko yathāpi tassa purisassa dassanaü || || Atha kho so bhikkhu puriso asantuņņho tassa purisassa pa¤havyākaraõena yena¤¤ataro puriso kiüsukassa dassāvã tenupasaīkameyya || upasaīkamitvā tam purisam evaü vadeyya Kãdiso bho purisa kiüsuko ti || so evaü vadeyya Odãrakajāto kho ambho purisa kiüsuko ādiõõasipātiko seyyathāpi sirãso ti || tena kho pana bhikkhu samayena tādiso vassa kiüsuko yathāpi tassa purisassa dassanaü || || Atha kho so bhikkhu puriso asantuņņho tassa purisassa pa¤havyākaraõena yena¤¤ataro puriso kiüsukassa dassāvã tenupasaīkameyya #<[page 194]># %<194 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 204. 8>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || upasaīkamitvā tam purisam evaü vadeyya Kãdiso bho purisa kiüsuko ti || so evaü vadeyya Bahalapattapalāso kho ambho purisa kiüsuko sandacchāyo seyyathāpi nigrodho ti || tena kho pana bhikkhu samayena tādiso vassa kiüsuko yathāpi tassa purisassa dassanaü || || Evam eva kho bhikkhu yathā yathā adhimuttānaü tesaü sappurisānaü dassanaü suvisuddhaü tathā tathā kho tehi sappurisehi vyākataü || || 8 Seyyathāpi bhikkhu ra¤¤o paccantimaü nagaram daëhuddāpaü daëhapākāratoraõam chadvāraü || tatrassa dovāriko paõķito vyatto medhāvã a¤¤ātānaü nivaretā ¤ātānam pavesetā || || Puratthimāya disāya āgantvā sãgham dåtayugaü taü dovārikam evaü vadeyya || Kaham bho purisa imassa nagarassa nagarasāmãti || so evaü vadeyya Eso bhante majjhe siīghāņake nisinno ti || || Atha kho taü sãghaü dåtayugaü nagarasāmissa yathābhåtaü vacanaü niyyādetvā yathāgatamaggam paņipajjeyya || pacchimāya disāya āgantvā sãgham dåtayugaü || pe || uttarāya disāya āgantvā sãghaü dåtayugaü taü dovārikam evam vadeyya || Kaham bho purisa imassa nagarassa nagarasāmãti || so evaü vadeyya Eso bhante majjhe siīghātake nisinno ti || atha kho taü siīghaü dåtayugaü nagarasāmissa yathābhåtaü vacanaü niyyādetvā yathāgatamaggam paņipajjeyya || 9 Upamā kho myāyam bhikkhu katā atthassa vi¤¤āpanāya aya¤cevettha attho || || Nagaran ti kho bhikkhu imassetaü catumahābhåtikassa kāyassa adhivacanaü || mātāpettikasambhavassa odanakummāsupacayassa aniccucchādana-parimaddana-bhedana-viddhaüsanadhammassa || || Chadvārā ti kho bhikkhu channetam ajjhattikānam āyatanānaü adhivacanaü || || Dovāriko ti kho bhikkhu satiyā etam adhivacanaü || || #<[page 195]># %% Sãghaü dåtayugan ti kho bhikkhu samathavipassanānetam adhivacanam || || Nagarasāmãti kho bhikkhu vi¤¤āõassetam adhivacanaü || || Majjhe siīghātako ti kho bhikkhu catunnetam mahābhåtānam adhivacanaü || pathavãdhātuyā āpodhātuyā tejodhātuyā vāyodhātuyā || || Yathābhåtam vacanan ti kho bhikkhu nibbānassetam adhivacanaü || || Yathāgatamaggo ti kho bhikkhu ariyassetam aņņhaīgikassa maggassa adhivacanaü || Seyyathãdaü sammādiņņhiyā || pe || sammāsamādhissā ti || || #< SN_4,35(1).205 (9) Vãõā># 3 Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā cakkhuvi¤¤eyyesu råpesu uppajjeyya chando vā rāgo vā doso vā moho vā paņigham vā pi cetaso tato cittaü nivāraye || Sabhayo ceso maggo sappaņibhayo ca sakaõņako ca sagahano ca ummaggo ca kummaggo ca duhitiko ca || asappurisasevito ceso maggo na ceso maggo sappurisehi sevito || na tvam etam arahasãti tato cittaü nivāraye cakkhuvi¤¤eyyehi råpehi || || pe || Yassa kassaci bhikkhave bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā jivhāvi¤¤eyyesu rasesu || pe || manovi¤¤eyyesu dhammesu uppajjeyya chando vā rāgo vā doso vā moho vā paņighaü vā pi cetaso tato cittaü nivāraye || Sabhayo ceso maggo sappaņibhayo ca sakaõņako ca sagahaõo ca ummaggo ca kummaggo ca duhitiko ca || asappurisasevito ceso maggo na ceso maggo sappurisehi sevito || na tvam etam arahasãti tato cittam nivāraye manovi¤¤eyyehi dhammehi || || 4 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave kiņņhaü sampannaü kitthārakkho ca pamatto || goõo ca kiņņhādo aduü kiņņham otaritvā yāvadatthaü madam āpajjeyya #<[page 196]># %<196 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 205. 5>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano chasu phassāyatanesu asaüvutākārã pa¤casu kāmaguõesu yāvadatthaü madam āpajjati || || 5 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave kiņņhaü sampannaü kiņņhārakkho ca apamatto || goõo ca kiņņhādo aduü kiņņham otareyya tam enaü kiņņhārakkho nāsāya sugahitaü gaõheyya || nāsāyaü suggahitaü gahetvā upari ghāņāya suniggahitaü niggaõheyya upari ghaņāyam suniggahitaü niggahetvā daõķena sutāëitam tāëeyya || daõķena sutāëitaü tāëetvā ossajjeyya || Dutiyam pi kho bhikkhave || pe || Tatiyam pi kho bhikkhave goõo kiņņhādo aduü kiņņham otareyya tam enaü kiņņhārakkho nāsāya suggahitaü gaõheyya || nāsāyaü sugahitaü gahetvā upari ghaņāya suniggahitaü niggaõheyya || upari ghāņāya suniggahitaü niggahetvā daõķena sutāëitaü tāëeyya || daõķena sutāëitaü tāëetvā ossajjeyya || || Evaü hi so bhikkhave goõo kiņņhādo gāmagato vā ara¤¤agato vā ņhānabahulo vā assa nisajjabahulo vā || na taü kiņņhaü puna otareyya || tam eva purimaü daõķasamphassam samanussaranto || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave yato kho bhikkhuno chasu phassāyatanesu cittam ujujātaü hoti saümujujātam ajjhattam eva santiņņhati sannisãdati ekodihoti samādhiyati || || 6 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave ra¤¤o vā rājamahāmattassa vā vãõāya saddo assutapubbo assa || so viõāya saddaü suõeyya || so evaü vadeyya || || Ambho kissa nu kho eso saddo evaü rajaniyo evaü kamaniyo evam madaniyo evam mucchaniyo evam bandhaniyo ti #<[page 197]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || tam enam evaü vadeyyuü || || Eso kho bhante vãõā nāma yassā eso saddo evaü rajaniyo evaü kamaniyo evaü madaniyo evaü mucchaniyo evam bandhaniyo ti || so evaü vadeyya || || Gacchatha me bho tam vãõam āharathāti || || tassa taü vãõam āhareyyuü || tam enam evaü vadeyyuü || Ayaü kho sā bhante viõā yassā eso saddo evaü rajaniyo evaü kamaniyo evam madaniyo evam mucchaniyo evam bandhaniyoti || so evam vadeyya Alam me bho tāya vãõāya taü eva me saddam āharathāti || || Tam enaü vadeyyuü Ayaü kho bhante vãõā nāma anekasambhārā mahāsambhārā anekehi sambhārehi samāraddhā vadati || seyyathidaü doõi¤ca paņicca camma¤ca paņicca daõķa¤ca paņicca upaveõa¤ ca paņicca tantiyo ca paņicca koõa¤ ca paņicca purisassa ca tajjaü vāyāmam paņicca evāyam bhante vãõā nāma anekasambhārā mahāsambhārā anekehi sambhārehi samāraddhā vadatãti || so taü vãõaü dasadhā vā satadhā vā phāleyya || dasadhā vā satadhā tam phāletvā sakalikaü sakalikaü kareyya || sakalikaü sakalikaü karitvā agginā ķaheyya || agginā ķahitvā masiü kareyya || masiü karitvā mahāvāte vā opuneyya nadiyā vā sãghasotāya pavāheyya || so evam vadeyya || asakkirāyam bho vãõā nāma yatheva yaü ki¤ci vãõā nāma ettha ca mahājano ativelam pamatto palaëito ti || || 7 Evam eva kho bhikkhave bhikkhu råpam samanesati yāvatā råpassa gati || vedanaü samanesati || pe || sa¤¤aü || saīkhāre || vi¤¤āõaü samanesati yāvatā vi¤¤āõassa gati || tassa råpaü samanesato || pe || sa¤¤aü || saīkhāre || vi¤¤āõam samanesato yāvatā vi¤¤āõassa gati || yam pissa taü hoti Ahan ti vā Mamanti vā Asmãti vā tam pi tassa na hotãti #<[page 198]># %<198 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 206. 3>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || #< SN_4,35(1).206 (10) Chapāõa># 3 Seyyathāpã bhikkhave puriso arugatto pakkagatto saravanam paviseyya || tassa kusakaõņakā ceva pāde vijjheyyuü aråpakkāni gattāni vilikkheyyuü || evaü hi so bhikkhave puriso bhiyyosomattāya tatonidānam dukkhadomanassaü {paņisaüvediyetha} || Evaü eva kho bhikkhave idhekacco bhikkhu gāmagato vā ara¤¤agato vā labhati vattāram aya¤ ca kho āyasmā evaükārã evaüsamācāro asucigāmakaõņako ti || taükaõņako ti viditvā saüvaro ca asaüvaro ca veditabbo || || 4 Katha¤ ca bhikkhave asaüvaro hoti || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhunā råpaü disvā piyaråpe råpe adhimuccati || appiyaråpe råpe vyāpajjati || anupaņņhitakāyasatã ca viharati parittacetaso || ta¤ca cetovimuttim pa¤¤āvimuttiü yathābhåtaü nappajānāti || yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || Sotena saddaü sutvā || Ghānena gandhaü ghāyitvā || Jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā || kāyena poņņhabbam phusitvā || || Manasā dhammaü vi¤¤āya piyaråpe dhamme adhimuccati || appiyaråpe dhamme vyāpajjatã anupaņņhitakāyasatã ca viharati parittacetaso ta¤ ca cetovimuttim pa¤¤āvimuttiü yathābhåtaü nappajānāti || yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || || 5 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso chappāõake gahetvā nānāvisaye nānāgocare daëhāya rajjuyā bandheyya || ahiü gahetvā daëhaya rajjuyā bandheyya || suüsumāraü gahetvā daëhāya rajjuyā bandheyya || pakkhiü gahetvā daëhāya rajjuyā bandheyya || kukkuraü gahetvā daëhāya rajjuyā bandheyya #<[page 199]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || sigālam gahetvā daëhāya rajjuyā bandheyya || makkaņam gahetvā daëhāya rajjuyā bandheyya || || Daëhāya rajjuyā bandhitvā majjhe gaõņhiü karitvā ossajjeyya || || Atha kho te bhikkhave chappāõakā nānāvisayā nānāgocarā sakaü sakaü gocaravisayam āvi¤cheyyuü || ahi āvi¤cheyya vammikaü pavekkhāmã ti || suüsumāro āvi¤cheyya udakaü pavekkhāmãti || pakkhã āvi¤cheyya ākāsaü ķessāmãti || kukkuro āvi¤cheyya gāmaü pavekkhāmãti || sigālo āvi¤cheyya sãvathikaü pavekkhāmãti || makkaņo āvi¤cheyya vanam pavekkhāmãti || || Yadā kho te bhikkhave chappāõakājhattā assu kilantā || atha kho yo nesam pāõakānaü balavataro assa || tassa te anuvatteyyuü anuvidhãyeyyuü vasaü gaccheyyuü || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave yassa kassaci bhikkhuno kāyagatā sati abhāvitā abahulikatā || taü cakkhu āvi¤chati manāpiyesu råpesu amanāpiyā råpā paņikkulā honti || pa || mano āvi¤chati manāpiyesu dhammesu amanāpiyā dhammā patikkulā honti || || Evaü kho bhikkhave asaüvaro hoti || || 6 Katha¤ca bhikkhave saüvaro hoti || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cakkhunā råpaü disvā piyaråpe råpe nādhimuccati || appiyaråpe råpe na vyāpajjati upaņņhitakāyasatã ca viharati appamāõacetaso || ta¤ca cetovimuttiü pa¤¤āvimuttiü yathābhåtam pajānāti || yathassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || la || Jivhāya rasaü sāyitvā || la || Manasā dhammaü vi¤¤āya piyaråpe dhamme nādhimuccati || appiyaråpe dhamme na vyāpajjati #<[page 200]># %<200 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 206. 7>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || upaņņhitakāyasatã ca viharati appamaõacetaso || ta¤ ca cetovimuttiü pa¤¤āvimuttim yathābhåtam pajānāti || yatthassa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti || || 7 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso chappāõake gahetvā nānāvisaye nānāgocare daëhāya rajjuyā bandheyya || ahiü gahetvā daëhāya rajjuyā bandheyya || suüsumāraü gahetvā || pakkhiü gahetvā || kukkuraü gahetvā sigālaü gahetvā || makkaņaü gahetvā || daëhāya rajjuyā bandheyya || daëhāya rajjuyā bandhitvā daëhe khãle vā thambhe vā upanibandheyya || atha kho te bhikkhave chappāõakā nānāvisayā nānāgocarā sakaü sakaü gocaravisayam āvi¤cheyyuü || ahi āvi¤cheyya vammikaü pavekkhāmãti || suüsumāro āvi¤cheyya udakam pavekkhāmãti || pakkhã āvi¤cheyya ākāsaü ķessāmãti || kukkuro avi¤cheyya gāmam pavekkhāmãti || sigālo āvi¤cheyya sãvathikaü pavekkhāmãti || makkato āvi¤cheyya vanaü pavekkhāmãti || yadā kho bhikkhave chappāõakājhattā assu kilantā || atha taü eva khãle vā thambhe vā upatiņņheyyuü upanisãdeyyum upanipajjeyyuü || evam eva kho bhikkhave yassa kassaci bhikkhuno kāyagatā sati bhāvitā bahulãkatā || taü cakkhuü nāvi¤chati manāpiyesu råpesu amanāpiyā råpā na paņikkulā honti || pa || jivhā nāvi¤chati || pe || mano nāvi¤chati manāpiyesu dhammesu amanapiyā dhammā na paņikkulā honti || || Evaü kho bhikkhave saüvaro hoti || || 8 Daëhe khãle vā thambe vā ti kho bhikkhave kāyagatāya satiyā etam adhivacanaü || tasmāti ha vo bhikkhave etaü sikkhitabbam Kāyagatā no sati bhāvitā bhavissati bahulãkatā yānikatā vatthukatā anuņņhitā paricitā susamāraddhāti || || Evaü hi kho bhikkhave sikkhitabban ti || || #<[page 201]># %% #< SN_4,35(1).207 (11) Yavakalāpi># 3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave yavakalāpã catumahāpathe nikkhittā assa || atha cha purisā āgaccheyyuü vyābhaīgihatthā te taü yavakalāpim chahi vyābhaīgãhi haneyyuü || evaü hi sā bhikkhave yavakalāpã suhatā assa chahi vyābhaīgãhi ha¤¤amānā || || Atha sattamo puriso āgaccheyya vyābhaīgihattho so taü yavakalāpiü sattamāya vyābhaīgiyā haneyya || evaü hi sā bhikkhave yavakalāpã suhatatarā assa sattamāya vyābhaīgiyā ha¤¤amānā || || 4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave assutāvā puthujjano cakkhusmiü ha¤¤ati manāpāmanāpehi råpehi || la || jivhāya ha¤¤ati manāpāmanāpehi rasehi || manasmiü ha¤¤ati manāpāmanāpehi dhammehi || sace so bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano āyatipunabbhavāya ceteti || evaü hi so bhikkhave moghapuriso suhatataro hoti || seyyathāpi bhikkhave sā yavakalāpã sattamāya vyābhaīgiyā ha¤¤amānā || || 5 Bhåtapubbam bhikkhave devāsurasaīgāmo samupabbåëho ahosi || || Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo asure āmantesi || sace mārisā devāsurasaīgāme samupabbåëhe asurā jineyyuü || devā parājineyyuü || yena taü Sakkaü devānam indam kaõņhe pa¤camehi bandhanehi bandhitvā mama santike āneyyātha asurapuranti || || Sakko pi kho bhikkhave devānam indo deve Tāvatiüse āmantesi || || Sace mārisā devāsurasaīgāme samupabbåëhe devā jineyyuü asurā parājineyyuü || yena naü Vepacittim asurindaü kaõņhe pa¤camehi bandhanehi bandhitvā mama santike āneyyātha Sudhammaü devasabhanti || || 6 Tasmiü kho pana saīgāme devā jiniüsu asurā parājiniüsu #<[page 202]># %<202 SAėâYATANA-SAũYUTTA [XXXV. 207. 7>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Atha kho bhikkhave devā Tāvatiüsā Vepacittim asurindaü kaõņhe pa¤camehi bandhanehi bandhitvā Sakkassa devānam indassa santike ānesuü Sudhammaü devasabhaü || || 7 Tatra sudam bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo kaõņhe pa¤camehi bandhanehi baddho hoti || || Yadā ca kho bhikkhave Vepacittissa asurindassa evaü hoti || Dhammikā kho devā adhammikā asurā idheva dānāham devapuraü gacchāmãti || atha kaõņhe pa¤camehi bandhanehi muttam attānaü samanupassati || dibbehi ca pa¤cahi kāmaguõehi samappito samaīgãbhåto paricāreti || || Yadā ca kho bhikkhave Vepacittissa asurindassa evaü hoti Dhammikā kho asurā adhammikā devā tattheva dānāham asurapuraü gamissāmãti || atha kaõņhe pa¤camehi bandhanehi baddham attānaü samanupassati || dibbehi ca pa¤cahi kāmaguõehi parihāyati || || 8 Evaü sukhumaü kho bhikkhave Vepacittibandhanaü tato sukhumataraü Mārabandhanaü || ma¤¤amāno kho bhikkhave baddho Mārassa ama¤¤amāno mutto pāpimato || Asmãti bhikkhave ma¤¤itam etaü Ayam aham asmãti ma¤¤itam etaü Bhavissan ti ma¤¤itam etaü Na bhavissan ti ma¤¤itam etaü || Råpã bhavissan ti ma¤¤itam etaü Aråpã bhavissan ti ma¤¤itam etaü Sa¤¤ã bhavissan ti Asa¤¤ã bhavissan ti ma¤¤itam etam Nevasa¤¤ãnāsa¤¤ã bhavissan ti ma¤¤itam etaü || ma¤¤itam bhikkhave rāgo ma¤¤itaü gaõķo ma¤¤itam sallaü || || Tasmāti ha bhikkhave ama¤¤itamānena cetasā viharissāmāti || || 9 Eva¤hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbaü || || Asmãti bhikkhave i¤jitam etaü Ayam aham asmãti i¤jitam etam Bhavissan ti i¤jitam etaü Na bhavissan ti i¤jitam etaü || Råpã bhavissan ti i¤jitam etaü Aråpã bhavissan ti i¤jitam etam Sa¤¤ã bhavissan ti i¤jitam etaü Asa¤¤ã bhavissanti i¤jitam etaü Nevasa¤¤ināsa¤¤ã bhavissan ti i¤jitam etaü || i¤jitam bhikkhave rāgo i¤jitaü gaõķo i¤jitaü sallaü #<[page 203]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave ani¤jamānena cetasā viharissāmāti || || 10 Evaü hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbaü || || Asmãti bhikkhave phanditam etaü Ayam aham asmãti phanditam etaü Bhavissan ti || pa || Na bhavissan ti || Råpã bhavissan ti || Aråpã bhavissan ti || Sa¤¤ã bhavissan ti || Asa¤¤ã bhavissan ti || Nevasa¤¤ãnāsa¤¤ã bhavissan ti phanditam etaü || phanditam bhikkhave rāgo phanditaü gaõķo phanditam sallaü || || Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave aphandamānena cetasā viharissāmāti || || 11 Evaü hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbaü || || Asmãti bhikkhave papa¤citam etaü Ayam aham asmãti papa¤citam etam || Bhavissan ti || pa || Na bhavissan ti || Råpã bhavissan ti || Aråpã bhavissan ti || Sa¤¤ã bhavissan ti || Asa¤¤ã bhavissan ti || || Nevasa¤¤ãnāsa¤¤ã bhavissan ti papa¤citam etaü || || Papa¤citam bhikkhave rāgo papa¤citaü gaõķo papa¤citaü sallaü || || Tasmāti ha bhikkhave nappapa¤cena cetasā viharissāmāti || || 12 Evaü hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabbaü || || Asmãti bhikkhave mānagatam etaü Ayam aham asmãti mānagatam etaü || Bhavissan ti mānagatam etaü Na bhavissan ti mānagatam etaü || Råpã bhavissan ti mānagatam etaü || Aråpã bhavissan ti mānagatam etaü || Sa¤¤ã bhavissan ti mānagatam etaü || Asa¤¤ã bhavissan ti mānagatam etaü || || Nevasa¤¤ãnā sa¤¤ã {bhavissan} ti mānagatam etaü || || Mānagatam bhikkhave rāgo mānagataü gaõķo mānagataü sallaü || || Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave nihatamānena cetasā viharissāmā ti || || Evaü hi vo bhikkhave sikkhitabban ti || || âsãvisavaggo pa¤camo6 Tassuddānaü7 || || #<[page 204]># %<204 VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM [XXXVI. 1. 3>% âsãviso Ratho Kummo || dve Dārukkhandhā Avassuto || Dukkhadhammā Kiüsukā Vãõā || Chapāõā Yavakalapã ti || Catutthapāõõāsake vagguddānaü || Nandikkhayā Saņņhinayā || Samuddo Uragena ca Catupaõõāsakā ete || Nipātesu pakāsitā ti || || #< BOOK II VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM># #< CHAPTER I PATHAMASAGâTHAVAGGO># #< SN_4,36(2).1 (1) Samādhi># 3 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || katamā tisso || || Sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || || Imā kho bhikkhave tisso vedanā ti || || 4 Samāhito sampajāno || sato buddhassa sāvako || Vedanā capajānāti || vedanāna¤ca sambhavaü || || Yattha cetā nirujjhanti || magga¤ca khayagāminam || Vedanānaü khayā bhikkhu || nicchāto parinibbuto ti || || #< SN_4,36(2).2 (2) Sukhāya># 3 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || katamā tisso || || Sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || || Imā kho bhikkhave tisso vedanā ti || || #<[page 205]># %% 4 Sukhaü vā yadi vā dukkhaü || adukkhamasukhaü saha || Ajjhatta¤ca bahiddhā ca || Yaü ki¤ci atthi veditaü || || Etaü dukkhan ti ¤atvāna || mosadhammam palokinaü || Phussaphussavayam passaü || evaü tattha virajjatãti || || #< SN_4,36(2).3 (3) Pahānena># 3 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || katamā tisso || || Sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || || 4 Sukhāya bhikkhave vedanāya rāgānusayo pahātabbo || dukkhāya vedanāya paņighānusayo pahātabbo || adukkham asukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahātabbo || || 5 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno sukhāya vedanāya rāgānusayo pahãno hoti || dukkhāya vedanāya paņighānusayo pahãno hoti || adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo pahãno hoti || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhuno pahãnarāgānusayo sammaddaso acchejji taõhaü || vivattayi saüyojanaü || sammāmānābhisamayā antam akāsi dukkhassāti || 6 Sukhaü vediyamānassa || vedanam appajānato || So rāgānusayo hoti || anissaraõadassino || || Dukkhaü vediyamānassa || vedanam appajānato || Patighānusayo hoti || anissaraõadassino || || Adukkhamasukhaü santam || bhåripa¤¤ena desitaü || Taü cāpi abhinandati || neva dukkhā pamuccati || || #<[page 206]># %<206 VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM [XXXVI. 4. 3>% Yato ca kho bhikkhu ātāpã || sampaja¤¤aü na ri¤cati || Tato so vedanā sabbā || parijānāti paõķito || || So vedanā pari¤¤āya || diņņhe dhamme anāsavo || Kāyassa bhedā dhammaņņho || saīkhaü nopeti vedagå ti || || #< SN_4,36(2).4 (4) Pātāla># 3 Assutavā bhikkhave puthujjano yaü vācam bhāsati Atthi mahāsamudde pātālo ti || taü kho panetam bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano asantam asaüvijjamānam evaü vācam bhāsati Atthi mahāsamudde pātālo ti || || 4 Sārãrikānaü kho etam bhikkhave dukkhānaü vedanānaü adhivacanaü yad idam pātāloti || || 5 Assutavā bhikkhave puthujjano sārãrikāya dukkhāya vedanāya phuņņho samāno socati kilamati paridevati urattāëã kandati sammoham āpajjati || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano pātāle na paccuņņhāsi gādha¤ca najjhagā || 6 Sutavā ca kho bhikkhave ariyasāvako sārãrikāya dukkhāya vedanāya phuņņho samāno na socati na kilamati na paridevati na urattāëãkandati na sammoham āpajjati || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako pātāle paccuņņhāsi gādha¤ca ajjhagāti || || Yo etā nādhivāseti || uppannā vedanā dukkhā || Sārãrikā pāõaharā || yāhi puņņho pavedhati || Akkandati parodati || dubbalo appathāmako || Na so pātāle paccuņņhāsi atho gādham pi najjhagā || || #<[page 207]># %% Yo ce tā adhivāseti || uppannā vedanā dukkhā || Sārãrikā pāõaharā || yāhi puņņho na vedhati || Sa ce pātāle paccuņņhāsi atho gādham pi ajjhagāti || #< SN_4,36(2).5 Daņņhabbena># 3 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || katamā tisso || || Sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukā vedanā || || Sukhā bhikkhave vedanā dukkhato daņņhabbā || dukkhā vedanā sallato daņņhabbā || adukkhamasukhā vedanā aniccato daņņhabbā || || 4 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno sukhā vedanā dukkhato diņņhā honti || dukkhā vedanā sallato diņņhā hoti || adukkhamasukhā vedanā aniccato diņņha hoti || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu sammaddaso acchejji taõham vivattayi saüyojanaü sammamānābhisamayā antam akāsi dukkhassā ti || || Yo sukhaü dukkhato adda || dukkham adakkhi sallato || adukkhamasukhaü santaü || adakkhi nam aniccato || || Sa ve sammaddaso bhikkhu || parijānāti vedanā || So vedanā pari¤¤āya || diņņhadhamme anāsavo || Kāyassa bhedā dhammaņņho || saīkhaü nupeti vedagåti || || #< SN_4,36(2).6 (6) Sallattena># 3 Assutavā bhikkhave puthujjano sukham pi vedanaü vediyati dukkham pi vedanaü vediyati adukkhamasukham pi vedanaü vediyati || || 4 Sutavā bhikkhave ariyasāvako sukham pi vedanaü vediyati dukkham pi vedanaü vediyati adukkhamasukham pi vedanaü vediyati #<[page 208]># %<208 VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM [XXXVI. 6. 5>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || 5 Tatra bhikkhave ko viseso ko adhippāyoso kim nānākaraõaü sutavato ariyasāvakassa assutavatā puthujjanenāti || || 6 Bhagavaümålakā no bhante dhammā || la || 7 Assutavā bhikkhave puthujjano dukkhāya vedanāya puņņho samāno socati kilamati paridevati urattālãkandati sammoham āpajjati || so dve vedanā vediyati kāyika¤ ca cetasika¤ ca || || 8 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave purisaü sallena || vijjheyyuü || tam enam dutiyena sallena vijjheyyuü || evaü hi so bhikkhave puriso dve salle vedanā vediyati || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano dukkhāya vedanāya puņņho samāno socati kilamati paridevati urattāliü kandati sammoham āpajjati || so dve vedanā vediyati kāyika¤ca cetasika¤ca || tassāyeva kho pana dukkhāya vedanāya puņņho samāno paņighavā hoti || tam enam dukkhāya vedanāya paņighavantaü yo dukkhāya vedanāya patighānusayo so anuseti || || So dukkhāya vedanāya phuņņho samāno kāmasukham abhinandati || taü kissa hetu || na hi bhikkhave pajānāti assutavā puthujjano a¤¤atra kāmasukhā dukkhāya vedanāya nissaraõaü || tassa kāmasukham abhinandato yo sukhāya vedanāya rāgānusayo so anuseti || so tāsaü vedanānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca assāda¤ca ādãnava¤ca nissaraõa¤ca yathābhåtaü nappajānāti || tassa tāsam vedanānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca assāda¤ca nissaraõa¤ca yathābhåtam appajānato yo adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo so anuseti || || So sukhaü ce vedanaü vediyati sa¤¤utto naü vediyati || dukkhaü ce vedanaü vediyati sa¤¤utto naü vediyati || adukkhamasukhaü ce vedanaü vediyati sa¤¤utto naü vediyati #<[page 209]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano sa¤¤utto jātiyā maraõena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi sa¤¤utto dukkhasmāti vadāmi || || 9 Sutavā ca kho bhikkhave ariyasāvako dukkhāya vedanāya puņņho samāno na socati na kilamati na paridevati na urattālãkandati na sammoham āpajjati || so ekaü vedanaü vediyati kāyikaü || na cetasikaü || || 10 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave purisaü sallena vijjheyyuü || na tam enaü dutiyena sallena anuvijjheyyuü || || Evaü hi so bhikkhave puriso ekasallena vedanaü vediyati || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako dukkhāya vedanāya phuņņho samāno na socati na kilamati na paridevati na urattāëãkandati na sammoham āpajjati || so ekaü vedanaü vediyati kāyikaü na cetasikaü || tassā yeva kho pana dukkhāya vedanāya paņighavā na hoti || tam enam dukkhāya vedanāya apaņighavantaü yo dukkhāya vedanāya paņighanusayo so nānuseti || || So dukkhāya vedanāya phuņņho samāno kāmasukhaü nābhinandati || taü kissa hetu || pajānāti bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako a¤¤atra kāmasukhā dukkhāya vedanāya nissaraõaü || tassa kāmasukhaü nābhinandato yo sukhāya vedanāya rāgānusayo so nānuseti || || So tāsaü vedanānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca assāda¤ca ādãnava¤ca nissaraõa¤ca yathābhåtam pajānāti || tassa tāsaü vedanānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca assāda¤ca ādãnava¤ca nissaraõa¤ca yathābhåtam pajānato yo adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya avijjānusayo so nānuseti || || So sukhaü ce vedanaü vediyati visa¤¤utto naü vediyati || dukkham ce vedanaü vediyati visa¤¤utto naü vediyati #<[page 210]># %<210 VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM [XXXVI. 6. 11>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || adukkhamasukhaü ce vedanam vediyati visa¤¤utto naü vediyati || || Ayaü vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako visa¤¤uto jātiyā jarāya maraõena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi visa¤¤utto dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || || 11 Ayaü kho bhikkhave viseso ayam adhippāyoso idaü nānākaraõaü sutavato ariyasāvakassa assutavatā puthujjanenā ti || || 12 Na vedanaü vediyati sapa¤¤o sukham pi dukkham pi bahussuto pi || ayaü ca dhãrassa puthujjanena || mahā viseso kusalassa hoti || || Saīkhātadhammassa bahussutassa || sampassato lokam imam pāra¤ca || iņņhassa dhammā na mathenti cittaü || aniņņhato no paņighātam eti || || Tassānurodhā athavā virodhā || vidhåpitā atthagatā na santi || padaü ca ¤atvā virajam asokaü || sammā pajānāti bhavassa pāragåti || || #< SN_4,36(2).7 (7) Gela¤¤a1># 1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Vesaliyaü viharati Mahāvane Kuņāgārasālāyaü || || 2 Atha kho Bhagavā sāyaõhasamayaü paņisallāõā vuņņhito yena gilānasālā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā pa¤¤atte āsane nisãdi || nisajja kho Bhagavā bhikkhå āmantesi sato bhikkhave bhikkhu sampajāno kālam āgameyya #<[page 211]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || ayaü vo amhākam anusāsanã || || 3 Kathaü ca bhikkhave bhikkhu sato hoti || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassã viharati ātāpã sampajāno satimā vineyyaloke abhijjhādomanassaü || vedanāsu || pe || citte dhammesu dhammānupassã viharati ātāpã sampajāno satimā vineyyaloke abhijjhādomanassaü || || Evaü kho bhikkhave bhikkhu sato hoti || || 4 Kathaü ca bhikkhave bhikkhu sampajāno hoti || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu abhikkante paņikkante sampajānakārã hoti || ālokite vilokite sampajānakārã hoti || sammi¤jite pasārite sampajānakārã hoti || saīghāti-pattacãvaradhāraõe sampajānakārã hoti || asite pite khāyite sāyite sampajānakārã hoti || uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārã hoti || gate ņhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuõhãbhāve sampajānakārã hoti || || Evaü kho bhikkhave bhikkhu sampajāno hoti || || 5 Sato bhikkhave bhikkhu sampajāno kālam āgameyya ayaü kho amhākam anusāsanã || || 6 Tassa ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno evaü satassa sampajānassa appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato uppajjati sukhā vedanā || so evam pajānāti || Uppannā kho me ayaü sukhā vedanā || sā ca kho paņicca no apaņicca || kim paņicca imaü eva kāyam paņicca || ayaü kho pana kāyo anicco saīkhato paņicca samuppanno || aniccaü kho pana saīkhatam paņicca samuppannam kāyam paņicca uppannā sukhā vedanā kuto niccā bhavissatãti || || So kāye ca sukhāya ca vedanāya aniccānupassã viharati || vayānupassã viharati || virāgānupassã viharati || nirodhānupassã viharati || paņinissaggānupassã viharati || tassa kāye ca sukhāya ca vedanāya aniccānupassino viharato vayānupassino viharato virāgānupassino viharato nirodhānupassino viharato paņinissaggānupassino viharato yo kāye ca sukhāya ca vedanāya rāgānusayo so pahãyati #<[page 212]># %<212 VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM [XXXVI. 7. 7>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || 7 Tassa ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno evaü satassa sampajānassa appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato uppajjati dukkhā vedanā || so evam pajānāti || || Uppannā kho myāyaü dukkhā vedanā || sā ca kho paņicca || no apaņicca || kim paņicca imam eva kāyam paņicca || ayaü kho pana kāyo anicco saīkhato paņicca samuppanno || Aniccaü kho pana saīkhataü paņicca samuppannam kāyam paticca uppannā dukkhā vedanā kuto niccā bhavissatãti || || So kaye ca dukkhāya ca vedanāya aniccānupassã viharati || vayānupassã viharati || virāgānupassã viharati || nirodhānupassã viharati || paņinissaggānupassã viharati || paņinissaggānupassã viharati || tassa kāye ca dukkhāya ca vedanāya aniccānupassino viharato || la || paņinissaggānupassino viharato yo kāye ca dukkhāya ca vedanāya paņighānusayo so pahãyati || || 8 Tassa ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno evaü satassa sampajānassa appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā so evam pajānāti || || Uppannā kho myāyam adukkhamasukhā vedanā || sā ca kho paņicca no appaņicca kim paņicca imam eva kāyam paņicca || ayaü kho pana kāyo anicco saīkhato paņicca samuppanno || aniccaü kho pana saīkhataü paņicca samuppannaü kāyam paņicca uppannā adukkhamasukhā vedanā kuto niccā bhavissatãti || || So kāye ca adukkhamasukhāya ca vedanāya aniccānupassã viharati || vayānupassã || pe || virāgānupassã || nirodhānupassã || paņinissaggānupassã viharati || tassa kāye ca adukkhamasukhāya ca vedanāya ca aniccānupassino viharato || la || paņinissaggānupassino viharato yo kaye ca adukkhamasukhāya ca vedanāya avijjānusayo so pahãyati || || #<[page 213]># %% 9 So sukhaü ce vedanaü vediyati Sā aniccāti pajānāti || Anajjhositā ti pajānāti || Anabhinanditā ti pajānāti || || Dukkhaü ce vedanam vediyati || pe || || Adukkhamasukhaü ce vedanam vediyati Sā aniccāti pajānāti || Anajjhositā ti pajānāti || Anabhinanditā ti pajānāti || || 10 So sukhaü ce vedanaü vediyati visa¤¤utto naü vediyati || || Dukkhaü ce vedanaü vediyati visa¤¤utto naü vediyati || adukkhamasukhaü ce vedanaü vediyati visa¤¤utto naü vediyati || || 11 So kāyapariyantikaü vedanaü vediyamāno Kāyapariyantikaü vedanaü vediyāmãti pajānāti || jãvitapariyantikaü vedanaü vediyamāno Jãvitapariyantikaü vedanaü vediyāmãti pajānāti || kāyassa bhedā uddhaü jãvitapariyādānā Idheva sabbavedayitāni anabhinanditāni sãtibhavissantãti pajānāti || || 12 Seyyathāpi bhikkhu telaü ca paņicca vaņņiü ca telapadãpo jhāyeyya || tasseva telassa ca vaņņiyā ca pariyādānā anāhāro nibbāyeyya || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave bhikkhu kāyapariyantikaü vedanaü vediyamāno Kāyapariyantikaü vedanaü vediyāmãti pajānāti || Jãvitapariyantikaü vedanaü vediyamāno Jãvitapariyantikaü vedanaü vediyāmãti pajānāti || kāyassa bhedā uddhaü jãvitapariyādānā Idheva sabbavedayitāni anabhinanditāni sãtibhavissantãti pajānātãti || || #< SN_4,36(2).8 (8) Gela¤¤a25># 1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Vesaliyaü viharati Mahāvane kuņāgārasālāyaü || || 2 Atha kho Bhagavā sāyaõhasamayaü- 3 Kathaü ca bhikkhave bhikkhu sato hoti- #<[page 214]># %<214 VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM [XXXVI. 8. 4>% 4 Kathaü ca bhikkhave bhikkhu sampajāno hoti- 5 Sato kho bhikkhave bhikkhu sampajāno kālam āgameyya- 6 Tassa ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno evaü satassa sampajānassa appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato uppajjati sukhā vedanā || so evam pajānāti Uppannā kho myāyaü sukhā vedanā || sā ca kho paņicca no appaņicca kim imam eva phassam paņicca || ayaü kho pana phasso anicco saīkhato paņicca samuppanno || aniccaü kho pana saīkhataü paņicca samuppannam phassam paņicca uppannā sukhā vedanā kuto niccā bhavissatãti || so phasse ca sukhāya ca vedanāya aniccānupassã viharati || vayā || virāgā || nirodhā || paņinissaggānupassã viharati || tassa phasse ca sukhāya ca vedanāya aniccānupassino viharato || vayā || virāgā || nirodhā || paņinissaggānupassino viharato yo phasse ca sukhāya ca vedanāya rāgānusayo so pahãyati || || 7-11 Tassa ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno evaü satassa || la || viharato uppajjati dukkhā vedanā || la || uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā || so evam pajānati Uppannā kho myāyam adukkhamasukhā vedanā || sā ca kho paņicca no apaņicca kim paņicca imam eva phassam paņicca || Yathā purimasutte vitthāro tathā vitthāretabbe || kāyassa bhedā uddhaü jãvitapariyādānā idheva sabbavedayitāni anabhinanditāni sãtibhavissantãti pajānāti || || 12 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave telam paņicca vaņņim paņicca telappadãpo jhāyeyya- || || -sãtãbhavissantãti pajānātãti || || #< SN_4,36(2).9 (9) Anicca># 3 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā aniccā saīkhatā paņicca samuppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā nirodhadhammā || || 4 Katamā tisso || || Sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || || 5 Imā kho bhikkhave tisso vedanā aniccā saīkhatā paņiccasamuppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā nirodhadhammāti || || #<[page 215]># %% #< SN_4,36(2).10 (10) Phassamålaka># 3 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā phassajā phassamålakā phassanidānā phassapaccayā || || 4 Katamā tisso || || Sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || || 5 Sukhavedaniyam bhikkhave phassam paņicca uppajjati sukhā vedanā || tasseva sukhavedaniyassa phassassa nirodhā yaü tajjaü vedayitaü sukhavedaniyam phassam paņicca uppannā sukhā vedanā sā nirujjhati || sā våpasammati || || 6 Dukkhavedaniyam bhikkhave phassam paņicca uppajjati dukkhā vedanā || tasseva dukkhavedaniyassa phassassa nirodhā yaü tajjaü vedayitam dukkhavedaniyam phassam paņicca uppannā dukkhā vedanā sā nirujjhati || sā våpasammati || || 7 Adukkhamasukkhavedaniyam bhikkhave phassam paņicca uppajjati adukkhamasukhā vedanā || tasseva adukkhamasukhavedaniyassa phassassa nirodhā yaü tajjam vedayitam adukkhamasukhavedaniyam phassam paņicca uppannā adukkhamasukhā vedanā sa nirujjhati sā våpasammati || || 8 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave dvinnaü kaņņhānaü saīghaņņanasamodhānā usmā jāyati tejo abhinibbattati || tesaü yeva kaņņhānam nānābhāvā vinikkhepā yā tajjā usmā sā nirujjhati sā våpasammati || || 9 Evam eva kho bhikkhave imā tisso vedanā phassajā phassamålakā phassanidānā phassapaccayā tajjam phassam paņicca tajjā tajjā vedanā uppajjanti || tajjassa tajjassa phassassa nirodhā tajjā tajjā vedanā nirujjhantãti || || #<[page 216]># %<216 VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM [XXXVI. 11. 2>% Vedanāsaüyuttassa pathamakasagāthāvaggo || || Tassuddānaü || || Samādhi Sukhāya Pahānena || Pātālaü Daņņhabbena || Sallatthena ca Gela¤¤ām || Anicca Phassamålakā ti || || #< CHAPTER II RAHOGATAVAGGO DUTIYO># #< SN_4,36(2).11 (1) Rahogataka># 2 Atha kho a¤¤ataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antam nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Idha mayham bhante rahogatassa paņisallãnassa evam cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Tisso vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā tisso vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā || || Vuttaü kho panetam Bhagavatā Yaü ki¤ci vedayitaü taü dukkhasmin ti || kiü nu kho etam Bhagavatā sandhāya bhāsitaü Yaü ki¤ci vedayitaü taü dukkhasminti || || 4 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || tisso imā bhikkhu vedanā vuttā mayā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā imā tisso vedanā vuttā mayā || || Vuttaü kho panetam bhikkhu mayā Yaü ki¤ci vedayitaü taü dukkhasmin ti || taü kho panetam bhikkhu mayā saīkhārānaü yeva aniccataü sandhāya bhāsitaü Yaü ki¤ci vedayitaü taü dukkhasmin ti || taü kho panetam bhikkhu mayā saīkhārānaü yeva khayadhammataü vayadhammataü virāgadhammataü nirodhadhammataü vipariõāmadhammataü sandhāya bhāsitaü Yaü ki¤ci vedāyitaü taü dukkhasmin ti #<[page 217]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || 5 Atha kho pana bhikkhu mayā anupubbaü saīkhārānaü nirodho akkhāto || pathamaü jhānaü samāpannassa vācā niruddhā hoti || dutiyaü jhānaü samāpannassa vitakkavicārā niruddhā honti || tatiyaü jhānaü samāpannassa pãti niruddhā hoti || catutthaü jhānaü samāpannassa assāsapassāsā niruddhā honti || || âkāsāna¤cāyatanaü samāpannassa råpasa¤¤ā niruddhā hoti || vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanaü samāpannassa ākāsāna¤cāyatanasa¤¤ā niruddhā hoti || āki¤ca¤¤āyatanaü samāpannassa vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanasa¤¤ā niruddhā hoti || nevasa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āyatanam samāpannassa āki¤ca¤¤āyatanasa¤¤ā niruddhā hoti || || Sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü samāpannassa sa¤¤ā ca vedanā ca niruddhā honti || || Khãõāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo niruddho hoti || doso niruddho hoti || moho niruddho hoti || || 6 Atha kho bhikkhu mayā anupubbasaīkhārānaü våpasamo akkhāto || pathamaü jhānam samāpannassa vācā våpasantā hoti || dutiyam jhānaü samāpannassa vitakkavicārā våpasantā honti || la || sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü samāpannassa sa¤¤ā ca vedanā cā våpasantā honti || || Khãnāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo våpasanto hoti || doso våpasanto || moho våpasanto hoti || || 7 Cha yimā bhikkhu passaddhiyo || pathamaü jhānaü samāpannassa vācā paņippassaddhā hoti || dutiyaü jhānaü samāpannassa vitakkavicārā paņippassaddhā honti || tatiyaü jhānaü samāpannassa pãti paņippassaddhā hoti || catutthaü jhānam samāpannassa assāsapassāsā paņippassaddhā honti #<[page 218]># %<218 VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM [XXXVI. 12. 3>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü samāpannassa sa¤¤a ca vedanā ca paņippassaddhā honti || || Khãnāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo paņippassaddho hoti || doso paņippassaddho hoti || moho paņippassaddho hoti || || #< SN_4,36(2).12 (2) âkāsam1># 3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave ākāse vividhā vātā vāyanti || puratthimā pi vātā vāyanti || pacchimā pi vātā vāyanti || uttarā pi vātā vāyanti || dakkhiõā pi vātā vāyantā || sarajā pi vātā vāyanti || arajā pi vātā vāyanti || sãtā pi vātā vāyanti || uõhā pi vātā vāyanti || parittā pi vātā vāyanti || adhimattāpi vātā vāyanti || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave imasmiü kāyasmiü vividhā vedanā uppajjanti || sukhā pi vedanā uppajjanti || dukkhā pi vedanā uppajjanti || adukkhamasukhā pi vedanā uppajjantãti Yathāpi vātā akāse || vāyanti vividhā puthu || puratthimā pacchimā cāpi || uttarā atha dakkhiõā ||1 || Sarajā arajāvāpi || sãtā uõhā ca ekadā || adhimattā parittā ca || puthu vāyanti mālutā || || tathevimasmim pi kāyasmiü || samuppajjati vedanā || sukhadukkhasamuppatti || adukkhamasukkhā ca yā || || Yato ca bhikkhu ātāpi || sampaja¤o niråpadhi || tato so vedanā sabbā || parijānāti paõķito || || So vedanā pari¤¤āya diņņhe dhamme anāsavo || kāyassa bhedā dhammaņņho || saīkhyaü nopeti vedagåti || || #<[page 219]># %% #< SN_4,36(2).13 (3) âkāsam2># 3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave ākāse vividhā vātā vāyanti puratthimā pi vātā vāyanti || pe || adhimattā pi vātā vāyanti || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave imasmiü kāyasmiü vividhā veda nā uppajjanti || sukhā pi vedanā uppajjanti || dukkhā pi vedanā uppajjanti || adukkhamasukhā pi vedanā uppajjantãti || || #< SN_4,36(2).14 (4) âgāram># 3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave āgantukāgāram || || Tattha puratthimāya disāya āgantvā vāsaü kappenti || pacchimāya disāya āgantvā vāsaü kappenti || uttarāya pi disāya āgantvā vāsaü kappenti || dakkhiõāya pi disāya vāsaü kappenti || || Khattiyā pi āgantvā vāsam kappenti || brāhmaõā pi āgantvā vāsam kappenti || vessā pi āgantvā vāsaü kappenti || suddā pi āgantvā vāsaü kappenti || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave imasmiü kāyasmiü vividhā vedanā uppajjanti || sukhā pi vedanā uppajanti || dukkhā pi vedanā uppajjanti || adukkhamasukhā pi vedanā uppajjanti || || 4 Sāmisā pi sukhā vedanā uppajjanti || sāmisā pi dukkhā vedanā uppajjanti || sāmisā pi adukkhamasukhā vedanā uppajjanti || nirāmisā pi sukhā vedanā uppajjati || nirāmisā pi dukkhā vedanā uppajjanti || nirāmisā pi adukkhamasukhā vedanā uppajjantãti || || #< SN_4,36(2).15 (5) Santakam1># 2 Atha kho āyasmā ânando yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || pe || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā ânando Bhagavantaü etad avoca || || Katamā nu kho bhante vedanā || katamo vedanāsamudayo || katamo vedanānirodho || katamā vedanānirodhagāminãpaņipadā #<[page 220]># %<220 VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM [XXXVI. 15. 4>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || ko vedanāya assādo || ko ādãnavo || kiü nissaraõanti || || 4 Tisso imā ânanda vedanā || sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā imā vuccanti ânanda vedanā || || Phassasamudayā vedanāsamudayo phassanirodhā vedanānirodho || || Ayam eva ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo vedanānirodhagāminã patipadā || seyyathãdaü sammādiņņhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || || Yaü vedanaü paticca uppajjati sukhaü somanassam ayam vedanāya assādo || || Yā vedanā aniccā dukkhā vipariõāmadhammā ayaü vedanāya ādãnavo || || Yo vedanāya chandarāgavinayo chandarāgappahānam idaü vedanāya nissaraõaü || || 5 Atha kho panānanda mayā anupubbasaīkhārānaü nirodho akkhāto || || Pathamaü jhānam samāpannassa vācā niruddhā hoti || pe || sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü samāpannassa sa¤¤ā ca vedanā ca niruddhā honti || || Khãõāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo niruddho hoti || doso niruddho hoti || moho niruddho hoti || || 6 Atha kho panānanda mayā anupubbaü saīkhārānam våpasamo akkhāto || || Pathamaü jhānam samāpannassa vācā våpasantā hoti || pe || sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü samāpannassa sa¤¤ā ca vedanā ca våpasantā honti || || Khãõāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo våpasanto hoti || doso våpasanto || moho våpasanto hoti || || 7 Atha kho panānanda mayā anupubbaü saīkhārānaü passaddhi akkhātā || || Pathamaü jhānaü samāpannassa vācā paņippassaddhā hoti || la || ākāsāna¤cāyatanaü samāpannassa råpasa¤¤ā paņippassaddhā hoti || vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanaü samāpannassa ākāsāna¤cāyatanasa¤¤ā paņippassaddhā hoti || āki¤ca¤¤āyatanaü samāpannassa vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanasa¤¤ā paņippassaddhā hoti || nevasa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āyatanaü samāpannassa āki¤ca¤¤āyatanasa¤¤ā paņippassaddhā hoti || sa¤¤āvedayitānirodhaü samāpannassa sa¤¤ā ca vedanā ca paņippassaddhā || honti || || #<[page 221]># %% Khãõāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo paņippassaddho hoti || doso paņippassaddho hoti || moho paņippassaddho hotãti || || #< SN_4,36(2).16 (6) Santakam2># 2 Atha kho āyasmā ânando yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || pe || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinnaü kho āyasmantam ânandam Bhagavā etad avoca || || Katamā nu kho vedanā || katamo vedanānirodho || katamā vedanānirodhagāminã paņipadā || ko vedanāya assādo || ko ādinavo || kim nissaraõan ti || 4 Bhagavaümålakā no bhante dhammā Bhagavannettikā Bhagavaüpaņisaraõā || sādhu bhante Bhagavanta¤¤eva paņibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho || Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhå dhāressantãti || || Tena hi ânanda suõohi sādhukam manasi karohi bhāsissāmãti || || Evam bhante ti kho āyasmā ânando paccassosi || || 5-8 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Tisso imā ânanda vedanā || sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā vuccanti ânanda vedanā || la || phassasamudayo || la || khãõāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo paņippassaddho hoti || doso paņippassaddho hoti || moho paņippassaddho hotãti || || #< SN_4,36(2).17 (7) Aņņhaka1># 2 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhå yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdiüsu || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinnā kho te bhikkhå Bhagavantam etad avocuü || || Katamā nu kho bhante vedanā || katamo vedanāsamudayo || katamo vedanānirodho || katamā nirodhagāminã paņipadā || ko vedanāya assādo || ko ādãnavo || kiü nissaraõan ti || || #<[page 222]># %<222 VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM [XXXVI. 17. 4>% 4 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā vuccanti bhikkhave vedanā || Phassasamudayā vedanāsamudayo || phassanirodhā vedanānirodho || ayam eva ariyo atthaīgiko maggo vedanānirodhagāminã paņipadā || seyyathãdaü sammādiņņhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || || Yaü vedanam paņicca uppajjati sukhaü somanassaü ayaü vedanāya assādo || Yā vedanā aniccā dukkhā vipariõāmadhammā ayaü vedanāya ādãnavo || Yo vedanāya chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaü || idaü vedanāya nissaraõaü || || 5 Atha kho pana bhikkhave mayā anupubbasaīkhārānam nirodho akkhāto || || Pathamaü jhānam samāpannassa vācā niruddhā hoti || pe || || Khãnāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo niruddho hoti || doso niruddho hoti || moho niruddho hoti || || 6 Atha kho pana bhikkhave mayā anupubbasaīkhārānaü våpasamo akkhāto || pathamajhānaü samāpannassa vācā våpasantā hoti || la || || Khãõāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo våpasanto hoti || doso våpasanto hoti || moho våpasanto hoti || || 7 Chayimā bhikkhave passaddhiyo || || Pathamaüjhānaü samāpannassa vācā paņippassaddhā hoti || dutiyaü jhānaü samāpannassa vitakkavicārā paņippassaddhā honti || tatiyaü jhānaü samāpannassa pãti paņippassaddhā hoti || catutthaü jhānaü samāpannassa assāsapassāsā patippassaddhā honti || || Sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü samāpannassa sa¤¤ā ca vedanā ca paņippassaddhā honti || || Khãõāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgo paņippassaddho hoti || doso paņippassaddho hoti || moho paņippassaddho hoti || || #< SN_4,36(2).18 (8) Aņņhaka2># 2 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhå yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkamiüsu || pe || || #<[page 223]># %% 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho te bhikkhå Bhagavā etad avoca || || Katamā nu kho bhikkhave vedanā || Katamo vedanāsamudayo || Katamo vedanānirodho || Katamā vedanānirodhagāminã paņipadā || Ko vedanāya assādo || Ko ādinavo || Kiü nissaraõanti || 4 Bhagavammålakā no bhante dhammā || la || || 5-8 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā vuccanti bhikkhave vedanā || phassasamudayā vedanāsamudayo || || Yathā purimasuttante tathā vitthāretabbo || || #< SN_4,36(2).19 (9) Pa¤cakaīgo># 2 Atha kho Pa¤cakaīgo thapati yenāyasmā Udāyã tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam Udāyim abhivādetvā ekam antam nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Pa¤cakaīgo thapati āyasmantam Udāyim etad avoca || || Kati nu kho bhante Udāyi vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā ti || || Tisso kho thapati vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā kho thapati vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā ti || || 4 Evaü vutte Pa¤cakaīgo thapati āyasmantam Udāyim etad avoca || Na kho bhante Udāyã tisso vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā || dve vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā || yāyam bhante adukkhamasukhā vedanā santasmim esā paõãte sukhe vuttā Bhagavatā ti || || 5 Dutiyam pi kho āyasmā Udāyã Pa¤cakaīgam thapatim etad avoca || Na kho thapati dve vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā || tisso vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā tisso vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā ti || || Dutiyam pi kho Pa¤cakaīgo thapati āyasmantam Udāyim etad avoca #<[page 224]># %<224 VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM [XXXVI. 19. 6>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || Na kho bhante Udāyi tisso vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā || dve vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā || yāyam bhante adukkhamasukhā vedanā santasmiü esā paõãte sukhe vuttā Bhagavatā ti || || 6 Tatiyam pi kho āyasmā Udāyã Pa¤cakaīgaü thapatim etad avoca || Na kho thapati dve vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā || tisso vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā tisso vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā ti || || Tatiyam pi kho Pa¤cakaīgo thapati āyasmantam Udāyim etad avoca Na kho bhante Udāyi tisso vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā || dve vedanā vuttā Bhagavatā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā || yāyam bhante adukkhamasukhā vedanā santasmiü esā paõãte sukhe vuttā Bhagavatā ti || || Neva kho asakkhi āyasmā Udāyã Pa¤cakaīgaü thapatim sa¤¤āpetuü || na panāsakkhi Pa¤cakaīgo thapati āyasmantam Udāyiü sa¤¤āpetuü || || 7 Assosi kho āyasmā ânando āyasmato Udāyissa Pa¤cakaīgena thapatinā saddhim imaü kathāsallāpaü || || 8 Atha kho āyasmā ânando yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā ânando yāvatako āyasmato Udāyissa Pa¤cakaīgena thapatinā saddhim ahosi kathāsallāpo tam pi sabbam Bhagavato ārocesi || || 9 Santam eva kho ânanda pariyāyaü Pa¤cakaīgo thapati Udāyissa bhikkhuno nābbhanumodi || santaü ca panānanda pariyāyam Udāyã bhikkhu Pa¤cakaīgassa thapatino nābbhanumodi || || Dve pi mayā ânanda vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || tisso pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || pa¤ca pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || cha pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || aņņharasā pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || chattiüsā pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || #<[page 225]># %% aņņhasatam pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || Evam pariyāyadesito ânanda mayā dhammo || || 10 Evam pariyāyadesite kho ânanda mayā dhamme ye a¤¤ama¤¤assa subhāsitaü sulapitaü na samanuma¤¤issanti na samanujānissanti na samanumodissanti || tesam etam pāņikaīkham bhaõķanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā a¤¤ama¤¤am mukhasattãhi vitudantā viharissanti || || Evam pariyāyadesito mayā dhammo || evam pariyāyadesite kho ânanda mayā dhamme ye a¤¤ama¤¤assa subhāsitaü sulapitaü samanuma¤¤issanti samanujānissanti samanumodissanti || tesam etam pāņikaīkhaü samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khãrodakãbhåtā a¤¤ama¤¤am piyacakkhåhi sampassantā viharissanti || || 11 Pa¤cime ânanda kāmaguõā || Katamā pa¤ca || || Cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā manāpā pãyaråpā kāmåpasaühitā rajanãya || la || Kāyavi¤¤eyyā poņņhabbā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmåpasaühitā rajanãyā || ime kho ânanda pa¤cakāmaguõā || || Yaü kho ânanda ime pa¤ca kāmaguõe paņicca uppajjati sukhaü somanassaü || idam vuccati kāmasukhaü || || 12 Ye kho ânanda evaü vadeyyuü || Etam paramaü sattā sukhaü somanassam {paņisaüvedentã} ti || idaü nesāham nānujānāmi || taü kissa hetu || || Atthānanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhikkantatara¤ca paõãtatara¤ca || kataü cānanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhikkantataraü ca paõãtatara¤ca || || Idhānanda bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaü savicāraü vivekajaü pãtisukhaü pathamaü jhānam upasampajja viharati || idaü kho ânanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhikkantataraü ca paõãtataraü ca || || #<[page 226]># %<226 VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM [XXXVI. 19. 13>% 13 Ye kho ânanda evaü vadeyyuü || Etam paramaü sattā sukhaü somanassam {paņisaüvedentãti} || idaü nesāhaü nānujānāmi || taü kissa hetu || || Atthānanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhikkantataraü ca paõãtatara¤ca || katama¤cānanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhikkantataraü ca panãtataraü ca || || Idhānanda bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaü våpasamā ajjhattaü sampasādanaü cetaso ekodibhāvam avitakkam avicāraü samādhijaü pãtisukham dutiyaü jhānam upasampajja viharati || idaü kho ânanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhikkantataraü ca paõãtataraü ca || || 14 Ye kho ânanda evaü vadeyyuü || Etam paramaü sattā sukhaü somanassam {paņisaüvedentã} ti || idaü nesāhaü nānujānāmi || taü kissa hetu || atthānanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhikkantataraü ca paõãtataraü ca || katamaü cānanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhikkantataraü ca paõãtataraü ca || || Idhānanda bhikkhu pãtiyā ca virāgā upekhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhaü ca kāyena {paņisaüvedeti} || yantam ariyā ācikkhanti upekhako satimā sukhavihārãti || tatiyaü jhānam upasampajja viharati || idaü kho ânanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤am sukham abhikkantataraü ca paõãtataraü ca || 15 Ye kho ânanda evam vadeyyuü || Etam paramaü sattā sukham somanassam {paņisaüvedetãti} || idaü nesāhaü nānujānāmi || taü kissa hetu || atthānanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhikkantataram ca paõãtataraü ca || katama¤ cānanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhikkantataraü ca paõãtataran ca || || Idhānanda bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānam atthagamā adukkhamasukham upekhāsatipārisuddhiü catutthaü jhānam upasampajja viharati || idam ânanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhikkantataraü ca paõãtataraü ca || || 16 Ye kho ânanda evaü vadeyyuü || Etam paramaü sattā sukhaü somanassam paņisaüvedentãti idaü nesāhaü nānujānāmi #<[page 227]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || taü kissa hetu || atthānanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhikkantataraü ca paõãtataraü ca || katamaü cānanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤am sukham abhikkantataraü ca paõãtataraü ca || || Idhānanda bhikkhu sabbaso råpasa¤¤ānaü samatikkamā paņighasa¤¤ānam atthagamā nānattasa¤¤ānam amanasikarā Anatto ākāso ti ākāsāna¤cāyatanam upasampajja viharati || idaü kho ânanda etamhā sukhā || pe || || 17 Ye ca kho ânanda evaü vadeyyuü || Etaü paramaü sattā sukhaü somanassam {paņisaüvedentãti} || idaü nesāhaü nānujānāmi || taü kissa hetu || atthānanda etamhā sukhā || pe || katama¤ cānanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü sukhaü || pe || Idhānanda bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānāna¤cāyatanaü samatikkamma Anattam vi¤¤āõanti vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanam upasampajja viharati || idaü kho ânanda etamhā sukhā || pe || || 18 Ye kho ânanda evaü vadeyyuü || Etam paramam sattā sukhaü somanassam paņisaüvedentãti || idaü nesāham nānujānāmi || taü kissa hetu || atthānanda etamhā sukhā || pe || katamaü cānanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü sukhaü || || Idhānanda bhikkhu sabbaso vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanaü samatikkamma Natthi ki¤cãti āki¤ca¤¤āyatanam upasampajja viharati || idaü kho ânanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhikkantataraü ca paõãtatara¤ca || || 19 Ye kho ânanda evaü vadeyyuü || Etam paramaü sattā sukhaü somanassam paņisaüvedentãti || idaü nesāhaü nānujānāmi || taü kissa hetu || atthānanda etamhā sukhā || pe || katamaü cānanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhikkantataraü ca paõãtataraü ca || || Idhānanda bhikkhu sabbaso āki¤ca¤¤āyatanaü samatikkamma nevasa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āyatanaü upasampajja viharati || idaü kho ânanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhikkantataraü ca paõitataraü ca #<[page 228]># %<228 VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM [XXXVI. 19. 20>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || 20 Ye ca kho ânanda evaü vadeyyuü || Etam paramaü sattā sukhaü somanassam paņisaüvedentãti || idaü nesāhaü nānujānāmi || taü kissa hetu || atthānanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhikkantataraü ca paõãtatara¤ ca || || Katamaü cānanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhikkantataraü ca paõãtataraü ca || || Idhānanda bhikkhu sabbaso nevasa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āyatanaü samatikkamma sa¤¤āvedayitanirodham upasampajja viharati || idaü kho ânanda etamhā sukhā a¤¤aü sukham abhikkantataraü ca paõitataraü ca || || 21 ōhānaü kho panetam ânanda vijjati yam a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā evaü vadeyyuü || Sa¤¤āvedayitanirodham Samaõo Gotamo āha || taü ca sukhasmim pa¤¤āpeti tayidam kiüsu tayidam kathaüsåti || || Evaü vādino ânanda a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā evam assu vacanãyā || Na kho āvuso Bhagavā sukha¤¤eva vedanaü sandhāya sukhasmim pa¤¤āpeti || yattha yatthāvuso sukham upalabbhati || yaühi yaühi sukhaü taü taü tathāgato sukhasmim pa¤¤āpetãti || || #< SN_4,36(2).20 (10) Bhikkhunā># 3 Dve pi mayā bhikkhave vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || tisso pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || pa¤ca pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || cha pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || aņņhārasā pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || chattiüsā pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || aņņhasatam pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || || 4 Evam pariyāyadesito bhikkhave mayā dhammo || evam pariyāyadesite kho bhikkhave mayā dhamme ye a¤¤ama¤¤assa subhāsitaü sulapitaü na samanuma¤¤issanti na samanujānissanti na samanumodissanti || tesam etam pāņikaīkham bhaõķanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā a¤¤ama¤¤am mukhasattãhi vitudantā viharissanti #<[page 229]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Evam pariyāyadesito bhikkhave mayā dhammo || evam pariyāyadesite kho bhikkhave mayā dhamme ye a¤¤ama¤¤assa subhāsitaü sulapitaü samanuma¤¤issanti samanujānissanti samanumodissanti || tesam etam pāņikaīkhaü samaggā samodamānā avivadamānā khãrodakãbhåtā a¤¤ama¤¤am pãyacakkhåhi sampassantā viharissanti || || 5-14 Pa¤cime bhikkhave kāmaguõā || la || 15 ōhānaü kho panetam bhikkhave vijjati yam a¤¤ātitthiyā paribbājakā evam vadeyyuü || Sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü Samaõo Gotamo āha || taü ca sukhasmim pa¤¤āpeti || tayidaü kiüsu tayidaü kathaüsåti || || Evaü vādino bhikkhave a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā evam assu vacanãyā || Na kho āvuso Bhagavā sukha¤¤eva vedanaü sandhāya sukhasmim pa¤¤āpeti || Yattha yattha āvuso sukham upalabbhati || yamhi yamhi taü taü tathāgato sukhasmim pa¤¤āpetãti || || Rahogatavaggo dutiyo || Tassuddānaü || || Rahogataü dve âkāsaü || Agāraü dve ca Santakam || Aņņhakena ca dve vuttā || Pa¤cakaīgo ca Bhikkhunā ti || || #<[page 230]># %<230 VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM [XXXVI. 21. 1>% #< CHAPTER III AōōHASATAPARIYâYA-VAGGO TATIYO># #< SN_4,36(2).21 (1) Sãvako># 1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veëuvane Kalandakanivāpe || || 2 Atha kho Moliya-Sãvako paribbājako yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiü sammodi sammodanãyaü kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Moliya-Sãvako paribbājako Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Santi bho Gotama eke samaõabrāhmaõā evaüvādino evaüdiņņhino || Yam ki¤cāyam purisapuggalo paņisaüvedeti sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā || sabbantam pubbe katahetåti || || Idha pana bhavaü Gotamo kim āhāti || || 4 Pittasamuņņhānāni pi kho Sãvaka idhekaccāni vedayitāni uppajjanti || sāmam pi kho etaü Sãvaka veditabbaü yathā pittasamuņņhānāni pi idhekaccāni vedayitāni uppajjanti || lokassa pi kho etaü Sãvaka saccasammataü yathā pittasamutthānāni pi idhekaccāhi vedayitāni uppajjanti Tatra Sãvaka ye te samaõabrāhmaõā evaüvādino evaüdiņņhino Yaü ki¤cāyam purisapuggalo {paņisaüvedeti} sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkhamasukhaü vā sabbantaü tam pubbe katahetåti || yaü ca sāmaü ¤ātaü taü ca atidhāvanti || yaü ca loke saccasammataü taü ca atidhāvanti || || Tasmā tesam samaõabrāhmaõānaü micchāti vadāmi || || 5 Semhasamuņņhānāni pi kho Sãvaka || pe || || 6 Vātasamuņņhānāni pi kho Sãvaka || la || || 7 Sannipātikāni pi kho Sãvaka || la || || 8 Utupariõāmajāni pi kho Sãvaka || la || || 9 Visamaparihārajāni pi kho Sãvaka || la || || 10 Opakkamikāni pi kho Sãvaka || la || || #<[page 231]># %% 11 Kammavipākajāni pi kho Sãvaka idhekaccāni vedayitāni uppajjanti || sāmam pi kho etam Sãvaka veditabbaü yathā kammavipākajāni pi idhekaccāni vedayitāni uppajjanti || lokassa pi kho etaü Sãvaka saccasammataü yathākammavipakajāni pi idhekaccāni vedayitāni uppajjanti || || Tatra Sãvaka ye te samaõabrāhmaõā evaüvādino evaüdiņņhino Yaü ki¤cāyam purisapuggalo paņisaüvedeti sukhaü vā dukkhaü vā adukkham asukhaü vā || sabban tam pubbe katahetå ti || Yaü ca sāmaü ¤ātaü taü ca atidhāvanti yaü ca loke saccasammattaü taü ca atidhāvanti || tasmā tesaü samaõabrāhmaõānam micchāti vadāmãti || || 12 Evaü vutte Moliya-Sãvako paribbājako Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama --pe-- upāsakam mam bhavaü Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāõupetaü saraõaü gatan ti || || 13 Pittaü semhaü ca vāto ca || sannipātā utåni ca || visamaü opakkamikam || kammavipākena aņņhamã ti || || #< SN_4,36(2).22 (2) Aņņhasata># 2 Aņņhasatapariyāyaü vo bhikkhave dhammapariyāyam desissāmi tam suõātha || || 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave aņņhasatapariyāyo dhammapariyāyo || || Dve pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || tisso pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || pa¤ca pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || cha pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || aņņharasā pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || chattiüsa pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || aņņhasatam pi mayā vedanā vuttā pariyāyena || || 4 Katamā ca bhikkhave dve vedanā || Kāyikā ca cetasikā ca || imā vuccanti bhikkhave dve vedanā || || #<[page 232]># %<232 VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM [XXXVI. 22. 5>% 5 Katamā ca bhikkhave tisso vedanā || || Sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā vuccanti bhikkhave tisso vedanā || || 6 Katamā ca bhikkhave pa¤cavedanā || || Sukhindriyaü dukkhindriyaü somanassindriyaü domanassindriyam upekkhindriyaü imā vuccanti bhikkhave pa¤cavedanā || || 7 Katamā ca bhikkhave cha vedanā || cakkhusamphassajā vedanā || pa || manosamphassajā vedanā || imā vuccanti cha vedanā || || 8 Katamā ca bhikkhave aņņhārasā vedanā || cha somanassupavicārā cha domanassupavicārā cha upekkhupavicārā || ima vuccanti bhikkhave aņņhārasā vedanā || || 9 Katamā ca bhikkhave chattiüsa vedanā || cha gehasitāni somanassāni cha nekkhammasitāni somanassāni cha gehasitāni domanassāni cha nekkhammasitāni domanassāni cha gehasitā upekkhā cha nekkhammasitā upekkhā || imā vuccanti bhikkhave chattiüsa vedanā || || 10 Katamā ca bhikkhave aņņhasatavedanā || || Atãtā chattiüsa vedanā || anāgatā chattiüsavedanā || paccuppannā chattiüsavedanā || imā vuccanti bhikkhave aņņhasatavedanā || ayam bhikkhave aņņhasatapariyāyo dhammapariyāyoti || || #< SN_4,36(2).23 (3) Bhikkhu># 2 Atha kho a¤¤ataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || pe || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Katamā nu kho bhante vedanā katamo vedanāsamudayo katamā vedanāsamudayagāminã paņipadā || katamo vedanā-nirodho katamā vedanānirodhagāminã paņipadā || ko vedanāya assādo ko ādãnavo kiü nissaraõanti || || #<[page 233]># %% 4 Tisso imā bhikkhu vedanā || sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā vuccanti bhikkhu tisso vedanā || || Phassasamudayā vedanāsamudayo || taõhā vedanāsamudayagaminã paņipadā || phassanirodhā vedanānirodho || ayam eva ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo vedanānirodhagāminã paņipadā seyyathãdaü sammādiņņhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || Yaü vedanam paņicca uppajjati sukhaü somanassam ayaü vedanāya assādo || yā vedanā aniccā dukkhā vipariõāmadhammā ayam vedanāya ādãnavo || yo vedanāya chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānam idaü vedanāya nissaraõanti || || #< SN_4,36(2).24 (4) Pubbe¤āõam># 2 Pubbe me bhikkhave sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato etad ahosi || || Katamā nu kho vedanā || katamo vedanāsamudayo katamā vedanāsamudayagāminã paņipadā || katamo vedanānirodho katamā vedanānirodhagāminã patipadā || ko vedanāya assādo ko ādãnavo kiü nissaraõan ti || || 3 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || || Tisso imā vedanā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā vuccanti vedanā || Phassamudayā vedanāsamudayo || taõhā vedanāsamudayagāminã paņipadā || pe || Yo vedanāya chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānam idaü vedanāya nissaraõanti || || 4 Imā vedanā ti me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi || ¤āõam udapādi || pa¤¤ā udapādi || vijjā udapādi || āloko udapādi || || 5 Ayaü vedanāsamudayoti me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi || la || || 6 Ayaü vedanāsamudayagāminã paņipadāti me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi || la || || 7 Ayaü vedanānirodho ti me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi || la || || #<[page 234]># %<234 VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM [XXXVI. 24. 8>% 8 Ayaü vedanānirodhagaminã paņipadā ti me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi || la || 9 Ayaü vedanāya assādo ti me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu || la || || 10 Ayaü vedanāya ādãnavo ti me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu || la || || 11 Idaü vedanāya nissaraõan ti me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhum udapādi || ¤āõam udapādi || pa¤¤ā udapādi || vijjā udapādi || āloko udapādãti || || #< SN_4,36(2).25 (5) Bhikkhunā># 2 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhå yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkamiüsu || pe || 3 Ekam antaü nisinnā kho te bhikkhå Bhagavantam etad avocuü || || Katamā nu kho bhante vedanā katamo vedanāsamudayo katamā vedanāsamudayagāminã paņipadā || katamo vedanānirodho katamā vedanānirodhagāminã paņipadā || ko vedanāya assādo ko ādãnavo kiü nissaraõanti || || 4 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā vuccanti bhikkhave vedanā || || Phassasamudayā vedanāsamudayo || taõhā vedanāsamudayagāminã paņipadā || phassanirodhā || pe || Yo vedanāya chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaü idaü vedanāya nissaraõanti || || #< SN_4,36(2).26 (6) Samaõabrāhmaõā1># 2 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || katamā tisso || sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || || 3 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaõā vā brāhmaõā vā imāsaü tissannaü vedanānaü samudayaü ca atthagamaü ca assādaü ca ādãnavaü ca nissaraõaü ca yathābhåtam nappajānanti || pe || 4 ||pajānanti || pa || sayam abhi¤¤āya sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantãti || || #<[page 235]># %% #< SN_4,36(2).27 (7) Samaõa-brāhmaõā2># 2 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || katamā tisso || || Sukhā vedanā || dukkhā vedanā || adukkhamasukhā vedanā || || 3 Ye hi kecã bhikkhave samaõā vā brāhmaõā vā imāsaü tissannaü vedanānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca assāda¤ca ādãnava¤ca nissaraõa¤ca yathābhåtaü nappajānanti || pe || || 4 ||pajānanti || pa || sayam abhi¤¤ā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantãti || || #< SN_4,36(2).28 (8) Samaõabrāhmaõā3># 3 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaõā vā brāhmaõā vā vedanaü nappajānanti vedanā samudayaü nappajānanti vedanāsamudayaü nappajānanti vedanānirodhaü nappajānanti vedanānirodhagāminim paņipadaü nappajānanti || pe || || 4 ||pajānanti || pa || sayam abhi¤¤ā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantãti || || #< SN_4,36(2).29 (9) Suddhikaü nirāmisam># 2 Tisso imā bhikkhave vedanā || katamā tisso || || sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā || imā kho bhikkhave tisso vedanā ti || || 3 Atthi bhikkhave sāmisā pãti atthi nirāmisā pãti || atthi nirāmisā nirāmisatarā pãti || || Atthi sāmisaü sukhaü atthi nirāmisam sukhaü atthi nirāmisā nirāmisataraü sukhaü || || Atthi sāmisā upekhā atthi nirāmisā upekhā atthi nirāmisā niramisatarā upekhā || || Atthi sāmiso vimokkho atthi nirāmiso vimokkho atthi niramisā nirāmisataro vimokkho || || 4 Katamā ca bhikkhave sāmisā pãti || || Pa¤cime bhikkhave kāmaguõā || katame pa¤ca || cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmåpasaühitā rajanãyā || pe || kāyavi¤¤eyyā poņņhabbā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmåpasaühitā rajanãyā || ime kho bhikkhave pa¤cakāmaguõā || || Yā kho bhikkhave ime pa¤ca kāmaguõe paņicca uppajjati pãti || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave sāmisā pãti || || #<[page 236]># %<236 VEDANâ-SAũYUTTAM [XXXVI. 29. 5>% 5 Katamā ca bhikkhave nirāmisā pãti || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaü savicāraü vivekajam pãtisukham pathamaü jhānam upasampajja viharati || vitakkavicārānaü våpasamā ajjhattam sampasādanaü cetaso ekodhibhāvam avitakkam avicaraü samādhijam pãtisukhaü dutiyaü jhānam upasampajja viharati || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave nirāmisā pãti || || 6 Katamā ca bhikkhave nirāmisā nirāmisatarā pãti || || Yā kho bhikkhave khãõāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgā cittaü vimuttam paccavekkhato dosā cittaü vimuttam paccavekkhato mohā cittaü vimuttam paccavekkhato uppajjati pãti || ayam vuccati bhikkhave nirāmisā nirāmisatarā pãti || || 7 Katama¤ca bhikkhave sāmisaü sukhaü || || Pa¤cime bhikkhave kāmaguõā || katamā pa¤ca || || Cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmåpasaühitā rajanãyā || pe || kāyavi¤¤eyyā phoņņhabbā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmåpasaühitā rajanãyā || ime kho bhikkhave pa¤cakāmaguõā || yaü kho bhikkhave ime pa¤cakāmaguõe paņicca uppajjati sukhaü somanassaü || idaü vuccati bhikkhave sāmisaü sukhaü || || 8 Katama¤ ca bhikkhave nirāmisaü sukhaü || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaü savicāram vivekajam pãtisukham pathamaü jhānam upasampajja viharati || vitakkavicārānaü våpasamā ajjhattaü sampasādanaü cetaso ekodibhāvam avitakkam avicāraü samādhijam pãtisukhaü dutiyaü jhānam upasampajja viharati || pitiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukha¤ ca kāyena paņisaüvedeti || yantam ariyā ācikkhanti upekkhako satimā sukhavihārãti tatiyaü jhānaü upasampajja viharati || || Idhaü vuccati bhikkhave nirāmisaü sukhaü || || 9 Katamā¤ ca bhikkhave nirāmisā nirāmisataraü sukhaü || || Yaü kho bhikkhave khãõāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgā cittaü vimuttam paccavekkhato dosā cittaü vimuttam paccavekkhato mohā cittaü vimuttam paccavekkhato uppajjati sukhaü somanassaü #<[page 237]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Idaü vuccati bhikkhave nirāmisā nirāmisataraü sukhaü || || 10 Katamā ca bhikkhave sāmisā upekkhā || || Pa¤cime bhikkhave kāmaguõā || katame pa¤cā || || Cakkhuvi¤¤eyyā råpā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmåpasaühitā rajanãyā || pi || kāyavi¤¤eyyā poņņhabbā iņņhā kantā manāpā piyaråpā kāmupasaühitā rajaniyā || ime kho bhikkhave pa¤cakāmaguõā || || Yā kho bhikkhave ime pa¤cakāmaguõe paņicca uppajjati upekkhā || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave sāmisā upekkhā || || 11 Katamā ca bhikkhave nirāmisā upekkhā || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānam atthagamā adukkhamasukham upekkhā satiparisuddhiü catutthaü jhānam upasampajja viharati || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave nirāmisā upekkhā || || 12 Katamā ca bhikkhave nirāmisā nirāmisatarā upekkhā || || Yā kho bhikkhave khãõāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgā cittaü vimuttam paccavekkhato dosā cittaü vimuttam paccavekkhato mohā cittaü vimuttam paccavekkhato uppajjati upekkhā || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave nirāmisā nirāmisatarā upekkhā || || 13-14 Katamo ca bhikkhave sāmiso vimokkho || || Råpapaņisaüyutto vimokkho sāmiso || pe || || Aråpapaņisaüyutto vimokkho nirāmiso || || 15 Katamo ca bhikkhave nirāmisā nirāmisataro vimokkho || || Yo kho bhikkhave khãõāsavassa bhikkhuno rāgā cittaü vimuttam paccavekkhato || pe || mohā cittaü vimuttam paccavekkhato uppajjati vimokkho || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave nirāmisā nirāmisataro vimokkho ti || || Aņņhasatapariyāyavaggo tatiyo || || Tassuddānaü || || #<[page 238]># %<238 MâTUGâMA-SAũYUTTAM [XXXVII. 1. 2>% Sãvaka1 Aņņhasata1 Bhikkhu || Pubbe¤āõa¤ca Bhikkhunā || Samaõabrāhmaõā tãni || Suddhika¤ca nirāmisan ti || || Vedanāsaüyuttaü niņņhitaü || || #< BOOK III MâTUGâMA-SAũYUTTAM># #< CHAPTER I PEYYâLA-VAGGO PATHAMO># #< SN_4,37(3).1 (1) Manāpā amanāpā># 2 Pa¤cahi bhikkhave aīgehi samannāgato mātugāmo ekanta-amanāpo hoti purisassa || katamehi pa¤cahi || || Na ca råpavā hoti || na ca bhogavā hoti || na ca sãlavā hoti || alaso ca hoti || paja¤cassa na labhati || || Imehi kho bhikkhave pa¤cahi aīgehi samannāgato mātugamo ekantaamanāpo hoti purisassa || || 3 Pa¤cahi bhikkhave aīgehi samannāgato mātugāmo ekantamanāpo hoti-purisassa || katamehi pa¤cahi || || Råpavā ca hoti || bhogavā ca hoti || sãlavā ca hoti || dakkho ca hoti analaso || paja¤cassa labhati || || Imehi kho bhikkhave pa¤cahi aīgehi samannāgato mātugāmo ekantamanāpo hoti purisassa || || #< SN_4,37(3).2 (2) Manāpā amanāpā># 2 Pa¤cahi bhikkhave aīgehi samannāgato puriso ekantaamanāpo hoti mātugāmassa || katamehi pa¤cahi || || Na ca råpavā hoti || na ca bhogavā hoti || na ca sãlavā hoti || alaso ca hoti || paja¤cassa na labhati || || Imehi kho bhikkhave pa¤cahi aīgehi samannāgato puriso ekanta-amanāpo hoti mātugāmassa #<[page 239]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || 3 Pa¤cahi bhikkhave aīgehi samannāgato puriso ekantamanāpo hoti mātugāmassa || katamehi pa¤cahi || || Råpavā ca hoti || bhogavā ca hoti || silavā ca hoti || dakkho ca hoti analaso || paja¤cassa labhati || || Imehi kho bhikkhave pa¤cahi aīgehi samannāgato puriso ekantamanāpo hoti mātugāmassāti || || #< SN_4,37(3).3 (3) âveõikā># 2 Pa¤cimāni bhikkhave mātugāmassa āveõikāni dukkhāni yāni mātugāmo paccanubhoti a¤¤atreva purisehi || katamāni pa¤ca || || 3 Idha bhikkhave mātugāmo daharo va samāno patikulaü gacchati ¤ātakehi vinā hoti || idam bhikkhave mātugāmassa pathamam āveõikam dukkhaü || yam mātugāmo paccanubhoti a¤¤atreva purisehi || || 4 Puna ca param bhikkhave mātugāmo utunã hoti || idam bhikkhave mātugāmassa dutiyam āveõikam dukkhaü yaü mātugāmo paccanubhoti a¤¤atreva purisehi || || 5 Puna ca param bhikkhave mātugāmo gabbhinã hoti || idam bhikkhave mātugamassa tatiyam āveõikam dukkhaü yam mātugamo paccānubhoti a¤¤atreva purisehi || || 6 Puna ca param bhikkhave mātugāmo vijāyāti || idam bhikkhave mātugāmassa catuttham āveõikaü dukkhaü yam mātugāmo paccanubhoti a¤¤atreva purisehi || || 7 Puna ca param bhikkhave mātugāmo purisassa pāricariyam upeti || idaü kho bhikkhave mātugāmassa pa¤camam āveõikam dukkhaü yam mātugāmo paccanubhoti a¤¤atreva purisehãti || || 8 Imāni kho bhikkhave pa¤ca mātugāmassa āveõikāni dukkhāni yāni mātugāmo paccanubhoti a¤¤atreva purisehãti || || #<[page 240]># %<240 MâTUGâMA-SAũYUTTAM [XXXVII. 4. 2>% #< SN_4,37(3).4 (4) Tãhi># 2 Tãhi bhikkhave dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo yebhuyyena kāyassa bhedhā param maraõa apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upapajjati || katamehi tãhi || || 3 Idha bhikkhave mātugāmo pubbaõhasamayam maccheramalapariyuņņhitena cetasā agāram ajjhāvasati || || Majjhantikasamayam issāpariyuņņhitena cetasā agāram ajjhāvasati || || Sāyaõhasamayaü kāmarāgapariyuņņhitena cetasā agāram ajjhāvasati || || 4 Imehi kho bhikkhave tãhi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo yebhuyyena kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upapajjatã ti || || (ANURUDDHO I KAöHAPAKKHO) 2 Atha kho āyasmā Anuruddho yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || pe || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Anuruddho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Idhāham bhante mātugāmam passāmi dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānussakena kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyam duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upapajjantaü || || Katãhi nu kho bhante dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upapajjatã ti || || #< SN_4,37(3).5 (1) Kodhano># 4 Pa¤cahi kho Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatim vinipātaü nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pa¤cahi || || 5 Assaddho ca hoti || ahiriko ca hoti || anottāpã ca hoti || kodhano ca hoti || duppa¤¤o ca hoti || || 6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pa¤cahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyam duggatiü vinipātam nirayam upapajjatãti #<[page 241]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || #< SN_4,37(3).6 (2) Upanāhã># 4 Pa¤cahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pa¤cahi || || 5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpã ca hoti upanāhã ca hoti duppa¤¤o ca hoti || || 6 Imehi Anuruddha pa¤cahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatim vinipātaü nirayam upapajjatã ti || || #< SN_4,37(3).7 (3) Issukã># 4 Pa¤cahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pa¤cahi || || 5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpã ca hoti issukã ca hoti duppa¤¤o ca hoti || || 6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pa¤cahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upapajjatã ti || || #< SN_4,37(3).8 (4) Maccharena># 4 Pa¤cahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pa¤cahi || || 5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpã ca hoti maccharã ca hoti duppa¤¤o ca hoti || || 6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pa¤cahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo || la || apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upapajjati || || #<[page 242]># %<242 MâTUGâMA-SAũYUTTAM [XXXVII. 9.>% #< SN_4,37(3).9 (5) Aticārã># 4 Pa¤cahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo || la || apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pa¤cahi || || 5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpã ca hoti aticārã ca hoti duppa¤¤o ca hoti || || 6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pa¤cahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo || la || upapajjatã ti || || #< SN_4,37(3).10 (6) Dussãlam># 4 Pa¤cahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo || la || nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pa¤cahi || || 5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpã ca hoti dussãlo ca hoti duppa¤¤o ca hoti || || 6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pa¤cahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo || la || nirayam upapajjatã ti || || #< SN_4,37(3).11 (7) Appassuto># 4 Pa¤cahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo || la || nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pa¤cahi || || 5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpã ca hoti appassuto ca hoti duppa¤¤o ca hoti || || 6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pa¤cahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo || la || nirayam upapajjatã ti || || #< SN_4,37(3).12 (8) Kusãto># 4 Pa¤cahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo || la || nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pa¤cahi || || 5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpã ca hoti kusãto ca hoti duppa¤¤o ca hoti || || 6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pa¤cahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo || la || apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upapajjatã ti || || #< SN_4,37(3).13 (9) Muņņhassati># 4 Pa¤cahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātu gāmo || la || nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pa¤cahi || || #<[page 243]># %% 5 Assaddho ca hoti ahiriko ca hoti anottāpã ca hoti muņņhassati ca hoti duppa¤¤o ca hoti || || 6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pa¤cahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo || la || nirayam upapajjatã ti || || #< SN_4,37(3).14 (10) Pa¤caveram># 4 Pa¤cahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo || la || nirayam upapajjati || katamehi pa¤cahi || || 5 Pāõātipātã ca hoti adinnādāyã ca hoti kāmesu micchācārã ca hoti musāvādã ca hoti surāmerayamajjapamādaņņhāyã ca hoti || || 6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pa¤cahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyam duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upapajjatã ti || || #< CHAPTER II PEYYâLA-VAGGO DUTIYO># (ANURUDDHO II SUKKAPAKKHO) 2 Atha kho āyasmā Anuruddho yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || pe || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Anuruddho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Idhāham bhante mātugāmam passāmi dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena abhikkantamānusakena kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatim saggaü lokam upapajjantaü || || Katãhi nu kho bhante dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggam lokam upapajjatã ti || || #< SN_4,37(3).15 (1) Akodhano># 4 Pa¤cahi kho Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjati || katamehi pa¤cahi || || 5 Saddho ca hoti hirimā ca hoti ottāpã ca hoti akodhano ca hoti pa¤¤avā ca hoti || || 6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pa¤cahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjatã ti #<[page 244]># %<244 MâTUGâMA-SAũYUTTAM [XXXVII. 16. 4>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || #< SN_4,37(3).16 (2) Anupanāhã># 4 Pa¤cahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokaü upapajjati || katamehi pa¤cahi || || 5 Saddho ca hoti hirimā ca hoti ottāpã ca hoti anupanāhã ca hoti pa¤¤avā ca hoti || || 6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pa¤cahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjatã ti || || #< SN_4,37(3).17 (3) Anissukã># 4 Pa¤cahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjati || katamehi pa¤cahi || || 5-6 Saddho ca hoti hirimā ca hoti ottāpã ca hoti anissukã ca hoti pa¤¤avā ca hoti || la || || #< SN_4,37(3).18 (4) Amaccharã># 5-6 amaccharã ca hoti pa¤¤avā ca hoti || la || || #< SN_4,37(3).19 (5) Anaticārã># 5-6 anaticārã ca hoti pa¤¤avā ca hoti || la || || #< SN_4,37(3).2O (6) Sãlavā># 5-6 sãlavā ca hoti pa¤¤avā ca hoti || la || || #< SN_4,37(3).21 (7) Bahussuto># 5-6 bahussuto ca hoti pa¤¤avā ca hoti || la || || #< SN_4,37(3).22 (8) Viriya># 5-6 āraddhaviriyo ca hoti pa¤¤avā ca hoti || la || || #<[page 245]># %% #< SN_4,37(3).23 (9) Sati># 5 upaņņhitasati ca hoti pa¤¤avā ca hoti || || 6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pa¤cahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjati || || Ime aņņhasuttanta-saīkhepā || || #< SN_4,37(3).24 (10) Pa¤casãla># 5 Pa¤cahi Anuruddha dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjati || katamehi pa¤cahi || || Pāõātipātā paņivirato hoti || adinnādānā paņivirato ca hoti || kāmesu micchācārā paņivirato hoti || musāvādā paņivirato hoti || surāmerayamajjapamādaņņhānā paņivirato ca hoti || || 6 Imehi kho Anuruddha pa¤cahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjatã ti || || Peyyāla-vaggā dve || || Tatruddānaü || || Dve Manāpā- amanāpā ca || Aveõikā Tãhi Anuruddho || Kodhano Upanāhã ca || Issukã Maccharena ca || || Aticārã ca Dussãlo || Appassuto ca Kusãto || Muņņhassati ca Pa¤caveraü || kaõhapakkhe pakāsito || || Anuruddho Akodhano || Anupanāhã Anissukã || Amaccharã Anaticārã || Sãlavā ca Bahussuto || Viriya-Sati-Pa¤casãlā ca || sukkapakkhe pakāsito ti || || #<[page 246]># %<246 MâTUGâMA-SAũYUTTAM [XXXVII. 25. 2>% #< CHAPTER III VAGGO TATIYO># #< SN_4,37(3).25 (1) Visāradā># 2 Pa¤cimāni bhikkhave mātugāmassa balāni || katamāni pa¤ca || || Råpabalaü bhogabalaü ¤ātibalam puttabalaü sãlabalaü || || Imāni kho bhikkhave pa¤ca mātugāmassa balāni || || 3 Imehi kho bhikkhave pa¤cahi balehi samannāgato mātugāmo visārado agāram ajjhāvasatã ti || || #< SN_4,37(3).26 (2) Pasayhā># 2 Pa¤cimāni bhikkhave mātugāmassa balāni || katamāni pa¤ca || || Råpabalam bhogabalaü ¤ātibalam puttabalaü sãlabalaü || || Imāni kho bhikkhave pa¤ca mātugāmassa balāni || || 3 Imehi kho bhikkhave pa¤cahi balehi samannāgato mātugāmo sāmikam pasayha agāram ajjhāvasatã ti || || #< SN_4,37(3).27 (3) Abhibhåyya># 2 Pa¤cimāni bhikkhave mātugāmassa balāni || katamāni pa¤ca || || Råpabalam bhogabalaü ¤ātibalam puttabalaü sãlabalaü || || Imāni kho bhikkhave pa¤ca mātugāmassa balāni || || 3 Imehi kho bhikkhave pa¤cahi balehi samannāgato mātugāmo sāmikam abhibhåyya vattati || || #< SN_4,37(3).28 (4) Eka># 2 Ekena ca kho bhikkhave balena samannāgato puriso mātugāmam abhibhåyya vattati || katamena ekena balena || || Issariyabalena || || 3 Issariyabalena abhibhåtam bhikkhave mātugāmaü neva råpabalaü tāyati na bhogabalaü tāyati na ¤ātibalaü tāyati na puttabalaü tāyati na sãlabalaü tāyatãti || || #<[page 247]># %% #< SN_4,37(3).29 (5) Aīga># 2 Pa¤cimāni bhikkhave mātugāmassa balāni || katamāni pa¤ca || || Råpabalam bhogabalaü ¤ātibalam puttabalaü sãlabalaü || || 3 Råpabalena ca bhikkhave mātugāmo samannāgato hoti na ca bhogabalena || evaü so tenaīgena aparipåro hoti || yato ca kho bhikkhave mātugamo råpabalena ca samannāgato hoti bhogabalena ca || evam so tenaīgena paripåro hoti || || 4 Råpabalena ca bhikkhave mātugāmo samannāgato hoti bhogabalena ca na ca ¤ātibalena || evaü so tenaīgena aparipåro hoti || || Yato ca kho bhikkhave mātugāmo råpabalena samannāgato hoti bhogabalena ca ¤atibalena ca evaü so tenaīgena paripåro hoti || || 5 Råpabalena ca bhikkhave mātugāmo samannāgato hoti || bhogabalena ca ¤ātibalena ca || na ca puttabalena || evaü so tenaīgena aparipåro hoti || || Yato ca kho bhikkhave mātugāmo råpabalena ca samannāgato hoti || bhogabalena ¤ātibalena ca puttabalena ca || evaü so tenaīgena paripåro hoti || || 6 Råpabalena ca bhikkhu mātugamo samannāgato hoti || bhogabalena ca ¤ātibalena puttabalena ca || na ca sãlabalena || evaü so tenaīgena aparipåro hoti || || Yato ca kho bhikkhave mātugāmo råpabalena ca samannāgato hoti || bhogabalena ca ¤ātibalena ca puttabalena ca sãlabalena || evaü so tenaīgena paripåro hoti || || 7 Imāni kho bhikkhave pa¤ca mātugāmassa balānãti || || #< SN_4,37(3).30 (6) Nāsenti># 2 Pa¤cimāni bhikkhave mātugāmassa balāni || katamāni pa¤ca || || Råpabalam bhogabalaü ¤ātibalaü puttabalaü sãlabalaü || || #<[page 248]># %<248 MâTUGâMA-SAũYUTTAM [XXXVII. 30. 3>% 3 Råpabalena ca bhikkhave mātugamo samannāgato na ca sãlabalena || nāsenteva naü kule na vāsenti || || Råpabalena ca bhikkhave mātugāmo samannāgato hoti bhogabalena ca na ca sãlabalena || nāsenteva naü kule na vāsenti || || Råpabalena ca bhikkhave mātugamo samannāgato hoti bhogabalena ca ¤ātibalena ca na ca sãlabalena || nāsenteva naü kule na vāsenti || || Råpabalena ca bhikkhave mātugamo samannāgato hoti bhogabalena ca ¤ātibalena ca puttabalena ca na ca sãlabalena || nāsenteva naü kule na vāsenti || || 4 Sãlabalena ca bhikkhave mātugāmo samannāgato hoti na ca råpabalena || vāsenteva naü kule na nāsenti || || Sãlabalena ca bhikkhave mātugāmo samannāgato hoti na ca bhogabalena || vāsenteva naü kule na nāsenti || || Sãlabalena ca bhikkhave mātugāmo samannāgato hoti na ca ¤ātibalena || vāsenteva naü kule na nāsenti || || Sãlabalena ca bhikkhave mātugāmo samannāgato hoti na ca puttabalena || vāsenteva naü kule na nāsenti || || 5 Imāni kho bhikkhave pa¤ca mātugāmassa balānãti || || #< SN_4,37(3).31 (7) Hetu># 2 Pa¤cimāni bhikkhave mātugāmassa balāni || katamāni pa¤ca || || Råpabalaü bhogabalaü ¤ātibalaü puttabalaü sãlabalaü || || 3 Na bhikkhave mātugāmo råpabalahetu vā bhogabalahetu vā ¤ātibalahetu vā puttabalahetu vā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjati || || 4 Sãlabalahetu kho bhikkhave mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatim saggaü lokaü upapajjati || || 5 Imāni kho bhikkhave pa¤ca mātugāmassa balānã ti || || #<[page 249]># %% #< SN_4,37(3).32 (8) ōhānam># 2 Pa¤cimāni bhikkhave ņhānāni dullabhāni akatapu¤¤ena mātugāmena || katamāni pa¤ca || || 3 Patiråpe kule jāyeyyan ti || idam bhikkhave pathamaü ņhānaü dullabhaü akatapu¤¤ena mātugāmena || || Patiråpe kule jāyitvā patiråpaü kulaü gaccheyyan ti || idam bhikkhave dutiyaü ņhānam dullabham akatapu¤¤ena mātugāmena || || Patiråpe kule jāyitvā patiråpaü kulam gantvā asapattã agāram ajjhāvaseyyan ti || idam bhikkhave tatiyaü ņhānaü dullabham akatapu¤¤ena mātugāmena || || Patiråpe kule jāyitvā patiråpaü kulaü gantvā asapattã agāram ajjhāvasantã puttavatã assan ti || idam bhikkhave catutthaü ņhānaü dullabham akatapu¤¤ena mātugāmena || || Patiråpe kule jāyitvā patiråpaü kulaü gantvā asapattã agāram ajjhāvasantã puttavatã samānā sāmikam abhibhuyya vatteyyanti || idam bhikkhave pa¤camaü ņhānaü dullabham akatapu¤¤ena mātugāmena || || Imāni kho bhikkhave pa¤caņņhānāni dullabhāni akatapu¤¤ena mātugāmena || || 4 Pa¤cima¤i bhikkhave ņhānāni sulabhāni katapu¤¤ena mātugāmena || katamāni pa¤ca || || Patiråpe kule jāyeyyan ti || idam bhikkhave pathamaü ņhānam sulabham katapu¤¤ena mātugāmena || || Patiråpe kule jāyitvā patiråpaü kulaü gaccheyyan ti || idam bhikkhave dutiyaü ņhānam sulabhaü katapu¤¤ena mātugāmena || || Patiråpe kule jāyitvā patiråpaü kulaü gantvā asapattã agāram ajjhāvaseyyan ti || idam bhikkhave tatiyaü ņhanaü sulabhaü katapu¤¤ena mātugāmena || || Patiråpe kule jāyitvā patiråpaü kulaü gantvā asapattã agāram ajjhāvasantã puttavatã assan ti || idam bhikkhave catutthaü ņhānaü sulabhaü katapu¤¤ena mātugāmena || || Patiråpe kule jāyitvā patiråpaü kulaü gantvā asapattã agāram ajjhāvasantã puttavatã samānā sāmikam abhibhuyya vatteyyanti #<[page 250]># %<250 MâTUGâMA-SAũYUTTAM [XXXVII. 32. 5>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || idam bhikkhave pa¤camaü ņhānam sulabhaü katapu¤¤ena mātugāmena || || 5 Imāni kho bhikkhave pa¤caņņhānāni sulabhāni katapu¤¤ena mātugāmenāti || || #< SN_4,37(3).33 (9) Visārado># 2 Pa¤cahi bhikkhave dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo visārado agāram ajjhāvasati || katamehi pa¤cahi || || 3 Pāõātipātā paņivirato ca hoti || adinnādānā paņivirato ca hoti || kāmesu micchācārā paņivirato ca hoti || musāvādā paņivirato ca hoti || surāmerayamajjapamādaņņhānā paņivirato ca hoti || || 4 Imehi kho pana bhikkhave pa¤cahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo visārado agāram ajjhāvasatã ti || || #< SN_4,37(3).34 (10) Vaķķhi># 2 Pa¤cahi bhikkhave vaķķhãhi vaķķhamānā ariyasāvikā ariyāya vaķķhiyā vaķķhati sārādāyinã ca hoti varādāyinã ca kāyassa || katamehi pa¤cahi || || 3 Saddhāya vaķķhati sãlena vaķķhati sutena vaķķhati cāgena vaķķhati pa¤¤āya vaķķhati || imehi kho bhikkhave pa¤cahi vaķķhãhi vaķķhamānā ariyasāvikā ariyāya vaķķhiyā vaķķhati || sārādāyinã ca hoti varādāyinã ca kāyassā ti || || Saddhāya sãlena ca yãdha vaķķhati || pa¤¤āya cāgena sutena cåbhayaü || Sā tādisã sãlavatã upāsikā ādiyati sāram idheva attano ti || || #<[page 251]># %% Mātugāmasaüyuttaü vaggā1 tiõi || || Tassuddānaü || || Visāradā Pasayha Abhibhuyya || Eka Aīgena pa¤camaü || || Nāsenti Hetu ōhānaü ca || Visāradā Vaķķhinā te dasā ti || #< BOOK IV JAMBUKHâDAKA-SAũYUTTAũ># #< SN_4,38(4).1 Nibbānaü># 1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā Sāriputto Magadhesu viharati Nāla kagāmake || || 2 Atha kho Jambukhādako paribbājako yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmatā Sāriputtena saddhim sammodi || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Jambukhādako paribbājako āyasmantaü Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Nibbānaü nibbānanti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamaü nu kho āvuso nibbānanti || || Yo kho āvuso rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo idaü vuccati nibbānanti || || 4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyāti || || Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyāti || || #<[page 252]># %<252 JAMBUKHâDAKA-SAũYUTTAũ [XXXVIII. 1. 5>% 5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyāti || || Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya || seyyathãdaü || sammādiņņhi sammāsaīkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammā ājãvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi || ayaü kho āvuso maggo ayam paņipadā etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyāti || || 6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paņipadā etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya || ala¤ca panāvuso appamādāyāti || || #< SN_4,38(4).2 Arahattam># 3 Arahattam arahattanti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamaü nu kho āvuso arahattanti || || Yo kho āvuso rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo idaü vuccati arahattanti || || 4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa arahattassa sacchikiriyāyāti || || Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa arahattassa sacchikiriyāyāti || || 5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etassa arahattassa sacchikiriyāyāti || || Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo etassa arahattassa sacchikiriyāya || seyyathãdaü || sammādiņņhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || || Ayaü kho āvuso maggo ayam paņipadā etassa arahattassa sacchikiriyāyāti || 6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paņipadā etassa arahattassa sacchikiriyāya || ala¤ca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || || #< SN_4,38(4).3 Dhammavādã># 3 Ke nu kho āvuso Sāriputta loke dhammānuvādino || ke loke suppaņipannā || ke loke sugatā ti || || 4 Ye kho āvuso loke rāgappahānāya dhammaü desenti dosappahānāya dhammaü desenti mohappahānāya dhammam desenti #<[page 253]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || te loke dhammavādino || || 5 Ye kho āvuso rāgassa pahānāya paņipannā || dosassa || pe || mohassa pahānāya paņipannā || te loke suppaņipannā || || 6 Yesam kho āvuso rāgo pahãno ucchinnamålo tālāvatthukato anabhāvakato āyatim anuppādadhammo || doso pahãno ucchinnamålo tālāvatthukato anabhāvakato āyatim anuppādadhammo || moho pahãno ucchinnamålo tālāvatthukato anabhāvakato āyatim anuppādadhammo || te loke sugatā ti || || 7 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāyāti || || Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāyāti || || 8 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāyāti || || Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāya || seyyathãdaü sammādiņņhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || || Ayam kho āvuso maggo ayam paņipadā etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāyāti || || 9 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paņipadā etassa rāgassa dosassa mohassa pahānāya || ala¤ca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || || #< SN_4,38(4).4 Kimatthi># 3 Kim atthi yam āvuso Sāriputta samaõe Gotame brahmacariyaü vussatãti || || Dukkhassa kho āvuso pari¤¤attham Bhagavati brahmacariyam vussatãti || || 3 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa dukkhassa pari¤¤āyāti || || Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa dukkhassa pari¤¤āyāti || || 4 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etassa dukkhassa pari¤¤āyāti || || #<[page 254]># %<254 JAMBUKHâDAKA-SAũYUTTAũ [XXXVIII. 4. 5>% Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo etassa dukkhassa pari¤¤āya || seyyathãdam || sammādiņņhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || ayaü kho āvuso maggo ayam paņipadā etassa dukkhassa pari¤¤āyāti || 5 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paņipadā etassa dukkhassa pari¤¤āya || ala¤ca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || || #< SN_4,38(4).5 Assāso># 3 Assāsapatto assāsapatto ti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho avuso assāsapatto hotã ti || || Yato kho āvuso bhikkhu channam phassāyatanānam samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ ca assāda¤ca ādãnava¤ca nissaraõa¤ca yathābhåtam pajānāti || ettāvatā kho āvuso assāsapatto hotã ti || || 4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa assāsassa sacchikiriyāyāti || || Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa assāsassa sacchikiriyāyāti || || 5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etassa assāsassa sacchikiriyāyāti || || Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo etassa assāsassa sacchikiriyāya || seyyathãdaü || sammādiņņhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || ayaü kho āvuso maggo ayam paņipadā etassa assāsassa sacchikiriyāyāti || || 6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo || bhaddikā paņipadā etassa assāsassa sacchikiriyāya || ala¤ca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || || #< SN_4,38(4).6 Paramassāso># 3 Paramassāsapatto paramassāsapatto ti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho āvuso paramassāsapatto hotã ti || || Yato kho āvuso bhikkhu channam phassāyatānānaü samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ ca assāda¤ca ādãnava¤ca nissaraõa¤ca yathābhåtam viditvā anupādā vimutto hoti #<[page 255]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || ettāvatā kho āvuso paramassāsapatto hotã ti || || 4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa paramassāsassa sacchikiriyāyāti || || Atthi kho āvuso atthi paņipadā etassa paramassāsassa sacchikiriyāyāti || || 5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etassa paramassāsassa sacchikiriyāyāti || || Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo etassa paramassāsassa sacchikiriyāya || seyyathãdaü || sammādiņņhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || ayaü eva kho āvuso maggo ayam paņipadā etassa paramassāsassa sacchikiriyāyāti || || 6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paņipadā etassa paramassāsassa sacchikiriyāya || ala¤ca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || || #< SN_4,38(4).7 Vedanā># 3 Vedanā vedanā ti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamā nu kho āvuso vedanā ti || Tisso imā āvuso vedanā || sukhā vedanā dukkhā vedanā adukkhamasukhā vedanā ||imā kho āvuso vedanā ti || || 4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etāsaü vedanānam pari¤¤āyāti || || Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi patipadā etāsaü vedanānam pari¤¤āyāti || || 5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etāsaü vedanānam pari¤¤āyāti || || Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo etāsaü vedanānam pari¤¤āyā || seyyathãdaü || sammādiņņhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || ayaü kho āvuso maggo ayam paņipadā etāsam vedanānam pari¤¤āyāti || || 6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddakā paņipadā etāsaü vedanānam pari¤¤āya || ala¤ca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || || #<[page 256]># %<256 JAMBUKHâDAKA-SAũYUTTAũ [XXXVIII. 9. 6>% #< SN_4,38(4).8 Asavā># 3 âsavo āsavoti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamo nu kho āvuso āsavoti || || Tayo me āvuso āsavā kāmāsavo bhavāsavo avijjāsavo || ime kho āvuso tayo āsavāti || || 4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etesam āsavānam pahānāyāti || || Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etesam āsavanānam pahānāyāti || || 5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etesam āsavānam pahānāyāti || || Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo etesam āsavanānam pahānāya || seyyathãdaü sammādiņņhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || ayaü kho āvuso maggo ayam paņipadā etesam āsavānam pahānāyāti || || 6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paņipadā etesam āsavānam pahānāya || ala¤ca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || || #< SN_4,38(4).9 Avijjā># 3 Avijjā avijjāti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamā nu kho āvuso avijjāti || || Yaü kho āvuso dukkhe a¤¤āõam dukkhasamudaye a¤¤āõam dukkhanirodhe a¤¤āõaü dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paņipadāya a¤¤āõaü || ayaü vuccatāvuso avijjāti || || 4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi patipadā etissā avijjāya pahānāyāti || || Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etissā avijjāya pahānāyāti || || 5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etissā avijjāya pahānāyāti || || Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo atthaīgiko maggo etissā avijjāya pahānāya || seyyathãdaü || sammādiņņhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || ayaü kho āvuso maggo ayam paņipadā etissā avijjāya pahānāyāti || || 6 Bhaddhako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paņipadā etissā avijjāya pahānāya #<[page 257]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || ala¤ca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || || #< SN_4,38(4).10 Taõhā># 3 Taõhā taõhāti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati katamā nu kho āvuso taõhāti || || Tisso imā āvuso taõhā || kāmataõhā bhavataõhā vibhavataõhā || imā kho āvuso tisso taõhāti || || 4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etāsam taõhānam pahānāyāti || || Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi patipadā etāsaü taõhānam pahānāyāti || || 5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etāsaü taõhānam pahānāyāti || || Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo atthaīgiko maggo etāsaü taõhānam pahānāya || seyyathãdaü || sammādiņņhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || ayaü kho āvuso maggo ayam paņipadā etāsaü taõhānam pahānāyāti || || 6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paņipadā etāsaü taõhānam pahānāya || ala¤ca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || || #< SN_4,38(4).11 Ogha># 3 Ogho oghoti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamo nu kho āvuso oghoti || || Cattāro me āvuso oghā || kāmogho bhavogho diņņhogho avijjogho || ime kho āvuso cattāro oghāti || || 4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etesam oghānam pahānāyāti || || Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etesam oghānam pahānāyāti || || 5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etesam oghānam pahānāyāti || || Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo etesam oghānam pahānāya || seyyathãdaü || sammādiņņhi || pe || #<[page 258]># %<258 JAMBUKHâDAKA-SAũYUTTAũ [XXXVIII. 11. 6>% sammāsamādhi || ayaü kho āvuso maggo ayam patipadā etesam oghānam pahānāyāti || || 6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā patipadā etesam oghānam pahānāya || ala¤ca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || || #< SN_4,38(4).12 Upādānam># 3 Upādānam upādānanti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamaü kho āvuso upādānanti || || Cattārimāni āvuso upādānāni || kāmupādānaü diņņhupādānam sãlabbatupādānam attavādupādānam || imāni kho āvuso cattari upādānānãti || || 4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etesam upādānānam pahānāyāti || || Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etesam upādānānam pahānāyāti || || 5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etesam upādānānam pahānāyāti || || Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo etesam upādānānam pahānāya || seyyathãdaü || sammādiņņhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || ayaü kho āvuso maggo ayam paņipadā etesam upādānānam pahānāyāti || || 6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paņipadā etesam upādānānam pahānāya || ala¤ca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || || #< SN_4,38(4).13 Bhavo># 3 Bhavo bhavoti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati katamo nu kho āvuso bhavoti || || Tayo me āvuso bhavā || kāmabhavo råpabhavo aråpabhavo || ime kho āvuso tayo bhavāti || || 4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etesam bhavānam pari¤¤āyāti || || Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etesam bhavānam pari¤¤āyāti || || 5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etesam bhavānam pari¤¤āyāti || || #<[page 259]># %% Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo atthaīgiko maggo etesam bhavānam pari¤¤āya || seyyathãdam || sammādiņņhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || ayaü kho āvuso maggo ayam paņipadā etesam bhavānam pari¤¤ayāti || || 6 Bhaddako avuso maggo bhaddikā paņipadā etesam bhavānam pari¤¤āya || ala¤ca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || || #< SN_4,38(4).14 Dukkham># 3 Dukkham dukkhanti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamaü nu kho āvuso dukkhanti || || Tisso imāvuso dukkhatā || dukkhadukkhatā saīkhāradukkhatā vipariõāmadukkhatā || imā kho avuso dukkhatā ti || || 4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etāsaü dukkhatānam pari¤¤āyāti || || Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etāsaü dukkhatānam pari¤¤āyāti || || 5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etāsaü dukkhatānam pari¤¤āyāti || || Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo etāsaü dukkhatānam pari¤¤āya || seyyathãdaü sammādiņņhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || ayaü kho āvuso maggo ayam paņipadā etāsam dukkhatānam pari¤¤āyāti || || 6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paņipadā etāsam dukkhatānam pari¤¤āya || ala¤ca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || || #< SN_4,38(4).15 Sakkāyo># 3 Sakkāyo sakkāyo ti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamo nu kho āvuso sakkāyo ti || || Pa¤cime āvuso upādānakkhandhā sakkāyo vutto Bhagavatā || seyyathãdaü || råpåpādānakkhandho vedanåpādānakkhandho sa¤¤åpādānakkhandho saīkhāråpādānakkhandho vi¤¤āõåpādānakkhandho #<[page 260]># %<260 JAMBUKHâDAKA-SAũYUTTAũ [XXXVIII. 15. 4>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || ime kho āvuso pa¤cupādānakkhandhā sakkāyo vutto Bhagavatāti || || 4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa sakkāyassa pari¤¤āyāti || || Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa sakkāyassa pari¤¤āyāti || || 5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etassa sakkāyassa pari¤¤āyāti || || Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo etassa sakkāyassa pari¤¤āya || seyyathãdaü || sammādiņņhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || ayaü kho āvuso maggo ayam paņipadā etassa sakkāyassa pari¤¤āyāti || || 6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paņipadā etassa sakkāyassa pari¤¤āya || ala¤ca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || || #< SN_4,38(4).16 Dukkaraü># 3 Kiü nu kho āvuso Sāriputta imasmiü dhammavinaye dukkaranti || || Pabbajjā kho āvuso imasmiü dhammavinaye dukkaranti || || 4 Pabbajjitena panāvuso kiü dukkaranti || || Pabbajjitena kho āvuso abhirati dukkarāti || 5 Abhiratena panāvuso Sāriputta kiü dukkaranti || || Abhiratena kho āvuso dhammānudhammapaņipatti dukkarāti || || 6 Kiü va ciram panāvuso dhammānudhammapaņipanno bhikkhu arahaü assāti || || Na ciram āvusoti || || Jambukhādaka-saüyuttaü || || Tassuddānaü5 Nibbānam Arahatta¤ca6 || #<[page 261]># %% Dhammavādã Kimatthiyam1 || Assāso Paramassāso || Vedanā âsavāvijjā || Taõhā Oghā Upādānam || Bhavo Dukkha¤ca Sakkāyo || Imasmiü dhammavinaye Dukkaranti || || #< BOOK V SâMAöôAKA-SAũYUTTAM># #< SN_4,39(5).1 Nibbānam># 1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā Sāriputto Vajjãsu viharati Ukkavelāyaü Gaīgāya nadiyā tãre || 2 Atha kho Sāmaõķako paribbājako yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmatā Sāriputtena saddhiü sammodi || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antam nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Sāmaõķako paribbājako āyasmantaü Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Nibbānaü nibbānanti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || katamaü nu kho āvuso nibbānanti || || Yo kho āvuso rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo idaü vuccati nibbānanti || || 4 Atthi panāvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyāti || || Atthi kho āvuso maggo atthi paņipadā etassa nibbanassa sacchikiriyāyāti || || #<[page 262]># %<262 MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM [XXXIX. 1. 5>% 5 Katamo panāvuso maggo katamā paņipadā etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyāti || || Ayam eva kho āvuso ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya seyyathãdaü || sammādiņņhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || ayaü kho āvuso maggo ayam paņipadā etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyāti || || 6 Bhaddako āvuso maggo bhaddikā paņipadā etassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya || ala¤ca panāvuso Sāriputta appamādāyāti || || #< SN_4,39(5).2-15># ||pe|| || #< SN_4,39(5).16 Dukkaram># 3 Kiü nu āvuso Sāriputta imasmiü dhammavinaye dukkaranti || || Pabbajjā kho āvuso imasmim dhammavinaye dukkaranti || || 4 Pabbajitena panāvuso kim dukkaranti || || Pabbajitena kho āvuso abhirati dukkarāti || || 5 Abhiratena panāvuso kiü dukkaranti || || Abhiratena kho āvuso dhammānudhammapaņipatti dukkarāti || || 6 Kiü va ciram panāvuso dhammānudhammapaņipanno bhikkhu arahaü assāti || || Na ciram āvuso ti || || Sāmaõķaka-saüyuttaü samattaü || || Purimakasadisam eva uddānaü || || #< BOOK VI MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM># #< SN_4,40(6).1 Savitakka># 1 Ekaü samayaü āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno Sāvatthiyaü viharati Jetavane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || || #<[page 263]># %% 2 Tatra kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno bhikkhå āmantesi || âvuso bhikkhavo ti || || âvuso ti kho te bhikkhå āyasmato Maha-Moggalānassa paccassosuü || || 3 âyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Idha mayhaü āvuso rahogatassa paņisallãnassa evaü cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Pathamaü jhānam pathamaü jhānanti vuccati || katamaü nu kho pathamaü jhānanti || || 4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || || Idha bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaü savicāraü vivekajam pãtisukhaü pathamaü jhānam upasampajja viharati || idaü vuccati pathamaü jhānanti || || 5 So khvāham āvuso vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaü savicāraü vivekajam pãtisukham pathamaü jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena viharato kāmasahagatā sa¤¤ā manasikārā samudācaranti || || 6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaīkamitvā etad avoca || || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmaõa pathamaü jhānaü pamādo pathame jhāne cittaü saõņhapehi pathame jhāne cittaü ekodikarohi pathame jhāne cittaü samādahāti || || 7 So khvāham āvuso aparena samayena vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkam savicāram vivekajam pãtisukham pathamaü jhānaü upasampajja vihāsiü || || 8 Yaü hi tam āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || Satthārānuggahito sāvako mahābhi¤¤atam pattoti || mamaü tam sammāvadamāno vadeyya Satthārānuggahito sāvako mahābhi¤¤atam patto ti || || #< SN_4,40(6).2 Avitakka># 3 Dutiyaü jhānaü dutiyaü jhānanti vuccati || katamaü nu kho dutiyaü jhānanti || || 4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || Idha bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaü våpasamā ajjhattaü sampasādanaü cetaso ekodibhāvam avitakkam avicāraü samādhijam pãtisukhaü dutiyaü jhānam upasampajja viharati #<[page 264]># %<264 MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM [XL. 2. 5>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || idaü vuccati dutiyaü jhānan ti || || 5 So khvāham āvuso vitakkavicārānaü våpasamā ajjhattam sampasādanaü cetaso ekodibhāvam avitakkam avicāraü samādhijam pãtisukham dutiyaü jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena viharato vitakkasahagatā sa¤¤ā manasikārā samudācaranti || || 6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaīkamitvā etad avoca || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmana dutiyaü jhānam pamādo dutiye jhāne cittaü saõņhapehi dutiye jhāne cittam ekodikarohi dutiye jhāne cittaü samādahā ti || || 7 So khvāham āvuso aparena samayena vitakkavicārānaü våpasamā ajjhattaü sampasādanam cetaso ekodibhāvam avitakkam avicāraü samādhijam pãtisukhaü dutiyaü jhānam upasampajja vihāsiü || || 8 Yaü hi taü āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya Satthāranuggahãto sāvako mahābhi¤¤atam patto ti || || mamaü taü sammāvadamāno vadeyya Satthārānuggahãto sāvako mahābhi¤¤atam patto ti || || #< SN_4,40(6).3 Sukhena># 3 Tatiyaü jhānaü tatiyaü jhānanti vuccati || katamaü nu kho tatiyaü jhānanti || || 4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || Idha bhikkhu pãtiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati || sato ca sampajāno sukha¤ca kāyena {paņisaüvedeti} || Yan tam ariyā ācikkhanti upekkhako satimā sukhavihārãti || tatiyaü jhānam upasampajja viharati || idam vuccati tatiyaü jhānan ti || || 5 So khvāham āvuso pãtiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharāmi sato ca sampajāno sukha¤ca kāyena paņisaüvedemi || Yan tam ariyā ācikkhanti upekkhako satimā sukhavihārãti tatiyaü jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena viharato pãtisahagatā sa¤¤ā manasikārā samudācaranti || || #<[page 265]># %% 6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaīkamitvā etad avoca || || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmaõa tatiyaü jhānam pamādo tatiye jhāne cittaü saõņhapehi tatiye jhāne cittam ekodikarohi tatiye jhāne cittam samādahāti || || 7 So khvāhaü āvuso aparena samayena pãtiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca vihāsiü sato ca sampajāno sukha¤ca kāyena {paņisaüvedesiü} || yan tam ariyā ācikkhanti upekkhako satimā sukhavihārãti tatiyaü jhānam upasampajja vihāsiü || || 8 Yaü hi tam āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || pe || mahābhi¤¤atam pattoti || || #< SN_4,40(6).4 Upekkhako># 3 Catutthaü jhānaü catutthaü jhānanti vuccati || katamaü nu kho catutthaü jhānanti || || 4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || Idha bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassa-domanassānam atthagamā ca adukkhaü asukhaü upekkhā-sati-pārisuddhiü catutthaü jhānam upasampajja viharati || idaü vuccati catutthaü jhānanti || || 5 So khvāham āvuso sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassa-domanassānam atthagamā adukkhaü asukhaü upekkhā-sati-parisuddhiü catutthaü jhānaü upasampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena viharato sukhasahagatā sa¤¤ā manasikārā samudācaranti || || 6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaīkamitvā etad avoca || || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmana catutthaü jhānam pamādo catutthe jhāne cittaü saõņhapehi catutthe jhāne cittam ekodikarohi catutthe jhāne cittaü samādahāti || || 7 So kho ahaü aparena samayena sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassa-domanassānaü atthagamā adukkham asukham upekkhā-satipārisuddhiü catutthaü jhānam upasampajja vihāsiü #<[page 266]># %<266 MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM [XL. 4. 8>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || 8 Yaü hi tam āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || pe || mahābhi¤¤atam pattoti || || #< SN_4,40(6).5 âkāsaü># 3 âkāsāna¤cāyatanam ākāsāna¤cāyatananti vuccati || katamaü nu kho ākāsāna¤cāyatananti || || 4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || Idha bhikkhu sabbaso råpasa¤¤ānaü samatikkamā paņighasa¤¤ānaü atthagamā nānattasa¤¤ānam amanasikārā Anatto ākāso ti ākāsāna¤cāyatanam upasampajja viharati || idaü vuccati ākāsāna¤cāyatananti || || 5 So khvāham āvuso sabbaso råpasa¤¤ānam samatikkamā paņighasa¤¤ānaü atthagamā nānattasa¤¤ānam amanasikārā Anatto ākāso ti ākāsāna¤cāyatanam upasampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena viharato råpasahagatā sa¤¤ā manasikārā samudācaranti || 6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaīkamitvā etad avoca || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmaõa ākāsāna¤cāyatanam pamādo ākāsāna¤cāyatane cittam saõņhapehi ākāsāna¤cāyatane cittam ekodikarohi ākāsāna¤cāyatane cittaü samādahāti || || 7 So khvāham āvuso aparena samayena sabbaso råpasa¤¤ānaü samatikkamā paņighasa¤¤ānam atthagamā nānattasa¤¤ānam amanasikārā Anatto ākāsoti ākāsāna¤cāyatanam upasampajja vihāsiü || || 8 Yaü hi tam āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || pe || mahābhi¤¤atam patto ti || || #< SN_4,40(6).6 Vi¤¤āõaü># 3 Vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanaü vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatananti vuccati || katamaü nu kho vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatananti || || #<[page 267]># %% 4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || Idha bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsāna¤cāyatanaü samatikkamma Anattaü vi¤¤āõanti vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanaü upasampajja viharati || idaü vuccati vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatananti || || 5 So khvāham āvuso sabbaso ākāsāna¤cāyatanam samatikkamma Anattaü vi¤¤āõanti vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanam upasampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena viharato ākāsāna¤cāyatanasahāgatā sa¤¤ā manasikārā samudācaranti || || 6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaīkamitvā etad avoca || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmaõa vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanam pamādo vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatane cittaü saõņhapehi vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatane cittam ekodikarohi vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatane cittaü samādahāti || || 7 So khvāham āvuso aparena samayena sabbaso ākāsāna¤cāyatanaü samatikkamma Anattaü vi¤¤āõanti vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanam upasampajja vihāsiü || || 8 Yaü hi taü āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || pe || mahabhi¤¤atam patto ti || || #< SN_4,40(6).7 Aki¤ca¤¤a># 3 âki¤ca¤¤āyatanam āki¤ca¤¤āyatananti vuccati || katamaü nu kho āki¤ca¤¤āyatananti || || 4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || Idha bhikkhu sabbaso vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanaü samatikkamma Natthi ki¤cãti āki¤ca¤¤āyatanam upasampajja viharati || idaü vuccati āki¤ca¤¤āyatanan ti || || 5 So khvāham āvuso sabbaso vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanaü samatikkamma Natthi ki¤cãti āki¤ca¤¤āyatanam upasampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena viharato vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanasahagatā sa¤¤ā manasikārā samudācaranti || || 6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaīkamitvā etad avoca || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmaõa āki¤ca¤¤āyatanam pamādo āki¤ca¤¤āyatane cittaü saõņhapehi āki¤ca¤¤āyatane cittam ekodikarohi āki¤ca¤¤āyatane cittaü samādahāti #<[page 268]># %<268 MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM [XL. 7. 7>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || 7 So khvāham āvuso aparena samayena sabbaso vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanaü samatikkamma Natthi ki¤cãti āki¤ca¤¤āyatanam upasampajja vihāsiü || || 8 Yaü hi tam āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || pe || mahābhi¤¤atam patto ti || || #< SN_4,40(6).8 Nevasa¤¤ã># 3 Nevasa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āyatanam nevasa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āyatananti vuccati || katamaü nu kho nevasa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āyatananti || || 4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || || Idha bhikkhu sabbaso āki¤ca¤¤āyatanaü samatikkamma nevasa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āyatanam upasampajja viharati || idaü vuccati nevasa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āyatananti || || 5 So khvāham āvuso sabbaso āki¤ca¤¤āyatanaü samatikkamma nevasa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āyatanam upasampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena viharato āki¤ca¤¤āyatanasahagatā sa¤¤ā manasikārā samudācaranti || || 6 Atha kho mam āvuso Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaīkamitvā etad avoca || || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmaõa nevasa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āyatanam pamādo nevasa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āyatane cittaü saõņhapehi nevasa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āyatane cittam ekodikarohi nevasa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āyatanam upasampajja cittaü samādahāti || || 7 So khvāham āvuso aparena samayena sabbaso āki¤ca¤¤āyatanaü samatikkamma nevasa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āyatanam upasampajja vihāsiü || || 8 Yaü hi tam āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || pe || mahābhi¤¤atam patto ti || || #< SN_4,40(6).9 Animitto># 3 Animitto cetosamādhi animitto cetosamādhãti vuccati || Katamo nu kho animitto cetosamādhãti || 4 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || || Idha bhikkhu sabbanimittānam amanasikārā animittaü cetosamādhim upasampajja viharati #<[page 269]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || ayam vuccati animitto cetosamādhãti || || 5 So kho ham āvuso sabbanimittānam amanasikārā animittaü cetosamādhim upasampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham āvuso iminā vihārena viharato nimittānusarivi¤¤āõaü hoti || || 6 Atha kho mam Bhagavā iddhiyā upasaīkamitvā etad avoca || || Moggalāna Moggalāna mā brāhmaõa animittam cetosamādhim pamādo animitte cetosamādhismiü cittaü saõņhapehi animitte cetosamādhismiü cittam ekodikarohi animitte cetosamādhismiü cittaü samādahā ti || || 7 So khvāhaü āvuso aparena samayena sabbanimittānam amanasikārā animittaü cetosamādhim upasampajja vihāsiü || || 8 Yaü hi tam āvuso sammāvadamāno vadeyya || Satthārānuggahãto sāvako mahābhi¤¤atam pattoti || mamaü taü sammāvadamāno vadeyya Satthārānuggahãto sāvako mahābhi¤¤atam patto ti || || #< SN_4,40(6).10 Sakko># 1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno Sāvatthiyaü viharati Jetavane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || || 2 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammi¤jitaü vā bāham pasāreyya pasāritam vā bāhaü sammi¤jeyya || evam eva Jetavane antarahito devesu Tāvatiüsesu pātur ahosi || || I 3 Atha kho Sakko devānamindo pa¤cahi devatāsatehi saddhim yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tenupasaīkami upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam abhivādetvā ekam antaü aņņhāsi #<[page 270]># %<270 MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM [XL.10.4>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || 4 Ekam antaü ņhitam kho Sakkaü devānam indam āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho devānam inda buddhasaraõagamanaü hoti || buddhasaraõagamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraü maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho devānam inda dhammasaraõagamanaü hoti || dhammasaraõagamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraü maraõā sugatim saggaü lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho devānam inda saīghasaraõagamanaü hoti || saīghasaraõagamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedāparaü maraõā sugatiü saggam lokam upapajjantã ti || || 5 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhasaraõagamanaü hoti || buddhasaraõagamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraü maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna dhammasaraõagamanaü hoti || dhammasaraõagamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedāparam maraõa sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjantãti || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna || saīgha || la || sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjantãti || || 6,7,8 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo chahi devatāsatehi saddhiü || pe || || 9,10,11 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo sattahi devatāsatehi saddhiü || pe || || 12,13,14 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo aņņhahi devatāsatehi saddhiü || pe || || 15 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo asãtiyā devatāsatehi saddhiü yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam abhivādetvā ekam antam aņņhāsi || || 16 Ekam antaü ņhitaü kho Sakkaü devānam indam āyasmā Mahā Moggalāno etad avoca #<[page 271]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Sādhu kho devānam inda buddhasaraõagamanaü hoti || buddhasaraõagamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho devānam inda dhammasaraõagamanaü hoti || pe || kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || Sādhu kho devānam inda saīghasaraõagamanaü hoti || saīghasaraõagamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjantã ti || || 17 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhasaraõagamanaü hoti || buddhasaraõagamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedāparam maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna dhammasaraõagamanaü hoti || pe || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna saīghasaraõagamanaü hoti || saīghasaraõagamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjantã ti || || II 18 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo pa¤cahi devatāsatehi saddhiü yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam abhivādetvā ekam antaü aņņhāsi || || 19 Ekam antaü thitaü kho Sakkam devānam indam āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho devānam inda buddhe avecca pasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || iti pi so Bhagavā arahaü sammāsambuddho vijjācaraõasampanno sugato lokavidå anuttaro purisadhammasārathi satthā devamanussānam buddho bhagavāti || buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho devānam inda dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || svākhyāto Bhagavatā dhammo sandiņņhiko akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaü veditabbo vi¤¤åhãti #<[page 272]># %<272 MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM [XL. 10. 20>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho devānam inda saīghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || supaņipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho ujupaņipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho ¤āyapaņipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho sāmãcipaņipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho yadidaü cattāri purisayugāni aņņha purisapuggalā esa Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiõeyyo a¤jalikaraõãyo anuttaram pu¤¤akhettaü lokassāti || saīghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho devānam inda ariyakantehi sãlehi avecca samannāgamanaü hoti akhaõķehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhu¤jissehi vi¤¤åpasatthehi aparāmaņņhehi samādhisaüvattanikehi || ariyakantehi sãlehi samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggam lokam upapajjanti || || 20 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || itipi so Bhagavā || pe || buddho bhagavā buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraü maraõā sugatiü lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || svākhyāto Bhagavatā dhammo || pe || paccattaü veditabbo vi¤¤åhãti || dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna saīghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || supaņipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho || pe || anuttaram pu¤¤akhettaü lokassāti #<[page 273]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || saīghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna ariyakantehi sãlehi samannāgamanaü hoti akhaõķehi || pe || samādhisaüvattanikehi || ariyakantehi sãlehi samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjantã ti || || 21-23 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo chahi devatāsatehi saddhiü || pe || || 24-26 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo sattahi devatāsatehi saddhiü || pe || || 27-29 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo aņņhahi devatāsatehi saddhiü || pe || || 30 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo āsãtiyā devatāsatehi saddhiü yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam abhivādetvā ekam antam aņņhāsi || || 31 Ekam antaü ņhitaü kho Sakkaü devānam indam āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho devānam inda buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || iti pi so Bhagavā || pe || satthā devamanussānam buddho bhagavāti || || buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho devānam inda dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || svākhyāto ||pe|| paccattaü veditabbo vi¤¤åhãti || dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho devānam inda saīghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || supaņipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho || pe || anuttaram pu¤¤akkhettam lokassāti || saīghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjantãti #<[page 274]># %<274 MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM [XL. 10. 32>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Sādhu kho devānam inda ariyakantehi sãlehi samannāgamanaü hoti akhaõķehi || pe || samādhisaüvattanikehi || ariyakantehi sãlehi samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjantã ti || || 32 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || iti pi so Bhagavā || pe || satthā devamanussānam buddho bhagavāti || buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraü maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || svākhyāto Bhagavatā dhammo || pe || paccattaü veditabbo vi¤¤åhãti || dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna saīghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || supaņipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho || pe || anuttaram pu¤¤akhettaü lokassāti || saīghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna ariyakantehi sãlehi samannāgamanaü hoti akhaõķehi || pe || samādhisaüvattanikehi || ariyakantehi sãlehi samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü lokam upapajjantãti ti || || III 33 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo pa¤cahi devatāsatehi saddhiü yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tenupasaīkami || la || || 34 Ekam antaü ņhitaü kho Sakkaü devānam indam āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho devānam inda buddhasaraõagamanaü hoti || buddhasaraõagamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti #<[page 275]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti || dibbena āyunā dibbena vaõõena dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena adhipateyyena dibbehi råpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gandhehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi phoņņhabbehi || || Sādhu kho devānam inda dhammasaraõagamanaü hoti || dhammasaraõagamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti || dibbena āyunā dibbena vaõõena dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena adhipateyyena dibbehi råpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gandhehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi poņņhabbehi || || Sādhu kho devānam inda saīghasaraõagamanaü hoti || saīghasaraõagamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti || dibbena āyunā dibbena vaõõena dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena adhipateyyena dibbehi råpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gandhehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi phoņņhabbehãti || || 35 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhasaraõagamanaü hoti || buddhasaraõagamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi phoņņhabbehi || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna dhammasaraõagamanaü hoti || pe || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna saīghasaraõagamanaü hoti || saīghasaraõagamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggam lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti || dibbena āyunā dibbena vaõõena dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena adhipateyyena dibbehi råpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gandhehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi poņņhabbehãti || || 36-38 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo chahi devatāsatehi saddhiü || pe || || 39-41 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo sattahi devatāsatehi saddhiü || pe || || #<[page 276]># %<276 MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM [XL. 10. 42>% 42-44 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo aņņhahi devatāsatehi saddhiü || pe || || 45 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo asãtiyā devatāsahassehi saddhiü yenāyasmā Maha-Moggalāno tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam abhivādetvā ekam antaü aņņhāsi || || 46 Ekam antaü ņhitaü kho Sakkaü devānam indam āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho devānam inda buddhasaraõagamanaü hoti || buddhasaraõagamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti || dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi phoņņhabbehi || || Sādhu kho devānam inda dhammasaraõagamanaü hoti || pe || || Sādhu kho devānam inda saīghasaraõagamanaü hoti || saīghasaraõagamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti || dibbena āyunā dibbena vaõõena dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena adhipateyyena dibbehi råpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gandhehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi phoņņhabehãti || || 47 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhasaraīgamanaü hoti || pe || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna dhammasaraõagamanaü hoti || pe || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna saīghasaraõagamanaü hoti || saīghasaraõagamanahetu kho mārisa Moggālāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokaü upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti || dibbena āyunā dibbena vaõõena dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena adhipateyyena dibbehi råpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gandehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi phoņņhabbehãti || || IV 48 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo pa¤cahi devatāsatehi saddhiü yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam abhivādetvā ekam antam aņņhāsi || || #<[page 277]># %% 49 Ekam antaü ņhitam kho Sakkam devānam indam āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho devānam inda buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || iti pi so Bhagavā || pe || satthā devamanussānaü buddho bhagavā ti || buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi phoņņhabbehi || || Sādhu kho devānam inda dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || pe || || Sādhu kho devānam inda saīghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || pe || || Sādhu kho devānam inda ariyakantehi sãlehi samannāgamanaü hoti || akhaõķehi || pe || samādhisaüvattanikehi || ariyakantehi sãlehi samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve dasāhi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti dibbena āyunā || la || dibbehi phoņņhabbehã ti || || 50 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || iti pi so Bhagavā || pe || satthā devamanussānam buddho bhagavāti || buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve dasahi thānehi adhigaõhanti || dibbena āyunā || pe dibbehi phoņņhabbehi || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || svākhyāto Bhagavatā dhammo || pe || paccattaü veditabbo vi¤¤åhãti || dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti || dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi phoņņhabbehi || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna saīghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || supaņipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho || pe || anuttaram pu¤¤akkhettaü lokassāti || saīghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti #<[page 278]># %<278 MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM [XL. 10. 51>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi poņņhabbehi || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna ariyakantehi sãlehi samannāgamanaü hoti || akhaõķehi || pe || samādhisaüvattanikehi || ariyakantehi sãlehi samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti || dibbena āyunā || la || dibbehi phoņņhabbehãti || || 51-53 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo chahi devatāsatehi saddhiü || pe || || 54-56 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo sattahi devatāsatehi saddhiü || pe || || 57-60 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo aņņhahi devatāsatehi saddhiü || la || || 61 Atha kho Sakko devānam indo asãtiyā devatāsahassehi saddhiü yenāyasmā Moggalāno tenupassaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam abhivādetvā ekam antam aņņhāsi || || 62 Ekam antaü ņhitaü kho Sakkaü devānam indam āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno etad avoca || || Sādhu kho devānam inda buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || iti pi so Bhagavā arahaü sammāsambuddho vijjācaraõasampanno sugato lokavidå anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānam buddho bhagavāti || buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve chahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti || dibbena āyunā dibbena vaõõena dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena adhipateyyena dibbehi råpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gandhehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi phoņņhabbehi || || Sādhu kho devānam inda dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || svākhyāto Bhagavatā dhammo sandiņņhiko akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaü veditabbo vi¤¤åhãti #<[page 279]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi poņņhabbehãti || || Sādhu kho devānam inda saīghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || suppaņipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho ujupaņipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho ¤āyapaņipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho sāmãcipaņipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho yadidaü cattāri purisayugāni aņņhapurisapuggalā esa Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhineyyo a¤jalãkaraõãyo anuttaram pu¤¤akkhettaü lokassā ti || saīghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatim saggaü lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi phoņņhabbehi || || Sādhu kho devānam inda ariyakantehi sãlehi samannāgamanaü hoti || akhaõķehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhu¤jissehi vi¤¤uppasatthehi aparāmaņņhehi samādhisaüvattanikehi || ariyakantehi sãlehi samannāgamanahetu kho devānam inda evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti || dibbena āyunā dibbena vaõõena dibbena sukhena dibbena yasena dibbena adhipateyyena dibbehi råpehi dibbehi saddehi dibbehi gandhehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi poņņhabbehãti || || 63 Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || iti pi so Bhagavā || pe || satthā devamanussānaü buddho bhagavā ti || buddhe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti || dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi phoņņhabbehi || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || svākhyāto Bhagavatā dhammo || pe || paccattaü veditabbo vi¤¤åhãti || dhamme aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjānti #<[page 280]># %<280 MOGGALâNA-SAũYUTTAM [XL. 11. 1>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti || dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi phoņņhabbehi || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna saīghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanaü hoti || supaņipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho || pe || anuttaram pu¤¤akkhettaü lokassāti || saīghe aveccapasādena samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti dibbena āyunā || pe || dibbehi phoņņhabbehi || || Sādhu kho mārisa Moggalāna ariyakantehi sãlehi samannāgamanam hoti || akhaõķehi || pe || samādhisaüvattanikehi || ariyakantehi sãlehi samannāgamanahetu kho mārisa Moggalāna evam idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggam lokam upapajjanti || te a¤¤e deve dasahi ņhānehi adhigaõhanti || dibbena āyunā dibbena vaõõena dibbena sukhena dibbehi yasena dibbena adhipateyyena dibbehi råpehi dibbena saddehi dibbehi gandhehi dibbehi rasehi dibbehi phoņņhabbehã ti || || #< SN_4,40(6).11 Candano (i)># 1-63 Atha kho Candano devaputto || la || [Suyāmo] (ii) 1-63 Atha kho Suyāmo devaputto || || [Santusito] (iii) 1-63 Atha kho Santusito devaputto || || [Sunimmito] (iv) 1-63 Atha kho Sunimmito devaputto || || [Vasavatti] (v) 1-63 Atha kho Vasavatti devaputto || || Ime pa¤capeyyālā yathā Sakko devānam indo tathā vittharetabbānãti || #<[page 281]># %% Moggalāna saüyuttaü1 || || Tassuddānam || || Savitakkā Vitakka¤ca || Sukhena Upekkhako || || âkāsa¤ceva Vi¤¤āõaü || âki¤ca-Nevasa¤¤inā || Animitto ca Sakko ca || Candanekādasena cāti || || #< BOOK VII CITTA-SAũYUTTAM># #< SN_4,41(7).1 Sa¤¤ojana># 1 Ekaü samayaü sambahulā therā bhikkhå Macchikāsaõķe viharanti Ambāņakavane || || 2 Tena kho pana samayena sambahulānaü therānam bhikkhånam pacchābhattam piõķapātapaņikkantānam maõķalamāle sannisinnānam sannipatitānam ayam antarākathā udapādi || || Sa¤¤ojananti vā āvuso sa¤¤ojaniyā dhammā ti vā ime dhammā nānatthā nānavya¤janā udāhu ekatthā vya¤janam eva nānanti || || 3 Tatrekaccehi therehi bhikkhåhi evaü vyākataü hoti || || Sa¤¤ojanan ti vā āvuso sa¤¤ojaniyā dhammā ti vā ime dhammā nānatthāceva nānavya¤janā cāti || ekaccehi therehi bhikkhåhi evaü vyākataü hoti || || Sa¤¤ojananti vā āvuso sa¤¤ojaniyā dhammā ti vā ime dhammā ekatthā vya¤jameva nānanti || || 4 Tena kho pana samayena Citto gahapati Migapathakam anuppatto hoti kenacid eva karaõãyena || || #<[page 282]># %<282 CITTA-SAũYUTTAM [XLI. 1. 5>% 5 Assosi kho Citto gahapati sambahulānaü kira therānam bhikkhånam paccābhattam piõķapātapaņikkantānam maõķaëamāëe sanninnānaü sannipatitānam ayam antarā kathā udapādi || Sa¤¤ojananti vā āvuso sa¤¤ojaniyā dhammā ti vā ime dhammā nānatthā nānavya¤janā udāhu ekatthā vya¤janam eva nānanti || ekaccehi therehi bhikkhåhi evam vyākataü Sa¤¤ojananti vā āvuso sa¤¤ojaniyā dhammā ti vā ime dhamma nānatthā ceva nānavya¤janā cāti || ekaccehi therehi bhikkhåhi evaü vyākataü Sa¤¤ojananti vā āvuso sa¤¤ojaniyā dhammā ti vā ime dhammā ekatthā vya¤janam eva nānanti || || 6 Atha kho Citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhå tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā there bhikkhå abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 7 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Citto gahapati there bhikkhå etad avoca || || Sutam etam bhante sambahålānam kira therānam bhikkhånam pacchābhattam piõķapātapaņikkantānam maõķalamāle sannisinnānam sannipatitānam ayam antarākathā udapādi || Sa¤¤ojanan ti vā āvuso sa¤¤ojaniyā dhammā ti vā ime dhammā nānatthā nānavya¤janā udāhu ekatthā vya¤janam eva nānanti || ekaccehi therehi bhikkhåhi evaü vyākatam Sa¤¤ojanan ti vā avuso sa¤¤ojaniyā dhammā ti vā ime dhamme nānatthā ceva nānavya¤janā cāti || ekaccehi therehi bhikkhåhi evaü vyākatam Sa¤¤ojanan ti vā āvuso Sa¤¤ojaniyā dhammā ti vā ime dhammā ekatthā vya¤janam eva nānanti || || Evam gahapatãti || || 8 Sa¤¤ojanan ti vā bhante sa¤¤ojaniyā dhammā ti vā ime dhammā nānatthā ceva nānavya¤janā ca || tena hi bhante upamaü vo karissāmi || upamāya pidhekacce vi¤¤å purisā bhāsitassa attham ājānanti || || 9 Seyyathāpi bhante Kāëo ca balivaddo odāto ca balivaddo ekena damena vā yottena vā sa¤¤utto assu || yo nu kho evaü vadeyya Kāëo balivaddo odātassa balivaddassa sa¤¤ojanaü odāto ca balivaddo kālassa balivaddassa sa¤¤ojananti #<[page 283]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || sammā nu kho so vadamāno vadeyyā ti || || No hetaü gahapati || || Na kho gahapati kāëo balivaddo odātassa balivaddassa sa¤¤ojanaü || na pi odāto balivaddo kāëassa balivaddassa sa¤¤ojanaü || || Yena kho te ekena dāmena vā yottena vā saüyuttā taü tattha sa¤¤ojananti || || 10 Evam eva kho bhante na cakkhu råpānaü sa¤¤ojanaü na råpā cakkhussa sa¤¤ojanaü || ya¤ca tattha tad ubhayam paņicca uppajjati chandarāgo taü tattha sa¤¤ojanam || || Na sotaü saddānaü || Na ghānaü gandhānaü || Na jivhā rasānaü || na rasā jivhāya sa¤¤ojanaü || ya¤ ca tattha tadubhayaü paņicca uppajjati chandarāgo tam tattha sa¤¤ojanaü || pe || Na mano dhammānaü sa¤¤ojanaü na dhammā manassa sa¤¤ojanaü || ya¤ ca tattha tad ubhayam paņicca uppajjati chandarāgo taü tattha sa¤¤ojanan ti || || 11 Lābhā ti gahapati || suladdhaü te gahapati yassa te gambhãre buddhavacane pa¤¤ācakkhu kamatãti || || #< SN_4,41(7).2 Isidatta (1)># 1 Ekaü samayaü sambahulā therā bhikkhå Macchikāsande viharanti Ambātakavane || || 2 Atha kho Citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhå tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā there bhikkhå abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Citto gahapati there bhikkhå etad avoca || Adhivāsentu me bhante therā svātanāya bhattanti || || Adhivāsesuü kho therā bhikkhå tuõhibhāvena || || #<[page 284]># %<284 CITTA-SAũYUTTAM [XLI. 2. 4>% 4 Atha kho Citto gahapati therānam bhikkhånam adhivāsanaü viditvā uņņhāyāsanā there bhikkhå abhivādetvā padakkhiõaü katvā pakkāmi || || 5 Atha kho therā bhikkhå tassā rattiyā accayena pubbaõhasamayaü nivāsetvā pattacãvaram ādāya yena Cittassa gahapatino nivesanaü tenupasaīkamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā pa¤¤atte āsane nisãdiüsu || || 6 Atha kho Citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhå tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā there bhikkhå abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 7 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Citto gahapati āyasmantam Theram etad avoca || Dhātunānattaü dhātunānattan ti bhante Thera vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante dhātunānattaü vuttaü Bhagavatā ti || || Evaü vutte āyasmā Thero tuõhi ahosi || || 8 Dutiyam pi kho Citto gahapati āyasmantaü Theram etad avoca || Dhātunānattam Dhātunānattanti bhante Thera vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante dhātunānattaü vuttam Bhagavatāti || || Dutiyam pi kho āyasmā Thero tuõhi ahosi || || 9 Tatiyam pi kho Citto gahapati āyasmantaü Theram etad avoca || Dhātunānattaü dhātunānattam bhante Thera vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante dhātunānattaü vuttam Bhagavatā ti || || Tatiyam pi kho āyasmā Thero tuõhi ahosi || || 10 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Isidatto tasmim bhikkhusaīghe sabbanavako hoti || || 11 Atha kho āyasmā Isidatto āyasmantaü Theram etad avoca || || Vyākaromaham bhante thera Cittassa gahapatino etam pa¤hanti || || Vyākarohi tvam Isidatta Cittassa gahapatino etam pa¤hanti || || 12 Evaü hi tvaü gahapati pucchasi Dhātunānattam dhātunānanattanti bhante Thera vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante dhātunānattaü vuttam Bhagavatā ti || || #<[page 285]># %% Evam bhante || || Idaü kho gahapati dhātunānattaü vuttam Bhagavatā || Cakkhudhātu råpadhātu cakkhuvi¤¤āõadhātu || la || Manodhātu dhammadhātu manovi¤¤āõadhātu || ettāvatā nu kho gahapati dhātunānattaü vuttaü Bhagavatāti || || 13 Atha kho Citto gahapati āyasmato Isidattassa bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā there bhikkhå paõitena {khādaniyena} bhojaniyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi || || 14 Atha kho therā bhikkhå bhuttāvino onãtapattapāõino uņņhāyāsanā pakkamiüsu || || 15 Atha kho āyasmā Thero āyasmantam Isidattam etad avoca || Sādhu kho tvam āvuso Isidatta eso pa¤ho paņibhāsi neso pa¤ho mam paņibhāsi || tena hāvuso Isidatta yadā a¤¤adā pi evaråpo pa¤ho āgaccheyya || ta¤¤evettha paņibhāseyyāti || || #< SN_4,41(7).3 Isidatto (2)># 1 Ekaü samayam sambahulā therā bhikkhå Macchikāsaõķe viharanti Ambāņakavane || || 2 Atha kho Citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhå tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā there bhikkhå abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Citti gahapati there bhikkhå etad avoca || || Adhivāsentu me bhante therā svātanāya bhattanti || || Adhivāsesuü kho therā bhikkhå tunhibhāvena || || 4 Atha kho Citto gahapati therānaü bhikkhånaü adhivāsanaü viditvā uņņhāyāsanā there bhikkhå abhivādetvā padakkhiõaü katvā pakkāmi || || 5 Atha kho therā bhikkhå tassā rattiyā accayena pubbanhasamayaü nivāsetvā pattacãvaram ādāya yena Cittassa gahapatino nivesanaü tenupasaīkamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā pa¤¤atte āsane nisãdiüsu || || #<[page 286]># %<286 CITTA-SAũYUTTAM [XLI. 3. 6>% 6 Atha kho Citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhå tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā there bhikkhå abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 7 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Citto gahapati āyasmantaü Theram etad avoca || || Yā imā bhante Thera anekavihitā diņņhiyo loke uppajjanti || Sassato loko ti vā || Asassato lokoti vā || Antavā lokoti vā Anantavā lokoti vā || Tam jãvaü taü sarãran ti vā A¤¤am jãvaü a¤¤aü sarãranti vā || Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || Yānicimāni dvāsaņņhidiņņhigatāni Brahmajāle bhaõitāni || imā nu kho bhante diņņhiyo kismiü sati honti kismiü asati na hontãti || || Evam vutte āyasmā Thero tuõhi ahosi || || 8 Dutiyam pi kho Citto gahapati || pe || || 9 Tatiyam pi kho Citto gahapati āyasmantaü Theram avoca || Yā imā bhante Thera anekavihitā diņņhiyo loke uppajjanti || Sassato loko ti vā Asassato lokoti vā || Antavā loko ti vā Anantāvā loko ti vā || Taü jãvaü taü sarãranti vā A¤¤aü jãvaü a¤¤aü sarãranti vā || Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā Na hoti tathagato param maraõā ti vā Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || Yāni cimāni dvāsaņņhi diņņhigatāni Brahmajāle bhaõitāni || imā nu kho bhante diņņhiyo kismiü sati honti kismiü asati na hontã ti || || Tatiyam pi kho āyasmā Thero tuõhi ahosi || || 10 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Isidatto tasmiü bhikkhusaīghe sabbanavako hoti || || 11 Atha kho āyasmā Isidatto āyasmantaü Theram etad avoca || Vyākaromaham bhante Thera Cittassa gahapatino etam pa¤hanti || || Vyākarohi tvam āvuso Isidatta Cittassa gahapatino etam pa¤hanti || || #<[page 287]># %% 12 Evaü hi tvaü gahapati pucchasi || Yā imā bhante Thera anekavihitā diņņhiyo loke uppajjanti || Sassato lokoti vā || pe || imā nu kho bhante diņņhiyo kismiü sati honti kismiü asati na hontã ti || || Evam bhante || || Yā imā gahapati anekavihitā diņņhiyo loke uppajjanti || Sassato lokoti vā Asassato loko ti vā || Antavā loko ti vā Anantavā lokoti vā || Taü jãvaü taü sarãranti vā || A¤¤aü jãvam a¤¤aü sarãranti vā || Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || Yāni cimāni dvāsaņņhidiņņhigatāni Brahmajāle bhaõitāni || imā kho gahapati diņņhiyo sakkāyadiņņhiyā sati honti || sakkāyadiņņhiyā asati na hontã ti || || 13 Katham pana bhante sakkāyadiņņhi hotã ti || || Idha gahapati assutavā puthujjano ariyānam adassāvã ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinãto sappurisānam adassāvã sapurisadhammassa akovido sappurisadhamme avinãto råpam attato samanupassati råpavantaü vā attānam attani vā råpam råpasmiü vā attānaü || Vedanam attato samanupassati || pe || Sa¤¤aü || Saīkhāre || Vi¤¤āõam attato samanupassati vi¤¤āõavantaü vā attānam attani vā vi¤¤āõaü vi¤¤āõasmiü vā attānaü || || Evaü kho gahapati sakkāyadiņņhi hotã ti || || 14 Katham pana bhante sakkāyadiņņhi na hotã ti || || Idha gahapati sutavā ariyasāvako ariyānaü dassāvã ariyadhammassa kovido ariyadhamme suvinãto sappurisānam dassāvã sappurisadhammassa kovido sappurisadhamme suvinãto na råpam attato samanupassati na råpavantaü vā attānaü na attani vā råpaü na råpasmim vā attānaü || na vedanaü || Na sa¤¤aü || Na saīkhāre || Na vi¤¤āõam attato samanupassati na vi¤¤āõavantam vā attānam na attani vā vi¤¤āõaü na vi¤¤āõasmiü vā attānaü || || Evaü kho gahapati sakkāyadiņņhi na hotã ti || || #<[page 288]># %<288 CITTA-SAũYUTTAM [XLI. 3. 15>% 15 Kuto bhante ayyo Isidatto āgacchatã ti || || Avantiyā kho ham gahapati āgacchāmãti || || Atthi bhante Avantiyā Isidatto nāma kulaputto amhākam adiņņhasahāyo pabbajjito || diņņho so āyasmatā ti || || Evaü gahapati || || Kahaü nu kho bhante āyasmā etarahi viharatã ti || || Evaü vutte āyasmā Isidatto tuõhi ahosi || Ayyo no bhante Isidatto ti || || Evaü gahapatã ti || || Abhiramatu bhante ayyo Isidatto Macchikāsaõķe ramaõiyam Ambāņakavanaü || aham ayyassa Isidattassa ussukkaü karissāmi cãvara-piõķapāta-senāsana-gilānapaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārāõanti || || Kalyāõaü vuccati gahapatã ti || || 16 Atha kho Citto gahapati āyasmato Isidattassa bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā there bhikkhå paõãtena {khādaniyena} bhojaniyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi || || 17 Atha kho therā bhikkhå bhuttāvino onãtapattapāõino uņņhāyāsanā pakkamiüsu || || 18 Atha kho āyasmā Thero āyasmantam Isidattam etad avoca || || Sādhu kho tam āvuso Isidatta eso pa¤ho paņibhāsi neso pa¤ho mam paņibhāsi || tena hāvuso Isidatta yadā a¤¤adā pi evaråpo pa¤ho āgaccheyya ta¤¤evettha patibhāseyyāti || || 19 Atha kho āyasmā Isidatto senāsanaü saüsāmetvā pattacãvaram ādāya Macchikāsaõķamhā pakkāmi || Yaü Macchikāsaõķamhā pakkāmi tathā pakkanto va ahosi na puna pacchāgacchãti || || #< SN_4,41(7).4 Mahako># 1 Ekaü samayaü sambahulā therā bhikkhå Macchikāsaõķe viharanti Ambāņakavane || || #<[page 289]># %% 2 Atha kho Citto gahapati yena therā bhikkhå tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā there bhikkhå abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Citto gahapati there bhikkhå etad avoca || Adhivāsentu me therā svātanāya gokule bhattanti || || Adhivāsesuü kho therā bhikkhå tuõhãbhāvena || || 4 Atha kho Citto gahapati therānam bhikkhånam adhivāsanaü viditvā uņņhāyāsanā there bhikkhå abhivādetvā padakkhiõaü katvā pakkāmi || || 5 Atha kho therā bhikkhå tassā rattiyā accayena pubbaõhasamayaü nivāsetvā pattacãvaram ādāya yena Cittassa gahapatino gokulaü tenupasaīkamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā pa¤¤atte āsane nisãdiüsu || || 6 Atha kho Citto gahapati there bhikkhå paõãtena sappipāyāsena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi || || 7 Atha kho therā bhikkhå bhuttāvino onitapattapanino uņņhāyāsanā pakkamiüsu || || Citto pi kho gahapati sesakam vissajjethā ti vatvā there bhikkhå piņņhito piņņhito anubandhi || || 8 Tena kho pana samayena uõhaü hoti kuņņhitaü || te ca therā bhikkhå paveliyamānena ma¤¤e kāyena gacchanti || yathā tam bhojanaü bhuttāvino || || 9 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Mahako tasmim bhikkhusaīghe sabbanavako hoti || || Atha kho āyasmā Mahako āyasmantaü Theram etad avoca || || Sādhu khvassa bhante Thera yaü sãtako ca vāto vāyeyya {abbhasaüvilāpo} ca assa devo ca ekam ekam phusāyeyyāti || || Sādhu khvassa āvuso Mahaka yaü sãtako ca vāto vāyeyya {abbhasaüvilāpo} ca assa devo ca ekam ekam phusāyeyyā ti || || 10 Atha kho āyasmā Mahako tathāråpam iddhābhisaīkhāram abhisaīkhari #<[page 290]># %<290 CITTA-SAũYUTTAM [XLI. 4. 11>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || yathā sãtako ca vāto vāyi {abbhasaüvilāpo} ca assa devo ca ekam ekam phusi || || 11 Atha kho Cittassa gahapatino etad ahosi || Yo kho imasmim bhikkhusaīghe sabbanavako bhikkhu || tassāyam evaråpo iddhānubhāvo ti || || 12 Atha kho āyasmā Mahako ārāmaü sampāpuõitvā āyasmantaü Theram etad avoca || Alam ettāvatā bhante Therāti || || Alam ettavatā āvuso Mahaka katam ettāvatā āvuso Mahaka påjitam ettāvatā āvuso Mahakā ti || || 13 Atha kho therā bhikkhå yathāvihāram agamaüsu || || âyasmā pi Mahako sakaü vihāram agamāsi || || 14 Atha kho Citto gahapati yenāyasmā Mahako tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam Mahakam abhivādetvā ekam antam nisãdi || || 15 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Citto gahapati āyasmantam Mahakam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante ayyo Mahako uttarimanussadhammaü iddhipāņihāriyaü dassetåti || || Tena hi tvam gahapati āëinde uttarāsaīgam pa¤¤āpetvā tiõakalāpam okāsehãti || || Evam bhante ti kho Citto gahapati āyasmato Mahakassa paņissutvā āëinde uttarāsaīgam pa¤¤āpetvā tiõakalāpam okāsesi || 16 Atha kho āyasmā Mahako vihāram pavisitvā sucighaņikaü datvā tathāråpam iddhābhisaīkhāram abhisaīkhari || yathā tāëacchiggaëena ca aggaëantarikāya ca acchi nikkhamitvā tiõāni jhāpesi uttarāsaīgaü na jhāpesi || || 17 Atha kho Citto gahapati uttarāsaīgam pappoņetvā saüviggo lomahaņņhajāto ekam antam aņņhāsi || || 18 Atha kho āyasmā Mahako vihārā nikkhamitvā Cittam gahapatim etad avoca || Alam ettāvatā gahapatãti || || #<[page 291]># %% Alam ettāvatā bhante Mahaka katam ettāvatā bhante Mahaka påjitam ettāvatā bhante Mahaka || abhiramatu bhante ayyo Mahako Macchikāsaõķe || ramaõiyam Ambāņakavanaü || aham ayyassa Mahakassa ussukkaü karissāmi cãvara-piõķapāta-senāsana-gilānapaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhārānan ti || || Kalyāõaü vuccati gahapatãti || || 19 Atha kho āyasmā Mahako senāsanaü saüsāmetvā pattacãvaram ādāya Macchikāsaõķamhā pakkāmi || yam Macchikāsaõķamhā pakkāmi tathā pakkanto va ahosi na puna pacchāgacchãti || || #< SN_4,41(7).5 Kāmabhå># 1 Ekaü samayaü āyasmā Kāmabhå Macchikāsaõķe viharati Ambāņakavane || || 2 Atha kho Citto gahapati yenāyasmā Kāmabhå tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam Kāmabhum abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antam nisinnaü kho Cittaü gahapatim āyasmā Kāmabhå etad avoca || || Vuttam idaü gahapati || || Nelaīgo setapacchādo || ekāro vattatã ratho || Anãghaü5 passa6 āyantam7 chinnasotam abandhananti || || Imassa nu kho gahapati saīkhittena bhāsitassa kathaü vitthārena attho daņņhabbo ti || || Kiü nu kho etam bhante Bhagavatā bhāsitan ti || || Evam gahapatã ti || || Tena hi bhante muhuttaü āgamehi yāvassa attham pekkhāmã ti || || 4 Atha kho Citto gahapati muhuttaü tuõhi hutvā āyasmantam Kāmabhum etad avoca || || #<[page 292]># %<292 CITTA-SAũYUTTAM [XLI. 5. 5>% Nelaīganti kho bhante sãlānam etam adhivacanaü || || Setapacchādo ti kho bhante vimuttiyā etam adhivacanaü || || Ekāro ti kho bhante satiyā etam adhivacanaü || || Vattatã ti kho bhante abhikkamapaņikkamassetam adhivacanaü || || Rathoti kho bhante imassetam cātumahābhåtikassa kāyassa adhivacanaü || mātāpettikasambhavassa odanakummāsupacayassa aniccucchādana-parimaddana-bhedanaviddhaüsanadhammassa || || Rāgo kho bhante nãgho doso nãgho moho nãgho || te khãõāsavassa bhikkhuno pahãnā ucchinnamålā tālavātthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādadhammā || tasmā khãõāsavo bhikkhu anãgho ti vuccati || || âyantante kho bhante arahato etam adhivacanam || || Soto ti kho bhante taõhāyetam adhivacanaü || sā khãõāsavassa bhikkhuno pahãnā ucchinnamålā tālavatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatimanuppādadhammā || tasmā khãõāsavo bhikkhu chinnasoto ti vuccati || Rāgo bhante bandhanaü doso bandhanaü moho bandhanaü || te khãnāsavassa bhikkhuno pahãnā ucchinnamålā tālavatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādadhammā || tasmā khãõāsavo bhikkhu abandhano ti vuccati || || 5 Iti kho bhante yan tam Bhagavatā vuttaü || || Nelaīgo setapacchādo || ekāro vattatã ratho || anãghaü passa āyantam || Chinnasotam abandhananti || || Imassa kho bhante Bhagavatā saīkhittena bhāsitassa evaü vitthārena attham ājānātåti || || 6 Lābhā te gahapati || suladdhaü te gahapati yassa te gambhãre buddhavacane pa¤¤ācakkhuü kamatã ti || || #<[page 293]># %% #< SN_4,41(7).6 Kāmabhå2># 1 Ekam samayaü āyasmā Kāmabhå Macchikāsaõķe viharati Ambāņakavane || || 2 Atha kho Citto gahapati yenāyasmā Kāmabhå tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno Citto gahapati āyasmantaü Kāmabhum etad avoca || || Kati nu kho bhante saīkhārāti || || Tayo kho gahapati saīkhārā kāyasaīkhāro vacãsaīkhāro cittasaīkhāro ti || || Sādhu bhante ti kho Citto gahapati āyasmato Kāmabhussa bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā āyasmantaü Kāmabhum uttaripa¤ham apucchi || || 4 Katamo pana bhante kāyasaīkhāro katamo vacisaīkhāro katamo cittasaīkhāroti || || Assāsapassāsā kho gahapati kāyasaīkhāro || vitakkavicārā vacãsaīkhāro || sa¤¤ā ca vedanā ca cittasaīkhāroti || Sādhu bhante ti kho Citto gahapati || pe || uttaripa¤ham apucchi || || 5 Kasmā pana bhante assāsapassāsā kāyasaīkhāro || kasmā vitakkavicārā vacãsaīkhāro || kasmā sa¤¤ā ca vedanā ca cittasaīkhāro ti || || Assāsapassāsā kho gahapati kāyikā ete dhammā kāyapaņibaddhā || tasmā assāsapassāsā kāyasaīkhāro || || Pubbe kho gahapati vitakketvā vicāretvā pacchā vācam bhindati || tasmā vitakkavicārā vacãsaīkhāro || || Sa¤¤ā ca vedanā ca cetasikā ete dhammā cittapaņibaddhā || tasmā sa¤¤ā ca vedanā ca cittasaīkhāro ti || || Sādhu || la || apucchi || || 6 Katham pana bhante sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhasamāpatti hotã ti || || Na kho gahapati sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü samāpajjantassa bhikkhuno evaü hoti || Aham sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü samāpajjissanti vā || Ahaü sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü samāpajjāmãti vā || Ahaü sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü samāpanno ti vā #<[page 294]># %<294 CITTA-SAũYUTTAM [XLI. 6. 7>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Atha khvassa pubbe va tathā cittam bhāvitaü hoti || yan taü tathattāya upanetãti || || Sādhu || pe || apucchi || || 7 Sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü samāpajjantassa pana bhante bhikkhuno katame dhammā pathamaü nirujjhanti || yadivā kāyasaīkhāro yadivā vacãsaīkhāro yadivā cittasaīkhāro ti || || Sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü samāpajjantassa kho gahapati bhikkhuno vācãsaīkhāro pathamaü nirujjhati || tato kāyasaīkhāro || tato cittasaīkhāro ti || || Sadhu || la || pa¤ham apucchi || || 8 Yvāyam bhante mato kālakato yo cāyam bhikkhu sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü samāpanno imesaü kiü nānākaraõanti || || Yvāyam gahapati mato kālakato || tassa kāyasaīkhāro niruddho paņipassaddho vacãsaīkhāro niruddho paņipassaddho cittasaīkhāro niruddho paņipassaddho āyu parikkhãno usmā våpasantā indriyāni viparibhinnānã || Yo ca khvāyaü gahapati bhikkhu sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü samāpanno || tassa pi kāyasaīkhāro niruddho paņipassaddho vacãsaīkhāro niruddho paņipassaddho cittasaīkhāro niruddho paņipassaddho āyu aparikkhãõo usmā avåpasantā indriyāni vippasannāni || || Yvāyaü gahapati mato kālakato yo cāyam bhikkhu sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhaü samāpanno idaü nesaü nānākaraõanti || || Sādhu || la || uttaripa¤ham apucchi || || 9 Katham pana bhante sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuņņhānaü hotãti || || Na kho gahapati sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuņņhahantassa bhikkhuno evaü hoti || Ahaü sa¤¤evedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuņņhahissanti vā || Ahaü sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuņņhahāmãti vā || Ahaü sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuņņhito vā ti || || Atha khvāssa pubbe va tathā cittam bhāvitaü hoti yaü taü tathattāya upanetãti || || #<[page 295]># %% Sādhu bhante || la || uttaripa¤ham apucchi || || 10 Sa¤¤avedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuņņhahantassa pana bhante bhikkhuno katame dhammā pathamam uppajjanti || yadivā kāyasaīkhāro yadivā vacãsaīkhāro yadivā cittasaīkhāro || || Sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuņņhahantassa kho gahapati bhikkhuno cittasaīkhāro pathamam uppajjati || tato kāyasaīkhāro || tato vacãsaīkhāroti || || Sādhu || la || uttaripa¤ham apucchi || || 11 Sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuņņhitam pana bhante bhikkhuü kati phassā phusantãti || || Sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuņņhitaü kho gahapati bhikkhuü tayo phassā phusanti || su¤¤ato phasso animitto phasso appaõihito phasso ti || || Sādhu || pe || uttaripa¤ham apucchi || || 12 Sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuņņhitassa kho pana bhante bhikkhuno kiü ninnaü cittaü hoti kim poõaü kim pabbhāranti || || Sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuņņhitassa kho gahapati bhikkhuno vivekaninnaü cittaü hoti vivekapoõaü vivekapabbhāranti || || Sādhu bhante ti kho Citto gahapati āyasmato Kāmabhussa bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā āyasmantaü Kāmabhum uttaripa¤ham apucchi || || 13 Sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā pana bhante kati dhammā bahåpakārā ti || || Addhā kho tvam gahapati yam pathamam pucchitabbaü tam pacchā pucchasi || api ca tyāhaü vyākarissāmi || || Sa¤¤āvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā kho gahapati dve dhammā bahåpakārā samatho ca vipassanā cā ti || || #< SN_4,41(7).7 Godatto># 1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā Godatto Macchikāsaõķe viharati Ambāņakavane || || #<[page 296]># %<296 CITTA-SAũYUTTAM [XLI. 7. 2>% 2 Atha kho Citto gahapati yenāyasmā Godatto tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantaü Godattam abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinnaü kho Cittaü gahapatim āyasmā Godatto etad avoca || || Yā cāyaü gahapati appamāõā cetovimutti yā ca āki¤ca¤¤ā cetovimutti yā ca su¤¤atācetovimutti yā ca animittā cetovimutti ime dhammā nānatthā nānavya¤janā udāhu ekatthā vya¤janam eva nānanti || || 4 Atthi bhante pariyāyo yam pariyāyam āgamma ime dhammā nānatthā ceva nānavya¤janā ca || || Atthi pana bhante pariyāyo yam pariyāyam āgamma ime dhamme ekatthā ceva vya¤janam eva nānan ti || 4 Katamo ca pana bhante pariyāyo yam pariyāyam āgamma ime dhammā nānatthā ceva nānavya¤janā ca || || 5 Idha bhante bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaü disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaü tathā tatiyaü || tathā catuttham iti uddham adho tiriyaü sabbadhi sabbatthatāya sabbāvantaü lokam mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāõena avereõa avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati || karuõāsahagatena cetasā || muditāsahagatena cetasā || upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaü disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyam tathā tatiyam tathā catuttham iti uddham adho tiriyaü sabbadhi sabbatthatāya sabbāvantaü lokam upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāõena averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati || || Ayaü vuccati bhante appamāõena cetasā vimutti || || 6 Katamā ca bhante āki¤ca¤¤ā cetovimutti || || Idha bhante bhikkhu sabbaso vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanaü samatikkamma Natthi ki¤cãti āki¤ca¤¤āyatanam upasampajja viharati || || Ayaü vuccati bhante āki¤ca¤¤ā cetovimutti || || 7 Katamā ca bhante su¤¤atā cetovimutti || || Idha bhante bhikkhu ara¤¤agato vā rukkhamålagato vā su¤¤āgāragato vā iti patisa¤cikkhati || Su¤¤am idam attena vā attaniyena vā ti #<[page 297]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || ayaü vuccati bhante su¤¤atā cetovimutti || || 8 Katamā ca bhante animittā cetovimutti || || Idha bhante bhikkhu sabbanimittānam amanasikārā animittaü cetosamādhim upasampajja viharati || ayaü vuccati bhante animittā cetovimutti || || 9 Ayaü kho bhante pariyāyo yam pariyāyam āgamma ime dhammā nānatthā nānavya¤janā ca || || 10 Katamo ca bhante pariyāyo yam pariyāyam āgamma ime dhammā ekatthā vya¤janam eva nānaü || || 11 Rāgo bhante pamāõakaraõo doso pamāõakaraõo moho pamāõakarano || te khãõāsavassa bhikkhuno pahãnā ucchinnamålā tālāvatthukatā anubhāvakatā āyatiü anuppādadhammā || || Yāvatā kho bhante appamāõā cetovimuttiyo akuppā tāsaü cetovimutti aggam akkhāyati || sā kho pana akuppā cetovimutti su¤¤ā rāgena || su¤¤ā dosena || su¤¤ā mohena || || 12 Rāgo bhante ki¤canaü doso ki¤canam moho ki¤canam || te khãõāsavassa bhikkhuno pahãnā ucchimamålā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādadhammā || || Yāvatā kho bhante āki¤ca¤¤ā cetovimuttiyo akuppā tāsaü cetovimutti aggam akkhāyati || sā kho pana akuppā cetovimutti su¤¤ā rāgena su¤¤ā dosena su¤¤ā mohena || || 13 Rāgo kho bhante nimittakaraõo doso nimittakaraõo moho nimittakaraõo || te khãõāsavassa bhikkhuno pahãnā ucchinnamålā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādadhammā || || Yāvatā kho bhante animittā cetovimuttiyo akuppā tāsam cetovimutti aggam akkhāyati || sā kho pana akuppā cetovimutti su¤¤ā rāgena su¤¤ā dosena su¤¤ā mohena || || 14 Ayaü kho bhante pariyāyo yam pariyāyam āgamma ime dhammā ekatthā vya¤janam eva nānanti || || #< SN_4,41(7).8 Nigaõņho># 2 Tena kho pana samayena Nigaõņho Nāņaputto Macchikāsaõķam anuppatto hoti mahatiyā nigaõņhaparisāya saddhiü #<[page 298]># %<298 CITTA-SAũYUTTAM [XLI. 8. 3>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || 3 Assosi kho Citto gahapati Nigaõņho kira Nāņaputto Macchikāsaõķam anuppatto mahatiyā nigaõņhaparisāya saddhinti || || 4 Atha kho Citto gahapati sambahulehi upāsakehi saddhiü yena Nigaõņho Nāņaputto tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Nigaõņhena Nāņaputtena saddhiü sammodi || sammodanãyam kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 5 Ekam antaü nisinnaü kho Cittaü gahapatiü Nigaõņho Nāņaputto etad avoca || || Saddahasi tvaü gahapati samaõassa Gotamassa Atthi avitakko avicāro samādhi atthi vitakkavicārānaü nirodhoti || || Na khvāham ettha bhante Bhagavato saddhāya gacchāmi Atthi avitakko avicaro samādhi atthi vitakkavicārānaü nirodhoti || || 6 Evaü vutte Nigaõņho Nāņaputto sakam parisam ulloketvā etad avoca || || Idam bhavanto passantu yāva ujuko cāyam Citto gahapati yāva asaņņho cāyaü Citto gahapati yāva amāyāvã cāyaü Citto gahapati || vātaü vā so jālena bādhetabbam ma¤¤eyya yo vitakkavicāre nirodhetabbam ma¤¤eyya || sakamuņņhinā vā so Gaīgāya sotam āvāretabbam ma¤¤eyya yo vitakkavicāre nirodhetabbam ma¤¤eyyāti || || 7 Taü kim ma¤¤asi bhante Katamam nu kho paõãtataram ¤āõam vā saddhā vā ti || || Saddhāya kho gahapati ¤āõam eva paõãtataranti || || 8 Aham kho bhante yāvadeva ākaīkhāmi vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkam savicāraü vivekajam pãtisukham pathamam jhānam upasampajja viharāmi #<[page 299]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Aham kho bhante yāvad eva ākaīkhāmi vitakkavicārānaü våpasamā || pe || dutiyaü jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || || Ahaü kho bhante yāvad eva ākaīkhāmi pãtiyā ca virāgā || pe || tatiyaü jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || || Ahaü kho bhante yāvadeva ākaīkhāmi sukhassa ca pahānā || pa || catuttham jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || || So khvāham bhante evaü jānanto evam passanto kassa¤¤assa samaõassa vā brāhmaõassa vā saddhāya gamissāmi Atthi avitakko avicāro samādhi atthi vitakkavicārānaü nirodho ti || || 8 Evaü vutte Nigaõņho Nāņaputto sakam parisam apaloketvā etad avoca || || Idam bhavanto passantu yāva anujuko cāyam Citto gahapati yāva saņņho cāyam Citto gahapati yāva māyāvã cāyaü Citto gahapatã ti || || Idāneva kho te pana mayam bhante bhāsitam ājānāma || || Idam bhavanto passantu yāva ujuko cāyaü Citto gahapati yāva asaņņho cāyaü Citto gahapati yāva amāyāvã cāyaü Citto gahapatã ti || || Idāneva ca pana mayam bhante bhāsitam evam ājānāma || || Idam bhavanto passantu yāva anujuko cāyaü Citto gahapati yāva saņņho cāyaü Citto gahapati yāva māyāvã cāyam Citto gahapatã ti || || 10 Sace te bhante purimaü saccam pacchimam te micchā || sace pana te bhante pacchimaü saccaü purimaü te micchā || ime kho pana bhante dasa sahadhammikā pa¤hā āgacchanti || yadā nesam attham ājāneyyasi || atha mam paņihareyyāsi saddhiü nigaõņhaparisāya || || Eko pa¤ho eko uddeso ekaü veyyākaraõaü || dve pa¤hā dve uddesā dve veyyākaraõāni || tayo pa¤hā tayo uddesā tãõi veyyākaraõāni || cattāro pa¤ho cattāro uddesā cattāri veyyakaraõāni || pa¤ca pa¤hā pa¤ca uddesā pa¤ca veyyākaraõāni || cha pa¤hā cha uddesā cha veyyākaraõāni || satta pa¤hā satta uddesā satta veyyākaraõāni || aņņha pa¤hā aņņha uddesā aņņha veyyākaraõāni #<[page 300]># %<300 CITTA-SAũYUTTAM [XLI. 8. 11>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || nava pa¤hā nava uddesā nava veyyākaraõāni || dasa pa¤hā dasa uddesā dasa veyyākaraõanã ti || || 11 Atha kho Citto gahapati Nigaõņhaü Nāņaputtam ime dasa sahadhammike pa¤he apucchitvā uņņhāyāsanā pakkāmã ti || || #< SN_4,41(7).9 Acela># 2 Tena kho pana samayena Acelo Kassapo Macchikāsaõķam anuppatto hoti purāõagihisahāyo || || 3 Assosi kho Citto gahapati Acelo kira Kassapo Macchikāsaõķam anuppatto amhākam purāõagihisahāyo ti || || Atha kho Citto gahapati yena Acelo Kassapo tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Acelena Kassapena saddhiü sammodi || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārānãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 4 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Citto gahapati Acelaü Kassapam etad avoca || || Kãva ciram pabbajito si bhante Kassapāti || || Tiüsamattāni kho me gahapati vassāni pabbajitassā ti || || 5 Imehi kho pana te bhante tiüsamattehi vassehi atthi koci uttarimanussadhammo alam ariya¤āõadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāroti || || Imehi kho me gahapati tiüsamattehi vassehi pabbajitassa natthi koci uttarimanussadhammā alam ariya¤āõadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāro a¤¤atra naggeyyā ca muõķeyyā ca pāvāëanipphoņanāya cāti || || 6 Evaü vutte Citto gahapati Acelaü Kassapam etad avoca || || Acchariyam vata bho abbhutaü vata bho dhammassa svākhyātatā yatra hi nāma tiüsamattehi vasehi na koci uttarimanussadhammā alam ariya¤āõadassanaviseso adhigato bhavissati phāsuvihāro a¤¤atra naggeyyā ca muõķeyyā ca pāvāëanipphoņanāya cāti #<[page 301]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || 7 Tuyham pana gahapati kãva ciram upāsakattam upayatassāti || || Mayham pi kho pana bhante tiüsamattāni vassāni upāsakattam upagatassā ti || || 8 Imehi kho pana te gahapati tiüsamattehi vassehi atthi koci uttarimanussadhammā alam ariya¤āõadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāroti || || Kimhi no pi siyā bhante || Aham hi bhante yāva ākaīkhāmi vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaü savicāraü vivekajam pãtisukham pathamaü jhānaü upasampajja viharāmi || ahaü hi bhante yāvadeva ākaīkhāmi vitakkavicārānam våpasamā || pe || dutiyaü jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || ahaü hi bhante yāvadeva ākaīkhāmi pãtiyā ca virāgā || pe || tatiyam jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || ahaü hi bhante yāvadeva ākaīkhāmi sukhassa ca pahānā || pe || catutthaü jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || || Sace kho panāham bhante Bhagavato pathamataraü kālam kareyya anacchariyaü kho panetaü yam mam Bhagavā etam vyākareyya Natthi tam sa¤¤ojanam yena sa¤¤ojanena saüyutto Citto gahapati puna imaü lokam āgaccheyyāti || || 9 Evaü vutte Acelo Kassapo Cittaü gahapatim etad avoca || || Acchariyaü vata bho abbhutaü vata bho dhammassa svākhyātatā yatrahi nāma gihã odātavasano evaråpam uttarimanussadhammā alam ariya¤āõadassanavisesam adhigamissati phāsuvihāraü || || Labheyyāhaü gahapati imasmiü dhammavinaye pabbajjaü labheyyam upasampadanti #<[page 302]># %<302 CITTA-SAũYUTTAM [XLI. 9. 10>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || 10 Atha kho Citto gahapati Acelaü Kassapaü ādāya yena therā bhikkhå tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā there bhikkhå etad avoca || Ayam bhante Acelo Kassapo amhākam purāõagihãsahāyo || imaü therā pabbajentu upasampādentu || ahamassa ussukkaü karissāmi civara-piõķapātasenāsana-gilānapaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhāraõanti || || 11 Alattha Acelo Kassapo imasmiü dhammavinaye pabbajjam alattha upasampadam || aciråpasampanno ca panāyasmā Kassapo eko våpakaņņho apamatto ātāpã pahitatto viharanto cirasseva yassatthāya kulaputto sammad eva agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajanti tad anuttaram brahmacariyapariyosānam diņņheva dhamme sayam abhi¤¤ā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi || Khãõā jāti vusitam brahmacariyam kataü karaõãyaü nāparam itthattāyāti abbha¤¤āsi || || 12 A¤¤ataro ca panāyasmā Kassapo arahatam ahosãti || || #< SN_4,41(7).10 Gilānadassanam># 2 Tena kho pana samayena Citto gahapati ābādhiko hoti dukkhito bāëhagilāno || || 3 Atha kho sambahulā ārāmadevatā vanadevatā rukkhadevatā osadhãtiõavanaspatãsu adhivatthā devatā saügamma samāgamma Cittaü gahapatim etad avocuü || || Paõidhehi gahapati Anāgatam addhānaü rājā assaü cakkavattãti || || Evaü vutte Citto gahapati tā ārāmadevatā vanadevatā rukkhadevatā osadhitiõavanaspatãsu adhivatthā devatā etad avoca || || Tam pi aniccaü tam pi addhuvaü tam pi pahāya gamanãyanti || || 4 Evaü vutte Cittassa gahapatino mittāmaccā ¤ātisālohitā Cittaü gahapatim etad avocuü #<[page 303]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Satim ayyaputta upaņņhapehi mā vippalapãti || || Kin tyāhaü vadāmi yaü maü tumhe evaü vadetha Satim ayyaputta upaņņhapehi mā vippalapãti || Evaü kho tvam ayyaputta vadesi || || Tam pi aniccaü tam pi addhuvaü tam pi pahāya gamanãyanti || || Tathā hi pana mam ārāmadevatā vanadevatā rukkhadevatā osadhãtiõavanaspatãsu adhivatthā devatā evam ahaüsu || || Paõidhehi gahapati Anāgatam addhānaü rājā assaü cakkavattãti || tāham evaü vadāmi || || Tam pi aniccam || la || tam pi pahāya gamanãyan ti || || 5 Kin te ayyaputta ārāmadevatā vanadevatā rukkhadevatā osadhãtiõavanaspatãsu adhivatthādevatā atthavasam sampassamānā evam ahaüsu || || Paõidhehi gahapati Anāgatam addhānam rājā assaü cakkavattãti || || Tāsaü kho ārāmadevatānaü vanadevatānaü rukkhadevatānaü osadhãtiõavanaspatãsu adhivatthānaü devatānam evaü hoti || || Ayaü kho Citto gahapati sãlavā kalyāõadhammo sace paõidahissati Anāgatam addhānam rājā assaü cakkavattãti ijjhissati sãlavato cetopaõidhi visuddhattā dhammiko dhammikam phalam anusarissatãti || || Imaü kho tā ārāmadevatā vanadevatā rukkhadevatā osadhãtiõavanaspatãsu adhivatthā devatā atthavasaü sampassamānā evam ahaüsu || || Paõidhehi gahapati Anāgatam addhānaü rājā assaü cakkavattãti || tāham evaü vadāmi || || Tam pi aniccaü tam pi adhuvam tam pi pahāya gamanãyanti || || 6 Tena hi ayyaputta amhe pi ovadehãti || || Tasmā hi vo evaü sikkhitabbaü || || #<[page 304]># %<304 CITTA-SAũYUTTAM [XLI. 10. 7>% Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā bhavissāma || iti pi so Bhagavā arahaü sammāsambuddho vijjācaraõasampanno sugato lokavidå anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānam buddho bhagavāti || || Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgatā bhavissāma || svākhyāto Bhagavatā dhammo sandiņņhiko akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaü veditabbo vi¤¤åhãti || || Saīghe aveccappasādena samannāgatā bhavissāma || supaņipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho ujupaņipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho ¤āyapaņipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho sāmãcipaņipanno Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho || yadidaü cattāri purisayugāni aņņhapurisapuggalā esa Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiõeyyo a¤jalikaraõãyo anuttaram pu¤¤akkhettaü lokassāti || || Yaü ki¤ci kule deyyadhammaü sabbantam apaņivibhattam bhavissati sãlavantehi kalyāõadhammehãti || || Evam hi vo sikkhitabbanti || || 7 Atha kho Citto gahapati mittāmicce ¤atisālohite buddhe ca dhamme ca saīghe ca pasādetvā cāge ca samādapetvā kālam akāsi || || Cittasaüyuttaü samattaü || || Tassuddānaü || || Saüyojana dve Isidattā || || Mahako Kāmabhå pi ca || Godatto ca Nigaõņho ca || Acelena Gilānanti || || #<[page 305]># %% #< BOOK VIII GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM># #< SN_4,42(8).1 Caõķo># 1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaü viharati Jetavane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || || 2 Atha kho caõķo gāmaõi yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antam nisinno kho caõķo gāmaõi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenam-idhekacco Caõķo teva saīkhaü gacchati || ko pana hetu ko paccayo yena-m-idhekacco Sårato teva saīkhaü gacchatãti || || 4 Idha kho gāmaõi ekaccassa rāgo appahãno hoti || rāgassa appahãnattā pare kopenti || parehi kopiyamāno kopam pātukaroti || so Caõķo teva saīkhaü gacchati || || Doso appahãno hoti || dosassa appahãnattā pare kopenti || parehi kopiyamāno kopam pātukaroti || so Caõķo teva saīkhaü gacchati || || Moho appahãno hoti || mohassa appahãnattā pare kopenti || parehi kopiyamāno kopam pātukaroti || so Caõķo teva saīkhaü gacchati || || Ayaü kho gāmaõi hetu ayam paccayo yena-m-idhekacco Caõķo teva saīkhaü gacchati || || 5 Idha pana gāmaõi ekaccassa rāgo pahãno hoti || rāgassa pahãnattā pare na kopenti || parehi akopiyamāno kopaü na pātukaroti || so Sårato teva saīkhaü gacchati || || Doso pahãno hoti hoti || dosassa pahãnattā pare na kopenti || parehi akopiyamāno kopaü na pātukaroti || so Sårato teva saīkhaü gacchati || || Moho pahãno hoti || mohassa pahãnattā pare na kopenti || parehi akopiyamāno kopaü na pātukaroti || so Sårato teva saīkhaü gacchati || || Ayaü kho gāmaõi hetu ayam paccayo yeva-m-idhekacco Sårato teva saīkhaü gacchatã ti || || #<[page 306]># %<306 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM [XLII. 1. 6>% 6 Evaü vutte caõķo gamaõi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bhante abhikkantam bhante || Seyyathāpi bhante nikujjitaü vā ukkujjeyya paņicchannaü vā vivareyya måëhassa vā maggam ācikkheyya andhakare vā telapajjotaü dhāreyya cakkhumanto råpāni dakkhanti || evam eva Bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito || || Esāham bhante Bhagavantam saraõaü gacchāmi dhamma¤ ca bhikkhusaīgha¤ ca upāsakam mam Bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāõupetaü saraõaü gatanti || || #< SN_4,42(8).2 Puņo># 1 Ekam samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veëuvane Kalandakanivāpe || || 2 Atha kho Talapuņo naņagāmani yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Talapuņo naņagāmaõi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sutam me tam bhante pubbakānam ācariyapācariyānam naņānam bhāsamānānaü Yo so naņo raīgamajjhe samajjamajjhe saccālikena janaü hāseti rameti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraõā Pahāsānaü devānaü sahavyatam upapajjatãti || idha Bhagavā kim āhāti || || Alaü gāmani tiņņhatetam mā mam etam pucchãti || || 4 Dutiyam pi kho Talapuņo naņagāmaõi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sutam me tam bhante pubbakānam ācariyapācariyānaü naņānam bhāsamānānam Yo so naņo raīgamajjhe samajjamajjhe saccālikena janaü hāseti rameti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraõā Pahāsānaü devānam sahavyatam upapajjatãti || idha Bhagavā kim āhāti || || Alam gāmaõi tiņņhatetaü mā mam etam pucchãti || || 5 Tatiyam pi kho Talapuņo naņagāmaõi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sutam me tam bhante pubbakānam ācariyapācariyānaü naņānam bhāsamānānaü Yo so naņo raīgamajjhe samajjamajjhe saccālikena janaü hāseti rameti || #<[page 307]># %% so kāyassa bhedā param maraõā Pahāsānaü devānam sahavyatam upapajjatãti || idha Bhagavā kim āhāti || || Addhā kho tyāhaü nālatthaü Alam Gāmaõi tiņņhatetam mā mam etam pucchãti || apica tyāhaü vyākarissāmi || || 6 Pubbe kho gāmaõi sattā avãtarāgā rāgabandhanabaddhā || tesaü naņo raīgamajjhe samajjamajjhe ye dhammā rajaniyā te upasaüharati bhiyyosomattāya sarāgāya || Pubbe kho gāmaõi sattā avãtadosā dosabandhanabaddhā || tesaü naņo raīgamajjhe samajjamajjhe ye dhammā dosaniyā te upasaüharati bhiyyosomattāya sadosāya || || Pubbe kho gāmaõi sattā avãtamohā mohabandhanabaddhā || tesaü naņo raīgamajjhe samajjamajjhe ye dhammā mohaniyā te upasaüharati bhiyyosomattāya samohāya || || 7 So attanā matto pamatto pare madetvā pamādetvā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā Pahāso nāma nirayo tattha upapajjati || || Sace kho panassa evaü diņņhi hoti || Yo so naņo raīgamajjhe samajjamajjhe saccālikena janaü hāseti rameti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraõā Pahāsānaü devānaü sahavyatam upapajjatãti || sāssa hoti micchādiņņhi || || Micchādiņņhikassa kho panāhaü gāmaõi purisapuggalassa dvinnaü gatãnam a¤¤ataraü gatiü vadāmi nirayaü vā tiracchānayoniü vā ti || || 8 Evaü vutte Talapuņo naņagamaõi parodi assåni pavattesi || || Evam kho tyāham gamaõi nālatthaü Alam gāmaõi tiņņhatetam mā mam etam pucchãti || || Nāham bhante etam rodāmi yam mam Bhagavā evamāha || api cāham bhante pubbakehi ācariyapācariyehi naņehi dãgharattam nikato va¤cito paluddho Yo so naņo raīgamajjhe samajjamajjhe saccālikena janaü hāseti rameti #<[page 308]># %<308 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM [XLII. 2. 9>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || so kāyassa bhedā param maraõā Pahāsānaü devānam sahavyatam upapajjatãti || || 9 Abhikkantam bhante abhikkantam bhante || seyyathāpi bhante nikujjitaü vā ukkujjeyya || paņicchannaü vā vivareyya {måëhassa} vā maggam ācikkheyya || andhakāre vā telapajjotaü kareyya || cakkhumanto råpāni dakkhanti || evam evam Bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito || || Esāham bhante Bhagavantam saraõaü gacchāmi dhamma¤ca bhikkhusaīgha¤ca || Labheyyāham bhante Bhagavato santike pabbajam labheyyam upasampadanti || || 10 Alattha kho Talapuņo naņagāmaõi Bhagavato santike pabbajam alattha upasampadaü || || 11 Aciråpasampanno ca panāyasmā Talapuņo || pa || arahatam ahosãti || || #< SN_4,42(8).3 Yodhājãvo># 2 Atha kho yodhājãvo gamaõi yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || pe || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho yodhājãvo gāmaõi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sutam me bhante pubbakānam ācariyapācariyānaü yodhājãvānam bhāsamānānaü Yo so yodhājãvo saīgāme ussahati vāyamati || tam enam ussahantaü vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraõā Sara¤jitānaü devānam sahavyatam upapajjatãti || || Idha Bhagavā kim āhāti || || Alam gāmaõi tiņņhatetam mā mam etam pucchãti || || 4 Dutiyam pi kho || pe || || 5 Tatiyam pi kho yodhājãvo gāmaõi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sutam me bhante pubbakānam ācariyapācariyānaü yodhājãvānam bhāsamānānaü Yo so yodhājãvo saīgāme ussahati vāyamati || tam enam ussahantaü vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraõā Sara¤jitānaü devānaü sahavyatam upapajjatãti || || Idha Bhagavā kim āhāti || || #<[page 309]># %% Addhā kho tyāhaü gāmaõi na labhāmi || Alam gāmaõi tiņņhatetam mā mam etam pucchãti || api ca tyāhaü vyākarissāmi || || 6 Yo so gāmaõi yodhājãvo saīgāme ussahati vāyamati || tassa taü cittam pubbe hãnaü duggatam duppaõihitam Ime sattā ha¤¤antu vā bajjhantu vā ucchijjantu vā vinassantu vā mā ahesuü iti vā ti || tam enam ussahantaü vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraõā Sarājitā nāma nirayā tatthupapajjati || || Sa ce kho panassa evam diņņhi hoti || Yo so yodhājãvo saīgāme ussahati vāyamati || tam enam ussahantam vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sarājitānam devānaü sahavyatam upapajjatãti || || Sāssa hoti micchādiņņhi || || Micchādiņņhikassa kho panāham gāmaõi purisapuggalassa dvinnaü gatãnam a¤¤ataraü gatiü vadāmi || nirayaü vā tiracchānayoniü vā ti || || 7 Evaü vutte yodhājãvo gāmaõi parodi assåni pavattesi || || Evaü kho tyāham gāmaõi nālattham Alam gāmaõi tiņņhatetam mā mam etam pucchãti || || Nāham bhante etam rodāmi yam mam Bhagavā evam āha || api cāham bhante pubbakehi ācariyapācariyehi yodhājãvehi dãgharattaü nikato va¤cito paluddho || Yo so yodhājivo saīgāme ussahati vāyamati tam enam ussahantam vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraõā Sara¤jitānaü devānaü sahavyatam upapajjatãti || || 8 Abhikkantam bhante || pe || ajjatagge pāõupetaü saraõaü gatanti || || #<[page 310]># %<310 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM [XLII. 4. 6>% #< SN_4,42(8).4 Hatthi># 2-8 Atha kho hatthāroho gāmaõi yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || pe || ajjatagge pāõupetaü saraõaü gatanti || || #< SN_4,42(8).5 Assa (or Haya)># 2 Atha kho assāroho gāmaõi yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho assāroho gāmaõi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sutam me tam bhante pubbakānam ācariyapācariyānam assārohānam bhasamānānaü || Yo so assāroho saīgāme ussahati vāyamati || tam enam ussahantam vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraõā Sarājitānam devānam sahavyatam upapajjatãti || || Idha Bhagavā kim āhāti || || Alaü gāmani tiņņhatetam mā mam etam pucchãti || || 4 Dutiyam pi kho || pe || || 5 Tatiyam pi kho assāroho gāmaõi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sutam me tam bhante pubbakānam ācariyapācariyānam assārohānam bhāsamānānam Yo so assāroho saīgāme ussahati vāyamati || tam enam ussahantaü vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraõā || pe || sahavyatam upapajjatãti || || Idha Bhagavā kim āhāti || || Addhā kho tyāhaü gāmaõi na labhāmi Alaü gāmaõi tiņņhatetam mā mam etam pucchãti || api ca kho tyāhaü vyākarissāmi || || 6 Yo so gāmaõi assāroho saīgāme ussahati vāyamati || #<[page 311]># %% tassa taü cittam pubbeva hãnaü duggataü duppaõihitaü Ime sattā ha¤¤antu vā bajjhantu vā ucchijjantu vā vinassantu vā mā ahesum itivāti || tam enam ussahantaü vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraõā Sarājito nāma nirayo tattha upapajjati || || Sace kho panassa evaü diņņhi hoti || Yo so assāroho saīgāme ussahati vāyamati || tam enam ussahantam vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sarājitānaü devānaü sahavyatam upapajjatãti || sāssa hoti micchādiņņhi || || Micchādiņņhikassa kho panāham gāmaõi purisapuggalassa dvinnaü gatãnam a¤¤ataraü gatiü vadāmi || nirayaü vā tiracchāyoniü vā ti || || 7 Evaü vutte assāroho gāmani parodi assåni pavattesi || || Etaü kho tyāham gāmaõi nālattham Alaü gāmani tiņņhatetam mā mam etam pucchãti || || Nāham bhante etam rodāmi yam mam Bhagavā etam āha || api cāham bhante pubbakehi ācariyapācariyehi assārohehi dãgharattaü nikato va¤cito paluddho Yo so assāroho saīgāme ussahati vāyamati || tam enam ussahantam vāyamantam pare hananti pariyāpādenti || so kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sarājitānaü devānaü sahavyatam upapajjātãti || || 8 Abhikkantaü bhante || pe || ajjatagge pāõupetam saraõaü gatanti || || #< SN_4,42(8).6 Pacchābhåmako (or Matako)># 1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Nāëandāyaü viharati Pāvārikambavane || || #<[page 312]># %<312 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM [XLII. 6. 2>% 2 Atha kho Asibandhakaputto gāmaõi yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antam nisinno kho Asibandhakaputto gāmaõi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Brāhmaõā bhante pacchābhåmakā kāmaõķalukā sevālamālikā udakorohakā aggiparicārikā te mataü kālakatam uyyāpenti nāma sa¤¤āpenti nāma saggaü nāma okkāmenti || Bhagavā pana bhante arahaü sammāsambuddho pahoti tathā kātuü yathā sabbo loko kāyassa bhedā paraü maraõā sugatiü saggam lokam upapajjeyyāti || || 4 Tena hi gāmaõi taü yevettha paņipucchissāmi || yathā te khameyya tathā naü vyākareyyāsi || || 5 Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi || || Idhāssa puriso pāõātipātã adinnādāyã kāmesu micchācārã musāvādã pisuõavāco pharusāvāco samphappalāpã abhijjhālu vyāpannacitto micchāditthiko || tam enam mahājanakāyo saīgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pa¤jaliko anuparisakkeyya || Ayam puriso kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjatãti || taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmani || api nu so puriso mahato janakāyassa āyācanahetu vā thomanahetu vā pa¤jalikā anuparisakkanahetu vā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatim saggaü lokam upapajjeyyāti || || No hetam bhante || || 6 Seyyathāpi gāmaõi puriso mahatim puthusilaü gambhãre udakarahade pakkhipeyya || tam enam mahājanakāyo saīgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pa¤jaliko anuparisakkeyya || || Ummujja bho puthusile uplava bho puthusile thalam uplava bho puthusileti #<[page 313]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Taü kiü ma¤¤asi gāmani api nu sā puthusilā mahato janakāyassa āyācanahetu vā pa¤jalikā anuparisakkanahetu vā ummujjeyya vā uplaveyya vā thalaü vā uplaveyyāti || || No hetam bhante Evam eva kho gāmaõi yo so puriso paõātipātã adinnādāyã kāmesu micchācārã musāvādã pisuõavāco pharusāvāco samphappalāpã abhijjālu vyāpannacitto micchādiņņhiko ki¤cāpi tam mahājanakāyo saīgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pa¤jaliko anuparisakkeyya || ayam purisakkāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjatåti || atha kho so puriso kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatiü vinipātam nirayam upapajjeyya || || 7 Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi || || Idhāssa puriso pāõātipātā paņivirato adinnādānā paņivirato kāmesu micchācārā paņivirato musāvādā paņivirato pisuõāya vācāya paņivirato pharusāya vācāya paņivirato samphappalāpā paņivirato anabhijjhālu avyāpannacitto sammādiņņhiko || tam enam mahājanakāyo saīgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pa¤jaliko anuparisakkeyya || Ayam puriso kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyam duggatiü vinipātam upapajjatåti || tam kim ma¤¤asi gāmani api nu so puriso mahato janakāyassa āyācanahetu vo thomanahetuvā pa¤calikā anuparisakkanhetuvā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyam duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upapajjeyyāti || || No hetam bhante || || 8 Seyyathapi gāmaõi puriso sappikumbhaü vā telakumbhaü vā gambhãram udakarahadam ogāhetvā bhindeyya || tatrassa yā sakkharā vā kaņhalā vā sā adhogāmã assa || ya¤ ca khvāssa tatra sappi vā telaü vā tam uddhaügāmi assa #<[page 314]># %<314 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM [XLII. 6. 9>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || tam enam mahājanakāyo saīgamma samāgāmma āyāceyya thomeyya pa¤jaliko anuparisakkheyya || Osãda bho sappi tela saüsãda bho sappi tela adhogaccha bho sappi telāti || || Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi api nu taü sappi telam mahato janakāyassa āyācanahetu vā thomanahetu vā pa¤jalikā anuparisakkanahetu vā osãdeyya vā saüsãdeyya vā adhogaccheyyāti || || No hetam bhante || || Evam eva kho gāmaõi yo so puriso pāõātipātā paņivirato adinnādānā paņivirato kāmesu micchācārā paņivirato musāvādā paņivirato pisuõāya vacāya paņivirato parusāya vacāya paņivirato samphappalāpā paņivirato anabhijjhālu avyāpannacitto sammādiņņhiko || ki¤cāpi tam mahājanakāyo saīgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pa¤jaliko anuparisakkeyya || Ayam puriso kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatim vinipātaü nirayam upapajjatåti || atha kho so puriso kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjeyyāti || || 9 Evaü vutte Asibandhakaputto gāmaõi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkhantam bhante || pe || ajjatagge pāõupetam saraõaü gatanti || || #< SN_4,42(8).7 Desanā># 1 Ekam samayam Bhagavā Nālandāyaü viharati Pāvārikambavane || || 2 Atha kho Asibandhakaputto gāmaõi yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Asibandhakaputto gāmaõi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Nanu bhante Bhagavā sabbapāõabhåtahitānukampã viharatãti || || Evaü gāmaõi tathāgato sabbapāõabhåtahitānukampã viharatãti || || 4 Atha ki¤carahi bhante Bhagavā ekaccānaü sakkaccaü dhammaü deseti || ekaccānaü no tathā sakkaccaü dhammaü desetãti || || #<[page 315]># %% Tena hi gāmaõi taü yevettha patipucchissāmi || yathā te khameyya tathā naü vyākareyyāsi || || 5 Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi || || Idha kassakassa gahapatino tãõi khettāni ekam khettam aggam ekaü khettam majjhimam ekaü khettaü hãnam jaīgalam åsaram pāpabhåmikaü || taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi asu kassako gahapati bãjāni patiņņhāpetukāmo kattha pathamam patiņņhāpeyya || yaü vā aduü khettam aggaü yaü vā aduü khettaü majjhimaü yaü vā aduü khettaü hãnam jaīgalam åsaram pāpabhåminti || || Asu bhante kassako gahapati bãjāni patiņņhāpetukāmo yam aduü khettam aggaü tattha patiņņhāpeyya || tattha patiņņhāpetvā yam aduü khettam majjhimam tattha patiņņhāpeyya || tattha patiņņhāpetvā yam aduü khettaü hãnam jaīgalam åsaram pāpabhåmi tattha patiņņhāpeyya pi no pi patiņņhāpeyya || taü kissa hetu || antamaso gobhattam pi bhavissatãti || || 6 Seyyathāpi gāmaõi yaü aduü khettam aggam evameva mayham bhikkhu-bhikkhuniyo || tesāhaü dhammaü desemi ādikalyāõaü majjhe kalyāõam pariyosānakalyāõaü sātthaü savya¤janaü kevalaparipuõõam parisuddham brahmacariyam pakāsemi || || Taü kissa hetu || ete hi gamaõi maüdãpā maüleõā maütāõā maüsaraõā viharanti || || 7 Seyyathāpi gāmaõi yam aduü khettam majjhimam evam eva mayham upāsakā upāsikāyo tesam pāhaü dhammaü desemi ādikalyāõam majjhe kalyāõam pariyosānakalyāõam sātthaü savya¤janaü kevalaparipuõõam parisuddham brahmacariyam pakāsemi || || Taü kissa hetu || ete hi gāmaõi maüdãpā maüleõā maütāõā maüsaraõā viharanti || || 8 Seyyathāpi gāmaõi yam aduü khettaü hãnaü jaīgālam åsaram pāpabhumi evam eva mayham a¤¤atitthiyā samaõabrāhmaõaparibbājakā #<[page 316]># %<316 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM [XLII. 7. 9>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || tesam pāham dhammaü desemi ādikalyānaü majjhe kalyāõam pariyosānakalyānam sāttham savya¤janam kevalaparipuõõam parisuddham brahmacariyam pakāsemi || || Taü kissa hetu || appeva nāma ekapadam pi ājāneyyuü taü nesam assa dãgharattaü hitāya sukhāyāti || || 9 Seyyathāpi gāmaõi purisassa tayo udakamaõikā || eko udakamaõiko acchiddo ahāri aparihāri || eko udakamaõiko acchiddo hāri parihāri || eko udakamaõiko chiddo hāri parihāri || || Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi asu puriso udakaü nikkhipitukāmo kattha pathamam nikkhipeyya || yo vā so udakamaõiko acchiddo ahārã aparihārã yo vā so udakamaõiko acchiddo hāri parihārã yo vā so udakamaõiko chiddo hārã parihārã ti || || Asu bhante puriso udakaü nikkhipitukāmo yo so udakamaõiko acchiddo ahāri aparihāri tattha nikkhipeyya || tattha nikkhipetvā || yo so udakamaõiko acchiddo hārã parihārã tattha nikkhipeyya || tattha nikkhipitvā yo so udakamaõiko chiddo hārã parihāri tattha nikkhipeyyāpi no pi nikkhipeyya || || Taü kissa hetu || antamaso bhaõķadhovanam pi bhavissatã ti || || 10 Seyyathāpi gāmaõi yo so udakamaõiko acchiddo ahārã aparihārã evam evam mayham bhikkhu-bhikkhuniyo tesāhaü dhammaü desemi ādikalyāõanam majjhe kalyāõaü pariyosāõakalyāõam sātthaü savya¤janaü kevalaparipuõõam parisuddham brahmacariyam pakāsemi || || Taü kissa hetu || ete hi gāmaõi maüdãpā maüleõā maütāõā maüsaraõā viharanti || || 11 Seyyathāpi gāmaõi yo so udakamaõķiko acchiddo hārã parihārã evam eva mayham upāsaka-upāsikāyo tesaü pahaü dhammaü desemi ādikalyāõam majjhe kalyāõam pariyosanakalyāõaü sātthaü savya¤janaü kevalaparipuõõam parisuddham brahmacariyam pakāsemi #<[page 317]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Taü kissa hetu || ete hi gāmaõi maüdãpā maüleõā maütānā maüsaraõā viharanti || || 12 Seyyathāpi gāmaõi yo so udakamaõiko chiddo hārã parihārã evam eva mayham a¤¤atitthiyā samaõabrāhmaõā paribbājakā tesam pahaü dhammaü desemi ādikalyāõaü majjhe kalyāõam pariyosānakalyāõaü sāttham savya¤janaü kevalaparipuõõam parisuddham brahmacariyam pakāsemi || || Taü kissa hetu || appeva nāma ekapadam ājāneyyuü || taü nesam assa dãgharattam hitāya sukhāyāti || || 13 Evaü vutte Asibandhakaputto gāmaõi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bhante abhikkantam bhante || pe || upāsakam maü Bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pānupetaü saraõaü gatan ti || || #< SN_4,42(8).8 Saīkha># 1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Nālandāyaü viharati Pāvārikambavane || || 2 Atha kho Asibandhakaputto gāmaõi Nigaõņhasāvako yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || pe || 3 Ekam antaü nisinnaü kho Asibandhakaputtam gāmaõim Bhagavā etad avoca || || Kathaü nu kho gāmaõi Nigaõņho Nātaputto sāvakānaü dhammaü desetã ti || || 4 Evam kho bhante Nigaõņho Nāņaputto sāvakānaü dhammaü deseti || || Yo koci pāõam atimāpeti sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko || yo koci adinnam ādiyati sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko || yo koci kāmesu micchācarati sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko || yo koci musā bhaõati sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko || yam bahulaü yam bahulaü viharati tena tena niyyatã ti || || Evaü kho bhante Nigaõņho Nāņaputto sāvakānaü dhammaü desetã ti || || Yam bahulaü yam bahulaü ca gāmaõi viharati tena tena niyyatã ti #<[page 318]># %<318 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM [XLII. 8. 5>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Evam sante na koci āpāyiko nerayiko bhavissati || yathā Nigaõņhassa Nāņaputtassa vacanaü || || 5 Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi yo so puriso pāõātipātã rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayā samayam upādāya katamo bahutaro samayo yaü vā so pāõam atimāpeti yaü vā so pāõaü nātimāpetã ti || || Yo so bhante puriso pāõātipātã rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayā samayam upādāya appataro so samayo yaü so pāõam atimāpeti || atha kho so va bahutaro samayo yaü so pāõaü nātimāpetã ti || || Yam bahulaü yam bahulaü ca gāmaõi viharati tena tena niyyatã ti || || Evaü sante na koci āpāyiko nerayiko bhavissati || yathā Nigaõņhassa Nāņaputtassa vacanaü || || 6 Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi || yo so puriso adinnādāyã rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayā samayam upādāya katamo bahutaro samayo yaü vā so adinnam ādiyati yaü vā so adinnaü nādiyatã ti || || Yo so bhante pa puriso adinnādāyã rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayā samayam upādāya appataro so samayo yaü so adinnam ādiyati || atha kho so va bahutaro samayo yaü so adinnaü nādiyatã ti || Yam bahulaü yam bahulaü ca gāmaõi viharati tena tena niyyatã ti || || Evam sante na koci āpāyiko nerayiko bhavissati || yathā Nigaõņhassa Nāņaputtassa vacanaü || || 7 Taü kiü ma¤¤asi gāmaõi || yo so puriso kāmesu micchācārã rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayā samayam upādāya katamo bahutaro samayo yaü vā so kāmesu micchā carati yaü vā so kāmesu micchā na caratãti || || Yo so bhante puriso kāmesu micchācarã rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayā samayaü upādāya appataro so samayo yaü so kāmesu micchā carati || atha kho so va bahutaro samayo yaü so kāmesu micchā na caratãti || || Yam bahulaü yam bahula¤ca gāmaõi viharati tena tena niyyatã ti #<[page 319]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Evaü sante na koci āpāyiko nerayiko bhavissati || yathā Nigaõņhassa Nātāputtassa vacanaü || || 8 Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi || yo so puriso musāvādã rattiyā va divasassa vā samayā samayam upādāya katamo bahutaro samayo || yaü vā so musā bhaõati yaü vā so musā na bhaõatã ti || || Yo so bhante puriso musāvādi rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayā samayam upādāya appataro so samayo yaü so musā bhaõati || atha kho so va bahutaro samayo yaü so musā na bhanatã ti || || Yam bahulaü yam bahula¤ ca gāmaõi viharati tena tena niyyatã ti || || Evaü sante na koci āpāyiko nerayiko bhavissati || yathā Nigaõņhassa Nāņaputtassa vacanaü || || 9 Idha gāmaõi ekacco satthā evaüvādã hoti evaüdiņņhi || || Yo koci paõam atimāpeti sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko || yo koci adinnam ādiyati sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko || yo koci kāmesu micchā carati sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko || yo koci musā bhāõati sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko ti || tasmiü kho pana gāmaõi satthari sāvako abhippasanno hoti || || 10 Tassa evam hoti || || Mayhaü kho satthā evaüvādã evaüdiņņhi Yo koci paõam atimāpeti sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko ti || atthi kho pana mayā pāõo atimāpito Aham pamhi āpāyiko nerayiko ti diņņhiü paņilabhati || taü gāmaõi vacam appahāya taü cittam appahāya taü diņņhim appaņinissajjitvā yathā hataü nikkhitto evam niraye || || Mayhaü kho satthā evaüvādã evaüdiņņhi Yo koci adinnam ādiyati sabbo so āpāyiko nerayiko ti || || atthi kho pana mayā adinnam ādinnam aham pamhi āpāyiko nerayiko ti diņņhiü paņilabhati || taü gāmaõi vācam appahāya taü cittam appahāya taü diņņhim appaņinissajjitvā yathā hatam nikkhitto evaü niraye || || Mayhaü kho satthā evaüvādã evaüdiņņhi Yo koci kāmesu micchā carati sabbo so āpāyiko nerayikoti #<[page 320]># %<320 GâMANI SAũYUTTAM [XLII. 8. 11>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || atthi kho pana mayā kāmesu micchā ciõõam aham pamhi āpāyiko nerayiko ti diņņhim patilabhati || taü gāmaõi vācam appahāya taü cittam appahāya taü diņņhim appaņinissajjitvā yathā hataü nikkhitto evaü niraye || || Mayhaü kho satthā evaüvādã evaüdiņņhi Yo koci musā bhaõati sabbo so āpāyiko nerayikoti || atthi kho pana mayā musā bhaõitam aham pamhi āpāyiko nerayiko ti || diņņhim paņilabhati || tam gāmaõi vācam appahāya taü cittam appahāya taü diņņhim appaņinissajjitvā yathā hatam nikkhitto evaü niraye || || 11 Idha pana gāmaõi tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaü sammāsambuddho vijjācaraõasampanno sugato lokavidå anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaü buddho bhagavā || so anekapariyāyena pāõātipātaü garahati vigarahati Pāõātipātā viramathā ti āha || adinnādānaü garahati vigarahati Adinnādānā viramathā ti cāha || kāmesu micchācāraü garahati vigarahati Kāmesu micchācarā viramathā ti cāha || musāvādaü garahati vigarahati Musāvādā viramathā ti cāha || tasmiü kho pana gāmaõi satthari sāvako abhippasanno hoti || so iti paņisa¤cikkhati || || 12 Bhagavā kho anekapariyāyena pāõātipātaü garahati vigarahati Pāõātipātā viramathāti cāha || || Atthi kho pana mayā pāõo atimāpito yāvatako vā tāvatako vā || taü na suņņhu taü na sādhu || ahaü ceva kho pana tappaccayā vippaņisārã assaü || na me taü pāpakammam akatam bhavissatãti || so iti paņisaīkhāya taü ceva pāõātipātām pajahati || āyatiü ca pāõātipātā paņivirato hoti || evam etassa pāpassa kammassa samatikkamo hoti || || 13 Bhagavā kho anekapariyāyena adinnādānaü garahati vigarahati Adinnādānā viramathāti cāha || || Atthi kho pana mayā adinnam adinnaü yāvatakam vā tāvatakaü vā || yaü kho pana mayā adinnam ādinnam yāvatakaü vā tāvatakaü vā taü na suņņhu taü na sādhu || ahaü ceva kho pana tappaccayā vippaņisārã assaü na me tam pāpakammam akatam bhavissatãti || so iti paņisaīkhāya ta¤ceva adinnādānam pajahati #<[page 321]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || āyati¤ca adinnādānā paņivirato hoti || evam etassa pāpassa kammassa pahānaü hoti || evam etassa pāpassa kammassa samatikkamo hoti || || 14 Bhagavā kho pana anekapariyāyena kāmesu micchācāram garahati vigarahati Kāmesu micchācārā viramathā ti cāha || || Atthi kho pana mayā kāmesu micchāciõõaü yāvatakaü vā tāvatakaü vā || yaü kho pana mayā kāmesu micchāciõõaü yāvatakaü vā tāvatakaü vā taü na suņņhu taü na sādhu aha¤ ceva kho pana tappaccayā vippaņisārã assaü na me tam pāpakammam akatam bhavissatãti || so iti paņisaīkāya taü ceva kāmesu micchācāram pajahati || āyatiü ca kāmesu micchācārā pātivirato hoti || || evam etassa pāpassa kammassa pahānaü hoti || evam etassa pāpassa kammassa samatikkamo hoti || || 15 Bhagavā kho pana anekapariyāyena musāvādaü garahati vigarahati Musāvādā viramathā ti cāha || || Atthi kho pana mayā musābhaõitam yāvatakam vā tāvatakaü vā || yaü kho pana mayā musābhaõitaü yāvatakaü vā tāvatakaü vā taü na suņņhu na sādhu || aha¤ceva kho pana tappaccayā vippatisārã assaü na me tam pāpakammam akatam bhavissatã ti || || So iti paņisaīkhāya taü ceva musāvādam pajahati āyatiü ca musāvādā paņivirato hoti || evam etassa pāpassa kammassa samatikkamo hoti || || 16 So pāõātipātam pahāya pāõātipātā paņivirato hoti || adinnādānaü pahāya adinnādānā paņivirato hoti || kāmesu micchācāram pahāya kāmesu micchācārā paņivirato hoti || musāvādam pahāya musāvādā paņivirato hoti || pisuõaü vācam pahāya pisuõāya vācāya paņivirato hoti || pharusaü vācam pahāya pharusāya vācāya paņivirato hoti || || Samphappalāpam pahāya samphappalāpā paņivirato hoti || abhijjham pahāya anabhijjālu hoti vyāpadapadosam pahāya avyāpannacitto hoti #<[page 322]># %<322 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM [XLII. 8. 17>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || micchādiņņhim pahāya sammādiņņhiko hoti || || Sa kho so gāmaõi ariyasāvako evam vigatābhijjho vigatavyāpādo asammuëho sampajāno patissato mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaü disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaü || tathā tatiyaü || tathā catuttham iti uddham adho tiriyam sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantam lokam mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamaõena averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati || || 17 Seyyathāpi gāmaõi balavā saīkhadhamo appakasireõeva catuddisā vi¤¤āpeyya || evam eva kho gāmaõi evam bhāvitāya mettāya cetovimuttiyā evam bahulãkatāya yam pamāõakatam kammaü na taü tatrāvasissati na taü tatrāvatiņņhati || sa kho so gāmaõi ariyasāvako evaü vigatābhijjho vigatavyāpādo asammåëho sampajāno patissato karuõāsahagatena cetasā || mudita || upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaü disaü pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaü || tathā tatiyaü || tatha catuttham iti uddham adho tiriyaü sabbādhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaü lokam upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāõena avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati || || 18 Seyyathāpi gāmaõi baëavā saīkhadhamo appakasireneva catuddisā vi¤¤āpeyya || evam eva kho gāmaõi evam bhavitāya upekkhāya cetovimuttiyā evam bahulikatāya yam pamāõakataü kammaü na taü tatrāvasissati na taü tatrāvatiņņhatã ti || || 19 Evaü vutte Asibandhakaputto gāmani Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bhante abhikkantam bhante || pe || ajjatagge pāõupetaü saraõaü gatan ti || || #< SN_4,42(8).9 Kulam># 1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Kosalesu cārikaü caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaīghena saddhiü yena Nāëandā tādavasāri #<[page 323]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || tatra sudam Bhagavā Nālandāyaü viharati Pāvarikambavane || || 2 Tena kho pana samayena Nālandā dubbhikkhā hoti dvãhitikā setaņņhikā salākāvuttā || || 3 Tena kho pana samayena Nigaõņho Nāņaputto Nāëandāyaü paņivasati mahatiyā Nigaõņhaparisāya saddhiü || || 4 Atha kho Asibandhakaputto gāmaõi nigaõņhasāvako yena Nigaõņho Naņaputto tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Nigaõņhaü Nātaputtam abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 5 Ekam antaü nisinnaü kho Asibandhakaputtaü gāmaniü Nigaõņho Nāņaputto etad avoca || || Ehi tvaü gāmani samaõassa Gotamassa vādam āropehi evaü te kalyāõo kittisaddo abbhuggacchissati || Asibandhakaputtena gāmaõinā samaõassa Gotamassa evam mahiddhikassa evam mahānubhāvassa vādo āropito ti || || Katham panāham bhante samaõassa Gotamassa evam mahiddhikassa evam mahānubhāvassa vādam āropessāmã ti || || 6 Ehi tvaü gāmaõi yena samano Gotamo tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā samaõaü Gotamaü evaü vadehi || Nanu bhante Bhagavā anekapariyāyena kulānam anudayaü vaõõeti anurakkhaü vaõõeti anukampaü vaõõetã ti || || Sace kho gāmaõi samaõo Gotamo evam puņņho evaü vyākaroti || Evam gāmaõi tathāgato anekapariyāyena kulānam anudayaü vaõõeti anurukkhaü vaõõeti anukampaü vaõõetã ti || tam enaü vadeyyāsi || || Atha ki¤carahi bhante Bhagavā dubbhikkhe dvãhitike setaņņhike salākāvutte mahatā bhikkhusaīghena saddhiü cārikaü carati || ucchedāya Bhagavā kulānam paņipanno anayāya Bhagavā kulānam paņipanno upaghātāya Bhagavā kulānam paņipanno ti || || Imaü kho te gāmaõi samaõo Gotamo ubhatokoņikaü pa¤ham puņņho neva sakkhati uggilituü neva sakkhati ogilituü ti || || #<[page 324]># %<324 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM [XLII. 9. 7>% 7 Evam bhante ti kho Asibandhakaputto gāmaõi Nigaõņhassa Nāņaputtassa paņisutvā uņņhāyasanā Nigaõņhaü Nātaputtam abhivādetvā padakkhiõaü katvā yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 8 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Asibandhakaputto gāmaõi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Nanu bhante Bhagavā anekapariyāyena kulānaü anudayam vaõõeti anurakkhaü vaõõeti anukampaü vaõõetã ti || || Evaü gāmaõi tathāgato anekapariyāyena kulānam anudayaü vaõõeti anurakkhaü vaõõeti anukampaü vaõõetã ti || || Atha ki¤carahi bhante Bhagavā dubbhikkhe dvãhitike setaņņhike salākāvutte mahatā bhikkhusaīghena saddhiü cārikaü carati || ucchedāya Bhagavā kulānam paņipanno anayāya Bhagavā kulānam paņipanno upaghātāya Bhagavā kulānam paņipanno ti || || 9 Ito so gāmaõi ekanavutikappo yaü aham anussarāmi nābhijānāmi ki¤ci kulam pakkabhikkhānuppadānamattena upahatapubbaü || atha kho yāni tāni kulāni aķķhāni mahaddhanāni mahābhogāni pahåtajātaråparajatāni pahåtavittupakaraõāni pahåtadhanadha¤¤āni || sabbāni tāni dānasambhåtāni ceva saccasambhåtāni ca sa¤¤amasambhåtāni ca || || 10 Aņņha kho gāmaõi hetu aņņha paccayā kulānam upaghātāya || rājato vā kulāni upaghātam gacchanti || corato vā kulāni upaghātam gacchanti || aggito vā kulāni upaghātaü gacchanti || udakato vā kulāni upaghātaü gacchanti || nihitaü vā nādhigacchanti || duppayuttā vā kammantaü jahanti || kule va kulaīgāroti uppajjati || yo te bhoge vikirati vidhamati viddhaüseti aniccatā yeva aņņhamã ti #<[page 325]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Ime kho gāmaõi aņņha hetu aņņha paccayā kulānam upaghātāya || || 11 Imesu kho gāmaõi aņņhasu hetåsu aņņhasu paccayesu santesu saüvijjamānesu yo mam evaü vadeyya Ucchedāya Bhagavā kulānam paņipanno anayāya Bhagavā kulānam paņipanno upaghātāya Bhagavā kulānam paņipanno ti || taü gāmaõi vācam appahāya taü cittam appahāya taü diņņhiü apaņinissajjitvā yathāhataü nikkhitto evam niraye ti || || 12 Evaü vutte Asibandhakaputto gāmaõi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bhante || pe || upāsakam mam Bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pānupetaü saraõaü gatanti || || #< SN_4,42(8).10 Maõiculam># 1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veëuvane Kalandakanivāpe || || 2 Tena kho pana samayena rājantepure rājaparisāyaü sannisinnānaü sannipatitānaü ayam antarākathā udapādi || || Kappati samaõānaü sakyaputtiyānaü jātaråpajātaü || sādiyanti samaõā sakyaputtiyā jātaråparajataü || paņigaõhanti samaõā sakyaputtiyā jātaråparajatanti || || 3 Tena kho pana samayena Maõicåëako gāmaõi tassam parisāyam nisinno hoti || || 4 Atha kho Maõicåëako gāmaõi tam parisam etad avoca || Mā ayyā evam avacuttha || na kappati samaõānam sakyaputtiyānaü jātaråparajataü || na sādiyanti samaõā sakyaputtiyā jātaråparajataü || na paņigaõhanti samanā sakyaputtiyā jātaråparajataü || nikkhittamaõisuvaõõā samaõā sakyaputtiyā apetajātaråparajatā ti || || Asakkhi kho Maõicålako gāmaõi tam parisaü sa¤¤āpetuü || || 5 Atha kho Maõicåëako gāmaõi yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekamantaü nisãdi || || #<[page 326]># %<326 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM [XLII. 10. 6>% 6 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Maõicåëako gāmaõi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Idha bhante rājantepure rājaparisāyaü sannisinnānaü sannipatitānam ayam antarākathā udapādi || || Kappati samaõānaü sakyaputtiyānaü jataråparajataü || sādiyanti samaõā sakyaputtiyā jātaråparajataü || paņigaõhantisamaõā sakyaputtiyā jātaråparajatanti || || Evaüvutte aham bhante tam parisam etad avoca || Mā ayyā evam avacuttha || na kappati samaõānam sakyaputtiyānam jātaråparajataü || na sādiyanti samaõā sakyaputtiyā jātaråparajataü || na patigaõhanti samaõā sakyaputtiyā jātaråparajataü || nikkhittamaõisuvaõõā samaõā sakyaputtiyā apetajātaråparajatā ti || || Asakkhim khvāham bhante tam parisaü {sa¤¤āpetuü} || || 7 Kaccāham bhante evam vyākaramāno vuttavādã ceva Bhagavato homi || na ca Bhagavantam abhåtena abbhācikkhāmi || dhammassa cānudhammaü vyakāromi na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaü ņhānam āgacchatã ti || Taggha tvam gāmaõi evam vyākaramāno vuttvavādã ceva me hosi na ca mam abhåtena abbhācikkhasi || dhammassa cānudhammaü vyākarosi na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo garayham ņhānam āgacchati || || 8 Na hi gāmaõi kappati samaõānaü sakyaputtiyānaü jātaråparajataü || na sādiyanti samaõā sakyaputtiyā jātaråparajataü || na paņigaõhanti samaõā sakyaputtiyā jataråparajataü || na paņigaõhanti samaõā sakyaputtiyā jātaråparajataü || nikkhittamaõisuvaõõā samaõā sakyaputtiyā apetajātaråparajatā || || Yassa kho gāmaõi jātaråparajataü kappati pa¤ca pi tassa kāmaguõā kappanti || yassa pa¤ca kāmaguõā kappanti ekaüsenetaü gāmaõi dhāreyyāsi asamaõadhammo asakyaputtiyadhammoti || || 9 Apicāhaü gāmaõi evam vadāmi || || Tiõaü tiõatthikena pariyesitabbaü || dāruü dārutthikena pariyesitabbam || sakaņaü sakaņatthikena pariyesitabbam || puriso purisatthikena pariyesitabbo #<[page 327]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || na tvevāhaü gāmaõi kenaci pariyāyena jātaråparajataü sāditabbam pariyesitabban ti vadāmã ti || || #< SN_4,42(8).11 Bhadra (or Bhagandha-Haņņhaha)># 1 Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Malatesu viharati Uruvelakappaü nāma Malatānaü nigamo || || 2 Atha kho Bhadragako gāmaõi yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Bhadragako gāmaõi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā dukkhassa samudayaü ca atthagamaü ca desetå ti || || Ahaü ce te gāmaõi atãtam addhānam ārabbha dukkhassa samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca deseyyam Evam ahosi atãtam addhānanti || tatra te siyā kaīkhā siyā vimati || || Ahaü ce te gāmaõi anāgatam addhānam ārabbha dukkhassa samudayaü ca atthagamaü ca deseyyaü Evaü bhavissati anāgatam addhānanti || tatrāpi te siyā kaīkhā siyā vimati || || Api cāham gāmaõi idheva nisinno ettheva te nisinnassa dukkhassa samudaya¤ca atthagama¤ca desissāmi || taü suõohi sādhukam manasi karohi bhāsissāmã ti || || Evam bhante ti kho Bhadragako gāmaõi Bhagavato paccassosi || || 4 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi atthi te Uruvelakappe manussā yesaü te vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā uppajjeyyuü sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāti || || Atthi me bhante Uruvelakappe manussā yesam me vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā uppajjeyyuü sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāti || || 5 Atthi pana te gāmaõi Uruvelakappe manussā yasaü te vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā nuppajjeyyuü sokaparideva-dukkha-domanassupāyāsāti #<[page 328]># %<328 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM [XLII. 11. 6>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Atthi me bhante Uruvelakappe manussā yesam me vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā nuppajjeyyuü sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāti || 6 Ko nu kho gāmani hetu ko paccayo yena te ekaccānam Uruvelakappiyānam manussānaü vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā garahāyavā uppajjeyyuü sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || ko vā gāmaõi hetu ko paccayo yena te ekaccānam Uruvelakappiyānam manussānaü vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya va nuppajjeyyuü sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā ti || || Yesam me bhante Uruvelakappiyānam manussānam vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā uppajjeyyuü sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || atthi me tesu chandarāgo || || Yesam pana me bhante Uruvelakappiyānaü manussānaü vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā nuppajjeyyuü sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || natthi me tesu chandarāgo ti || || [Atthi me tesu chanda-] Natthi me tesu chandarāgoti iminā tvaü gāmani dhammena diņņhena viditena akālikena pattena pariyogāëhena atãtānāgate nayaü nehi || yaü kho ki¤ci atãtam addhānaü dukkham uppajjamānam uppajjati sabbaü taü chandamålakaü chandanidānaü || chando hi målaü dukkhassa || || Yam pi hi ki¤ci anāgatam addhānam dukkham uppajjamānam uppajjissati || sabbaü taü chandamålakaü chandanidānaü || chando hi målaü dukkhassāti || || Acchariyam bhante abbhutam bhante yāva subhāsitaü idam bhante Bhagavatā || || Yam ki¤ci dukkham uppajjamānaü uppajjati sabbaü taü chandamålakaü chandanidānaü #<[page 329]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || chando hi målaü dukkhassāti || || 7 Atthi me bhante Ciravasã nāma kumāro bahi-āvasathe paņivasati || So khvāham bhante kālasseva vuņņhāya purisam uyyojemi Gaccha bhaõe Ciravasiü kumāraü jānāhãti || yāva kãva¤ca bhante so puriso nāgacchati || tassa me hoteva a¤¤athattam Mā heva Ciravasissa kumārassa ki¤ci ābādhayessati || || 8 Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi Ciravāsissa te kumārassa vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā uppajjeyyuü sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāti || || Ciravāsissa me bhante kumārassa vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā jãvitassa pi siyā a¤¤athattam kim pana me nupajjissanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassapāyāsāti || || Iminā pi kho etaü gāmaõi pariyāyena veditabbaü || Yam ki¤ci dukkham uppajjamānam uppajjati sabbantaü chandamåëakaü chandanidānaü || chando hi målam dukkhassa || || 9 Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmani || yadā te Ciravāsissa mātā adiņņhā ahosi asutā ahosi || te Civarasissa mātuyā chando vā rāgo vā pemaü vā ti || || No hetam bhante || || Dassanaü vā te gāmani āgamma savanaü vā te gāmaõi āgamma evaü te ahosi Ciravāsissa mātuyā chando vā rāgo yā pemaü vā ti || || Evam bhante || || 10 Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi Ciravasissa mātuyā te vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā uppajjeyyuü sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā ti || || #<[page 330]># %<330 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM [XLII. 11. 1>% Ciravāsimātuyā me bhante vadhena vā bandhena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā jãvitassa pi siyā a¤¤athattam kim pane me nuppajjissanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāti || || 11 Iminā pi kho etam gāmaõi pariyāyena veditabbaü yaü ki¤ci dukkhaü uppajjamānam uppajjati sabbantaü chandamålakaü chandanidānaü || Chando hi målaü dukkhassā ti || || #< SN_4,42(8).12 Rāsiyo># 3 Atha kho Rāsiyo gāmaõi yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Rāsiyo gāmaõi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sutaü me taü bhante Samaõo Gotamo sabbaü tapaü garahati sabbaü tapassiü låkhajãvim ekaüsena upavadati upakkosatã ti || || Ye te bhante evam ahaüsu || Samaõo Gotamo sabbaü tapaü gaharati sabbaü tapassiü låkhajãvim ekaüsena upavadati uppakosatã ti || kacci te bhante Bhagavato vuttavādino na ca Bhagavantam abhåtena abbhācikkhantã dhammānudhammaü vyākaronti || na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaü ņhānam āgacchatã ti || || Ye te gāmaõi evam ahaüsu || Samaõo Gotamo sabbaü tapaü garahati sabbam tapassiü låkhajãvim ekaüsena upavadati upakkosatãti || na me te vuttavādino abbhācikkhanti ca pana maü te asatā abhåtena || || I 4 Dve me gāmaõi antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā || yo cāyaü kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogo hãno gammo pothujjaniko anariyo anatthasaühito || yo cāyam attakilamathānuyogo dukkho anariyo anatthasaühito || ete te gāmaõi ubho ante anupagamma majjhimā paņipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā cakkhukaraõã ¤āõakaraõã upasamāya abhi¤¤āya sambodhāya nibbānāya saüvattati #<[page 331]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || 5 Katamā ca sā gāmaõi majjhimā patipaņipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā cakkhukaraõã ¤āõakaraõã upasamāya abhi¤¤āya sambodhāya nibbānāya {saüvattati} || ayam eva ariyo atthaīgiko maggo || seyyathidaü sammādiņņhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || ayaü kho gāmaõi majjhimā paņipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā cakkhukaraõã ¤āõakaraõã upasamāya abhi¤¤āya sambodhāya nibbānāya {saüvattati} || II 6 Tayo me gāmaõi kāmabhogino santo saüvijjamānā lokasmiü || katame tayo || || (I) 7 Idha gāmaõi ekacco kāmabhogã adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena || adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena na attānaü sukheti pãõeti na saüvibhajati na pu¤¤āni karoti || || (II) 8 Idha pana gāmaõi ekacco kāmabhogã adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena || adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena attānaü sukheti pãõeti na saüvibhajati na pu¤¤āni karoti || || (III) 9 Idha pana gāmaõi ekacco kāma bhogã adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena || adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena attānam sukheti pãõeti {saüvibhajati} pu¤¤āni karoti || || (IV) 10 Idha pana gāmaõi ekacco kāmabhogã dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena pi asāhasena pi || dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena pi asāhasena pi na attānaü sukheti piõeti na {saüvibhajati} na pu¤¤āni karoti #<[page 332]># %<332 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM [XLII. 12. 11>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || (V) 11 Idha pana gāmaõi ekacco kāmabhogã dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena pi asāhasena pi || dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena pi asāhasena pi attānaü sukheti pãõeti na saüvibhajati na pu¤¤āni karoti || || (VI) 12 Idha pana gāmani ekacco kāmabhogã dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena pi asāhasena pi || dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena pi asāhasena pi attānam sukheti pãneti {saüvibhajati} pu¤¤āni karoti || || (VII) 13 Idha pana gāmaõi ekacco kāmabhogã dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena na attānam sukheti pãõeti na {saüvibhajati} na pu¤¤āni karoti || || (VIII) 14 Idha pana gāmaõi ekacco kāmabhogã dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena attānaü sukheti pãõeti na saüvibhajati na pu¤¤āni karoti || || (IX) 15 Idha pana gāmaõi ekacco kāmabhogã dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena attānaü sukheti pãõeti saüvibhajati pu¤¤āni karoti || te ca bhoge gadhito mucchito ajjhapaõõo anādãnavadassāvã anissaraõapa¤¤o paribhu¤jati || || (X) 16 Idha pana ekacco kāmabhogã dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena attānaü sukheti pãõeti saüvibhajati pu¤¤āni karoti #<[page 333]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || te ca bhoge agadhito amucchito anajjhāpaõõo ādãnavadassāvã nissaraõapa¤¤o paribhu¤jati || || III (I) 17 Tatra gāmaõi yvāyam kāmabhogã adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena || adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena attānam na sukheti pãõeti na {saüvibhajati} na pu¤¤āni karoti || ayaü gāmaõi kāmabhogã tãhi ņhānehi garayho || || Katamehi tãhi gārayho || Adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenāti iminā pathamena ņhānena gārayho || || Na attānaü sukheti pãõetãti iminā dutiyena ņhānena gārayho || || Na saüvibhajati na pu¤¤āni karotãti iminā tatiyena ņhānena gārayho || || Ayaü gāmaõi kāmabhogã imehi tãhi ņhānehi gārayho || || (II) 18 Tatra gāmaõi yvāyaü kāmabhogã adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena || adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena attānaü sukheti pãõeti na saüvibhajati na pu¤¤āni karoti || ayaü gāmaõi kāmabhogã dvãhi ņhānehi gārayho || ekena ņhānena pāsaüso || || Katamehi dvãhi ņhānehi gārayho || Adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenāti iminā pathamena ņhānena gārayho || Na saüvibhajati na pu¤¤āni karotãti iminā dutiyena ņhānena gārayho || || Katamena ekena ņhānena pāsaüso || Attānaü sukheti pãõetãti iminā ekena ņhānena pāsaüso || || Ayaü gāmaõi kāmabhogã imehi dvãhi ņhānehi gārayho iminā ekena ņhānena pasaüso || || (III) 19 Tatra gāmaõi yvāyam kāmabhogã adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena || adhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena attānaü sukheti pãõeti saüvibhajati pu¤¤āni karoti #<[page 334]># %<334 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM [XLII. 12. 20>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || ayaü gāmaõi kāmabhogã ekena ņhānena gārayho dvãhi ņhanehi pāsaüso || || Katamena ekena ņhānena garayho || Adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenāti iminā ekena ņhānena gārayho || || Katamehi dvãhi ņhanehi pāsaüso || Attānaü sukheti pãõetãti iminā pathamena ņhānena pāsaüso || Saüvibhajati pu¤¤āni karotãti iminā dutiyena ņhānena {pāsaüso} || || Ayaü gāmaõi kāmabhogã iminā ekena ņhānena gārayho imehi dvãhi ņhānehi pāsaüso || || (IV) 20 Tatra gāmaõi yvāyaü kāmabhogã dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenāpi asāhasenāpi || dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena pi asāhasena pi na attānaü sukheti pãõeti na {saüvibhajati} na pu¤¤āni karoti || ayam gāmaõi kāmabhogã ekena ņhānena pāsaüso tãhi ņhānehi garayho || || Katamena ekena ņhānena pāsaüso || dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenāti iminā ekena ņhānehi pāsaüso || || Katamehi tãhi ņhānehi gārayho || adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenāti iminā pathamena ņhānena gārayho || na attānaü sukheti pãõetã ti iminā dutiyena ņhānena gārayho || na saüvibhajati na pu¤¤āni karoti iminā tatiyena ņhānena gārayho || || Ayaü gāmani kāmabhogã iminā ekena ņhānena pāsaüso || imehi tãhi ņhānehi gārayho || || (V) 21 Tatra gāmaõi yvāyaü kāmabhogã dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena pi asāhasena pi || dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sahāsena pi asāhasena pi attānaü sukheti pãõeti na {saüvibhajati} na pu¤¤āni karoti || ayaü gāmaõi kāmabhogã dvãhi ņhānehi pāsaüso || dvãhi ņhānehi gārayho || || Katamehi dvãhi ņhānehi pāsaüso || dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenāti iminā pathamena ņhānena pāsaüso || attānaü sukheti pãõeti iminā dutiyena ņhānena pāsaüso #<[page 335]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Katamehi dvãhi ņhānehi gārayho || adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenāti iminā pathamena ņhanena gārayho || na saüvibhajati na pu¤¤āni karotãti iminā dutiyena ņhānena gārayho || || Ayaü gāmaõi kāmabhogã imehi dvãhi ņhānehi pāsaüso imehi dvãhi ņhanehi gārayho || || (VI) 22 Tatra gāmaõi yvāyaü kāmabhogã dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasena pi asāhasena pi || dhammādhammena bhoge pariyesitvā sāhasena pi asāhasena pi attānaü sukheti pãõeti saüvibhajati pu¤¤āni karoti || ayaü gāmaõi kāmabhogã tãhi ņhānehi pāsaüso ekena ņhānena gārayho || || Katamehi tãhi ņhānehi pāsaüso || dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenāti iminā pathamena ņhānena pāsaüso || attānaü sukheti pãõetãti iminā dutiyena ņhānena pāsaüso || saüvibhajati pu¤¤āni karotãti iminā tatiyena ņhānena pāsaüso || || Katamena ekena ņhānena garayho || adhammena bhoge pariyesati sāhasenā ti iminā ekena ņhānena gārayho || (VII) 23 Tatra kho gāmaõi yvāyaü kāmabhogã dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena na attānaü sukheti pãõeti na saüvibhajati na pu¤¤āni karoti || ayaü gāmaõi kāmabhogã ekena ņhanena pāsaüso || dvãhi ņhānehi garayho || || Katamena ekena ņhānena pāsaüso || dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenāti || iminā ekena ņhānena pāsaüso || || Katamehi dvãhi ņhānehi gārayho || na attānaü sukheti pãõetãti iminā pathamena ņhānena gārayho || na saüvibhajati na pu¤¤āni karotãti iminā dutiyena ņhānena gārayho || || Ayam gāmaõi kāmabhogã iminā ekena ņhānena pāsaüso || imehi dvãhi ņhānehi gārayho || || #<[page 336]># %<336 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM [XLII. 12. 24>% (VIII) 24 Tatra gāmaõi yvāyam kāmabhogã dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena attānaü sukheti pãõeti na saüvibhajati na pu¤¤āni karoti || ayaü gāmaõi kāmabhogã kāmabhogã dvãhi ņhānehi pāsaüso || ekena ņhānena gārayho || || Katamehi dvãhi ņhānehi pāsaüso || dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenā ti iminā pathamena ņhānena pāsaüso || attānaü sukheti pãõetãti iminā dutiyena ņhānena pāsaüso || || Katamena ekena ņhānena gārayho || na saüvibhajati na pu¤¤āni karotãti iminā ekena ņhānena gārayho || || Ayaü gāmani kāmabhogã imehi dvãhi ņhānehi pāsaüso || iminā ekena ņhānena gārayho || || (IX) 25 Tatra gāmaõi yvāyaü kāmabhogã dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasena attānam sukheti pãõeti saüvibhajati pu¤¤āni karoti || te ca bhoge gadhito mucchito ajjhāpanno anādãnavadassāvã anissaraõapa¤¤o paribhu¤jati || ayaü gāmaõi kāmabhogã tãhi ņhānehi pāsaüso ekena ņhānena gārayho || || Katemehi tãhi ņhānehi pāsaüso || dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenā ti iminā pathamena ņhānena pāsaüso || attānaü sukheti pãõetãti iminā dutiyena ņhānena pāsaüso || saüvibhajati pu¤¤āni karotãti || iminā tatiyena ņhānena pāsaüso || || Katamena ekena ņhānena gārayho || te ca bhoge gadhito mucchito ajjhāpanno anādãnavadassāvã anissaraõapa¤¤o paribhu¤jatãti iminā ekena ņhānena garayho || || Ayaü gāmaõi kāmabhogã imehi tãhi thānehi pāsaüso || iminā ekena ņhānena garayho || || (X) 26 Tatra gāmaõi yvāyam kāmabhogã dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasena || dhammena bhoge pariyesitvā asāhasenā attānam sukheti pãõeti saüvibhajati pu¤¤āni karoti || #<[page 337]># %% te ca bhoge agadhito amucchito anajjhāpanno ādãnavadassāvã nissaraõapa¤¤o paribhu¤jatãti || ayaü gāmaõi kāmabhogã catåhi ņhānehi pāsaüso || || Katamehi catåhi ņhānehi pāsaüso || dhammena bhoge pariyesati asāhasenā ti iminā pathamena ņhānena pāsaüso || attānaü sukheti pãõetã ti iminā dutiyena ņhānena pāsaüso || saüvibhajati pu¤¤āni karotãti iminā tatiyena ņhānena pāsaüso || te ca bhoge agadhito amucchito anajjhāpanno ādãnavadassāvã nissaraõapa¤¤o paribu¤jatãti iminā catutthena ņhānena pāsaüso || || Ayaü gāmani kāmabhogã imehi catåhi ņhānehi pāsaüso || || IV 27 Tayo me gāmaõi tapassino låkhajãvino santo saüvijjamānā lokasmiü || katame tayo || || (I) 28 Idha gāmaõi ekacco tapassã låkhajãvã saddhā agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajito hoti || Appeva nāma kusalaü dhammam adhigaccheyyam appeva nāma uttarimanussadhammā alam ariya¤āõadassanavisesaü sacchikareyyanti || || So attānam ātāpeti paritāpeti || kusala¤ca dhammaü nādhigacchati || uttarimanussadhammā alam ariya¤āõadassanavisesaü na sacchikaroti || || (II) 29 Idha pana gāmaõi ekacco tapassã låkhajãvã saddhā agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajito hoti || Appeva nāma kusalam dhammam adhigaccheyyam || appeva nāma uttarimanussadhammā alam ariya¤āõadassanavisesaü sacchikareyyanti || so attānam ātāpeti paritāpeti || kusala¤ca dhammam adhigacchati uttarimanussadhammā alam ariya¤ānadassanavisesaü na sacchikaroti || #<[page 338]># %<338 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM [XLII. 12. 30>% (III) 30 Idha pana gāmaõi ekacco tapassã låkhajãvã saddhā agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajito hoti || Appeva nāma kusalaü dhammam adhigaccheyyam || appeva nāma uttari manussadhammā alam ariya¤āõadassanavisesaü sacchikareyyanti || || So attānam ātāpeti paritāpeti || kusala¤ca dhammam adhigacchati || uttarimanussadhammā alam ariya¤āõadassanavisesaü sacchikaroti || || V (I) 31 Tatra gāmaõi yvāyaü tapassã låkhajãvã attānam ātāpeti paritāpeti || kusala¤ca dhammaü nādhigacchati uttarimanussadhammā alam ariya¤āõadassanavisesaü na sacchikaroti || ayaü gāmaõi tapassã lukhajãvã tãhi ņhānehi gārayho || || Katamehi tãhi ņhanehi gārayho || attānam ātāpeti paritāpetãti iminā pathamena ņhānena gārayho || kusala¤ ca dhammaü nādhigacchatãti iminā dutiyena ņhānena gārayho || uttarimanussadhammā alam ariya¤āõadassanavisesaü na sacchikarotãti iminā tatiyena ņhānena gārayho || || Ayaü gāmaõi tapassã lukhajãvã imehi tãhi ņhānehi gārayho || || (II) 32 Tatra gāmaõi yvāyam tapassã låkhajãvã attānam ātāpeti paritāpeti || kusalaü hi kho dhammam adhigacchati uttarimanussadhammā alam ariya¤āõadassanavisesaü na sacchikaroti || ayaü gāmaõi tapassã lukhajãvi dvãhi ņhanehi gārayho || ekena ņhānena pāsaüso || || Katamehi dvãhi ņhānehi gārayho || attānam ātāpeti paritāpetãti iminā pathamena ņhānena garayho || uttarimanussadhammā alam ariya¤āõadassanavisesaü na sacchikarotãti iminā dutiyena ņhānena gārayho || || Katamena ekena ņhānena pāsaüso || kusalaü hi dhammam adhigacchatãti iminā ekena ņhānena pāsaüso || || Ayaü gāmaõi låkhajãvã imehi dvãhi ņhānehi gārayho || iminā ekena ņhānena pāsaüso || || #<[page 339]># %% (III) 33 Tatra gāmaõi yvāyam tapassã låkhajãvi attānam ātāpeti paritāpeti kusalaü ca dhammam adhigacchati uttari ca dhammanussadhammā alam ariya¤āõadassanavisesaü sacchikaroti || ayam gāmaõi tapassã låkhajãvã ekena ņhānena gārayho || dvãhi ņhānehi pāsaüso || || Katamena ekena ņhānena gārayho || attānam ātāpeti paritāpetãti || iminā ekena ņhānena garayho || || Katamehi dvãhi ņhānehi pāsaüso || kusala¤ca dhammam adhigacchatãti iminā pathamena ņhanena pāsaüso || uttari¤ ca manussadhammā alam ariya¤āõadassanavisesaü sacchikarotãti iminā dutiyena ņhānena pāsaüso || || Ayaü gāmaõi tapassã låkhajãvi iminā ekena ņhānena gārayho || imehi dvãhi ņhānehi pāsaüso || || VI 34 Tisso imā gāmaõi sandiņņhikā nijjarā akālikā ehipassikā opanayikā paccattam veditabbā vi¤¤åhi || || katamā tisso || || (I) 35 Yam ratto rāgādhikaraõam attavyābādhāya pi ceteti || paravyābādhāya pi ceteti || ubhayavyābādhāya pi ceteti || rāge pahãne nevattavyābādhāya ceteti na paravyābādhāya na ubhayavyābādhāya ceteti || sandiņņhikā nijjarā akālikā ehipassikā opanayikā paccattam veditabbā vi¤¤åhi || || (II) 36 Yam duņņho dosādhikaraõam attavyābādhāya pi ceteti paravyābādhāya pi ceteti ubhayavyābādhāya pi ceteti || dose pahãne nevattavyābādhāya ceteti na paravyābādhāya ceteti na ubhayāvyabādhāya ceteti || sandiņņhikā nijjarā akālikā ehipassikā opanayikā paccattam veditabbā vi¤¤åhi #<[page 340]># %<340 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM [XLII. 12. 37>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || (III) 37 Yaü måëho mohādhikaraõam attavyābādhāya pi ceteti || paravyābādhāya pi ceteti || ubhayavyābādhāya pi ceteti || mohe pahãne nevattavyābādhāya pi ceteti na paravyābādhāya pi ceteti || na ubhayavyābādhāya pi ceteti || sandiņņhikā nijjarā akālikā ehipassikā opanayikā paccattam veditabbā vi¤¤åhi || || Imā kho gāmaõi tisso sandiņņhikā nijjarā akālikā ehipassikā opanayikā paccattaü veditabbā vi¤¤åhãti || || 38 Evaü vutte Rāsiyo gāmaõi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bhante || pe || upāsakam mam Bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāõupetaü saraõaü gatan ti || || #< SN_4,42(8).13 Pātali (or Manāpo)># 1 Ekam samayam Bhagavā Koëiyesu viharati Uttaram nāma Koëiyānaü nigame || || 2 Atha kho Pāņaliyo gāmaõi yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || Ekam antaü nisinno kho Pāņaliyo gāmaõi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sutam me tam bhante Samaõo Gotamo māyaü jānātãti || || Ye te bhante evam ahaüsu Samaõo Gotamo māyaü jānātãti || kacci te bhante Bhagavato vuttavādino na ca Bhagavantam abhåtena abbhācikkhanti || dhammassa cānudhammaü vyākaronti || na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaü ņhānam āgacchati || anabbhakkhātukāmā hi mayam bhante Bhagavantanti || || 3 Ye te gāmaõi evam āhaüsu Samaõo Gotamo māyaü jānātãti vuttavādino ceva me te na ca mam abhåtena abbhācikkhanti || dhammassa cānudhammaü vyākaronti || na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaü ņhānam āgacchatãti || || #<[page 341]># %% 4 Saccaü yeva kira bho mayam tesaü samaõabrāhmaõānaü na saddahāma Samaõo Gotamo māyaü jānātãti || Samaõo khalu bho Gotamo māyāvãti || || Yo nu kho gāmaõi evam vadeti Aham māyaü jānāmãti so evaü vadeti Aham māyāvãti || tatheva tam Bhagavā hoti tatheva tam sugato hotãti || || Tena hi gāmaõi ta¤¤evettha paņipucchissāmi || yathā te khameyya tathā taü vyākareyyāsi || || I (I) 5 Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi || jānāsi tvaü gāmaõi Koëiyānaü lambacåëake bhaņe ti || || Jānāmaham bhante Koëiyānaü lambacålake bhaņe ti || || 6 Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi || kim atthiyā Koliyānaü lambacålakā bhaņāti || || Ye ca bhante Koëiyānaü corā te ca paņisedhetuü yāni ca Koëiyānam duteyyāni tāni vahātuü etadatthiyā bhante Koëiyānaü lambacåëakā bhaņāti || 7 Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi || jānāsi tvaü Koëiyānaü lambacåëake bhaņe || silavanto vā te dussãlā vā ti || || Jānāmaham bhante Koëiyānaü lambacålake bhaņe dussãle pāpadhamme || ye ca loke dussilā pāpadhammā Koëiyānaü lambacåëakā tesam a¤¤atarāti || || 8 Yo nu kho gāmaõi evam vadeyya || || Pātaliyo gāmaõi jānāti Koëiyānam lambacåëake bhaņe dussãle pāpadhamme || Pāņaliyo pi gāmaõi dussãlo pāpadhammoti || sammā nu kho so vadamāno vadeyya || || No hetam bhante || a¤¤e bhante Koëiyānaü lambacåëakā bhaņā a¤¤o hamasmi a¤¤athādhammā Koëiyānam lambacåëakā bhaņā a¤¤athādhammo hamasmãti || || #<[page 342]># %<342 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM [XLII. 13. 9>% 9 Tvaü hi nāma gāmaõi lacchasi Pāņaliyo gāmaõi jānāti Koëiyānaü lambacåëake bhaņe dussãle pāpadhamme na ca Pāņaliyo gāmaõi dussãlo pāpadhammoti || kasmā tathāgato na lacchati Tathāgato māyaü jānāti na ca tathāgato māyāvãti || || Māya¤cāhaü gāmaõi pajānāmi || māyāya ca vipākaü || yathāpaņipanno ca māyāvã kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upapajjati ta¤ca pajānāmi || || (II) 10 Paõātipāta¤cāhaü gāmaõi pajānāmi pāõātipātassa ca vipākaü || yathāpaņipanno ca pāõātipātā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upapajjati ta¤ca pajānāmi || 11 Adinnādāna¤cāham gāmaõi pajānāmi || adinnādānassa ca vipākaü || yathāpaņipanno ca adinnādāyã kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upapajjati ta¤ca pajānāmi || || 12 Kāmesu micchācāra¤ cāhaü gāmaõi pajānāmi kāmesu micchācārassa ca vipākaü || yathāpaņipanno ca kāmesu micchācārã kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatiü vinipātam nirayam upapajjati ta¤ca pajānāmi || || 13 Musāvāda¤cāham gāmaõi pajānāmi || musāvādassa ca vipākaü || yathāpaņipanno ca musāvādã kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatim vinipātaü nirayam upapajjati ta¤ca pajānāmi || || 14 Pisuõavāca¤cāhaü gāmaõi pijānāmi pasuõavācāya ca vipākaü || yathāpaņipanno ca pisunavāco kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upapajjati ta¤ca pajānāmi || 15 Pharusavāca¤cāhaü gāmaõi pajānāmi pharusavācāya ca vipākaü || yathāpaņipanno ca pharusavāco kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatim vinipātaü nirayam upapajjati ta¤ca pajānāmi || || #<[page 343]># %% 16 Samphappalāpa¤cāhaü gāmaõi pajānāmi samphappalāpassa ca vipākam || yathāpaņipanno ca samphappalāpã kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upapajjati ta¤ca pajānāmi || || 17 Abhijjha¤cāhaü gāmaõi pajānāmi abhijjhāya ca vipākaü || yathāpaņipanno ca abhijjhālu kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upapajjati ta¤ca pajānāmi || || 18 Vyāpādapadosa¤cāham gāmani pajānāmi vyāpādapadosassa ca vipākaü || yathāpaņipanno ca vyāpannacitto kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatiü vinipātam nirayam upapajjati ta¤ca pajānāmi || || 19 Micchādiņņhi¤cāham gāmaõi pajānāmi micchādiņņhiyā ca vipākaü || yathāpaņipanno ca micchādiņņhiko kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatiü vinipātaü nirayam upapajjati ta¤ca pajānāmi || || II 20 Santi gāmaõi eke samaõabrāhmaõā evaüvādino evam diņņhino Yo koci pāõam atimāpeti sabbo so diņņheva dhamme dukkhaü domanassam {paņisaüvediyati} || yo koci adinnam ādiyati sabbo so diņņheva dhamme dukkhaü domanassam {paņisaüvediyati} || yo koci kāmesu micchācarati sabbo so diņņheva dhamme dukkhaü domanassam {paņisaüvediyati} || yo koci musā bhaõati sabbo so diņņheva dhamme dukkhaü domanassam paņisaüvediyatãti || || (I) 21 Dissati kho pana gāmani idhekacco mālã kuõķalã sunhāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu itthikamehi rājāma¤¤e paricārento || tam ekam āhaüsu || Ambho ayam puriso kim akāsi mālã kuõķalã sunhāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu itthikāmehi rājāma¤¤e paricāretãti || tam enam evam āhaüsu #<[page 344]># %<344 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM [XLII. 13. 22>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || Ayam ambho puriso ra¤¤o paccatthikam pasayha jãvitā voropesi || tassa rājā attamano abhihāram adāsi || tenāyam puriso mālã kuõķalã sunhāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu itthikāmehi rājāma¤¤e paricāretãti || (II) 22 Dissati kho pana gāmaõi idhekacco daëhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaü gāëhabandhanam bandhitvā khuramuõķam karitvā kharassarena paõavena rathiyāya rathiyaü siīghāņakena siīghāņakam pariõetvā dakkhiõena dvārena nikkhāmetva dakkhiõato nagarassa sãsaü chijjamāno || tam enam evam āhaüsu || Ambho ayam puriso kim akāsi daëhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaü gaëhabandhanam bandhitvā khuramuõķam karitvā kharasarena paõavena rathiyāya rathiyam siīghātakena siīghāņakam parinetvā dakkhiõena dvārena nikkhāmetvā dakkhiõato nagarassa sãsam chindatãti || tam enam evam āhaüsu || Ambho ayam puriso rājaverã itthiü vā purisaü vā jãvitā voropesi || tena naü rājāno gahetvā evaråpaü kammakaraõaü karontãti || || 23 Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi api nu te evaråpaü diņņham vā sutaü vā ti || || Diņņha¤ca no bhante suta¤ca såyissati cā ti || || 24 Tatra gāmaõi ye te samaõabrahmanā evaüvādino evaüdiņņhino Yo koci pāõam atimāpeti sabbo so diņņheva dhamme dukkhaü domanassam {paņisaüvediyatãti} || saccaü vā te āhaüsu musā vā ti || || Musā bhante || || Ye pana te tucchaü musā vilapanti sãlavanto vā te dussãlā vā ti || || #<[page 345]># %% Dussãlā bhante || || Ye pana te dussãlā pāpadhammā micchāpaņipannā vā te sammāpaņipannā vā ti || || Micchāpaņipannā bhante || || Ye pana te micchāpaņipannā micchādiņņhikā vā te sammādiņņhikā vā ti || || Micchādiņņhikā bhante || || Ye pana te micchādiņņhikā kallaü nu tesu pasãditun ti || || No hetam bhante || || (III) 25 Dissati kho pana gāmaõi idhekacco mālã kuõķalã || pe || itthikāmehi rājāma¤¤e paricārento || tam enam evam āhaüsu || Ambho ayam puriso kim akāsi māli || kuõķalã || la || itthikāmehi rājāma¤¤e paricāretãti || || Tam enam evam āhaüsu || || Ayam ambho puriso ra¤¤o paccatthikassa pasayha ratanam ahāsi || tassa rājā attamano abhihāram adāsi || tenāyam puriso mālã kuõķalã || pe || itthikāmehi rājāma¤¤e paricāretãti || || (IV) 26 Dissati kho pana gāmaõi idhekacco daëhāya rajjuyā || pe || dakkhiõato nagarassa sãsam chijjamāno || tam enam evam āhaüsu || || Ambho ayam puriso kim akāsi daëhāya rajjuyā || pe || dakkhiõato nagarassa sãsaü chindatãti || || Tam enam evam āhaüsu || || Ayam ambho puriso gāmā vā ara¤¤ā vā adinnaü theyyasaīkhātam ādiyi || tena naü rājāno gahetvā evaråpaü kammakāraõam karontãti || || 27 Taü kiü ma¤¤asi gāmaõi api nu te evaråpaü diņņhaü vā sutaü vā ti || || Diņņhaü ca no bhante suta¤ ca suyissati cāti || || #<[page 346]># %<346 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM [XLII. 13. 28>% 28 Tatra gāmaõi ye te samaõa brāhmaõā evaü vādino evaü diņņhino Yo koci adinnam ādiyati sabbo so diņņheva dhamme dukkhaü domanassam paņisaüvediyatãti || saccaü vā te āhaüsu musā vā ti || pe || kallaü nu tesu pasãditun ti || || No hetam bhante || || (V) 29 Dissati kho pana gāmaõi idhekacco mālã kuõķalã || pe || itthikāmehi rājāma¤¤e paricārento || tam enam evam āhaüsu || Ambho ayam puriso kim akāsi mālã kuõķalã || pe || itthikāmehi rājāma¤¤e paricāretãti || || Tam enam evam āhaüsu || Ayam ambho puriso ra¤¤o paccatthikassa dāresu cārittam āpajji || tassa rājā attamano abhihāram adāsi || tenāyam puriso mālã kuõķalã || pe || itthikāmehi rājāma¤¤e paricāretãti || || (VI) 30 Dissati kho pana gāmani idhekacco daëhāya rajjuyā || pe || dakkhiõato nagarassa sãsaü chijjamāno || || Tam enam evam āhaüsu || || Ambho ayam puriso kim akāsi daëhāya rajjuyā || pe || dakkhiõato nagarassa sãsam chindatãti || || Tam enam evam āhaüsu || || Ayam ambho puriso kulitthãsu kulakumārãsu cārittam āpajji || tena naü rājāno gahetvā evaråpaü kammakāraõaü karontãti || || 31 Taü kim ma¤¤asi gāmaõi api nu te evaråpaü diņņhaü vā sutaü vā ti || || Diņņha¤ca no bhante suta¤ca såyissati cā ti || || 32 Tatra gāmaõi ye te samaõabrāhmaõā evaüvādino evaüdiņņhino Yo koci kāmesu micchācarati sabbo so diņņhave dhamme dukkhaü domanassam paņisaüvediyatãti || || saccaü vā te āhaüsu musā vā ti || pe || kallaü nu tesu pasãditunti || || No hetam bhante || || #<[page 347]># %% (VII) 33 Dissati kho pana gāmaõi idhekacco mālã kuõķalã sunhāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu itthikāmehi rājāma¤¤e paricārento || tam enam evam āhaüsu || Ambho ayam puriso kim akāsi mālã kuõķalã sunhāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu itthikāmehi rājāma¤¤e paricāretãti || || Tam enam evam āhaüsu || Ayam ambho puriso rājānam musāvādena hāsesi || tassa rājā attamano abhihāram adāsi || tenāham puriso mālã kuõķalã sunhāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu itthikāmehi rājāma¤¤e paricāretãti || || (VIII) 34 Dissati kho pana gāmaõi idhekacco daëhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaü gāëhabandhanam bandhitvā khuramuõķaü karitvā kharassarena paõavena rathiyāya rathiyaü siīghāņakena siīghāņakam parinetvā dakkhiõena dvārena nikkhāmetvā dakkhinato nagarassa sãsaü chijjamāno || || Tam enam evam āhaüsu || || Ambho ayam puriso kim akāsi daëhāya rajjuyā pacchābāham gāëhabandhanam bandhitvā khuramuõķam karitvā kharassarena paõavena rathiyāya rathiyaü siīghāņakena siīghātakaü parinetvā dakkhiõena dvārena nikkhāmetvā dakkhiõato nagarassa sãsam chindatãti || || Tam enam evam āhaüsu || Ayam ambho puriso gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā musāvādena attham bha¤ji || tena naü rājāno gahetvā evaråpāni kammakaraõāni karontãti || || 35 Tam kiü ma¤¤asi gāmani api nu te evaråpaü diņņhaü vā sutaü vā ti || || Diņņhaü ca no bhante suta¤ca såyissati cā ti || || 36 Tatra gāmaõi ye te samaõabrāhmaõā evaüvādino evaüdiņņhino Yo koci musā bhaõati sabbo so diņņheva dhamme dukkhaü domanassam paņisaüvediyatãti #<[page 348]># %<348 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM [XLII. 13. 37>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || saccaü vā te āhaüsu musā vā ti || || Musā bhante || || Ye pana te tuccham musā vilapanti sãlavanto vā te dussãlā vā ti || || Dussãlā bhante || || Ye pana te dussãlā pāpadhammā micchāpaņipannā vā te sammāpaņipannā vā te || || Micchā paņipannā bhante || || Ye pana te micchāpaņipannā micchādiņņhikā vā te sammādiņņhikā vā ti || || Micchādiņņhikā bhante || || Ye pana te micchādiņņhikā kallaü nu tesu pasãditunti || || No hetam bhante || || III 37 Acchariyam bhante abbhutam bhante || || Atthi me bhante āvasathāgāram || tattha atthi ma¤cakāni atthi āsanāni atthi udakamaõiko atthi telapadãpo || || Tattha yo samaõo vā brāhmaõo vā vāsam upeti || tenāhaü yathāsattiü yathābalaü saüvibhajāmi || || Bhåtapubbam bhante cattāro satthāro nānādiņņhikā nānākhantikā nānārucikā tasmim āvasathāgāre vāsam upagacchuü || (I) 38 Eko satthā evaüvādã evaüdiņņhã Natthi dinnam natthi yiņņhaü natthi hutaü natthi sukaņadukkaņānam kammānam phalaü vipāko || natthi ayaü loko natthi paraloko natthi mātā natthi pitā natthi sattā opapātikā || natthi loke samaõabrāhmaõā sammaggatā sammāpaņipannā ye ima¤ca lokam paraü ca lokaü sayam abhi¤¤ā sacchikatvā pavedentãti || || (II) 39 Eko satthā evaüvādã evaüdiņņhã. Atthi dinnam atthi yiņņham atthi hutam atthi sukaņadukkaņānaü kammānam phalam vipāko #<[page 349]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || atthi ayaü loko atthi paro loko atthi mātā atthi pitā atthi sattā opapātikā || atthi loke samaõabrāhmaõā sammaggatā sammāpaņipannā ye ima¤ca lokam para¤ca lokam sayam abhi¤¤ā sacchikatvā pavedentãti || || (III) 40 Eko satthā evaüvādã evaüdiņņhã Karato kārayato chindato chedāpayato pacato pācayato socato socayato kilamato kilamayato phandato phandāpayato pāõam atimāpayato adinnam ādiyato sandhim chindato nillopaü harato ekāgārikam karoto paripanthe tiņņhato paradāraü gacchato musā bhaõato karato na karãyati pāpaü || || Khurapariyantena ce pi cakkena imissā pathaviyā pāõe ekam maüsakhalam ekam maüsapu¤jaü kareyya || natthi tato nidānam pāpaü natthi pāpassa āgamo || || Dakkhiõa¤ ce pi Gaīgāya tãraü gaccheyya hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pācento natthi tato nidānam pāpam natthi pāpussa āgamo || || Uttara¤ce pi Gaīgāya tãraü gaccheyya dadanto dāpento yajanto yajāpento natthi tato nidānam pu¤¤am natthi pu¤¤assa āgamo || dānena damena saüyamena saccavajjena natthi pu¤¤am natthi pu¤¤assa āgamo ti || || (IV) 41 Eko satthā evaüvādã evaüdiņņhã Karato kārayato chindato chedāpayato pacato pācayato socato socapāyato kilamato kilamāpayato phandato phandāpayato pāõam atimāpayato adinnam ādiyato sandhiü chidato nillopaü harato ekāgārikaü karoto paripanthe tiņņhato paradāraü gacchato musā bhaõato karato kāriyati pāpam #<[page 350]># %<350 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM [XLII. 13. 42>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Khurapariyantena ce pi cakkena imissā pathaviyā pāõe ekam maüsakhalam ekam maüsapu¤jaü kareyya || atthi tato nidānam pāpam atthi pāpassa āgamo || || Dakkhiõa¤ ce pi Gaīgāya tãram gaccheyya hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pācento atthi tato nidānam pāpam atthi pāpassa āgamo || || Uttara¤ ce pi Gaīgāya tãraü gaccheyya dadanto dāpento yajanto yājento atthi tato nidānam pu¤¤aü || atthi pu¤¤assa āgamo || dānena damena saüyamena saccavajjena atthi pu¤¤am atthi pu¤¤assa āgamoti || || 42 Tassa mayham bhante ahudeva kaīkhā ahu vicikicchā || Ko su nāma imesam bhavataü samaõabrāhmaõānaü saccam āha ko musā ti || || Alaü hi te gāmaõi kaīkhitum alaü vicikicchituü || kaīkhaniye ca pana te ņhāne vicikicchā uppannā ti || || Evam pasanno ham bhante Bhagavati || pahoti me Bhagavā tathā dhammaü desetuü yathāham imam kaīkhādhammam pajaheyyanti || || IV 43 Atthi gāmaõi dhammasamādhi || tatra ce tvaü cittasamādhim paņilabheyyāsi evaü tvam imaü kaīkhādhammam pajaheyyāsi || katamo ca gāmaõi dhammasamādhi || || (I) 44 Idha gāmaõi ariyasāvako pāõātipātam pahāya pāõātipātā paņivirato hoti || adinnādānam pahāya adinnādānā paņivirato hoti || kāmesu micchācāram pahāya kāmesu micchācārāpaņivirato hoti || musāvādam pahāya musāvādā pativirato hoti #<[page 351]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || pisuõaü vācam pahāya pisuõāya vācāya paņivirato hoti || pharusaü vācam pahāya pharusāya vācāya paņivirato hoti || samphappalāpam pahāya samphappalāpā paņivirato hoti || abhijjham pahāya anabhijjhālu hoti || vyāpādadosam pahāya avyāpannacitto hoti || micchādiņņhim pahāya sammādiņņhiko hoti || || Sa kho so gāmaõi ariyasāvako evaü vigatābhijjho vigatavyāpādo asammåëho sampajāno patissato mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaü disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaü || tathā tatiyaü tathā catutthiü || iti uddham adho tiriyaü sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaü lokam mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāõena averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati || || So iti paņisa¤cikkhati || || Yvāyaü satthā evaüvādã evaüdiņņhã Natthi dinnaü natthi yiņņham natthi hutam natthi sukaņadukkaņānam phalaü vipāko || natthi ayaü loko natthi paro loko natthi mātā natthi pitā natthi sattā opapātikā || natthi loke samaõabrāhmaõā sammaggatā sammāpaņipannā ye ima¤ca lokam para¤ca lokaü sayam abhi¤¤ā sacchikatvā pavedentãti || sa ce tassa bhoto satthuno saccaü vacanam apaõõakatāya mayhaü yo haü na ki¤ci vyābādhemi tasaü vā thāvaraü vā ubhayam ettha kaņaggaho || ya¤camhi kāyena saüvuto vācāya saüvuto manasā saüvuto || ya¤ca kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatim saggaü lokam {upapajjissāmãti} || tassa pāmujjaü jāyati || pamuditassa pãti jāyati || pãtimanassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaü vediyati sukhino cittaü samādhiyati || || Ayaü kho gāmaõi dhammasamādhi #<[page 352]># %<352 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM [XLII. 13. 45>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || tatra ce tvaü cittasamādhim paņilabheyyāsi || evaü tvaü imaü kaīkhādhammam pajaheyyāsi || || (II) 45 Sa kho so gāmaõi ariyasāvako evaü vigatābhijjho vigatavyāpādo asammuëho sampajāno paņissato mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaü disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaü tathā tatiyaü tathā catutthiü || iti uddham adho tiriyaü sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaü lokam mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāõena averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati || || So iti patisa¤cikkhati || || Yvāyam satthā evaüvādã evam diņņhã Atthi dinnam atthi yiņņham atthi hutam atthi sukaņadukkaņānaü kammānam phalaü vipāko || atthi ayaü loko atthi paro loko atthi mātā atthi pitā atthi sattā opapātikā || atthi loke samaõabrāhmaõā sammaggatā sammāpaņipannā ye ima¤ca lokam para¤ca lokaü sayam abhi¤¤ā sacchikatvā pavedentãti || sace tassa bhoto satthuno saccaü vacanam apaõõakatāya mayhaü yo haü na ki¤ci vyāpādhemi tasaü vā thāvaram vā ubhayam ettha kaņaggaho || || Ya¤ cam hi kāyena saüvuto vācāya saüvuto vācāya saüvuto manasā saüvuto || ya¤ ca kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjissāmãti || tassa pāmujjaü jāyati || pamuditassa pãti jāyati || pãtimanassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaü vediyati || sukhino cittaü samādhiyati || || Ayaü kho gāmaõi dhammasamādhi || tatra ce tvaü cittasamādhim paņilabheyyāsi evaü tvam imaü kaīkhādhammam pajaheyyāsi || (III) 46 Sa kho so gāmaõi ariyasāvako evaü vigatābhijjho vigatavyāpādo asammuëho sampajāno paņissato mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaü disaü pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaü tathā tatiyaü tathā catutthaü || iti uddham adho tiriyaü sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaü lokam mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāõena averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati #<[page 353]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || So iti paņisa¤cikkhati || Yvāyam satthā evaüvādã evaüdiņņhã Karato kārayato chindato chedāyato pacato pācayato socato socāpayato kilamato kilamāpayato phandato phandāpayato pāõam atimāpayato adinnam ādiyato sandhiü chindato nilhopam harato ekāgārikaü karoto paripanthe tiņņhato paradāraü gacchato musā bhaõato karato na karãyati pāpam || khurapariyantena ce pi cakkena yo imassā pathaviyā pāõe ekamaüsakhalam ekamaüsapu¤jaü kareyya || natthi tato nidānam pāpaü natthi pāpassa āgamo || dakkhiõaü cepi Gaīgāya tãraü gaccheyya hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pācento natthi tato nidānam pāpaü natthi pāpassa āgamo || uttara¤ ce pi Gaīgāya tãraü gaccheyya dadanto dāpento yajanto yājento natthi tato nidānam pu¤¤aü natthi pu¤¤assa || āgamo dānena damena saüyamena saccavajjena natthi pu¤¤aü natthi pu¤¤assa āgamo ti || || Sace tassa bhoto satthuno saccaü vacanam apaõõakatāya mayhaü yo ham na ki¤ci vyābādhemi tasaü vā thāvaraü vā ubhayam ettha kaņaggāho || || Ya¤ camhi kāyena saüvuto vācāya saüvuto manasā saüvuto || ya¤ ca kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjissāmãti || tassa pāmujjaü jāyati || pamuditassa pãti jāyati || pitimanassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaü vediyati sukhino cittaü samādhiyati || || Ayaü kho gāmaõi dhammasamādhi || tatra ce tvaü citta samādhim patilabheyyāsi || evaü tvam imaü kaīkhādhammam pajaheyyāsi || || (IV) 47 Sa kho so gāmani ariyasāvako vigatābhijjho vigatavyāpādo asammåëho sampajāno patissato mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaü disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaü tathā tatiyaü tathā catutthiü || iti uddham adho tiriyaü sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantam lokaü mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāõena averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati #<[page 354]># %<354 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM [XLII. 13. 48>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || so iti paņisa¤cikkhati || Yvāyam satthā evaüvādã evaüdiņņhi Karato kārayato chindato chedāpayato pacato pācayato socato socāpayato kilamato kilamāpayato phandato phandāpayato pāõam atimāpayato adinnam ādiyato sandhim chindato nillopam harato ekāgārikaü karoto paripanthe tiņņhato paradāraü gacchato musābhaõato karato kariyati pāpam || khurapariyantena ce pi cakkena yo imissā pathaviyā ekaü maüsakhalam ekaü maüsapu¤jaü kareyya atthi tato nidānam pāpam atthi pāpassa āgamo || dakkhiõaü ce pi Gaīgāya tãraü gaccheyya hananto ghāņento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pācento atthi tato nidānam pāpam atthi pāpassa āgamo || uttara¤ce pi Gaīgāya tãram gaccheyya || dadanto dāpento yajanto yājento atthi tato nidānam pu¤¤am atthi pu¤¤assa āgamo || dānena damena saüyamena saccavajjena atthi pu¤¤am atthi pu¤¤assa āgamo ti || sa ce tassa bhoto satthuno saccaü vacanam apaõõakatāya mayhaü yo haü na ki¤ci vyābādhemi tasaü vā thāvaraü vā ubhayam ettha kaņaggaho || || Ya¤camhi kāyena saüvuto vācāya saüvuto manasā saüvuto || ya¤ca kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajissāmi tassa pāmujjaü jāyati || pamuditassa pãti jāyati || pãtimanassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaü vediyati || sukhino cittaü samādhiyati || || Ayam kho gāmaõi dhammasamādhi || tatra ce tvaü cittasamādhim patilabheyyāsi || evaü tvam imaü kaīkhādhammam pajaheyyāsi || || V (I) 48 Sa kho so gāmaõi ariyasāvako evaü vigatābhijjho vigatavyāpādo asammåëho sampajāno patissato karuõāsahagatena cetasā ekaü disaü pharitvā viharati #<[page 355]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || muditāsahagatena cetasā ekaü disaü pharitvā viharati || sa kho so gāmaõi ariyasāvako evaü vigatābhijjho vigatavyāpādo asammåëho sampajāno patissato upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaü disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaü tathā tatiyaü tathā catutthiü || iti uddham adho tiriyaü sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaü lokam upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāõena averena avyapajjhena pharitvā viharati || || So iti paņisa¤cikkhati || || Yvāyaü satthā evaüvādã evaüdiņņhi Natthi dinnaü natthiyiņņham natthi hutam natthi sukaņadukkaņānaü kammānaü phalaü vipāko || natthi ayaü loko natthi paro loko natthi mātā natthi pitā natthi sattā opapātikā || natthi loke samaõabrāhmaõā sammaggatā sammāpaņipannā ye ima¤ ca lokam para¤ca lokaü sayam abhi¤¤ā sacchikatvā pavedentãti || sace tassa bhoto satthuno saccaü vacanam apaõõakatāya mayhaü yo haü na ki¤ci vyābādhemi tasaü vā thāvaraü vā ubhayam ettha kaņaggaho || ya¤camhi kāyena saüvuto vācāya saüvuto manasā saüvuto || ya¤ ca kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjissāmã ti || tassa pāmujjam jayati pamuditassa pãti jāyati || pãtimanassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaü vediyati || sukhino cittaü samādhiyati || || Ayaü kho sa gāmaõi dhammasamādhi || tatra ce tvam cittasamādhim paņilābheyyāsi || evaü tvam imaü kaīkhādhammam pajaheyyāsi || || (II) 49 Sa kho so gāmaõi ariyasāvako evaü vigatābhijjho vigatavyāpādo asammåëho sampajāno patissato upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaü disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaü tathā tatiyaü tathā catutthiü || iti uddham adho tiriyaü sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaü lokam upekkhā-sahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāõena averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati #<[page 356]># %<356 GâMANI-SAũYUTTAM [XLII. 13. 50>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || So iti paņisa¤cikkhati || || Yvāyaü satthā evaüvādã evaüdiņņhã Atthi dinnam atthi yiņņham atthi hutam atthi sukaņadukkhaņānaü kammānaü phalaü vipāko || atthi ayaü loko atthi paro loko atthi mātā atthi pitā atthi sattā opapātikā || atthi loke samaõabrāhmaõā sammaggatā sammāpaņipannā ye ima¤ca lokam para¤ca lokam sayam abhi¤¤ā sacchikatvā pavedentãti || sa ce tassa bhoto satthuno saccaü vacanam apaõõakatāya mayhaü yo haü na ki¤ci vyābādhemi tasaü vā thāvaraü vā ubhayam ettha kaņaggaho || || Ya¤camhi kāyena saüvuto vācāya saüvuto manasā saüvuto || ya¤ca kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjissāmãti || tassa pāmujjaü jāyati || pamuditassa pãti jāyati || pãtimanassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaü vediyati || sukhino cittaü samādhiyati || || Ayaü kho gāmani dhammasamādhi || tatra ce tvaü cittasamādhim paņilabheyyāsi || evam tvam imaü kaīkhādhammam pajaheyyāsi || || (III) 50 Sa kho so gāmaõi ariyasāvako evaü vigatābhijjho vigatavyāpādo asammåëho sampajāno patissato upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaü disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaü tathā tatiyaü tathā catutthaü || iti uddham adho tiriyaü sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantam lokam upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāõena averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati || || So iti paņisa¤cikkhati || Yvāyaü satthā evaüvādã evaüdiņņhã Karato kārayato chindato chedāyato pacato pācayato socato socāpayato kilamato kilamāpayato phandato phandāpayato pāõam atimāpayato adinnam ādiyato sandhiü chindato nillopaü harato ekāgārikaü karoto paripanthe tiņņhato paradāraü gacchato musā bhaõato karato na kariyati pāpaü #<[page 357]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || khurapariyantena ce pi cakkena yo imissā pathaviyā pāõe ekaü maüsakhalam ekam maüsapu¤jam kareyya || natthi tato nidānam pāpaü natthi pāpassa āgamo || dakkhiõaü ce pi Gaīgāya tãram gaccheyya hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pācento natthi tato nidānam pāpaü natthi pāpassa āgamo || uttara¤ ce pi Gaīgāya tãram gaccheyya dadanto dāpento yajanto yājento natthi tato nidānam pu¤¤am natthi pu¤¤assa āgamo || dānena damena saüyamena saccavajjena natthi pu¤¤aü natthi pu¤¤assa āgamo ti || sace tassa bhoto satthuno saccaü vacanam apaõõakatāya mayhaü yvāhaü na ki¤ci vyābādhemi tasaü vā thāvaraü vā ubhayam ettha kaņaggāho || Ya¤camhi kāyena {saüvuto} vācāya saüvuto manasā saüvuto || ya¤ca kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upajjissāmãti tassa pāmujjaü jayati || pamuditassa pãti jāyati || pãtimanassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaü vediyati || sukhino cittaü samādhiyati || || Ayaü kho gāmaõi dhammasamādhi || tatra ce tvaü cittasamādhim paņilabheyyāsi || evaü tvam imaü kaīkhādhammam pajaheyyāsi || || (IV) 51 Sa kho so gāmaõi ariyasāvako evaü vigatābhijjho vigatavyāpādo asammåëho sampajāno patissato upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaü disam pharitvā viharati || tathā dutiyaü tathā tatiyaü tathā catutthiü || iti uddham adho tiriyam sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaü lokam upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāõena averena avyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati || || So iti paņisa¤cikkhati || || Yvāyaü satthā evaüvādã evaüdiņņhi Karato kārayato chindato chedāpayato pacato pācayato socato socāpayato kilamato kilamāpayato phandato phandāpayato pāõam atimāpayato adinnam ādiyato sandhiü chindato nillopaü harato ekāgārikam karoto paripanthe tiņņhato paradāram gacchato musā bhanato karato kariyati pāpam #<[page 358]># %<358 GâMANI-SAMYUTTAM [XLII. 13. 52>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || khurapariyantena ce pi cakkena yo imissā pathaviyā pāõe ekaü maüsakhalam ekaü maüsapu¤jaü kareyya atthi tato nidānam pāpam atthi pāpassa āgamo || dakkhiõam pi ce Gaīgāya tãraü gaccheyya hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pācento atthi tato nidānam pāpam atthi pāpassa āgamo || uttara¤ ce pi Gaīgāya tãram gaccheyya dadanto dāpento yajanto yājento atthi tato nidānam pu¤¤am atthi pu¤¤assa āgamo || dānena damena saüyamena saccavajjena atthi pu¤¤am atthi pu¤¤assa āgamo ti || || Sace tassa bhoto satthuno saccaü vacanam apaõõakatāya mayhaü || yo haü na ki¤ci vyābādhemi tasaü vā thāvaraü vā ubhayam ettha kaņaggāho || ya¤camhi kāyena saüvuto vācāya saüvuto manasā saüvuto || yaü ca kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam upapajjissāmãti || tassa pāmujjaü jāyati || pamuditassa pãti jayati || pãtimanassa kāyo passambhati || passaddhakāyo sukhaü vediyati || sukhino cittaü samādhiyati || || Ayaü kho gāmaõi dhammasamādhi || tatra ce tvaü cittasamādhiü paņilabheyyāsi || evam tvaü imaü kaīkhādhammam pajaheyyāsãti || || 52 Evaü vutte Pāņaliyo gāmaõi Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bhante abhikkantam bhante || pe || ajjatagge pāõupetam saraõaü gatanti || || Gāmaõi-saüyuttaü samattaü || || Tassuddānaü || || #<[page 359]># %% Caõķo Puņo1 Yodhājãvo Hatthi Hayo2 Pacchābhåmako3 Desanā Saīkhā Kålam Maõicålam4 || Bhadra Rāsiya Pātalãti || || #< BOOK IX- ASAđKHATA SAũYUTTAM># #< (CHAPTER I VAGGO PATHAMO)># #< SN_4,43(9).1 (1) Kāyo># 1 Asaīkhata¤ca bhikkhave desissāmi asaīkhatagāmi¤ca maggaü || taü sunātha || || 2 Katama¤ca bhikkhave asaükhataü Yo bhikkhave rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo idaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhataü || || 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Kāyagatā sati || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || 4 Iti kho bhikkhave desitaü vo mayā asaīkhatam desito asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || 5 Yam bhikkhave satthārā karaõãyaü sāvakānaü hitesinā anukampena anukampam upādāya kataü vo taü mayā || || 6 Etāni bhikkhave rukkhamålāni etāni su¤¤āgārāni jhāyatha mā pamādattha mā pacchāvippaņisārino ahuvattha || || Ayaü kho vo amhākam anusāsanãti || || #<[page 360]># %<360 ASAđKHATA-SAũYUTTAM [XLIII. 2. 1>% #< SN_4,43(9).2 (2) Samatho># 1 Asaīkhataü ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi asaīkhatagāmi¤ca maggaü || taü suõātha || || 2 Katama¤ca bhikkhave asaīkhataü || || Yo bhikkhave rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo || idaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhataü || || 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Samatho vipassanā ca || ayam vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || || #< SN_4,43(9).3 (3) Vitakko># 3 1 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Savi- takko savicāro samādhi avitakkavicāramatto samādhi avitakko avicāro samādhi || ayam vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || #< SN_4,43(9).4 (4) Su¤¤atā># 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Su¤¤ato samādhi animitto samādhi appaõihito samādhi || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || #< SN_4,43(9).5 (5) Satipaņņhānā># 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Cattāro satipaņņhānā || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || #< SN_4,43(9).6 (6) Sammappadhānā># 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Cattāro sammappadhānā || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || || #< SN_4,43(9).7 (7) Iddhipadā># 3 Cattāro iddhipādā || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || #<[page 361]># %% #< SN_4,43(9).8 (8) Indriya># 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Pa¤cindriyāni || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || #< SN_4,43(9).9 (9) Bala># 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmã maggo || || Pa¤cabalāni || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || #< SN_4,43(9).10 (10) Bojjhaīgā># 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagami maggo || || Sattabojjhaīgā ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || #< SN_4,43(9).11 (11) Maggena># 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Ariyo aņņhaīgiko maggo || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || 4 Iti kho bhikkhave vedayitaü vo mayā asaīkhataü desito asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || 5 Yam bhikkhave satthārā karaõãyaü sāvakānaü hitesinā anukampena anukampam upādāya kataü vo tam mayā || || 6 Etāni bhikkhave rukkhamulāni etāni su¤¤āgārāni jhāyatha bhikkhave mā pamādattha mā pacchāvippatisārino ahuvattha || ayaü vo amhākam anusāsanãti || || Nibbānasaüyuttassa pathamo vaggo || || Tassuddānaü || || Kāyo Samatho Vitakko || Su¤¤ato Satipaņņhānā || Sammappadhānā6 Iddhipādā Indriya7-Bala-Bojjhaīgā || Maggena ekādasamaü || #<[page 362]># %<362 ASAđKHATA-SAũYUTTAM [XLIII. 12. (1) I>% #< CHAPTER II VAGGO DUTIYO># #< SN_4,43(9).12 (1) Asaīkhatam># I (Samatho) 1 Asaīkhataü ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi asaīkhagāmi¤ ca maggam || taü suõātha || || 2 Katama¤ ca bhikkhave asaīkhataü || || Yo bhikkhave rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo idaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhataü || || 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Samatho || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || 4 Iti kho bhikkhave desitam vo matā asaīkhataü desito āsaīkhatagāmi maggo || || 5 Yam bhikkhave satthāra karaõãyaü sāvakānaü hitesinā anukampena anukampam upādāya kataü vo tam mayā || || 6 Etāni bhikkhave rukkhamålāni etāni su¤¤āgārāni jhāyatha bhikkhave mā pamādattha mā pacchāvippatisārino ahuvattha || || Ayaü vo amhākam anusāsanãti || || II (Vipassanā) 1 Asaīkhataü ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi asaīkhatagāmiü ca maggam || tam suõātha || || 2 Katama¤ca bhikkhave asaīkhataü || || Yo bhikkhave rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhataü || || 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Vipassanā || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagami maggo || || 4-6 Iti kha bhikkhave desitam mayā asaīkhataü || pe || Ayaü vo amhākam anusāsanãti || || III (Cha-Samādhi) 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Savitakko savicāro samādhi #<[page 363]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la ||() || IV 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Avitakko vicāramatto samādhi || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || () || V 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Avitakko avicāro samādhi || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || () || VI 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Su¤¤ato samādhi || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || () || VII 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Animitto samādhi || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || () || VIII 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Apaõihito samādhi || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || () || IX (Cattāro satipaņņhānā) 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassã viharati ātāpã sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaü || ayam vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || () || X 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave vedanāsu vedanānupassã viharati || la || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || () || #<[page 364]># %<364 ASAđKHATA-SAũYUTTAM [XLIII. 12. (1) XI.>% XI 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu citte cittānupassã viharati || la || ayam vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || () || XII 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammesu dhammānupassã viharati || la || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo () || XIII (Cattāro sammappadhānā) 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu anuppannānaü pāpakānaü akusalānaü dhammānam anuppādāya chandaü janeti vāyamati viriyam ārabhati cittam paggaõhāti padahati || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || () || XIV 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu uppannānaü pāpakānaü akusalānaü dhammānam pahānāya chandaü janeti vāyamati viriyam ārabhati cittam paggaõhati padahati || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || () || XV 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu anuppannānaü kusalānaü dhammānam uppādāya chandam janeti vāyamati viriyam ārabhati cittam paggaõhāti padahati || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatamaggo || la || () || XVI 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu uppannānam kusalānaü dhammānaü ņhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya paripuriyā chandam janeti #<[page 365]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || pe ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || () || XVII (Cattāro iddhipādā) 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu chandasamādhipadhānasaīkhārasamannāgatam iddhipādam bhāveti || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || () || XVIII 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu viriyasamādhipadhānasaīkhārasamannāgatam iddhipādam bhāveti || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmimaggo || la || () || XIX 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu cittasamādhipadhānasaīkhārasamannāgatam iddhipādam bhāveti || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || || XX 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu vãmaüsa samādhipadhānasaīkhārasamannāgatam iddhipādam bhāveti || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmimaggo || la || () || XXI (Pa¤cindriyāni) 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu saddhindriyam bhāveti vivekanissitaü virāganissitaü nirodhanissitaü vossaggaparināmiü || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || () || #<[page 366]># %<366 ASAđKHATA-SAũYUTTAM [XLIII. 12. (1) XXII.>% XXII 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu viriyindriyam bhāveti vivekanissitam || pe || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || () || XXIII 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu satindriyam bhāveti || la || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || () || XXIV 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu samādhindriyam bhāveti vivekanissitaü || pa || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || () || XXV 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu pa¤¤indriyam bhāveti vivekanissitaü || pe || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmimaggo || () || XXVI (Pa¤cabalāni) 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu saddhābalam bhāveti vivekanissitaü || la || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || () || XXVII 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu viriyabalam bhāveti vivekanissitaü || la || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || () || XXVIII 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu satibalam bhāveti vivekanissitaü || la || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || () || #<[page 367]># %% XXIX 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu samādhibalam bhāveti vivekanissitaü || la || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || () || XXX 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu pa¤¤ābalam bhāveti vivekanissitaü [ || la ||] ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo la || () || XXXI (Sattasambojjhaīgā) 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmimaggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu satisambojjhaīgam bhāveti vivekanissitaü || la || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || () || XXXII-- XXXVII 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu dhammavicayasambojjhaīgam bhāveti || la || () viriyasambojjhaīgam bhāveti || la || () pãtisambojjhaīgam bhāveti || la || () passaddhisambojjhaīgam bhāveti || la || () samādhi sambojjhaīgam bhāveti || la || () upekkhāsambojjhaīgam bhāveti vivekanissitaü virāganissitaü nirodhanissitaü vossaggaparināmi || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || () || XXXVIII (Aņņhaīgikamaggo) 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu sammādiņņhim bhāveti vivekanissitaü virāganissititaü nirodhanissitam vossaggaparināmiü || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || la || () || #<[page 368]># %<368 ASAđKHATA-SAũYUTTAM [XLIII. 12. (1) XXXIX>% XXXIX-- XLIV 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagami maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu sammāsaīkappam bhāveti || la || || () sammāvācam bhāveti || la || || () sammākammantam bhāveti || la || || () sammā-ājãvam bhāveti || la || || () sammāvāyāmam bhāveti || la || || () sammāsatim bhāveti || la || () || XLV 1 Asaīkhataü ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi asaīkhatagāmi¤ca maggaü || taü suõātha || || 2 Katama¤ca bhikkhave asaīkhataü || la || || 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu samādhim bhāveti vivekanissitaü virāganissitam nirodhanissitam vossaggaparināmiü || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave asaīkhatagāmi maggo || () || 4 Iti kho bhikkhave desitaü vo mayā asaīkhataü desito asaīkhatagāmi maggo || || 5 Yam bhikkhave satthārā karanãyaü sāvakānaü hitesinā anukampena anukampam upādāya kataü vo tam mayā || || 6 Etāni bhikkhave rukkhamålāni etāni su¤¤āgārāni jhāyatha bhikkhave mā pamādattha mā pacchāvippaņisārino ahuvattha || ayaü vo amhākam anusāsanãti || || #< SN_4,43(9).13 (2) Antam2># I-- XLV 1 Ata¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi antagāmi¤ca maggaü tam suõātha || || 2 Katama¤ca bhikkhave antaü || pe || || yathā asaīkhataü tathā vitthāretabbaü || || #<[page 369]># %% #< SN_4,43(9).14 (3) Anāsavam># I-- XLV 1 Anāsava¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi anāsavagāmiü ca maggam || || #< SN_4,43(9).15 (4) Saccam># I-- XLV 1 Sacca¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi saccagāmiü ca maggam || || #< SN_4,43(9).16 (5) Pāram># I-- XLV 1 Pāra¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi pāragāmiü ca maggam || || #< SN_4,43(9).17 (6) Nipuõam># I-- XLV 1 Nipuõa¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi nipuõagami¤ca maggam || || #< SN_4,43(9).18 (7) Sududdasam># I-- XLV 1 Sududdasa¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi sududdasagami¤ca maggaü || || #< SN_4,43(9).19 (8) Ajajjaram># I-- XLV 1 Ajajjaraü ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi ajajjaragami¤ca maggaü || || #<[page 370]># %<370 ASAđKHATA-SAũYUTTAM [XLIII. 20. (9)>% #< SN_4,43(9).20 (9) Dhuvam># I-- XLV 1 Dhuva¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi dhuvagāmi¤ca maggam || || #< SN_4,43(9).21 (10) Apalokitam># I-- XLV 1 Apalokita¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi apalokitagāmi¤ca maggaü || || #< SN_4,43(9).22 (11) Anidassanam># I-- XLV 1 Anidassana¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi anidassanagāmi¤ca maggaü || || #< SN_4,43(9).23 (12) Nippapam># I-- XLV 1 Nippapa¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi nippapa¤cagāmi¤ca maggaü || || #< SN_4,43(9).24 (13) Santam># I-- XLV 1 Santa¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi santagāmi¤ca maggaü || || #< SN_4,43(9).25 (14) Amatam># I-- XLV 1 Amataüca vo bhikkhave desissāmi amatagāmi¤ca- || || #< SN_4,43(9).26 (15) Panãtam># I-- XLV 1 Paõãtaüca vo bhikkhave desissāmi paõãtagāmi¤ca- || || #< SN_4,43(9).27 (16) Sivam># I-- XLV 1 Siva¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi sivagāmi¤ca- || || #<[page 371]># %% #< SN_4,43(9).28 (17) Khemaü># I-- XLV 1 Khema¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi khemagāmi¤ca- || || #< SN_4,43(9).29 (18) Taõhakkhayo># I-- XLV 1 Taõhakkhayaü ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi taõhakkhayagamiü ca maggaü || || #< SN_4,43(9).30 (19) Acchariya># I-- XLV 1 Acchariya¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi acchariyagāmi¤ca maggaü || || #< SN_4,43(9).31 (20) Abbhutam># I-- XLV 1 Abbhuta¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi abbhutagāmi¤ca- || || #< SN_4,43(9).32 (21) Anãtika># I-- XLV 1 Anãtika¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi anãtikagāmi¤ca- || || #< SN_4,43(9).33 (22) Anãtikadhamma># I-- XLV 1 Anãtikadhamma¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi anãtikadhammagāmi¤ca maggaü || || #< SN_4,43(9).34 (23) Nibbānam># I-- XLV 1 Nibbāna¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi nibbānagāmi¤ca- || || #< SN_4,43(9).35 (24) Avyāpajjho># I-- XLV 1 Avyāpajjha¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi avyāpajjhagāmi¤ca maggam || || #< SN_4,43(9).36 (25) Virāgo># I-- XLV 1 Virāga¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi virāgagāmi¤ca- || || #<[page 372]># %<372 ASAđKHATA-SAũYUTTAM [XLIII. 37. (26)>% #< SN_4,43(9).37 (26) Suddhi># I-- XLV 1 Suddhi¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi suddhigāmi¤ca maggam || || #< SN_4,43(9).38 (27) Mutti># I-- XLV 1 Mutti¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi muttigāmi¤ca maggaü || || #< SN_4,43(9).39 (28) Anālayo># I-- XLV 1 Anālaya¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi anālayagāmi¤ca maggaü || || #< SN_4,43(9).40 (29) Dãpa># I-- XLV 1 Dãpa¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi dãpagāmi¤ca maggaü || tam suõātha || || #< SN_4,43(9).41 (30) Leõa># I-- XLV 1 Leõā¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi leõagami¤ca maggaü || || #< SN_4,43(9).42 (31) Tāõaü># I-- XLV 1 Tāõa¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi tāõagāmi¤ca maggaü || || #< SN_4,43(9).43 (32) Saraõam># I-- XLV 1 Saraõa¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi saraõagāmi¤ca ca maggaü || || #<[page 373]># %% #< SN_4,43(9).44 (33) Parāyaõam># I 1 Parāyana¤ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi parāyanagāmi¤ca maggaü || tam suõātha || || 2 Katama¤ca bhikkhave parāyanaü || || Yo bhikkhave rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo || idaü vuccati bhikkhave parāyaõaü || || 3 Katamo ca bhikkhave parāyanagāmi maggo || || Kāyagatā sati || ayaü vuccati bhikkhave parāyanagāmi maggo || || 4 Iti kho bhikkhave desitaü vo mayā parāyanaü desito parāyanagāmi maggo || || 5 Yam bhikkhave satthārā karaõiyaü sāvakānaü hitesinā anukampena anukampam upādāya kataü vo tam mayā || || 6 Etāni bhikkhave rukkhamulāni etāni su¤¤āgārāni jāyatha bhikkhave mā pamādattha mā pacchāvippatisārino ahuvattha || ayaü vo amhākam anusāsanãti || || II-- XLV Yathā asaīkhataü tathā vitthāretabbaü || || Tatruddānam || || Asaīkhatam Antam Anāsavaü || Sacca¤ca Pāraü Nipuõaü Sududdasaü || Ajajjarantaü Dhuvam Apalokitaü || || Anidassanaü Nippapa¤ca Santaü || || Amataü Paõãta¤ca Siva¤ca Khemam || Taõhakkhayo Acchariya¤ca Abbhutam || Anãtikam Anãtikadhammaü Nibbānam etaü Sugatena desitaü || || Avyāpajjo Virāgoca || Suddhi Mutti Anālayo || Dãpaü Leõa¤ca Tāõa¤ca || Saraõa¤ca Parāyanan ti- || || Asaīkhatasaüyuttaü samattaü || || #<[page 374]># %<374 AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM [XLIV. 1. 1>% #< BOOK X AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM># #< SN_4,44(10).1 Khemātherã># 1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaü viharati Jetavane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || || 2 Tena kho pana samayena Khemā bhikkhunã Kosalesu cārikam caramānā antarā ca Sāvatthiü antarā ca Sāketaü Toraõavatthusmiü vāsām upagatā hoti || || 3 Atha kho rājā Pasenadi Kosalo Sāketā Sāvatthiü gacchanto antarā ca Sāketam antarā cā Sāvatthiü Toraõavatthusmim ekarattivāsam upagacchi || || 4 Atha kho rājā Pasenadi Kosalo a¤¤ataram purisam āmantesi || Ehi tvaü ambho purisa Toraõavatthusmiü tathāråpaü samaõaü vā brāhmaõaü vā jāna yam aham ajja payiråpāseyyanti || || Evaü devāti kho so puriso ra¤¤o Pasenadissa Kosalassa paņissutvā kevalakappaü Toraõavatthusmim āhiõķanto nāddasa tathāråpaü samaõaü vā brāhmaõaü vā yaü rājā Pasenadi Kosalo payiråpāseyya || || 5 Addasa kho so puriso Khemam bhikkhuniü Toraõavatthusmiü vāsam upagataü || || Disvāna yena rājā Pasenadi-Kosalo tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā rājānaü Pasenadi-Kosalam etad avoca || || Natthi kho devā Toraõavatthusmim tathāråpo samaõo vā brāhmaõo vā yam devo payirupāseyya || atthi ca kho deva Khemā nāma bhikkhunã tassa Bhagavato sāvikā arahato sammāsambuddhassa || tassā kho pana ayyāya evaü kalyāõo kittisaddo abbhuggato #<[page 375]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || paõķitā viyattā medhāvinã bahussutā cittakathã kalyāõapaņibhānā ti || taü devo payiråpāsatåti || || 6 Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-Kosalo yena Khemā bhikkhunã tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Khemam bhikkhunim abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 7 Ekam antaü nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-Kosalo Khemam bhikkhunim etad avoca || || Kiü nu kho ayye hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || Avyākataü kho etam mahārāja Bhagavatā Hoti tathāgato param maraõāti || || 8 Kim pana ayye na hoti tathāgato param maraõāti || || Tam pi kho mahārāja avyākatam Bhagavatā Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || 9 Kiü nu kho ayye hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato parammaraõā ti || || Avyākataü kho etam mahārāja Bhagavatā Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõāti || || 10 Kimpanayye neva hoti na nahoti tathāgato parammaraõāti || || Etam pikho mahārāja avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || 11 Kiü nu kho ayye Hoti tathāgato param maraõāti iti puņņhā samānā Avyākataü kho etam mahārāja Bhagavatā Hoti tathāgato param maraõāti vadesi || || Kim panayye Na hoti tathagato param maraõāti iti puņņhā samānā Etam pi kho mahārāja avyākatam Bhagavatā Na hoti tathāgato param maraõāti vadesi || || Kiü nu kho ayye Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõāti iti puņņhā samānā Avyākatam kho etam mahārāja Bhagavatā Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vadesi || || Kiü nu kho Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõati iti puņņhā samānā Etam pi kho mahārāja avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vadesi || || Ko nu kho ayye hetu ko paccayo yena tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti #<[page 376]># %<376 AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM [XLIV. 1. 12>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || 12 Tena hi mahārāja ta¤¤evettha paņipucchissāmi || yathā te khameyya tathā naü vyākareyyāsi || || 13 Taü kim ma¤¤asi mahārāja || atthi te koci gaõako va muddiko vā saīkhāyako vā yo pahoti Gaīgāya vālukam gaõetum Ettakā vālukā iti vā Ettakāni vālukasatāni iti vā Ettakāni vālukasahassāni iti vā Ettakāni vālukasatasahassānãti vā ti || || No hetam ayye || || 14 Atthi pana te koci gaõako vā muddiko vā saīkhāyako vā yo pahoti mahāsamudde udakaü manituü Ettakāni udakāëhakāni iti va Ettakāni udakāëhakasatāni iti vā Ettakāni udakāëhakasahassāni iti vā Ettakāni udakāëhakasatasahassānã ti vā ti || || No hetam ayye || || Tam kissa hetu || || Mahāyye samuddo gambhãro appameyyo duppariyogāhoti || || 15 Evam eva kho mahārāja yena råpena tathāgatam pa¤¤āpayamāno pa¤¤āpeyya || taü råpaü tathāgatassa pahãnam ucchinnamålam tālāvatthukatam anabhāvakatam āyatim anuppādakataü || || Råpasaīkhāya vimutto kho mahārāja tathāgato gambhãro appameyyo duppariyogāho seyyathāpi mahāsamuddo Hoti tathāgato param maraõāti pi na upeti || Na hoti tathāgato paraü maraõā ti pi na upeti || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi na upeti || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõāti pi na upeti || || 16 Yāya vedanāya tathāgatam pa¤¤āpayamāno pa¤¤āpeyya #<[page 377]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || sā vedanā tathāgatassa pahãnā ucchinnamålā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādadhammā || || Vedanāsaīkhāya vimutto kho mahārāja tathāgato gambhãro appameyyo duppariyogāho seyyathāpi mahāsamuddo || Hoti tathāgato param maraõāti pi na upeti || Na hoti tathāgato param maraõāti pi na upeti || Hoti ca na hoti- || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti na upeti || || 17 Yāya sa¤¤āya tatthāgataü || pe || || 18 Yehi saīkhārehi tathāgatam pa¤¤āpayamāno pa¤¤āpeyya || te saīkhārā tathāgatassa pahãnā ucchinnamålā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādhammā || || Saīkhārasaīkhāya vimutto kho mahārāja tathāgato gambhãro appameyyo duppariyogāho seyyathāpi mahāsamuddo Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi na upeti || Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti na upeti || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi na upeti || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi na upeti || || 19 Yena vi¤¤āõena tathāgatam pa¤¤āpayamāno pa¤¤āpeyya || tam vi¤¤āõam tathāgatassa pahãnam ucchinnamålaü talāvatthukatam anabhāvakatam āyatim anuppādadhammaü || vi¤¤āõasaīkhāya vimutto kho mahārāja tathāgato gambhiro appameyyo duppariyogāho seyyathāpi mahāsamuddo || Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi na upeti || Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi na upeti || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi na upeti || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi na upetãti || || 20 Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-Kosalo Khemāya bhikkhuniyā bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā uņņhāyāsanā Khemam bhikkhuniü abhivādetvā padakkhiõaü katvā pakkāmi || || 21 Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-Kosalo aparena samayena yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || 22 Ekam antaü nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-Kosalo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kiü nu kho bhante hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || #<[page 378]># %<378 AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM [XLIV. 1. 23>% Avyākataü kho etam mahārāja mayā Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || 23 Kim pana bhante na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || Etam pi kho mahārāja avyākataü mayā Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā tipe || || 24-25 || || 26 Kiü nu kho bhante Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti iti puņņho samāno Avyākataü kho etam mahārāja mayā Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vadesi || pe || || Kim pana bhante Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti iti puņņho samāno tam pi kho mahārāja avyākatam mayā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vadesi || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || || 27 Tena hi mahārāja ta¤¤evettha paņipucchissāmi || yathā te khameyya tathā naü vyākareyyāsi || || 28 Taü kim ma¤¤asi mahārāja || atthi te koci gaõako vā muddiko vā saīkhāyako vā yo pahoti Gaīgāya vālikaü gaõetum ettakā vālikā iti vā || pe || ettakāni vālikasatasahassāni iti vā ti || || No hetam bhante || || 29 Atthi pana te koci gaõako vā muddiko vā saīkhāyako vā yo pahoti mahāsamudde udakam pametum ettakāni udakāëhakāni iti vā || pe || ettakāni udakāëhakasatasahassāni iti vā ti || || No hetam bhante || || Taü kissa hetu || || Mahā bhante samuddo gambhãro appameyyo duppariyogāho ti || || 30 Evam eva kho mahārāja yenaråpena tathāgatassa pahãnam ucchinnamålaü tālāvatthukatam anabhāvagatam āyatim anuppādadhammaü #<[page 379]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || råpasaīkhāya vimutto kho mahārāja tathāgato gambhãro appameyyo duppariyogāho seyyathāpi mahāsamuddo || Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi na upeti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi na upeti || || 31 Yāya vedanāya || pe || || 32 Yāya sa¤¤āya || || 33 Yehi saīkhārehi || || 34 Yena vi¤¤āõena tatthāgatam pa¤¤āpayamāno pa¤¤āpeyya || taü vi¤¤āõam tathāgatassa pahãnam ucchinnamålaü tālāvatthukatam anabhāvakatam āyatim anuppādadhammaü || vi¤¤āõasaīkhāya vimutto kho mahārāja tathāgato gambhãro appameyyo duppariyogāho seyyathāpi mahāsamuddo || Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi na upeti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi na upetã ti || || 35 Acchariyam bhante abbhutam bhante yatra hi nāma satthuno sāvikāya ca atthena attho vya¤janena vya¤janaü saüsandissati samessati na virodhayissati yad idam aggapadasmiü || 36 Ekam idāhaü bhante samayam Khemam bhikkhunim upasaīkamitvā etam attham apucchiü || sā pi me ayyā etehi padehi etehi vya¤janehi etam attham vyākāsi seyyathāpi Bhagavā || || Acchariyam bhante abbhutam bhante yatra hi nāma satthu sāvikāya ca atthena attho vya¤janena vya¤janaü saüsandissati samessati na virodhayissati yad idam aggapadasmiü || Handa dāni mayam bhante gacchāma bahukiccā mayam bahukaraõãyā ti || || Yassa dāni tvam mahārāja kālaü ma¤¤asã ti || || 37 Atha kho rājā Pasenadi Kosalo Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinanditvā anumoditvā uņņhayāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiõaü katvā pakkāmãti #<[page 380]># %<380 AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM [XLIV. 2. 1>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || #< SN_4,44(10).2 Anurādho># 1 Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Vesaliyaü viharati Mahāvane Kåņāgārasālāyaü || || 2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Anurādho Bhagavato avidåre ara¤¤akuņikāyaü viharati || || 3 Atha kho sambahulā a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā yenāyasmā Anurādho tenupasaīkamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā āyasmatā Anurādhena saddhim sammodiüsu || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekamantaü nisãdiüsu || || 4 Ekam antaü nisinnā kho te a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā āyasmantam Anurādham etad avocuü || || Yo so avuso Anurādha tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramappattipatto taü tathāgato imesu catåsu ņhānesu pa¤¤āpayamāno pa¤¤āpeti || || Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || Hoti na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || || Yo so āvuso tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramappattipatto taü tathāgato a¤¤atrimehi catåhi ņhānehi pa¤¤āpayamāno pa¤¤āpeti || || Hoti tathāgato param maraõāti vā || Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā ti || || Evaü vutte te a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā āyasmantam Anurādham etad avocuü || So cāyam bhikkhu navo bhavissati acirapabbajito thero vā pana bālo avyatto ti || || 5 Atha kho te a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā āyasmantam Anurādham navavādena ca bālavādena ca apasādetvā uņņhāyāsanā pakkamiüsu || || #<[page 381]># %% 6 Atha kho āyasmato Anurādhassa acirapakkantesu a¤¤atitthiyesu paribbājakesu etad ahosi || || Sa ce kho maü te a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā uttariü puccheyyuü || kathaü vyākaramāno nu khvāhaü tesam a¤¤ātitthiyānam paribbājakānaü vuttavādã ceva Bhagavato assaü na ca Bhagavantam abhåtena abbhācikkheyyaü || dhammassa cānudhammam vyākareyyam na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaü ņhānam āgaccheyyāti || || 7 Atha kho āyasmā Anurādho yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 8 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Anurādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Idhāham bhante Bhagavato avidåre ara¤¤akåņikāyam viharāmi || || Atha kho bhante sambahulā a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā yenāhaü tenupasaühamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā mayā saddhiü sammodiüsu || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdiüsu || ekam antaü nisinnā kho bhante te a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā mam etad avocuü || Yo so āvuso Anurādha tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattipatto taü tathāgato imesu catåsu ņhānesu pa¤¤āpayamāno pa¤¤āpeti || || Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā ti || || Evam vutto ham bhante te a¤¤atitthiye paribbājake etad avocaü || Yo so avuso tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattipatto taü tathāgato a¤¤atrimehi catåhi ņhānehi pa¤¤āpayamano pa¤¤āpeti || Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā ti || || Evaü vutte bhante te a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā mam etad avocuü || Yo cāyam bhikkhu navo bhavissati acirapabbajito thero vā pana bāloavyatto ti || || Atha kho mam bhante te a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā navavādena ca bālavādena ca apasādetvā uņņhāyāsanā pakkamiüsu || || 9 Tassa mayham bhante acirapakkantesu tesu a¤¤atitthiyesu paribbājakesu etad ahosi #<[page 382]># %<382 AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM [XLIV. 2. 10>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || Sace kho maü te a¤¤atitthiyā paribbājakā uttariü puccheyyuü kathaü vyākaramāno nu khvāhaü tesam a¤¤atitthiyānaü paribbājakānam vuttavādã ceva Bhagavato assaü na ca Bhagavantam abhåtena abbhācikkheyyaü || dhammassa cānudhammam vyākareyyaü || na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaü ņhānaü āgaccheyyāti || || 10 Taü kim ma¤¤asi Anurādha råpaü niccaü vā aniccaü vā aniccaü vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukkhaü vā ti || Dukkham bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vipariõāmadhammam kallaü nu tam samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti || || No hetam bhante || || Vedanā niccā vā aniccā vā ti || || Sa¤¤ā || || Saīkhārā || || Vi¤¤āõaü niccam vā aniccaü vā ti || || Aniccam bhante || || Yam panāniccaü dukkhaü vā taü sukhaü vā ti || || Dukkham bhante || || Yam panāniccam dukkhaü viparināmadhammaü || kallaü nu taü samanupassituü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti || || No hetam bhante || || 11 Tasmā ti ha Anurādha yaü ki¤ci råpam atãtānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhattam vā bahiddhā vā olārikaü vā sukhumaü vā hãnaü va paõãtaü vā || yaü dåre santike vā sabbaü råpaü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attā ti || evam etaü yathābhåtaü sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbam || || Yā kāci vedanā atãtānāgatapaccuppannā || pe || Yā kāci sa¤¤ā || || Ye keci saīkhārā || || Yaü ki¤ci vi¤¤āõam atãtānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhattaü vā bahiddhā vā oëārikaü vā sukhumaü vā hãnaü vā paõãtaü vā || yaü dåre santike vā sabbaü vi¤¤āõaü Netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attā ti evam etaü yathābhåtam sammappa¤¤āya daņņhabbaü #<[page 383]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || 12 Evam passam Anurādha sutavā ariyasāvako råpasmim pi nibbindati vedanāya pi nibbindati sa¤¤āya pi nibbindati saīkhāresu pi nibbindati vi¤¤āõasmim pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaü virajjati virāgā vimuccati Vimuttasmiü vimuttam iti ¤āõaü hoti || || Khãõā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaü || kataü karaõãyaü || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti || || 13 Taü kim ma¤¤asi Anurādha || Råpaü tathāgato ti samanupassasã ti || || No hetam bhante || || Vedanaü tathāgato ti samanupassasã ti || || No hetam bhante Sa¤¤aü tathāgato ti samanupassasã ti || || No hetam bhante || || Saīkhāre tathāgato ti samanupassasã ti || || No hetam bhante || || Vi¤¤āõaü tathāgato ti samanupassasã ti || || No hetam bhante || || 14 Taü kim ma¤¤asi Anurādha || Råpasmim tathāgato ti samanupassasã ti || No hetam bhante || || A¤¤atra råpā tathāgato ti samanupassasãti || || No hetam bhante || || 15 Vedanāya || pa || a¤¤atra vedanāya || pa || || 16 Sa¤¤āya || pa || a¤¤atra sa¤¤āya || pa || 17 Saīkhāresu || pa || a¤¤atra saīkhārehi || pa || || 18 Vi¤¤āõasmim tathāgato ti samanupassasi ti || || No hetam bhante || || A¤¤atra vi¤¤āõaü tathāgato ti samanupassasã ti || || No hetam bhante || || 19 Taü kim ma¤¤āsi Anurādha || Råpaü vedanā sa¤¤ā saīkhārā viõõāõaü tathāgato ti samanupassasã ti || || #<[page 384]># %<384 AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM [XLIV. 2. 20>% No hetam bhante || || 20 Taü kim ma¤¤asi Anurādha ayaü so aråpã avedano asa¤¤ã asaīkhāro avi¤¤āõo tathāgato ti samanupassasã ti || || No hetam bhante || || 21 Ettha te Anurādha diņņheva dhamme saccato thetato tathāgate anupalabbhyamāne kallaü nu taü veyyākaraõaü || Yo so āvuso tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattipatto taü tathāgato a¤¤atrimehi catåhi ņhānehi pa¤¤āpayamāno pa¤¤āpeti || || Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || la || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || || No hetam bhante || || 22 Sādhu sādhu Anurādha pubbe cāham Anurādha etarahi ca dukkha¤ ceva pa¤¤āpemi dukkhassa ca nirodhanti || || #< SN_4,44(10).3 Sāriputta-Koņņhika (or Pagatam)># 1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca Mahā Koņņhiko Bārāõasiyaü viharanti Isipatane Migadāye || || 2 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Koņņhiko sāyaõhasamayam patisallānā pavuņņhito yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmatā Sāriputtena saddhim sammodi || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Mahā-Koņņhiko āyasmantaü Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Kiü nu kho avuso Sāriputta || hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || Avyākatam kho etam āvuso Bhagavatā Hoti tathāgāto param maraõā ti || || 4 Kim panāvuso na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || #<[page 385]># %% Etampi kho āvuso avyākatam Bhagavatā Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || 5 Kiü nu kho āvuso hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || Etam pi kho āvuso avyākatam Bhagavatā Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || 6 Kim panāvuso neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || Etam pi kho āvuso avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || 7 Kiü nu kho āvuso Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti iti puņņho samāno avyākataü kho etam āvuso Bhagavatā Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vadesi || pe || || Kim panāvuso Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti iti puņņho samāno Etam pi kho āvuso avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vadesi || || Ko nu kho āvuso hetu ko paccayo yenetam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || || 8 Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti kho āvuso råpagatam etaü || Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti råpagatam etam || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti råpagatam etaü || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti råpagatam etaü || || 9 Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti kho āvuso vedanāgatam etaü || Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vedanāgatam etaü || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vedanāgatam etam || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vedanāgatam etam || || 10 Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti kho āvuso sa¤¤āgatam etaü || Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti sa¤¤āgatam etam || || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti sa¤¤āgatam etaü || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti sa¤¤āgatam etaü || || 11 Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti kho āvuso saīkhāragatam etam #<[page 386]># %<386 AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM [XLIV. 3. 12>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti saīkhāragatam etam || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti saīkhāragatam etaü || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti saīkhāragatam etaü || || 12 Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti kho āvuso vi¤¤āõagatam etam || Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vi¤¤āõagatam etam || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vi¤¤āõagatam etaü || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi vi¤¤āõagatam etam || || 13 Ayaü kho āvuso hetu ayam paccayo yena tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || || #< SN_4,44(10).4 Sāriputta-Koņņhiko2 (or Samudaya)># 1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca MahāKoņņhiko Bārāõasiyaü viharantipe IsipataneMigadāye|| || 2-7 Ko nu kho āvuso hetu ko paccayo yenetam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || || 8 Råpaü kho āvuso ajānato apassato yathābhåtaü || råpasamudayam ajānato apassato yathābhåtaü || råpanirodham ajānato apassato yathābhåtaü || råpanirodhagāminim paņipadam ajānato apassato yathābhåtaü || Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || || 9-11 Vedanaü || || Sa¤¤aü || || Saīkhāre || || 12 Vi¤¤āõaü ajānato apassato yathābhåtam || vi¤¤āõasamudayam ajanato apassato yathābhåtaü || vi¤¤āõanirodham ajānato apassato yathābhåtaü || vi¤¤āõanirodhayāminim paņipadam ajānato apassato yathābhåtam Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti #<[page 387]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā pissa hoti || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || || 13 Råpaü ca kho āvuso jānato passato yathābhåtam || råpasamudayaü jānato passato yathābhåtaü || råpanirodhaü jānato passato yathābhåtaü || råpanirodhagāminim paņipadaü jānato passato yathābhåtaü Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa na hoti || 14,15,16 Vedanaü || || Sa¤¤aü || || Saīkhāre || || 17 Vi¤¤āõaü jānato passato yathābhåtaü || vi¤¤āõa samudayaü jānato passato yathābhåtaü || vi¤¤āõanirodhaü jānato passato yathābhåtaü || vi¤¤āõanirodhagāminim paņipadaü jānato passato yathābhåtam Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa na hoti || Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa na hoti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa na hoti || || 18 Ayaü kho āvuso hetu ayam paccayo yena tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || || #< SN_4,44(10).5 Sāriputta-Koņņhika (3) (or Pema)># 1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca Mahā-Koņņhiko Bārāõasiyaü viharanti Isipatane Migadāye || pe || 2-7 Ko nu kho āvuso hetu ko paccayo yena tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || || 8 Råpe kho āvuso avigatarāgassa avigatachandassa avigatapemassa avigatapipāsassa avigatapariëāhassa avigatataõhassa Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti param maraõā ti pissa hoti || || 9-11 Vedanāya || || Sa¤¤āya || || Saīkāresu || || 12 Vi¤¤āõe avigatarāgassa avigatachandassa avigatapemassa avigatapipāsassa avigatapariëāhassa avigatataõhassa Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || pe || #<[page 388]># %<388 AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM [XLIV. 5. 13>% Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || || 13 Råpe ca kho āvuso vigatarāgassa || pa || 14-16 Vedanāya || || Sa¤¤āya || || Saīkhāresu || || 17 Vi¤¤āõe vigatarāgassa vigatachandassa vigatapemassa vigatapipāsassa vigatapariëāhassa vigatataõhassa Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa na hoti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa na hoti || || 18 Ayaü kho āvuso hetu ayam paccayo yena tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || || #< SN_4,44(10).6 Sāriputta-Koņņhiko4 (or ârāma)># 1 Ekaü samayam āyasmā Sāriputto āyasmā ca Mahākoņņhiko Bārāõasiyaü viharanti Isipatane Migadāye || || 2 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto sāyaõhasamayam paņisallānā vuņņhito yenāyasmā Mahā-Koņņhiko tenupasaīkami || upasaīkami āyasmatā Mahā-Koņņhikena saddhim sammodi || sammodanãyaü sāraõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Sāriputto āyasmantam Mahā-Koņņhikam etad avoca || || Kiü nu kho āvuso Koņņhika hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || pe || kim panāvuso Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõa ti iti puņņho samāno Etam pi kho āvuso avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vadesi || || Ko nu kho āvuso hetu ko paccayo yena tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || || I 4 Råpārāmassa kho āvuso råparatassa råpasammuditassa råpanirodham ajānato apassato yathābhåtaü Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti #<[page 389]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || || Vedanārāmassa kho āvuso vedanāratassa vedanāsammuditassa vedanānirodham ajānato apassato yathābhåtaü Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || || Sa¤¤ārāmassa kho āvuso || || Saīkhārarāmassa kho āvuso || || Vi¤¤āõārāmassa kho āvuso vi¤¤āõaratassa vi¤¤āõasammuditassa vi¤¤āõanirodham ajānato apassato yathābhåtaü Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || || 5 Na råpārāmassa kho āvuso na råparatassa na råpasammuditassa råpanirodhaü jānato passato yathābhåtam Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa na hoti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa na hoti || || Na vedanārāmassa kho āvuso || la || Na sa¤¤ārāmassa kho āvuso || Na saīkhārārāmassa kho āvuso || || Na vi¤¤āõārāmassa kho āvuso na vi¤¤āõaratassa na vi¤¤āõasamuditassa vi¤¤āõanirodhaü jānato passato yathābhåtaü Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa na hoti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa na hoti || || 6 Ayaü kho āvuso hetu ayam paccayoyena tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || || II 7 Siyā panāvuso a¤¤o pi pariyāyo yena tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || || Siyā āvuso || || 8 Bhavārāmassa kho āvuso bhavaratassa bhavasammuditassa bhavanirodham ajānato apassato yathābhåtaü Hoti tathāgato param maraõāti pissa hoti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || || #<[page 390]># %<390 AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM [XLIV. 6.>% 9 Na bhavārāmassa kho āvuso na bhavaratassa na bhavasammuditassa bhavanirodham jānato passato yathābhåtaü Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa na hoti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa na hoti || 10 Ayam pi kho āvuso pariyāyo yena tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || || III 11 Siyā panāvuso a¤¤o pi pariyāyo yena tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || || Siyā āvuso || || 12 Upādānārāmassa kho āvuso upādānaratassa upādānasammuditassa upādānanirodham ajānato apassato yathābhåtaü Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || || 13 Na upādānārāmassa kho āvuso na upādānaratassa na upādānasammuditassa upādānanirodham jānato passato yathābhåtaü Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa na hoti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa na hoti || || 14 Ayam pi kho āvuso pariyāyo || yena tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || || IV 15 Siyā panāvuso a¤¤o pariyāyo yena tam vyākatam Bhagavatā ti || || Siyā āvuso || || 16 Taõhārāmassa kho āvuso taõhāratassa taõhāsammuditassa taõhānirodham ajānato apassato yathābhåtaü Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa hoti || || 17 Na taõhāramassa kho āvuso na taõhāratassa na taõhāsammuditassa taõhānirodham jānato passato yathābhåtaü Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa na hoti || #<[page 391]># %% pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pissa na hoti || || 18 Ayam pi kho āvuso pariyāyo yena tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || || V 19 Siyā panāvuso a¤¤o pi pariyāyo yena tam avyākatam Bhagavatā ti || || Ettha dāni āvuso Sāriputta ito uttariü kim icchasi || taõhāsaīkhayavimuttassa āvuso Sāriputta bhikkhuno vaķķhaü natthi pa¤¤āpanāyā ti || || #< SN_4,44(10).7 Moggalāno (or âyatana)># 2 Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako yenāyasmā MahāMoggalāno tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmatā Mahā-Moggalānena saddhiü sammodi || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārānãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam etad avoca || || Kiü nu kho Moggalāna sassato loko ti || || Avyākataü kho etam Vaccha Bhagavatā Sassato loko ti || || 4 Kim pana bho Moggalāna asassato loko ti || || Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā Asassato loko ti || || 5 Kiü nu kho bho Moggalāna antavā loko ti || || Avyākataü kho etam Vaccha Bhagavatā Antavā loko ti || || 6 Kim pana bho Moggalāna anantavā loko ti || || Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā Anantavā loko ti || || #<[page 392]># %<392 AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM [XLIV. 7. 7>% 7 Kiü nu kho bho Moggalāna taü jãvaü taü sarãranti || || Avyakātaü kho etam Vaccha Bhagavatā Taü jãvaü taü sarãran ti || || 8 Kim pana kho Moggalāna a¤¤aü jãvam a¤¤aü sarãranti || || Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā A¤¤aü jãvam a¤¤aü sarãranti || || 9 Kiü nu kho Moggalāna hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || Avyākataü kho etaü Vaccha Bhagavatā Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || 10 Kim pana bho Moggalāna na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || 11 Kiü nu kho bho Maggalāna hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || Avyākataü kho etam Vaccha Bhagavatā Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || 12 Kim pana bho Moggalāna neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || 13 Ko nu kho bho Moggalāna hetu ko paccayo yena a¤¤atitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam puņņhānam evam vyākaraõaü hoti || || Sassato lokoti vā || Asassato loko ti vā || Antavā loko ti vā || Anantavā loko ti vā || Taü jãvaü taü sarãran ti va A¤¤aü jãvam a¤¤aü sarãranti vā || Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || || #<[page 393]># %% 14 Ko pana bho Moggalāna hetu ko paccayo yena samaõassa Gotamassa evaü puņņhassa na evaü vyākaraõaü hoti || Sassato loko ti pi || Asassato loko ti pi || Antavā loko ti pi || Anantavā loko ti pi || Tam jãvaü taü sarãran ti || A¤¤aü jãvam a¤¤aü sarãran ti pi || Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi || Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi ti || || 15 A¤¤atitthiyā ca kho Vaccha paribbājakā cakkhum Etam mama eto ham asmi eso me attā ti samanupassanti || sotam || ghānam || jãvham Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti || kāyam || manam Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti samanupassanti || tasmā a¤¤atitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam puņņhānam evam veyyākaraõaü hoti || Sassato loka ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || || 16 Tathāgato ca kho Vaccha arahaü sammāsambuddho cakkhuü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attā ti samanupasati || sotaü || ghānaü || jivhaü Netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attā ti || samanupassati || kāyaü || manaü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attā ti samanupassati || tasmā tathāgatassa evam puņņhassa na evaü veyyākaraõaü hoti Sassato loko ti pi || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi ti || || 17 Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako uņņhayāsanā yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiü sammodi || sammadanãyaü kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || 18 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Vacchagotto Bhagavantam etad avoca || kiü nu kho bho Gotama Sassato loko ti || || Avyākatam kho etam Vaccha mayā Sassato loko tipe || || 19-26 || || 27 Kim pana bho Gotama neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam mayā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || #<[page 394]># %<394 AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM [XLIV. 7. 28>% 28 Ko nu kho bho Gotama hetu ko paccayo yena a¤¤atitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam puņņhānam evaü vyākaraõam hoti Sassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || || Ko pana bho Gotama hetu kho paccayo yena bhoto Gotamassa evam puņņhassa na evaü vyākaraõaü hoti || Sassato loko ti pi || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pã ti || || 29 A¤¤atitthiyā Vaccha paribbājakā cakkhuü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti samanupassanti || pe || jivham Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti samanupassanti || pe || kāyaü || manaü Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti samanupassanti || || Tasmā a¤¤atitthiyānam paribbājakānaü evam puņņhānam evam vyākaraõaü hoti || Sassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || || 30 Tathāgato ca kho Vaccha arahaü sammāsambuddho cakkhuü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attā ti samanupassati || sotaü || ghānaü || jivhaü || kāyaü || manaü Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attā ti samanupassati || || Tasmā tathāgatassa evam puņņhassa na evaü vyākaraõaü hoti || Sassato loko ti pi || Asassato loko ti pi || Antavā loko ti pi || Anantavā loko ti pi || Taü jivaü taü sarãranti pi || A¤¤aü jãvam a¤¤aü sarãranti pi || Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi || Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi ti || || 31 Acchariyam bho Gotama abbhutam bho Gotama yatra hi nāma satthussa ca sāvakassa ca atthena attho vya¤janena vya¤janaü saüsandissati samessati na vihāyissati yadidam aggapadasmiü || || 32 Idānāham bho Gotama samaõam Mahā-Moggalānam upasaīkamitvā etam attham apucchiü #<[page 395]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || samaõo pi Moggalāno etehi padehi etehi vya¤janehi etam atthaü vyākāsi seyyathāpi bhavaü Gotamo || || Acchariyam bho Gotama abbhutam bho Gotama yatra hi nāma satthussa ca sāvakassa ca atthena attho vya¤janena vya¤janaü saüsandissati samessati na vihāyissati yadidam aggapadasmin ti || || #< SN_4,44(10).8 Vaccho (or Bandham)># 2 Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiü sammodi || sammodanãyam kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kiü nu kho bho Gotama sassato loko ti || || Avyākataü kho etaü Vaccha mayā Sassato loko tipe || || 4-11 || || 12 Kim pana bho Gotama neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam mayā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || 13 Ko nu kho bho Gotama hetu ko paccayo yena a¤¤atitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam puņņhānam evaü vyākaraõaü hoti Sassato lokoti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || || Ko pana bho Gotama hetu ko paccayo yena bhoto Gotamassa evam puņņhassa na evaü vyākaraõaü hoti || Sassato loko ti pi || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pã ti || || 14 A¤¤atitthiyā kho Vaccha paribbājakā råpam attato samanupassanti || råpavantaü vā attānam attani vā råpaü råpasmiü vā attānaü || Vedanam attato samanupassanti || pe || || Sa¤¤aü || || Saīkhāre || || Vi¤¤ānam attato samanupassanti || vi¤¤āõavantaü vā attānaü attani vā vi¤¤āõaü vi¤¤āõasmiü vā attānaü || tasmā a¤¤atitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam puņņhānam evaü vyākaraõam hoti #<[page 396]># %<396 AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM [XLIV. 8. 15>% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || Sassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || || 15 Tathāgato ca kho Vaccha arahaü sammāsambuddho na råpam attato samanupassati || na råpavantaü vā attānaü na attani vā råpam na råpasmiü vā attānam || na vedanam attato samanupassati || pe || na sa¤¤aü || na saīkhāre || na vi¤¤āõam attato samanupassati || na vi¤¤āõavantaü vā attānam na attani vā vi¤¤āõaü na vi¤¤āõasmiü vā attānam || || Tasmā tathāgatassa evam puņņhassa na evaü vyākaraõaü hoti || || Sassato loko ti pi || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi ti || || 16 Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako uņņhayāsanā yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmatā Mahā-Moggalānena saddhiü sammodi || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 17 Ekam antam nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako āyasmantam Mahā-Moggalānam etad avoca || || Kiü nu kho bho Moggalāna sassato loko ti || || Avyākataü kho etam Vaccha Bhagavatā Sassato loko ti || || 18-26 ||pe|| || 27 Kim pana bho Moggalāna neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || || 28 Ko nu kho bho Moggalāna hetu ko paccayo yena a¤¤atitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam puņņhānam evaü vyākaraõaü hoti || Sassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || Ko pana bho Moggalāna hetu ko paccayo yena samaõassa Gotamassa evam puņņhassa na evaü vyākaraõaü hoti || Sassato loko ti pi || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pã ti || || #<[page 397]># %% 29 A¤¤ātitthiyā kho Vaccha paribbājakā råpam attato samanupassanti || råpavantaü vā attānaü attani vā råpaü råpasmiü vā attānaü || Vedanaü || Sa¤¤aü || Saīkhāre || Vi¤¤ānam attato samanupassanti || vi¤¤āõavantaü vā attānaü attani vā vi¤¤āõaü vi¤¤āõasmiü vā attānaü || || Tasmā a¤¤atitthiyānam paribbājakānam evam puņņhānam evam vyākaraõaü hoti || Sassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vā || || 30 Tathāgato ca kho Vaccha arahaü sammāsambuddho na råpam attato samanupassati || na råpavantaü vā attānaü na attani vā råpaü na råpasmiü vā attānam || Na vedanaü || Na sa¤¤aü || Na saīkhāre || Na vi¤¤āõam attato samanupassati || na vi¤¤āvantaü vā attānam na attani vā vi¤¤āõaü na vi¤¤āõasmim vā attānaü || || Tasmā tathāgatassa evam puņņhassa na evam vyākaraõaü hoti || || Sassato loko ti pi || Asassato loko ti pi || Antavā loko ti pi || Anantavā loko ti pi || Taü jivaü taü sarãran ti pi || A¤¤aü jãvam a¤¤aü sarãranti pi || Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pi || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti pã ti || || 30 Acchariyam bho Moggalāna abbhutam bho Moggalāna yatra hi nāma satthu ca sāvakassa ca atthena attho vya¤janena vya¤janaü saüsandissati samessati na vihāyissati yad idam aggapadasmiü || || 31 Idānāham bho Moggalāna samaõaü Gotamam upasaīkamitvā etam attham appucchiü || samaõo pi Gotamo etehi padehi etehi vya¤janehi etam attham vyākāsi seyyathāpi bhavaü Moggalāno || || Acchariyam bho Moggalāna abbhutam bho Moggalāna yatrahi nāma satthu ca sāvakassa ca atthena attho vya¤janehi vya¤janaü saüsandissati samessati na vihāyissati yad idam aggapadasmin ti || || #<[page 398]># %<398 AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM [XLIV. 9. 2>% #< SN_4,44(10).9 Kutåhalasālā># 2 Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiü sammodi || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Purimāni bho Gotama divasāni purimatarāni sambahulānaü nānātitthiyānaü samaõabrāhmaõāparibbājakānam Kutåhalasālāyam sannisinnānaü sannipatitānam ayam antarā kathā udapādi || || 4 Ayaü kho Påraõo Kassapo saīghã ceva gaõã ca gaõācariyo ca ¤āto yasassã titthakaro sādhu sammato bahujanassa || so pi sāvakam abbhatãtaü kālaīkatam upapattãsu vyākaroti Asu amutra upapanno asu amutra upapannoti || || Yo pissa sāvako uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattipatto tam pi sāvakam abbhatãtaü kālaīkatam upapattãsu vyākaroti || Asu amutra upapanno asu amutra upapannoti || || 5 Ayam pi kho Makkhali Gosālo || pe || 6 Ayam pi kho Nigaõņho Nāņaputto || pe || || 7 Ayam pi kho Sa¤jayo Belaņņhiputto || pe || || 8 Ayam pi kho Pakuddho Kaccāyano || pe || || 9 Ayam pi kho Ajito Kesakambalo saīghã ceva gaõã ca gaõācariyo ca ¤āto yasassã titthakaro sādhu sammato bahujanassa || so pi sāvakam abbhatãtam kālaīkatam upapattãsu vyākaroti || Asu amutra upapanno asu amutra upapanno ti || || Yo pissa sāvako uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattiputto tam pi sāvakam abbhatãtaü kālaīkataü upapattãsu vyākaroti #<[page 399]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || Asu amutra upapanno asu amutra upapanno ti || || 10 Ayam pi kho samaõo Gotamo saīghã ceva gaõi ca gaõācariyo ca ¤āto yasassã titthakaro sādhu sammato bahujanassa || so pi sāvakam abbhatãtaü kālaīkatam upapattãsu vyākaroti || Asu amutra upapanno asu amutra upapannoti || || Yo ca khvassa sāvako uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattipatto tam pi sāvakam abbhatãtam kālaīkatam upapattãsu na vyākaroti || Asu amutra upapanno asu amutra upapanno ti || api ca kho nam evaü vyākaroti Acchejji taõhaü vivattayi sa¤¤ojanaü sammāmānābhisamayā antam akāsi dukkhassāti || || 11 Tassa mayham bho Gotama ahud eva kaīkhā ahu vicikicchā Katha¤hi nāma samaõassa Gotamassa dhammābhi¤¤eyyāti || || 12 Ala¤hi te Vaccha kaīkhituü alaü vicikicchituü || kaīkhaniye ca pana te ņhāne vicikicchā uppannā || || Saupādānassa khvāham Vaccha upapattim pa¤¤āpemi no anupādānassa || || 13 Seyyathāpi Vaccha aggi sa-upādāno jalati no anupādāno || evam eva khvāham Vaccha sa-upādānassa upapattim pa¤¤āpemi no anupādānassā ti || || 14 Yasmim pana bho Gotama samaye acci vātena khittā dåram pi gacchati || imassa pana bhavaü Gotamo kim upādānasmim pa¤¤āpetã ti || || Yasmiü kho Vaccha samaye acci vātena khittā dåram pi gacchati || tam ahaü vātupādānam vadāmi vāto hissa Vaccha tasmiü samaye upādānaü hotã ti || || #<[page 400]># %<400 AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM [XLIV. 9. 15>% 15 Yasmi¤ ca pana bho Gotama samaye ima¤ ca kāyam nikkhipati satto ca a¤¤ataraü kāyam anuppanno hoti || imassa pana bhavaü Gotamo kim upādānasmim pa¤¤āpetã ti || || Yasmiü kho Vaccha samaye ima¤ ca kāyam nikkhipati satto ca a¤¤ataram kāyam anuppanno hoti || tam ahaü taõhupādānaü vadāmi || taõhā hissa Vaccha tasmiü samaye upādānaü hotã tã || || #< SN_4,44(10).10 ânando (or Atthatto)># 2 Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako yena Bhagavā tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhim sammodi || sammodanãyam kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antam nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kiü nu kho bho Gotama atthattā ti || || Evaü vutte Bhagavā tuõhã ahosi || || Kim pana bho Gotamo natthattā ti || || Dutiyam pi kho Bhagavā tuõhã ahosi || || Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako uņņhāyāsanā pakkāmi || || 4 Atha kho āyasmā ânando acirapakkante Vacchagotte paribbājake Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kiü nu kho bhante Bhagavā Vacchagottassa paribbājakassa pa¤ham puņņho na vyākāsãti || || 5 Aha¤ c' ânanda Vacchagottassa paribbājakassa Atthattā ti puņņho samāno Atthattā ti vyākareyyaü || ye te ânanda samaõabrāhmaõā sassatavādā tesam etaü saddhim abhavissa || || 6 Ahan c' ânanda Vacchagottassa paribbājakassa Natthattāti puņņho samāno Natthattāti vyākareyyaü || ye te ânanda samaõabrāhmaõā ucchedavādā tesam etaü saddhim abhavissa #<[page 401]># %% \<[... content straddling page break has been moved to the page above ...]>/ || || 7 Aha¤ c' ânanda Vacchagottassa paribbājakassa Atthattā ti puņņho samāno Atthattā ti vyākareyyaü || api nu me tam anulomam abhavissa ¤āõassa upādāya Sabbe dhammā anattāti || || No hetam bhante 8 Aha¤ c' ânanda Vacchagottassa paribbājakassa Natthattāti puņņho samāno Natthattāti vyākareyyaü || sammuëhassa ânanda Vacchagottassa bhãyyo sammohāya abhavissa Ahu vā me nåna pubbe attā || so etarahi natthãti || || #< SN_4,44(10).11 Sabhiyo># 1 Ekam samayam āyasmā Sabhiyo Kaccāno Ĩātike viharati Gi¤jakāvasathe || || 2 Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako yenāyasmā Sabhiyo Kaccāno tenupasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmatā Sabhiyena Kaccānena saddhiü sammodi || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || 3 Ekam antaü nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako āyasmantaü Sabhiyam Kaccānam etad avoca || Kiü nu kho bho Kaccāna hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || Avyākataü kho etaü Vaccha Bhagavatā. Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || 4 Kim pana bho Kaccāna na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā. Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || 5 Kiü nu kho bho Kaccāna hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || Avyākataü kho etam Vaccha Bhagavatā. Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || #<[page 402]># %<402 AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM [XLIV. 11. 6-14>% 6 Kim pana bho Kaccāna neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || Etam pi kho Vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti || || 7 Kiü nu kho bho Kaccāna Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti iti puņņho samāno Avyākatam kho etaü Vaccha Bhagavatā Hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vadesi || || 8 Kim pana bho Kaccāna Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti iti puņņho samāno Avyākataü kho etaü Vaccha Bhagavatā Na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vadesi || 9 Kim nu kho bho Kaccāna Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti iti puņņho samāno Avyākatam kho etam Vaccha Bhagavatā Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vadesi || || 10 Kim pana bho Kaccāna Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti iti puņņho samāno Etam pi kho vaccha avyākatam Bhagavatā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraõā ti vadesi || || 11 Ko nu kho bho Kaccāna hetu ko paccayo yena tam avyākataü samaõena Gotamenā ti || || 12 Yo ca Vaccha hetu yo ca paccayo pa¤¤āpanāya Råpãti vā Aråpãti vā Sa¤¤ãti vā Asa¤¤ãti vā Neva sa¤¤ã nāsa¤¤ãti vā || so ca hetu so ca paccayo sabbena sabbaü sabbathā sabbam aparisesaü nirujjheyya || kena naü pa¤¤āpayamāno pa¤¤āpeyya Råpãti vā Aråpãti vā Sa¤¤ã vā Asa¤¤ãti va Neva sa¤¤ã nāsa¤¤ãti vā ti || || 13 Kãva ciram pabbajito si Kaccānā ti || || Na ciram āvuso tãni vassānã ti || || 14 Yassa passa āvuso ettakena ettakam eva tam passa bahuü || ko pana vādo eva abhikkante ti || || #<[page 403]># %< AVYâKATA-SAũYUTTAM 403>% Avyākata-saüyuttaü samattam || || Tassuddānaü || || Khemā therã Anurādho || || Sāriputto ti Koņņhiko || Moggalāno ca Vaccho ca || Kutuhālasālānando || Sabhiyo ekādasaman ti || || Saëāyatana-vagga-saüyuttaü-samattam || || Tassuddānaü || || Saëāyatana Vedanā || Mātugāmo Jambukhādako || Sāmaõķako Moggalāno || Citto Gāmaõi Saīkhataü || Avyākatan ti dasadhā ti || || Dasabalaselappabhavā nibbānamahāsamuddapariyantā aņņhaīgamaggasalilā Jinavacananadã ciraü vahatu || || Saëāyatana-vaggo || ||